UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 20072008

Commission File Number 1-11758

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

    

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

  1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices,
offices, including zip code)

  36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  (212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

Title of each class

  Name of exchange on

which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

  
Common Stock, $0.01 par value  New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value

  New York Stock Exchange
6 1/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6 1/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
5 3/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.45% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange

SPARQS® due February 20, 2009; SPARQS due March 20, 2008;2009; SPARQS due April 20, 2008;2009; SPARQS due May 20, 2008; SPARQS due June 20, 2008 (3 issuances);2009; SPARQS due July 20, 2008; SPARQS due August 20, 2008; SPARQS due September 20, 2008; SPARQS due October 20, 2008; SPARQS due January 20, 2009 (2 issuances); SPARQS due February 20, 2009

  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.
Exchangeable Notes due December 30, 2008; Exchangeable Notes due December 30, 2010; Exchangeable Notes due June 30, 2011  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Alternext US LLC
Callable Index-Linked Notes due December 30, 2008American Stock Exchange

BRIDGESSM due August 30, 2008; BRIDGES due December 30, 2008; BRIDGES due February 28, 2009; BRIDGES due March 30, 2009; BRIDGES due June 30, 2009; BRIDGES due July 30, 2009; BRIDGES due August 30, 2009; BRIDGES due October 30, 2009; BRIDGES due December 30, 2009; BRIDGES due June 15, 2010

  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.
Capital Protected Notes due June 30, 2008; Capital Protected Notes due September 30, 2008; Capital Protected Notes due December 30, 2008;

Capital Protected Notes due December 30, 2009; Capital Protected Notes due April 20, 2010; Capital Protected Notes due July 20, 2010 (2 issuances); Capital Protected Notes due August 30, 2010; Capital Protected Notes due October 30, 2010; Capital Protected Notes due January 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due February 20, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due March 30, 2011 (2
(2 issuances); Capital Protected Notes due June 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due August 20, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due October 30, 2011 (2 issuances);2011; Capital Protected Notes due December 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due September 30, 2012

  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.
Capital Protected Notes due September 1, 2010  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
HITSSM due February 20, 2008; HITS due March 20, 2008; HITS due April 20, 2008American Stock Exchange

MPSSM due December 30, 2008; MPS due December 30, 2009; MPS due February 1, 2010; MPS due June 15, 2010; MPS due December 30, 2010 (2 issuances);2010; MPS due March 30, 2012

  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.
MPS due December 30, 2010NYSE Alternext US LLC
MPS due March 30, 2009  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Stock Participation Notes due September 15, 2010; Stock Participation Notes due December 30, 2010  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Alternext US LLC
Bear Market

PLUSSM due February 20, 2008; Bear Market2009; PLUS due April 20, 2008; Bear Market PLUS due July 20, 2008

American Stock Exchange
Outperformance PLUS due December 20, 2008American Stock Exchange
PLUSSM due March 20, 2008 (3 issuances); PLUS due April 30, 2008 (2 issuances);2009; PLUS due May 20, 2008;2009; PLUS due October 20, 2008; PLUS due December 20, 2008 (4 issuances); PLUS due January 20, 2009 (3 issuances); PLUS due FebruaryJune 20, 2009; PLUS due June 30, 2009

  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.
PLUS due June 20, 2008; PLUS due August 20, 2008; PLUS due November 20, 2008; PLUS due December 20, 2008; PLUS due January 20, 2009; PLUS due September 30, 2009  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Buffered PLUSSM due December 20, 2010NYSE Arca, Inc.
PROPELSSM due December 30, 2011 (3 issuances)  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.

Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due June 20, 2009; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due July 20, 2009; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due September 20, 2009; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due October 20, 2009; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due December 20, 2008;2009; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due January 20, 2010; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due March 20, 2010; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due July 20, 2008; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due September 20, 2008; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due October 20, 2008; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due June 20, 2009 (2 issuances); Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due July 20, 20092010

  American Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.
Strategic Total Return Securities due December 17, 2009; Strategic Total Return Securities due March 30, 2010; Strategic Total Return Securities due July 30, 2011(2 issuances); Strategic Total Return Securities due January 15, 2012American Stock Exchange
Strategic Total Return Securities due October 30, 2011  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLCNYSE Arca, Inc.
BOXESSMdue October 30, 2031; BOXES due January 30, 2032  American Stock Exchange
Philadelphia Stock ExchangeNYSE Arca, Inc.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:Market Vectors ETNs due March 31, 2020 (2 issuances); Market Vectors ETNs due April 30, 2020 (2 issuances)NYSE Arca, Inc.

Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due OctoberMarch 30, 20112010; Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due July 30, 2011; Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due January 15, 2012

  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLCNYSE Arca, Inc.

MPS SMTargeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due MarchOctober 30, 2009

2011
  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YESx NO¨

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES¨ NOx

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YESx NO¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.x¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.smaller reporting company. See definitionthe definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “large accelerated filer”“smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Large accelerated filerx Accelerated filer¨ Non-accelerated filerAct. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer x

Accelerated Filer ¨

Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨

Smaller reporting company ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). YES¨ NOx

As of May 31, 2007,2008, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $88,843,773,992.03.$48,765,826,243. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.

As of January 11,December 31, 2008, there were 1,104,587,6631,074,497,565 shares of Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

Documents Incorporated By Reference: Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual stockholders’ meeting to be held on April 8, 2008of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

for the fiscal year ended November 30, 20072008

 

Table of Contents      Page

Part I

    

Item 1.

  Business  1
  

Overview

  1
  

Available Information

  1
  

Recent Business Developments

2

Business Segments

  2
  

Institutional Securities

  23
  

Global Wealth Management Group

  5
  

Asset Management

  6
  

Research

7

Competition

  7
  

Supervision and Regulation

  8
  

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley

  1216

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors  1317

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments  2026

Item 2.

  Properties  2127

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings  2228

Item 4.

  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  2431
Part II    

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  2532

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data  2834

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  3036
  

Introduction

  3036
  

Results of OperationsExecutive Summary

  31

Impact of Credit Market Events

51

Other Matters

56

Critical Accounting Policies

6038
  

Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations

  6645

Capital-Related Transactions

47

Business Segments

48

Other Matters

63

Critical Accounting Policies

70
  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  6774

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  8388

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  100106
  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  100106
  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

  101107
  

Consolidated Statements of Income

  103109
  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

  104110
  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  105

i


Page111
  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

  106112
  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  107113
�� 

Note 1.      Introduction and Basis of PresentationFinancial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

  107189

Note 2.      Summary of Significant Accounting PoliciesItem 9.

  109

Note 3.      Fair Value Disclosures

122

Note 4.      Collateralized Transactions

127

Note 5.      Securitization Activities and Variable Interest Entities

128

Note 6.      Sales and Trading Activities

132

Note 7.      Consumer Loans

136

Note 8.      Other Investments

137

Note 9.      Investments in Unconsolidated Investees

137

Note 10.    Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets

138

Note 11.    Deposits

140

Note 12.    Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Borrowings

141

Note 13.    Long-Term Borrowings

142

Note 14.    Capital Units

144

Note 15.    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

144

Note 16.    Shareholders’ Equity

150

Note 17.    Earnings per Common Share

152

Note 18.    Employee Stock-Based Compensation Plans

153

Note 19.    Employee Benefit Plans

157

Note 20.    Income Taxes

164

Note 21.    Segment and Geographic Information

167

Note 22.    Discontinued Operations

170

Note 23.    Business and Other Acquisitions and Dispositions and Sale of Minority Interest

172

Note 24.    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108

174

Note 25.    Insurance Settlement

176

Note 26.    Lease Adjustment

177

Note 27.    Quarterly Results (unaudited)

178

Note 28.    Subsequent Event

178
Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

191

Item 9A.

  182
Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

191

Item 9B.

  182
Item 9B.

Other Information

  185193

 

iii


Table of Contents    Page
Part III    

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

194

Item 11.

  186
Item 11.

Executive Compensation

194

Item 12.

  186
Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters


195

Item 13.

  187
Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

196

Item 14.

  188
Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  188196
Part IV    

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  189197
Signatures  190S-1
Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules  S-1F-1
Exhibit Index  E-1

 

iiiii


Forward-Looking Statements

 

We have included or incorporated by reference into this report, and from time to time may make in our public filings, press releases or other public statements, certain statements, including (without limitation) those under “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, our management may make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and represent only Morgan Stanley’s beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control.

 

The nature of Morgan Stanley’s business makes predicting the future trends of our revenues, expenses and net income difficult. The risks and uncertainties involved in our businesses could affect the matters referred to in such statements and it is possible that our actual results may differ from the anticipated results indicated in these forward lookingforward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include (without limitation):

 

the credit ratings assigned to Morgan Stanley;

the effect of political and economic conditions and geopolitical events;

 

the effect of market conditions, includingparticularly in the global equity, fixed income and credit markets, including corporate and with respect to corporate, commercialmortgage (commercial and residentialresidential) lending;

the availability and cost of capital;

 

the level and volatility of equity prices, commodity prices and interest rates, currency values and other market indices;

 

the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to Morgan Stanley’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt;

investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets;

our reputation;

the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors;

 

the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation, and regulatory and legal actions and technological changes and events in the U.S. and worldwide;

our reputation;

investor sentiment;

the potential effects of technological changes; and

 

other risks and uncertainties detailed under “Competition” and “Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A, and elsewhere throughout this report.

 

Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Morgan Stanley undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by applicable law. You should, however, consult further disclosures Morgan Stanley may make in future filings of its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto or in future press releases or other public statements.

 

iviii


Part I

 

Item 1.     Business.

 

Overview.

 

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides its products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Morgan Stanley was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and its predecessor companies date back to 1924. Morgan Stanley conducts its business from its headquarters in and around New York City, its regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and its principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. At November 30, 2007,2008, Morgan Stanley had 48,25646,964 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

On September 21, 2008, Morgan Stanley obtained approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”) to become a bank holding company upon the conversion of its wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah), from a Utah industrial bank to a national bank. On September 23, 2008, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) authorized Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah) to commence business as a national bank, operating as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Concurrent with this conversion, Morgan Stanley became a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). For more information about Morgan Stanley’s transition into a financial holding company, see “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” herein.

Financial information concerning Morgan Stanley, ourits business segments and geographic regions for each of the fiscal years ended November 30, 2007,2008, November 30, 20062007 and November 30, 20052006 is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8.

 

Available Information.

 

Morgan Stanley files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanley’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site,www.sec.gov.

 

Morgan Stanley’s internet site iswww.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanley’s Investor Relations webpage atwww.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan Stanley makes available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan Stanley also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanley’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

Morgan Stanley has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanley’s corporate governance atwww.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. Morgan Stanley posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:

 

CompositeAmended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

1


Charters for our Audit Committee,Committee; Internal Audit Subcommittee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession CommitteeCommittee; and Nominating and Governance Committee;

 

Corporate Governance Policies;

 

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

 

1


Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

 

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Contributions;

 

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

Code of Conduct; and

 

Integrity Hotline.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer and its Controller and Principal Accounting Officer. Morgan Stanley will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange Inc.LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanley’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

Recent Business Developments.

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Joint Venture.

On January 13, 2009, Morgan Stanley and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) announced they had reached a definitive agreement to combine Morgan Stanley’s Global Wealth Management Group and Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter in the U.K., and Smith Barney Australia into a new joint venture to be called Morgan Stanley Smith Barney. Morgan Stanley will own 51%, and Citi will own 49% of the joint venture, after the contribution of the respective businesses to the joint venture and Morgan Stanley’s payment of $2.7 billion to Citi. Morgan Stanley will appoint four directors to the joint venture’s board and Citi will appoint two directors. After year three, Morgan Stanley and Citi will have various purchase and sales rights for the joint venture. The transaction is expected to close in the third quarter of 2009 and is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

 

Business Segments.

 

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. A summary of the activities of each of the business segments follows.

 

Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; benchmark indices and risk management analytics; research; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.

 

Asset Managementprovides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and fundfunds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party retail distribution channels, intermediaries and Morgan Stanley’s institutional distribution channel.channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.

 

On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off of Discover Financial Services (the “Discover Spin-off”).2


Institutional Securities.

 

Morgan Stanley provides financial advisory and capital-raising services to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients globally, primarily through wholly owned subsidiaries that include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc, Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. and Morgan Stanley Asia Limited. These and other subsidiaries also conduct sales and trading activities worldwide, as principal and agent, and provide related financing services on behalf of institutional investors.

 

Investment Banking.

Capital Raising.    Morgan Stanley managesBanking and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt, equity and other securities worldwide. Morgan Stanley is a leading underwriter of common stock, preferred stock and other equity-related securities, including convertible securities and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”).Corporate Lending Activities.

2


Morgan Stanley is a leading underwriter of fixed income securities, including investment grade debt, non-investment grade instruments, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, tax-exempt securities and commercial paper and other short-term securities.

 

Financial Advisory Services.    Morgan Stanley provides corporate and other institutional clients globally with advisory services on key strategic matters, such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense strategies, joint ventures, privatizations, recapitalizations, spin-offs, corporate restructurings, shareholder relations, tender offers, exchange offers and leveraged buyouts. Morgan Stanley also provides advice concerning rights offerings, dividend policy, valuations, foreign exchange exposure, financial risk management strategies and financial planning. In addition, Morgan Stanley furnishes advice and services regarding project financings and provides advisory services in connection with the purchase, sale, leasing and financing of real estate.

 

Capital Raising.    Morgan Stanley manages and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt, equity and other securities worldwide. Morgan Stanley is a leading underwriter of common stock, preferred stock and other equity-related securities, including convertible securities and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Morgan Stanley is a leading underwriter of fixed income securities, including investment grade debt, non-investment grade instruments, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, tax-exempt securities and commercial paper and other short-term securities.

Corporate Lending.    Morgan Stanley provides loans or lending commitments, including bridge financing, to selected corporate clients through subsidiaries (including Morgan Stanley Bank) loans or lending commitments, including bridge financing.Bank, N.A.). These loans and commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated and/or secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower and may be syndicated, hedged or traded by Morgan Stanley.Stanley*. The borrowers may be rated investment grade or non-investment grade.

 

Sales and Trading Activities.**

 

Morgan Stanley conducts sales, trading, financing and market-making activities on securities and futures exchanges and in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets around the world. Morgan Stanley’s Institutional Securities business includessales and trading activities include Equity and Proprietary Trading; Interest Rates, Credit and Currencies; CommoditiesCommodities; and Clients and Services.

 

Equity and Proprietary Trading.    Morgan Stanley acts as principal (including as a market maker) and agent in executing transactions globally in equity and equity-related products, including common stock, ADRs, global depositary receipts and exchange-traded funds.

 

Morgan Stanley’s equity derivatives sales, trading and market-making activities cover equity-related products globally, including equity swaps, options, warrants and futures overlying individual securities, indices and baskets of securities and other equity-related products. Morgan Stanley also issues and makes a principal market in equity-linked products to institutional and individual investors, including principal-protected securities.

 

Morgan Stanley has several dedicated trading groups which engage in proprietary trading and investing activities utilizing multiple strategies across various cash and derivative asset classes including, among others, equity securities, quantitative and program driven strategies, commodities, currencies, interest rates, emerging markets, bonds, loans, corporate credit, as well as mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities.

Interest Rates, Credit and Currencies.    Morgan Stanley trades, makes markets and takes long and short proprietary positions in fixed income securities and related products globally, including, among other products, investment and non-investment grade corporate debt, distressed debt, bank loans, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, convertible bonds, collateralized debt obligations, credit, currency and other fixed income linked notes, and securities issued by structured investment vehicles, mortgage-related

*Revenues and expenses associated with the trading of syndicated loans are included in “Sales and Trading Activities.”

3


and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products, municipal securities, preferred stock and commercial paper, money market and other short-term securities. Morgan Stanley is a primary dealer of U.S. governmentFederal Government securities and a member of the selling groups

*Revenues and expenses associated with the trading of syndicated loans are included in “Sales and Trading Activities.”
**The description set forth under “Sales and Trading Activities” reflects organizational changes implemented since December 2007. See also “Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A for a description of Morgan Stanley’s trading risk management structure, policies and procedures.

3


that distribute various U.S. agency and other debt securities. Morgan Stanley is also a primary dealer or market-makermarket maker of government securities in numerous European, Asian and emerging market countries.

 

Morgan Stanley trades, makes markets and takes long and short proprietary positions globally in listed futures and OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indexes, asset-backed security indexes, property indexes, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products.

 

Morgan Stanley is a market-makertrades, makes markets and takes long and short proprietary positions in foreign currencies. Most of Morgan Stanley’s foreign exchange business relates to major foreign currencies, such as Yen, Euro, Sterling,the Japanese yen, euro, British pound, Swiss francsfranc and Canadian dollars.dollar, as well as in emerging markets currencies. Morgan Stanley trades these currencies on a principal basis in the spot, forward, option and futures markets and takes proprietary positions in such currencies.markets.

 

Through the use of repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, Morgan Stanley acts as an intermediary between borrowers and lenders of short-term funds and provides funding for various inventory positions. Morgan Stanley also provides financing to customers for commercial and residential real estate loan products and other securitizable asset classes. In addition, Morgan Stanley engages in principal securities lending with clients, institutional lenders and other broker-dealers.

 

Morgan Stanley advises on investment and liability strategies and assists corporations in their debt repurchases and tax planning. Morgan Stanley structures debt securities and derivatives with risk/return factors designed to suit client objectives, including using repackaged asset and other structured vehicles through which clients can restructure asset portfolios to provide liquidity or reconfigure risk profiles.

 

Commodities.    Morgan Stanley trades as principal and maintains long and short proprietary trading positions in the spot, forward and futures markets in several commodities, including metals (base and precious), agricultural products, crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) and related products and indices. Morgan Stanley is a market-maker in exchange-traded options and futures and OTC options and swaps on commodities, and offers counterparties hedging programs relating to production, consumption, reserve/inventory management and structured transactions, including energy-contract securitizations. Morgan Stanley is an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and owns fivesix electricity generating facilities in the U.S. and Europe.

 

Morgan Stanley owns TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business, and owns an interest in the Heidmar Group of companies whichthat provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services.

 

Clients and Services.    Morgan Stanley provides financing services, including prime brokerage, which offers, among other services, consolidated clearance, settlement, custody, financing and portfolio reporting services to clients trading multiple asset classes. Morgan Stanley also engages in principal securities lending with clients, institutional lenders and other broker-dealers. In addition, Morgan Stanley’s institutional distribution and sales activities are overseen and coordinated through Clients and Services.

 

Other Activities.

 

Benchmark Indices and Risk Management Analytics.    As of November 30, 2007,2008, Morgan Stanley’s majority-owned subsidiary, MSCI Inc. (“MSCI®”), calculates and distributes over 100,000 international and U.S. equity benchmark indices (including the MSCI World and EAFE® Indices) covering 5670 countries, and has a historical database spanning over 35 years that includes fundamental and valuation data on thousands of equity securities in developed and emerging market countries. MSCI also calculates and distributes over 200 hedge fund indices. MSCI’s subsidiary, Barra, Inc., is a leading provider of risk analytic

4


tools and services to investors to help them

4


analyze, measure and manage portfolio and firm-wide investment risk. TheMorgan Stanley sold a minority interest in MSCI in an initial public offering of shares of MSCI began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on November 15, 2007. After this offering,2007 and sold additional MSCI shares in two secondary offerings in fiscal 2008. As of November 30, 2008, Morgan Stanley continues to own in excessowned approximately 28 million shares of 80 percent of MSCI.

Research.    Morgan Stanley’s global research department (“Research”) consists of economists, strategists and industry analysts. Research engages in equity and fixed income research activities and produces reports and studies on the U.S. and global economy, financial markets, portfolio strategy, technical market analyses, individual companies and industry developments. Research examines worldwide trends covering numerous industries and individual companies, the majority of which are located outsideMSCI’s class B common stock, representing approximately 66% of the U.S. Research provides analysis and forecasts relating to economic and monetary developments that affect matters such as interest rates, foreign currencies, securities, derivatives and economic trends. Research provides analytical support and publishes reports on asset-backed securities and the markets in which such securities are traded. Research reports and data are disseminated to investors through third party distributors, proprietary internet sites such as Client Link and Morgan Stanley’s sales forces.combined voting power of all classes of MSCI’s voting stock.

 

Investments.    Morgan Stanley from time to time makes investments that represent business facilitation or principal investing activities. Business facilitation investments are strategic investments undertaken by Morgan Stanley to facilitate core business activities. Principal investing activities are investments and capital commitments provided to public and private companies, funds and other entities generally for proprietary purposes to maximize total returns to Morgan Stanley. Morgan Stanley expects to make additional principal investments over time. These principal investment activities are conducted within the investment banking and sales and trading areas in Institutional Securities.Securities and Asset Management.

 

Morgan Stanley sponsors and manages investment vehicles and separate accounts for clients seeking exposure to private equity, real estate-related and other alternative investments. Morgan Stanley may also invest in and provide capital to such investment vehicles. See also “Asset Management.”

 

Operations and Information Technology.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform that supports Institutional Securities sales and trading activity, including post-execution trade processing and related internal controls over activity from trade entry through settlement and custody, such as asset servicing. This is done for proprietary and customer transactions in listed and OTC transactions in commodities, equity and fixed income securities, including both primary and secondary trading, as well as listed, OTC and structured derivatives in markets around the world. This activity is undertaken through Morgan Stanley’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Global Wealth Management Group.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Global Wealth Management Group provides comprehensive financial services to clients through a network of approximately 8,400 global representatives in approximately 500 locations globally, including over 450 U.S. locations at fiscal year end. As of November 30, 2007,2008, Morgan Stanley had $758$546 billion in client assets. On April 1, 2007, Morgan Stanley merged its primary broker-dealer for Global Wealth Management Group, Morgan Stanley DW Inc., into MS&Co. Upon completion of the merger, MS&Co. became Morgan Stanley’s principal U.S. broker-dealer.

 

Clients.

 

Global Wealth Management Group professionals serve individual investors and small-to-medium size businesses and institutions with an emphasis on ultra high net worth, high net worth and affluent investors. In the U.S., products and services are delivered through three principal channels. Specialized private wealth management

5


investment representative teams located in dedicated offices provide sophisticated investment solutions and services for ultra high net worth individuals, families and foundations. Financial advisors located in branches across the U.S. provide solutions designed to accommodate individual investment objectives, risk tolerance and liquidity needs for ultra high net worth, high net worth and affluent investors. Call centers are available to meet the needs of emerging affluent clients. Outside the U.S., Morgan Stanley offers financial services to clients in Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Latin America.

 

Products and Services.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Global Wealth Management Group provides clients with a comprehensive array of financial solutions, including Morgan Stanley’s products and services, and products and services from third party providers, such as insurance companies and mutual fund families. Morgan Stanley offers brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives, including equities, options, futures, foreign currencies, precious metals, fixed income securities, mutual funds, structured products, alternative investments, unit investment trusts, managed futures, separately managed accounts and mutual fund asset

5


allocation programs. Morgan Stanley also offers financial and wealth planning services, including education savings programs, as well as annuity and other insurance products.

In addition, Morgan Stanley offers several cash management services, including cash sweeps, debit cards, electronic bill payments and checkwriting,check writing, as well as lending products, including securities based lending and a mortgage referral program, which provides residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit originated through Morgan Stanley’s affiliated entities. Morgan Stanley’s BusinesScapeSM program offers cash management and commercial credit solutions to qualified small and medium businesses in the U.S.  Morgan Stanley provides individual and corporate retirement solutions, including IRAs and 401(k) plans and U.S. stock plan services to corporate executives and businesses. Morgan Stanley also offers trust and fiduciary services to individual and corporate clients.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Global Wealth Management Group offers its clients a variety of ways to establish a relationship and conduct business, including brokerage accounts with transaction-based pricing and investment advisory accounts with asset-based fee pricing. The Active Assets Account® offers clients brokerage and cash management services in one account. Clients can also choose a fee-based, separately managed account managed by affiliated or unaffiliated professional asset managers.

 

Operations and Information Technology.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform that supports the activities of Morgan Stanley’s Global Wealth Management Group from trade capture through clearance, settlement and custody, including asset servicing as well as bank deposit and loan processing through Morgan Stanley’s affiliated banks. These activities are undertaken through Morgan Stanley’s own facilities, through memberships in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Asset Management.

 

Morgan Stanley Investment Management is one of the largest global asset management organizations of any full-service securitiesfinancial services firm and offers individual and institutional clients a diverse array of equity, fixed income and alternative investments and merchant banking strategies. Morgan Stanley Investment Management had $597$399 billion of assets under management or supervision as of November 30, 2007.2008. Morgan Stanley’s asset management activities are principally conducted under the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands. Portfolio managers located in the U.S., Europe, Japan, Singapore and India manage investment products ranging from money market funds to equity, taxable and tax-exempt fixed income funds and alternative investment and merchant banking products in developed and emerging markets. Morgan Stanley offers clients various investment styles, such as value, growth, core, fixed income and asset allocation; global investments; active and passive management; and diversified and concentrated portfolios.

 

6


Morgan Stanley offers a range of alternative investment and merchant banking products for institutional investors and high net worth individuals. Morgan Stanley’s alternative investments platform includes hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and portable alpha overlays, including FrontPoint Partners LLC, a leading provider of absolute return strategies with approximately $8.5$8.4 billion in assets under management, and minority stakes in Lansdowne Partners and Avenue Capital Group. Morgan Stanley’s Merchant Banking Division, formed in 2007, includes Morgan Stanley’s real estate investing business, private equity funds and infrastructure investing group. Morgan Stanley typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, its alternative investment and merchant banking funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing investors contributing the majority.

 

Institutional Investors.

 

Morgan Stanley provides asset management products and services to institutional investors worldwide, including pension plans, corporations, private funds, non-profit organizations, foundations, endowments, governmental agencies, insurance companies and banks. Products and services are available to institutional investors primarily through separate accounts, U.S. mutual funds and other pooled vehicles. Morgan Stanley Investment

6


Management also sub-advises funds for various unaffiliated financial institutions and intermediaries. A global sales force and a team dedicated to covering the investment consultant industry serve institutional investors.

 

Individual Investors.

 

Morgan Stanley offers open-end and alternative investment funds and separately managed accounts to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and financial planners. Closed-end funds managed by Morgan Stanley or Van Kampen are available to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers. A small number of unaffiliated broker-dealers account for a substantial portion of Van Kampen open-end fund sales. Morgan Stanley also sells Van Kampen funds through numerous retirement plan platforms. Internationally, Morgan Stanley distributes traditional investment products to individuals outside the U.S. through non-proprietary distributors, and alternative investment products are distributed through affiliated broker-dealers.

 

Operations and Information Technology.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide or oversee the process and technology platform required to support its asset management business. Support activities include transfer agency, mutual fund accounting and administration, transaction processing and certain fiduciary services, on behalf of institutional, retail and intermediary clients. These activities are undertaken through Morgan Stanley’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Research.

In December 2008, Morgan Stanley announced that its global research department (“Research”), formerly part of its Institutional Securities business segment, would be coordinated globally across all of Morgan Stanley’s businesses. Research consists of economists, strategists and industry analysts who engage in equity and fixed income research activities and produce reports and studies on the U.S. and global economy, financial markets, portfolio strategy, technical market analyses, individual companies and industry developments. Research examines worldwide trends covering numerous industries and individual companies, the majority of which are located outside of the U.S.; provides analysis and forecasts relating to economic and monetary developments that affect matters such as interest rates, foreign currencies, securities, derivatives and economic trends; and provides analytical support and publishes reports on asset-backed securities and the markets in which such securities are traded and data are disseminated to investors through third party distributors, proprietary internet sites such as Client Link and Morgan Stanley’s sales forces.

Competition.

 

All aspects of Morgan Stanley’s businesses are highly competitive and Morgan Stanley expects them to remain so. Morgan Stanley competes in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent in all aspects of its business segments. Morgan Stanley’s competitive position depends on its reputation and the quality of its products, services and advice. Morgan Stanley’s ability to sustain or improve its competitive position also depends substantially on its ability to continue to attract and retain qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. Morgan Stanley competes with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. In fiscal 2008, this trend accelerated considerably, as several major U.S. financial institutions consolidated, were forced to merge, received substantial government assistance or were placed into conservatorship by the U.S. Federal Government. These developments could result in Morgan Stanley’s remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity.

 

7


Institutional Securities and Global Wealth Management Group.

 

Morgan Stanley’s competitive position depends on innovation, execution capability and relative pricing. Morgan Stanley competes directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers, and with others on a regional or product basis.

 

7


Morgan Stanley’s ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally dependent on Morgan Stanley’s credit ratings) and to commit capital efficiently, particularly in its capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects its competitive position. Corporate clients continue tomay request that Morgan Stanley provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities.

 

Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as financial institutions involved in a broad range of financial services industries have been acquired by or merged into other firms. This convergence could result in Morgan Stanley’s competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. It is possible that competition may become even more intense as Morgan Stanley continues to compete with financial institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain areas. Many of these firms have greater capital than Morgan Stanley and have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services that may enhance their competitive position and could result in pricing pressure in our businesses. The complementary trends in the financial services industry of consolidation and globalization present, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for Morgan Stanley to remain competitive.

 

Morgan Stanley has experienced intense price competition in some of its businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic stock markets will likely continue. It is possible that Morgan Stanley will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of its competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

 

Asset Management.

 

Competition in the asset management industry is affected by several factors, including Morgan Stanley’s reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment products relative to peers and an appropriate benchmark index, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels, and the types and quality of products offered. Morgan Stanley’s alternative investment products, such as private equity funds, real estate and hedge funds, compete with similar products offered by both alternative and traditional asset managers.

 

Supervision and Regulation.

 

Most aspects of Morgan Stanley’s business are subject to stringent regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by non-U.S. government agencies or regulatory bodies and securities exchanges. Aspects of Morgan Stanley’s public disclosure, corporate governance principles, internal control environment and the roles of auditors and counsel are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related regulations and rules of the SEC and the NYSE.

 

New laws or regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations (including changesIn light of current conditions in the interpretation or enforcement thereof) eitherglobal financial markets and the global economy, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. Proposals for legislation that could substantially intensify the regulation of the financial services industry are expected to be introduced in the U.S. Congress, in state legislatures and around the world.

The agencies regulating the financial services industry also frequently adopt changes to their regulations. Substantial regulatory and legislative initiatives, including a comprehensive overhaul of the regulatory system in the U.S., are possible in the months or elsewhereyears ahead. Any such action could have a materially adversely affect Morgan Stanley’sadverse effect on our business, financial condition orand results of operations. As a global financial institution, to the extent that different regulatory regimes impose inconsistent or iterative requirements on the conduct of its business, Morgan Stanley faces complexity and additional costs in its compliance efforts.

 

8


Consolidated Supervision and Revised Capital Standards.Regulatory Developments.

 

Effective December 1, 2005,The year 2008 saw an unprecedented number of government initiatives both in the U.S. and abroad designed to respond to the stresses experienced in global financial markets.

U.S. regulatory agencies including primarily the U.S. Department of Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”), the Fed, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York have taken a number of steps to enhance the liquidity support available to financial institutions such as Morgan Stanley and certain of its subsidiaries. These steps have included (i) expanding the types and quality of assets that can be used as collateral for borrowings by primary dealers from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York under the primary dealer credit facility, (ii) extending the term for which the Fed will lend the U.S. Treasury securities to primary dealers under its term securities lending facility, (iii) adopting temporary exceptions to the Federal Reserve Act limitations on transactions between insured depository institutions, such as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., and their affiliates to permit them to provide liquidity to their affiliates for assets typically funded in the tri-party repo market, and (iv) authorizing the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to extend credit to the U.S.- and London-based broker-dealer subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley and those of two other institutions against all types of collateral that may be pledged at the primary dealer credit facility. Furthermore, the FDIC agreed to temporarily guarantee certain senior unsecured debt of all FDIC-insured institutions, their U.S. holding companies, and of certain other affiliates accepted into the program, and to temporarily guarantee deposits in certain transaction accounts of FDIC-insured institutions or branches. Morgan Stanley and its FDIC-insured depository institutions are participating in both FDIC programs and will incur fees assessed in connection with such programs (see also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management Policies—Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program” in Part II, Item 7 herein). On October 27, 2008, the Fed’s Commercial Paper Funding Facility, a facility designed to provide a liquidity backstop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper, became operational.

On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (initially introduced as the Troubled Asset Relief Program or “TARP”) was enacted. On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced its intention to inject capital into nine large U.S. financial institutions, including Morgan Stanley, under the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), and since has injected capital into many other financial institutions. Morgan Stanley was part of the initial group of financial institutions participating in the CPP, and on October 26, 2008 entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement–Standard Terms with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which, among other things, Morgan Stanley sold to the U.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $10 billion, preferred stock and warrants. Under the terms of the CPP, Morgan Stanley is prohibited from increasing dividends on its common stock, and from making certain repurchases of equity securities, including its common stock, without the U.S. Treasury’s consent. Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is outstanding, dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities, including Morgan Stanley’s common stock, are prohibited until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on such preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity Capital Management Policies” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

On October 14, 2008, the SEC published final rules, effective as of October 17, 2008, under the Exchange Act adopting, among other changes, a temporary rule, set to expire on July 31, 2009, which contains a firm delivery requirement for long and short sales, and the “naked” short selling anti-fraud rule.

In Europe, governments and regulatory agencies have also implemented several initiatives to respond to the stresses experienced in the global financial markets, including capital injections to certain financial institutions and a range of economic and fiscal stimuli. Most regulators in the European Union introduced temporary or permanent rules to further regulate short selling and enhance disclosure of short sales. In the United Kingdom, as well as pursuing an increased focus on the capital and liquidity strength of regulated firms, the Financial Services

9


Authority wrote to chief executive officers of financial services firms expressing its intention to focus on management structures and the culture of supervisory responsibility within firms, and setting out its views on best practice in the area of position valuation and risk control following a number of mis-marking incidents across the industry.

Financial Holding Company.

On September 21, 2008, Morgan Stanley obtained approval from the Fed to become a bank holding company upon the conversion of its wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Bank, from a Utah industrial bank to a national bank. On September 23, 2008, the OCC authorized Morgan Stanley Bank to commence business as a national bank, operating as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Concurrently with this conversion, Morgan Stanley became a consolidated supervised entity (“CSE”)financial holding company under the BHC Act.

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.    Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. is an FDIC-insured national bank and, as definedsuch, is subject to the supervision and regulation by the OCC and, in certain matters, by the Fed and FDIC. The activities of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as a consumer lender, are also subject to regulation under various U.S. federal laws, including the Truth–in–Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Credit Reporting, Fair Debt Collection Practice and Electronic Funds Transfer acts, as well as various state laws. These statutes impose requirements on the making, enforcement and collection of consumer loans and on the types of disclosures that need to be made in connection with such loans.

Other Banking Institutions.    Morgan Stanley Trust is a wholly owned subsidiary that conducts certain transfer agency, sub-accounting and other activities. It is an FDIC-insured federal savings bank whose activities are subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Morgan Stanley Trust is also a registered transfer agent subject to regulation and examination by the SEC.

Morgan Stanley Trust National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary, is a non-depository national bank whose activities are limited to fiduciary activities, primarily personal trust services. It is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the OCC. Morgan Stanley Trust National Association is not FDIC-insured and is not considered a “bank” for purposes of the BHC Act.

Scope of Permitted Activities.    As a financial holding company, Morgan Stanley is able to engage in any activity that is financial in nature, incidental to a financial activity or complementary to a financial activity. Unless otherwise required by the Fed, Morgan Stanley is permitted to commence any new financial activity, or acquire a company engaged in any financial activity, as long as it provides after–the–fact notice of such new activity or investment to the Fed. However, Morgan Stanley must obtain the prior approval of the Fed before acquiring more than five percent of any class of voting stock of a U.S. depository institution or bank holding company or commencing any activity that is complementary to a financial activity.

Morgan Stanley believes that most of the activities it conducted before becoming a financial holding company remain permissible. In addition, the BHC Act gives Morgan Stanley two years to conform its existing nonfinancial activities and investments to the requirements of the BHC Act with the possibility of three one-year extensions for a total grace period of up to five years. The BHC Act also grandfathers any “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that Morgan Stanley conducted any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 and provided that certain other conditions that are within Morgan Stanley’s reasonable control are satisfied. In addition, the BHC Act permits the Fed to determine by regulation or order that certain activities are complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a risk to safety and soundness.

It is possible that certain of Morgan Stanley’s existing activities will not be deemed to be permissible financial activities, or incidental or complementary to such activities or otherwise grandfathered. If so, Morgan Stanley will

10


be required to divest them before the end of the grace period discussed above. Morgan Stanley does not believe that any such required divestment will have a material adverse impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

Consolidated Supervision.    As a financial holding company, Morgan Stanley is subject to group-widethe comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the Fed. This means that Morgan Stanley is, among other things, subject to the Fed’s risk-based and leverage capital requirements and information reporting requirements for bank holding companies. The Fed has the authority to conduct on-site examinations of Morgan Stanley and any of its affiliates, subject to coordinating with any state or federal functional regulator of any particular affiliate.

In addition to the Fed’s consolidated supervision, certain of Morgan Stanley’s subsidiaries are regulated directly by other regulators based upon the activities of those subsidiaries. Except for Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., which has become subject to the supervision and regulation of the OCC upon becoming a national bank, the functional regulation of Morgan Stanley’s subsidiaries by other state and federal regulators has not changed. Morgan Stanley, by participating in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, has become subject to additional oversight by the FDIC, limited to compliance with the terms of that program (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management Policies—Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program” in Part II, Item 7 herein). Participation in the program does not change the Fed’s role as Morgan Stanley’s consolidated supervisor.

In order to maintain Morgan Stanley’s status as a financial holding company, its depository institution subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed. Under regulations implemented by the Fed, if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company no longer meets certain capital or management standards, the Fed may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the financial holding company and place limitations on its ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. In addition, as a last resort if the deficiencies persist, the Fed may order a financial holding company to cease the conduct of or to divest those businesses engaged in activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies. The regulations also provide that if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act, the Fed must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.

Capital Standards.    Federal banking regulators have adopted risk–based capital and leverage guidelines that require Morgan Stanley’s capital–to–assets ratios to meet certain minimum standards.

The denominator or asset portion of the risk–based capital ratio is determined by allocating assets and specified off–balance sheet financial instruments into four weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. Under the guidelines, capital is divided into two tiers: Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. The amount of Tier 2 capital may not exceed the amount of Tier 1 capital. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Under the guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain a total capital ratio (total capital to risk–weighted assets) of at least 10% and a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6% in order to qualify as well capitalized and for their holding company parent to be able to qualify as a financial holding company.

The federal banking regulators also have established minimum leverage ratio guidelines. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total book assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using month-end balances for each fiscal quarter. The minimum leverage ratio is 3% for bank holding companies that are considered “strong” under Fed guidelines or which have implemented the Fed’s risk–based capital measure for market risk. Other bank holding companies must have a minimum leverage ratio of 4%.

The Fed generally requires Morgan Stanley and its peer financial holding companies to maintain risk-based and leverage capital ratios substantially in excess of these minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

11


U.S. banking regulators are in the process of incorporating the Basel II Accord (“Basel II”) into the existing risk–based capital requirements. After a transitional period, core financial institutions, including Morgan Stanley, are required to implement advanced measurement techniques by employing internal estimates of certain key risk drivers to derive capital requirements. Prior to becoming a financial holding company, as part of its status until September 2008 as a consolidated supervised entity subject to the group–wide supervision and examination by the SEC, and toMorgan Stanley calculated its minimum capital requirements on a consolidated basis.in accordance with Basel II as implemented by the SEC. Morgan Stanley’s significant European regulated entities implemented Basel II capital standardsCapital Standards on January 1, 2008. Morgan Stanley continuesFor March 31, 2009 and future dates, the Company expects to workcalculate its capital ratios and risk weighted assets in accordance with its regulators on the implementationcapital adequacy standards for bank holding companies adopted by the Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of the CSE rules andCapital Measurement,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel II capital standards.I.

 

8Compliance with the capital requirements, including leverage ratios, may limit Morgan Stanley’s operations requiring the intensive use of capital. Such requirements may limit Morgan Stanley’s ability to pay dividends, repay debt or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect Morgan Stanley’s ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present business levels.

Dividends.    In addition to certain dividend restrictions that apply by law to certain of Morgan Stanley’s subsidiaries, as described below, the OCC, the Fed and the FDIC have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and other depository institution subsidiaries, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. It is Fed policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also Fed policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine the company’s ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Under the terms of the CPP, for so long as any preferred stock issued under the CPP remains outstanding, Morgan Stanley is prohibited from increasing dividends on its common stock, and from making certain repurchases of equity securities, including its common stock, without the U.S. Treasury’s consent until the third anniversary of the U.S. Treasury’s investment or until the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock it purchased under the CPP to third parties. Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is outstanding, dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities, including Morgan Stanley’s common stock, are prohibited until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on such preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity Capital Management Policies” in Part II, Item 7 herein).

Prompt Corrective Action.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. Supervisory actions by the appropriate federal banking regulator under the prompt corrective action rules generally depend upon an institution’s classification within five capital categories. The regulations apply only to insured banks and thrifts such as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. or Morgan Stanley Trust, and not to bank holding companies such as Morgan Stanley. However, subject to limitations, the Fed is authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level, based upon the undercapitalized status of the holding company’s subsidiary banking institutions. In certain instances relating to an undercapitalized banking institution, the bank holding company would be required to guarantee the performance of the undercapitalized subsidiary’s capital restoration plan and might be liable for civil money damages for failure to fulfill its commitments on that guarantee.

12


Transactions with Affiliates.    Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust are both subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on any extensions of credit to, purchase of assets from, and on certain other transactions with, any affiliates. These restrictions include limits on the total amount of credit exposure that they may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates, as well as collateral requirements, and they require all such transactions to be made on market terms.

FDIC Regulation.    An FDIC–insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with the failure of a commonly controlled insured depository institution.

If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an insured depository institution upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power: to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor; to enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms notwithstanding any clause that purports to accelerate or terminate the contracts; or to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, subject to certain standards. The above provisions would be applicable to Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust.

As FDIC-insured depository institutions, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust are exposed to changes in the cost of such insurance. On January 1, 2009, the FDIC increased the Deposit Insurance Fund assessment rates as part of the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund restoration plan and has proposed to make, beginning in the second quarter of 2009, further risk-based changes to its deposit insurance assessment system. In addition, by participating in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust have temporarily become subject to an additional assessment on deposits in excess of $250,000 in certain transaction accounts.

Anti-Money Laundering.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis. In the U.S., for example, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT“PATRIOT Act”) imposes significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, broker-dealers and mutual funds to identify and verify customers that maintain accounts. The USA PATRIOT Act also mandates that certain types of financial institutions monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. An institution subject to the USA PATRIOT Act also must designate an AML compliance officer, provide employees with training on money laundering prevention, and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML program. Outside the U.S., applicable laws and regulations similarly subject designated types of financial institutions to AML program requirements. Morgan Stanley has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with these AML program requirements. Morgan Stanley has also implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

Protection of Client Information.

 

Many aspects of Morgan Stanley’s business are subject to increasingly comprehensive legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain clientcustomer information, including those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the European Union Data Protection Directive in the EU and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information (Protection) Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. Morgan Stanley has adopted measures in response to such requirements. Morgan Stanley has adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

Research.

Both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions and are proposed or under consideration in other jurisdictions. New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the global research settlement

13


with U.S. Federal and state regulators (to which Morgan Stanley is a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

 

Institutional Securities and Global Wealth Management Group.

 

Broker-Dealer Regulation.    Morgan Stanley’s primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, MS&Co., is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and is a member of various self-regulatory organizations, including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and securities exchanges, including the NYSE. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, record-keeping and retention and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences by both federal and state securities administrators.

 

Margin lending by broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board’sFed’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities, as well as securities borrowing and lending activities. Broker-dealers are also required bysubject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and NYSE rules to impose maintenance requirements on the value of securities contained in margin accounts.FINRA rules. In many cases, Morgan Stanley’s broker-dealer subsidiaries’ margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

Morgan Stanley conducts some of its government securities activities through Morgan Stanley Market Products Inc., a FINRA member registered as a government securities broker-dealer with the SEC and in certain states. The Department of Treasury has promulgated regulations concerning, among other things, capital adequacy, custody and use of government securities and transfers and control of government securities subject to repurchase transactions. The rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, which are enforced by FINRA, govern the municipal securities activities of Morgan Stanley.

 

As registered U.S. broker-dealers, certain subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley, including MS&Co., are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various securities exchanges. Many non-U.S. securities exchanges and regulatory authorities either have imposed or are proposing rules relating to capital requirements

9


applicable to Morgan Stanley’s non-U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries. These rules, which specify minimum capital requirements, are generally designed to measure general financial integrity and liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net assets be kept in relatively liquid form. See also “Consolidated SupervisionSupervision” and Revised Capital“Capital Standards” above and Note 16 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8.above. Rules of FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets.

 

Compliance with the capital requirements may limit Morgan Stanley’s operations requiring the intensive use of capital. Such requirements restrict Morgan Stanley’s ability to withdraw capital from its broker-dealer subsidiaries, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect Morgan Stanley’s ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present business levels. In addition, such rules may require Morgan Stanley to make substantial capital infusions into one or more of its broker-dealer subsidiaries in order for such subsidiaries to comply with such rules, either in the form of cash or subordinated loans made in accordance with the requirements of the SEC’s net capital rule.

 

MS&Co. is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which provides protection for customers of broker-dealers against losses in the event of the liquidation of a broker-dealer. SIPC protects customers’ securities accounts held by a broker-dealer up to $500,000 for each eligible customer, subject to a limitation of $100,000 for claims for cash balances. To supplement this SIPC coverage, MS&Co. has purchased additional protection for the benefit of its customers from Lloyd’s of London, in addition to its existing supplemental coverage from Customer Asset Protection Company (“CAPCO”). The CAPCO coverage will expire on February 16, 2009, after which Lloyd’s of London will be the sole excess SIPC coverage provider.

Regulation of Certain Commodities Activities.    The commodities activities in the Institutional Securities business segment are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad. Intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by U.S. federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement and remedial proceedings involving energy companies, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading. The EU has increased its focus on the energy markets, which has resulted in increased regulation of companies participating in the energy markets, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading.

 

14


Terminal facilities and other assets relating to Morgan Stanley’s commodities activities are also subject to environmental laws both in the U.S. and abroad. In addition, pipeline, transport and terminal operations are subject to state laws in connection with the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us or locations to which we have sent wastes for disposal.

 

Additional Regulation of U.S. Entities.    As a registered futures commission merchant, MS&Co. is subject to the net capital requirements of, and its activities are regulated by, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and various commodity exchanges. Certain subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley are registered with the CFTC as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators. Morgan Stanley’s futures and options-on-futures businesses are also regulated by the National Futures Association (the “NFA”), a registered futures association, of which MS&Co. and certain of its affiliates are members. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships.

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, through which Morgan Stanley conducts certain financing and lending activities, is an industrial bank chartered under the laws of the State of Utah. It has deposits that are eligible for insurance by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in accordance with FDIC rules and is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the Utah Department of Financial Institutions and the FDIC. Morgan Stanley Bank is not considered a “bank” under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”).

Morgan Stanley Trust National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary, is a federally chartered national bank whose activities are limited to fiduciary activities, primarily personal trust services. It is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Morgan Stanley Trust National Association is not FDIC-insured and is not considered a “bank” for purposes of the BHCA.

10


Morgan Stanley Trust, a wholly owned subsidiary which conducts certain transfer agency, sub-accounting and other activities, is a federally chartered savings bank whose activities are subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). As a result of its ownership of Morgan Stanley Trust, Morgan Stanley is registered with the OTS as a unitary savings and loan holding company (“SLHC”) and subject to regulation and examination by the OTS as a SLHC. Subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley, including Morgan Stanley Trust, are registered transfer agents subject to regulation and examination by the SEC. Morgan Stanley Trust has deposits that are eligible for insurance by the FDIC.

Non-U.S. Regulation.    Morgan Stanley’s businesses are also regulated extensively by non-U.S. regulators, including governments, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which Morgan Stanley maintains an office. As Morgan Stanley continues to expand its business internationally, including in Europe, Latin America, Asia and the Middle East, it will become subject to regulation in the jurisdictions in which it conducts business. Certain Morgan Stanley subsidiaries are regulated as broker-dealers under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Subsidiaries engaged in banking and trust activities outside the U.S. are regulated by various government agencies in the particular jurisdiction where they are chartered, incorporated and/or conduct their business activity. For instance, the Financial Services Authority and several U.K. securities and futures exchanges, including the London Stock Exchange and Euronext.liffe regulate the Company’sMorgan Stanley’s activities in the U.K.; the Deutsche BorseBôrse AG and the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) regulate its activities in the Federal Republic of Germany; the Swiss Federal Banking Commission regulates its activities in Switzerland; the Comisión Nacional del Mercado del Valores (C.N.M.V.) regulates its activities in Spain; the Financial Services Agency, the Bank of Japan, the Japanese Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges, including the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Osaka Securities Exchange and the Tokyo International Financial Futures Exchange, regulate its activities in Japan; the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission, the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited regulate its operations in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange Limited regulate its business in Singapore.

 

Research.    Both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions and are proposed or under consideration in other jurisdictions. New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the global research settlement with U.S. Federal and state regulators (to which Morgan Stanley is a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

Asset Management.

 

The majorityMany of the subsidiaries related toengaged in Morgan Stanley’s asset management activities and others, including MS&Co., are registered as investment advisers with the SEC, and, in certain states, some employees or representatives of subsidiaries are registered as investment adviser representatives. Many aspects of Morgan Stanley’s asset management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict Morgan Stanley from carrying on its asset management activities in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for such failure include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on Morgan Stanley engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time, the revocation of registrations, other censures and fines.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Asset Management business is also regulated outside the U.S.   For example, the Financial Services Authority regulates Morgan Stanley’s business in the U.K.; the Financial Services Agency regulates Morgan Stanley’s business in Japan; the Securities and Exchange Board of India regulates Morgan Stanley’s business in India; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore regulates Morgan Stanley’s business in Singapore.

 

11For a discussion of certain risks relating to Morgan Stanley’s regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors” herein.

15


Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.

 

The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their ages and titles as of January 28, 20082009 are set forth below. Business experience for the past five years is provided in accordance with SEC rules.

 

John J. Mack (63)(64).    Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (since June 2005). Chairman of Pequot Capital Management (June 2005). Co-Chief Executive Officer of Credit Suisse Group (January 2003 to June 2004). President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Credit Suisse First Boston (July 2001 to June 2004). President and Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley (May 1997 to March 2001).

 

Walid Chammah (53)(54).    Co-President (since December 2007). Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley International (since July 2007). Head of Investment Banking (August 2005 to July 2007) and Head of Global Capital Markets (July 2002 to August 2005).

 

James Gorman (49)(50).    Co-President (since December 2007). and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (since October 2007) and. President and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Wealth Management Group (since February 2006)(February 2006 to April 2008). Head of Corporate Acquisitions Strategy & Research at Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) (July 2005 to August 2005) and President of the Global Private Client business at Merrill Lynch (December 2002 to July 2005).Director of MSCI Inc. (since November 2007).

 

Colm Kelleher (50)(51).    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (since October 2007). Head of Global Capital Markets (February 2006 to October 2007). Co-Head of Fixed Income Europe (May 2004 to February 2006). Head of Fixed Income Sales Europe (December 2000 to May 2004).

 

Gary G. Lynch (57)(58).    Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer (since October 2005). Global General Counsel (October 2001 to October 2005) of Credit Suisse First Boston. Executive Vice Chairman (July 2004 to October 2005) and Vice Chairman (December 2002 to July 2004) of Credit Suisse First Boston and member of the Executive Board (July 2004 to July 2005) of Credit Suisse Group. Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell (September 1989 to October 2001).

 

Thomas R. Nides (46)(47).    Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary (since September 2005). Worldwide President and Chief Executive Officer of Burson-Marsteller (November 2004 to August 2005). Chief Administrative Officer of Credit Suisse First Boston (June 2001 to June 2004).

 

12Kenneth M. deRegt (53).    Chief Risk Officer (since February 2008). Managing Director of Aetos Capital, LLC, an investment management firm (December 2002 to February 2008). Director of MSCI Inc. (since November 2007).

Linda H. Riefler (48).    Global Head of Research (since December 2008). Chief Talent Officer (June 2006 to November 2008). Head of Client Services (October 2005 to June 2006). Managing Director of MS&Co. (since December 1998). Director of MSCI Inc. (since October 2005).

16


Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

 

Liquidity Risk.

 

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that Morgan Stanley will be unable to finance its operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating its assets. Liquidity and funding risk also encompasses the ability of Morgan Stanley to meet its financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten its viability as a going concern. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity and funding risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 below.herein.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be substantially negatively affected in a negative fashion by an inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity capital markets or an inability to access the secured lending markets. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, could impair our ability to raise funding. In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects. Such negative perceptions could be developed if we incur large trading losses, we are downgraded or put on (or remain on) negative watch by the rating agencies, we suffer a decline in the level of our business activity, regulatory authorities take significant action against us, or we discover serioussignificant employee misconduct or illegal activity, among other reasons. If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment and trading portfolios, to meet maturing liabilities. We may be unable to sell some of our assets, or we may have to sell assets at a discount from market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend significantly on our credit ratings.

 

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are dependent on our short-term and long-term credit ratings. Factors that are significantimportant to the determination of our credit ratings or otherwise affect our ability to raise short-term and long-term financing include the level and volatilityquality of our earnings; our relative competitive position in the markets in which we operate; our geographicearnings, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and product diversification; our ability to retain key personnel; our risk profile; our risk management, policies; our cash liquidity; our capital adequacy; our corporate lending credit risk;asset quality and legal and regulatory developments. A deterioration in any of these factors or combination of these factors may lead rating agencies to downgrade our credit ratings, thereby increasing our cost of obtaining unsecured funding.business mix.

 

Our debt ratings also can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade.

 

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

 

We depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on our obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws and regulations that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds to the parent holding company, or that prohibit such transfers altogether in certain circumstances. These laws and regulations may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends. The OCC, the Fed and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our bank holding company subsidiaries.

 

1317


IfFuture dividend payments and common stock repurchases are restricted by the terms of the U.S. Treasury’s equity investment in us.

Under the terms of the CPP, for so long as any preferred stock issued under the CPP remains outstanding, we are prohibited from increasing dividends on our common stock, and from making certain repurchases of equity securities, including our common stock, without the U.S. Treasury’s consent until the third anniversary of the U.S. Treasury’s investment or until the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock it purchased under the CPP to third parties. Furthermore, as long as the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is outstanding, dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities, including our common stock, are prohibited until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on such preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity Capital Management Policies” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

Our liquidity and funding policies are not adequate, we mayfinancial condition have been and could continue to be unable to access sufficient financing.adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

 

Our liquidityability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has been and funding policiescould continue to be adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economy. Global market and economic conditions have been, designed to ensure that we maintain sufficient liquid financial resources toand continue to conductbe, disrupted and volatile, and in the past six months the volatility has reached unprecedented levels. In particular, our business for an extended periodcost and availability of funding have been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. As a result of concern about the stability of the markets generally and the strength of counterparties specifically, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in a stressed liquidity environment. Ifsome cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers. Continued turbulence in the U.S. and international markets and economy may adversely affect our liquidity and funding policies are not adequate or wefinancial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do not adhere to the policies, we may be unable to access sufficient financing to service our financial obligations when they come due, which could have a material adverse franchise or business impact.with us.

 

Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices of commodities or securities, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Market“Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by economic and other factors.

 

The amount, duration and range of our market risk exposures have been increasing over the past several years, and may continue to do so. Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations due to economic and other factors. Results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors of a global nature, including political, economic and market conditions; the availability and cost of capital; the liquidity of global markets; the level and volatility of equity prices, commodity prices and interest rates; currency values and other market indices; technological changes and events; the availability and cost of credit; inflation; natural disasters; acts of war or terrorism; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to our businesses potentially could increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives.

 

The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial fluctuations due to a variety of factors, such as those enumerated above that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in new business flows and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the

18


realization of returns from our principal investments. During periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions, the level of individual investor participation in the global markets, as well as the level of client assets, may also decrease, which would negatively impact the results of our Global Wealth Management Group business segment. In addition, fluctuations in global market activity could impact the flow of investment capital into or from assets under management or supervision and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our Asset Management business segment.

 

We may experience further writedowns of our financial instruments and other losses related to volatile and illiquid market conditions.

 

The Company recorded $9.4 billion in mortgage-related writedownsMarket volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, including $7.8 billion relating to our U.S. subprime trading positions and $1.6 billion relating to other mortgage-related products, such as commercial mortgage-backed securities, ALT-A and other loans, conduit and non-performing loans and European non-conforming loans, and an impairment charge related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in our domestic subsidiary banks. We continue tocredit markets have exposure to these markets and products and as market conditions continue to evolve the fair value of these mortgage-related instruments could further deteriorate. In addition, recent market volatility has made it extremely difficult to value certain of our

14


securities. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the values of these securities in future periods. In addition, at the time of any sales and settlements of these securities, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to take further writedowns in the value of our securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

 

The results for fiscal 2007 included other losses primarily related to the illiquid market conditions that existed during the second half of fiscal 2007. These included losses reflecting mark-to-market valuations associated with loans and loan commitments largely related to acquisition financing to non-investment grade companies. The Company’s leveraged finance business originates and distributes loans and commitments, and intends to distribute its current positions; however, this may take longer than in the past and is dependent on liquidity reentering the market and additional writedowns of these loans and commitments may occur. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or the associated acquisition transaction does not occur.

Other areas of our business which to date have not been adversely affected by the illiquidity in our mortgage and lending businesses could be adversely affected if the current conditions in the credit market spread to other sectors.

Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.

 

Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, proprietary trading, investing, block trading, underwriting and lending businesses in the event of unfavorable market movements. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in usour taking large positions in the securities of, or make large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region. Moreover, the trend in all major capital markets is towards larger and more frequent commitments of capital in many of these activities, and we expect this trend to continue.

 

Markets have experienced, and may continue to experience, periods of high volatility accompanied by reduced liquidity.

 

Financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity, such as the asset price deterioration in the U.S. subprime residential mortgage market.liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale, such as crowded trades. Morgan Stanley’s risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. Severe market events have historically been difficult to predict, however, and Morgan Stanley could realize significant losses if unprecedented extreme market events were to occur, such as illustrated bythe recent resultsconditions in our subprime mortgage-related proprietary trading.the global financial markets and global economy.

 

We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant losses in the real estate sector.

 

We finance and acquire principal positions in a number of real estate and real estate-related products for our own account, for investment vehicles managed by affiliates in which we also may have a significant investment, for separate accounts managed by affiliates and for major participants in the commercial and residential real estate markets, and originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. We also securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities. These businesses couldhave been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by athe downturn in the real estate sector.

 

1519


Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising from borrower or counterparty default when a borrower, counterparty or obligor does not meet its obligations. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.

 

We incur significant “single-name” credit risk exposure through the Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise, for example, from entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have long-term obligations to make payments to us and by extending credit to our clients through various credit arrangements. Corporate clients seek loans or lending commitments from us in connection with investment banking and other assignments. We incur “individual consumer” credit risk in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment through margin and non-purpose loans to individual investors, which are collateralized by securities.

 

The amount, durationRecent market conditions, including decreased liquidity and range ofpricing transparency along with increased market volatility, will negatively impact our “single-name” credit exposures have been increasing over the past several years, and may continue to do so. In recent years, we have significantly expanded our use of swaps and other derivatives and we may continue to do so. Corporate clients are increasingly seeking loans or lending commitments from us in connection with investment banking and other assignments.risk exposure. In addition, we have experienced, due to competitive factors, increased pressure to assume longer-term credit risk, to provide swaps and lending commitments to counterparties and borrowers with lower credit quality, to extend credit against less liquid collateral and to price derivatives instruments more aggressively based on the credit risks that we take. Asas a clearing member firm, we finance our customer positions and we could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

 

Defaults by another larger financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally.

 

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships between the institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges, with which we interact on a daily basis, and therefore could adversely affect Morgan Stanley.

��

Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of financial or other loss, or potential damage to a firm’s reputation, arisingresulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, resources, systems or from external events (e.g., external or internal fraud, legal and compliance risks, damage to physical assets, etc.). Morgan Stanley may incur operational risk across its full scope of business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support functions (e.g., information technology and facilities management)trade processing). As such, Morgan Stanley may incurLegal and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk in each of its businesses, as well as within the control groups.and is discussed below under “Legal Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

We are subject to operational risk and an operational eventthat could adversely affect our businesses.

 

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. In general, the transactions we process are increasingly complex. We perform the functions required to operate our different businesses either by ourselves or through agreements with third parties. We rely on the ability of our employees, our internal systems and systems at technology centers operated by third parties to process a high volume of transactions.

We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial

16


intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our or third party’s systems or improper action by third parties or employees, we could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation.

 

20


Despite the business contingency plans we have in place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business and the communities where we are located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access, terrorist activities, disease pandemics, electrical, communications or other services used by Morgan Stanley, its employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.

 

Legal Risk.

 

Legal risk refers to the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and standards. Legal risk also includes contractual and commercial risk such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal risk, see “Legal“Risk Management—Legal Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by regulations to which we are and will become subject as a result of becoming a financial holding company.

On September 21, 2008, we obtained approval from the Fed to become a bank holding company. On September 23, 2008, we became a financial holding company concurrent with the conversion of Morgan Stanley Bank into a national bank. We have a statutory grace period of two years, with the possibility of three one-year extensions for a total grace period of five years, to conform existing activities and investments to the restrictions on nonbanking activities that apply to financial holding companies. The BHC Act also grandfathers commodities activities provided that certain conditions are satisfied. In addition, the BHC Act permits the Fed to determine by regulation or order that certain activities are complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a risk to safety and soundness. The Fed has previously determined that a wide range of commodities activities are either financial in nature or complementary to a financial activity. Although we expect to be able to continue to engage in most of the activities in which we currently engage after such time, it is possible that certain of our existing activities will not be deemed to be permissible under applicable regulations. If so, we will be required to divest them before the end of the grace period discussed above. We do not believe that any such required divestment will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

As a result of becoming a financial holding company, we will be restricted in engaging in new activities that are not financial in nature. This may limit our ability to pursue business opportunities we might otherwise consider engaging in. In addition, in order to maintain our status as a financial holding company, our depository institution subsidiaries, such as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., must remain well capitalized and well managed. Under regulations implemented by the Fed, if any depository institution controlled by us no longer meets certain capital or management standards, the Fed may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on us and place limitations on our ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. If any depository institution controlled by us were to fail to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act, the Fed would be required to restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in additional activities to the range of activities permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies, which would severely restrict our ability to conduct our business.

As a financial holding company, we are subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the Fed, including risk-based and leverage capital requirements. The Fed generally requires us and our peer financial holding companies to maintain risk-based and leverage capital ratios substantially in excess of the minimum levels required by certain guidelines published by the federal banking regulators, depending upon general economic conditions and each financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. Compliance with the capital requirements, including leverage ratios, may limit our operations requiring the intensive use of capital. Such requirements may limit our ability to pay dividends, repay debt or redeem or purchase shares of our outstanding stock. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present

21


business levels. Further requirements, including certain dividend restrictions, have been imposed on us and other financial institutions participating in the CPP (see “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Dividends” in Part I, Item 1 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity Capital Management Policies” in Part II, Item 7 herein).

Our business, financial condition and results of operations are heavily regulated and could be adversely affected by new regulations or by changes in regulations or the application thereof in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate.

The financial services industry is heavily regulated. We are subject to extensive regulation globally and face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our businesses. Among other things, we could be fined, prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities or subject to limitations or conditions on our business activities.

In light of current conditions in the global financial markets and the global economy, regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. Most recently, governments in the U.S. and abroad have intervened on an unprecedented scale, responding to the stresses experienced in the global financial markets. Steps undertaken in the U.S. include enhancing the liquidity support available to financial institutions, including by establishing a commercial paper funding facility, temporarily guaranteeing money market funds and certain types of debt issuances, insuring deposits in certain transaction deposit accounts, and injecting capital into financial institutions. Some of the measures subject us and other institutions for which they were designed to additional restrictions, oversight or costs that may have an impact on our business, results of operations or the price of our common stock.

Proposals for legislation that could substantially intensify the regulation of the financial services industry are expected to be introduced in the U.S. Congress, in state legislatures and around the world. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also frequently adopt changes to their regulations. Substantial regulatory and legislative initiatives, including a comprehensive overhaul of the regulatory system in the U.S. and rules to more closely regulate credit default swaps and other derivative transactions, are possible in the years ahead. We are unable to predict whether any of these initiatives will succeed, which form they will take, or whether any additional changes to statutes or regulations, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, will occur in the future. Any such action could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

 

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and regulatory risks, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.

 

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

We are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business, including, among other things, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. The number of these investigations and proceedings has increased in recent years with regard to many firms in the financial services industry, including us. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action

22


against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. For more information regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved see “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 herein.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our businesses.Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by governmental fiscal and monetary policies.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation globallyaffected by fiscal and face the risk of significant interventionmonetary policies adopted by regulatory authorities and bodies of the U.S. and other governments. For example, the actions of the Fed and international central banking authorities directly impact our cost of funds for lending, capital raising and investment activities and may impact the value of financial instruments we hold. In addition, such changes in monetary policy may affect the jurisdictions in which we conduct our businesses. Among other things, we could be fined, prohibited from engaging in somecredit quality of our business activities or subjectcustomers. Changes in domestic and international monetary policy are beyond our control and difficult to limitations or conditions on our business activities. Significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial effects, cause significant reputational harm to us, or harm our business prospects. New laws or regulations or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to our clients may also adversely affect our business. For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see “Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.predict.

 

Our commodities activities subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental risks and regulation that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

 

In connection with the commodities activities in our Institutional Securities business segment, we engage in the production, storage, transportation, marketing and trading of several commodities, including metals (base and precious), agricultural products, crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight,

17


LNG liquefied natural gas and related products and indices. In addition, we own fivesix electricity generating facilities in the U.S. and Europe; TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business; and have an interest in the Heidmar Group of companies, which provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services. As a result of these activities, we are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations. For example, liability may be incurred without regard to fault under certain environmental laws and regulations for the remediation of contaminated areas. Our commodities business also exposes us to the risk of unforeseen and catastrophic events, including natural disasters, leaks, spills, explosions, release of toxic substances, fires, accidents on land and at sea, wars, and terrorist attacks that could result in personal injuries, loss of life, property damage, and suspension of operations.

 

Although we have attempted to mitigate our pollution and other environmental risks by, among other measures, adopting appropriate policies and procedures for power plant operations, monitoring the quality of petroleum storage facilities and transport vessels and implementing emergency response programs, these actions may not prove adequate to address every contingency. In addition, insurance covering some of these risks may not be available, and the proceeds, if any, from insurance recovery may not be adequate to cover liabilities with respect to particular incidents. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by these events.

 

We also expect the other laws and regulations affecting our commodities business to increase in both scope and complexity. During the past several years, intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement, litigation and remedial proceedings involving companies engaged in the activities in which we are engaged. For example, the EU has increased its focus on the energy markets which has resulted in increased regulation of companies participating in the energy markets, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading. We may incur substantial costs in complying with current or future laws and regulations and our overall businesses and reputation may be adversely affected by the current legal environment. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties.

 

23


Potential conflicts of interest are increasing and aA failure to appropriately deal with conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses.

 

Our reputation is oneAs a global financial services firm that provides its products and services to a large and diversified group of our most important assets. Asclients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we have expanded the scope of our businesses and our client base, we increasingly have to addressface potential conflicts of interest, including those relating to our proprietary activities.interests in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts may arisecan occur when there is a divergence of interests between our position as a financial advisor in a merger transactionMorgan Stanley and a principal investment we hold inclient, among clients, or between an employee on the one ofhand and the parties toFirm or a client on the transaction. In addition, hedge funds and private equity funds are an increasingly important portion of our client base, and also compete with us in a number of our businesses.other. We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to address variouspotential conflicts of interest. However, identifying and managing potential conflicts of interest can be complex and difficultchallenging, and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest. In addition, the SEC and other federal and state regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest.at risk. It is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which such a conflict may occur which willand could adversely affect our businesses.

 

Competitive Environment.

 

We face strong competition from other financial services firms, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

 

The financial services industry and all of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, insurance companies, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. We

18


compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, reputation and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become considerably more concentrated, as financial institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms. This convergencefirms or have declared bankruptcy. In fiscal 2008, this trend accelerated considerably, as several major U.S. financial institutions consolidated, were forced to merge, received substantial government assistance or were placed into conservatorship by the U.S. Federal Government. These developments could result in our competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. We may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Competition” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

 

Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

Our people are our most important resource and competition for qualified employees is intense. In order to attract and retain qualified employees, we must compensate such employees at market levels. Typically, those levels have caused employee compensation to be our greatest expense as compensation is highly variable and changes with performance. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at rates necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected.

 

Pursuant to the standardized terms of the CPP described above, among other things, we have agreed to institute certain restrictions on the compensation of certain senior management positions, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified senior management. It is possible that the U.S. Treasury may, as it is permitted to do, impose further requirements on us.

Automated trading markets may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

 

We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic stock markets will likely continue. It is possible that we will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

 

24


International Risk.

 

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations which could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

 

We are subject to political, economic, legal, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving, and it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the enhanced risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

 

We have expanded, and continue to look at opportunities to expand, in the emerging markets. Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.

 

The emergence of a pandemic or other widespread health emergency, or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets and other areas throughout the world, and could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses around the world.

 

19


Acquisition Risk.

 

We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, joint ventures, minority stakes and minority stakes.strategic alliances.

 

We expect to grow in part through acquisitions, joint ventures and minority stakes. To the extent we make acquisitions or enter into combinations, or joint ventures or strategic alliances, we face numerous risks and uncertainties combining or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients and business partners. In the case of joint ventures and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties in that we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control. In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and our joint venture partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the joint venture. There is no assurance that our recent acquisitions or any business we acquire in the future will be successfully integrated and result in all of the positive benefits anticipated. If we are not able to integrate successfully our past and future acquisitions, there is a risk that our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

In October 2008, Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. announced a global strategic alliance and have identified areas of potential collaboration for such alliance, including corporate and investment banking, certain areas of retail banking and asset management, and lending activities such as corporate and project related loans. In January 2009, Morgan Stanley and Citi announced they had reached a definitive agreement to combine Morgan Stanley’s Global Wealth Management Group and Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter in the U.K., and Smith Barney Australia into a new joint venture to be called Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (see also “Recent Business Developments” in Part I, Item 1 herein).

25


Risk Management.

 

Our hedging strategies and other risk management techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk.

 

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our hedging strategies and other risk management techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate (e.g., recent events in the U.S. subprime residential mortgage market).indicate. Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal and regulatory risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks, see “Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

Morgan Stanley, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receives written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that Morgan Stanley received not less than 180 days before the end of its fiscal year to which this report relates that Morgan Stanley believes are material.

 

2026


Item 2.    Properties.

 

Morgan Stanley hasand its subsidiaries have offices, operations and processingdata centers and warehouse facilities located throughoutaround the U.S., and certain subsidiaries maintain offices and other facilities in international locations.world. Morgan Stanley’s properties that are not owned are leased on terms and for durations that are reflective of commercial standards in the communities where these properties are located. Morgan Stanley believes the facilities it owns or occupies are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well maintained. Our principal offices consist of the following properties:

 

Location  

Owned/

Leased

  Lease Expiration  Approximate Square Footage
as of November 30, 2007*2008(A)
 

U.S. Locations

    

1585 Broadway

New York, New York

(Global Headquarters and Institutional Securities Headquarters)

  Owned  N/A  894,390 square feet

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York

(Asset Management Headquarters)

OwnedN/A581,242894,597 square feet
   

2000 Westchester Avenue

Purchase, New York

(Global Wealth Management Group Headquarters)

  Owned  N/A  590,303606,158 square feet
  

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York

(Asset Management Headquarters)

OwnedN/A581,245 square feet
 

New York, New York

(Several locations)

  Leased  20082009 – 2018  2,238,7262,239,668 square feet
   

One Pierrepont Plaza

Brooklyn, New York

  Leased  2013  456,686 square feet
   

Jersey City, New Jersey

(Several locations)

  Leased  2008200920122014  499,350493,695 square feet
 

International Locations

   

25 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf

(London Headquarters)

  Owned**Owned(B)  N/A  450,150448,088 square feet
   

Canary Wharf

(Several locations)

  Leased  2013 – 2038  957,3781,001,605 square feet
   

1 Austin Road West

Kowloon Station, West Kowloon

(Hong Kong Headquarters)

  Leased  2019  356,630598,318 square feet
   

Sapporo’s Yebisu Garden Place,

Ebisu, Shibuya-ku

(Tokyo Headquarters)

  Leased  Option to cancel in 2008,
or at any time thereafter2010(C)
  396,314432,380 square feet

 

 

*(A)The indicated total aggregate square footage leased does not include space occupied by Morgan Stanley securities branch offices.
**(B)Morgan Stanley holds the freehold interest in the land and building.
(C)Option to return half of the space from April 2010 and any amount of space up to the full space after April 2011; 6 months notice required.

 

2127


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

 

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, Morgan Stanley has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

Morgan Stanley is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding Morgan Stanley’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

Morgan Stanley contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, Morgan Stanley cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how or if such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, Morgan Stanley believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of Morgan Stanley, although the outcome of such matters could be material to Morgan Stanley’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of Morgan Stanley’s revenues or income for such period.

 

Coleman Litigation.

In May 2003, Coleman (Parent) Holdings Inc. (“CPH”) filed a complaint against Morgan Stanley in the Circuit Court of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit for Palm Beach County, Florida relating to the 1998 merger between The Coleman Company, Inc. and Sunbeam, Inc. (“Sunbeam”). The complaint, as amended, alleged that CPH was induced to agree to the transaction with Sunbeam based on certain financial misrepresentations, and it asserted claims against Morgan Stanley for aiding and abetting fraud, conspiracy and punitive damages. Shortly before trial, which commenced in April 2005, the trial court granted, in part, a motion for entry of a default judgment against Morgan Stanley and ordered that portions of CPH’s complaint, including those setting forth CPH’s primary allegations against Morgan Stanley, be read to the jury and deemed established for all purposes in the action. In May 2005, the jury returned a verdict in favor of CPH and awarded CPH $604 million in compensatory damages and $850 million in punitive damages. In June 2005, the trial court issued a final judgment in favor of CPH in the amount of $1,578 million, which included prejudgment interest and excluded certain payments received by CPH in settlement of related claims against others.

In March 2007, the District Court of Appeal for the Fourth District of Florida (the “Court of Appeal”) issued an opinion reversing the trial court’s award for compensatory and punitive damages and remanding the matter to the trial court for entry of judgment for Morgan Stanley. In June 2007, the Court of Appeal’s opinion became final when the Court of Appeal issued an order denying CPH’s motions for rehearing, rehearingen banc and for certification of certain questions for review by the Florida Supreme Court (“the Supreme Court”). On December 12, 2007, the Supreme Court denied CPH’s request for review of the Court of Appeal’s decision, directing judgment in favor of Morgan Stanley.

IPO Fee Litigation.

Starting in late 1998, purported class actions, later captionedIn re Public Offering Fee Antitrust Litigation (the “purchaser actions”) andIn re Issuer Plaintiff Initial Public Offering Fee Antitrust Litigation(the “issuer actions”), were initiated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) against

22


Morgan Stanley and numerous other underwriters. The consolidated proceedings, one on behalf of purchasers and the other on behalf of issuers of certain shares in initial public offerings (“IPOs”), allege that defendants conspired to fix the underwriters’ spread at 7% in IPOs of U.S. companies in the $20 million to $80 million range in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act. The complaints seek treble damages and injunctive relief. Plaintiffs’ claims for damages in the purchaser actions have been dismissed, but the claims for injunctive relief remain and plaintiffs’ claims in the issuer actions for damages and injunctive relief remain. Plaintiffs moved for class certification in both actions, and defendants opposed that motion in May 2005. In October 2005, plaintiffs moved for summary judgment, which defendants opposed. In May 2006, plaintiffs filed a petition pursuant to Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 23(f) for leave to appeal the SDNY’s denial of class certification and in September 2007, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) reversed the SDNY’s decision and remanded the case back to the district court for further consideration of class certification issues. On remand, plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification on October 17, 2007.

IPO Allocation Matters.

 

Beginning in March 2001, numerous purported class actions, now captionedIn re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, were filed in the SDNYU.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) against certain issuers of IPOinitial public offering (“IPO”) securities, certain individual officers of those issuers, Morgan Stanley and other underwriters of those IPOs, purportedly on behalf of purchasers of stock in the IPOs or the aftermarket. These complaints allege that defendants required customers who wanted allocations of “hot” IPO securities to pay undisclosed and excessive underwriters’ compensation in the form of increased brokerage commissions and to buy shares of securities offered in the IPOs after the IPOs were completed at escalating price levels higher than the IPO price (a practice plaintiffs refer to as “laddering”), and claim violations of the federal securities laws, including Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act. Some of the complaints also allege that continuous “buy” recommendations by the defendants’ research analysts improperly increased or sustained the prices at which the securities traded after the IPOs. In February 2003, the underwriter defendants’ joint motion to dismiss was denied, except as to certain specified offerings. In December 2006, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) reversed the SDNY’s grant of class certification, and ruled that these cases could not be certified for class treatment. In August 2007, plaintiffs filed second consolidated amended class action complaints, which purport to amend the allegations in light of the Second Circuit’s reversal of the SDNY’s decision approving the cases to proceed as class actions. Plaintiffs again seek certificationOn March 26, 2008, the underwriter defendants’ joint motion to dismiss the second consolidated amended complaint was denied, except as to claims brought under Section 11 of classes.the Securities Act by those plaintiffs who sold securities for a price in excess of the initial offering price and by those plaintiffs who purchased outside the previously certified class period. On September 12, 2008, Morgan Stanley and other defendants reached an agreement in principle with plaintiffs to settle this matter, subject to final agreement on documentation and court approval.

 

In October 2007, numerous derivative actions, purportedly brought on behalf of certain issuers of IPO securities, were filed in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington (the “Western District of

28


Washington”) against Morgan Stanley and other underwriters of those IPOs. The actions seek to recover “short swing” profits allegedly generated in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Defendants have filed a motion to dismiss these actions, which motion is pending before the Western District of Washington.

Residential Mortgage-related Matters.

 

Late TradingRegulatory and Market Timing.Governmental Matters.

Starting in July 2003, Morgan Stanley received subpoenas and requests for information from various regulatory and governmental agencies, including the SEC, the NYSE and various states, in connection with industry-wide investigations of broker-dealers and mutual fund complexes relating to possible late trading and market timing of mutual funds.In December 2007, Morgan Stanley settled all claims with the SEC concerning late trading and market timing of mutual funds in the retail system over the period from January 2002 to August 2003. Under the terms of the settlement, Morgan Stanley will, among other things, be censured and pay a monetary fine.

Subprime-related Matters.

Morgan Stanley is responding to subpoenas and requests for information from certain regulatory and governmental entities concerning the origination, purchase, securitization and servicing of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages and related issues.

Class Actions.    Beginning in March 2007, Morgan Stanley has also beenwas named as a defendant in various civil litigation mattersseveral putative class action lawsuits brought under Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act related to the subprime and non-subprime residential mortgage business, including

23


purported class actions related to Morgan Stanley’sits role as an underwritera member of certain preferred stockthe syndicates that underwrote offerings for New Century Financial Corp.of securities and Countrywide Financial Corp. and certain offerings of mortgage pass through certificates for a subsidiarycertain entities that have been exposed to subprime and other mortgage-related losses. These putative class actions include lawsuits related to: (i) New Century Financial Corp. (“New Century”), pending in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (the “Central District of California”); (ii) Countrywide Financial Corp. and its affiliates, one consolidated lawsuit is pending in the Central District of California and two other lawsuits are pending in the Superior Court of the State of California in Los Angeles; (iii) Merrill Lynch & Co., and other related matters.

A shareholder derivative lawsuit was filedInc., pending in the SDNY; (iv) Wachovia Corporation, pending in the United States District Court for the Superior Court of the State of California in Alameda County; (v) Washington Mutual, Inc. (“Washington Mutual”), pending in the Western District of Washington; (vi) Fifth Third Bancorp, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio; (vii) Fannie Mae, pending in the SDNY during November 2007 asserting claimsand the District of New Jersey; (viii) Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Lehman Brothers”), pending in the SDNY, the Eastern District of New York and the United States District Courts for the Eastern and Western Districts of Arkansas; (ix) Citigroup, Inc., pending in the SDNY; (x) American International Group, Inc., pending in the SDNY; (xi) Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc pending in the SDNY; and (xii) IndyMac Bank, F.S.B. (“IndyMac”), pending in the Superior Court of the State of California in Los Angeles. Morgan Stanley is contractually entitled to be indemnified in connection with these putative class actions by the entities that offered the securities at issue, but four of these entities, New Century, Lehman Brothers, Washington Mutual and IndyMac, have filed for bankruptcy and this may decrease or eliminate the value of the indemnities that Morgan Stanley received from these four entities. On December 3, 2008, the court in the case related to New Century, which is styledIn Re New Century, denied the underwriter defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended consolidated class action complaint. On December 8, 2008, the underwriter defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated class action complaint in large partthe case related to losses caused by certain subprime-related trading positions and related matters, but no complaint has been served. Washington Mutual, which is styledIn Re Washington Mutual, Inc. Securities Litigation.

Beginning in December 2007, several purported class action complaints were filed in the SDNY asserting claims on behalf of participants in Morgan Stanley’s 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan against Morgan Stanley and other parties, including certain present and former directors and officers, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.1974 (“ERISA”). The complaints relate in large part to subprime-related losses, and allege, among other things, that Morgan StanleyStanley’s stock was not a prudent investment and that risks associated with Morgan Stanleyits stock and Morgan Stanley’sits financial condition were not adequately disclosed.

On February 11, 2008, all of the pending actions asserting claims under ERISA related to Morgan Stanley’s 401(k) and employee stock ownership plan were consolidated in a single proceeding in the SDNY, which is styledIn re Morgan Stanley ERISA Litigation. On July 25, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint, which defendants have moved to dismiss. The following matters were terminated during the quarter ended November 30, 2007:consolidated complaint in this action relates in large part to Morgan Stanley’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, but also includes allegations regarding Morgan Stanley’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters.

 

Global Wealth Management Group EmploymentOn February 12, 2008, a plaintiff filed a purported class action, which was amended on November 24, 2008, naming Morgan Stanley and certain present and former senior executives as defendants and alleging claims for, among other things, violations of the securities laws related in large part to Morgan Stanley’s subprime related losses. The amended complaint, which is styledJoel Stratte-McClure, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al., is pending in the Central District of California. Subject to certain exclusions, the amended complaint purports to assert claims under the federal securities laws on behalf of a purported class of persons and entities who purchased

29


shares of Morgan Stanley common stock during the period June 20, 2007 to December 19, 2007 and who suffered damages as a result of such purchases. The allegations in the amended complaint relate in large part to Morgan Stanley’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, but also include allegations regarding Morgan Stanley’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters.

On December 2, 2008, a plaintiff filed a purported class action against Morgan Stanley, certain present and former officers and other defendants asserting claims under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act related to alleged false and misleading statements in the registration statements and other offering documents associated with fourteen trusts that issued mortgage pass through certificates backed by residential mortgage loans in 2006. The lawsuit, which is styledPublic Employees’ Retirement System of Mississippi v. Morgan Stanley, et al., was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for Orange County. On December 31, 2008, the defendants removed the case to federal court in the Central District of California.

Shareholder Derivative Matter.    A shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in the SDNY during November 2007 asserting claims related in large part to losses caused by certain subprime-related trading positions and related matters. The complaint in that lawsuit, which is styledSteve Staehr, Derivatively on Behalf of Morgan Stanley v. John J. Mack, et al., was served on Morgan Stanley on February 15, 2008. On July 18, 2008, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which defendants have moved to dismiss.

Other Matters.    Morgan Stanley, along with a number of other financial institutions, has been named as a defendant in a lawsuit brought by the City of Cleveland, Ohio, alleging that defendants’ activities in connection with securitizations of subprime loans created a “public nuisance” in Cleveland. The lawsuit has been removed to United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio and the defendants have moved to dismiss the complaint.

Auction Rate Securities Matters.

 

On March 25, 2008, a putative class action complaint, which is styledWage and Hour Matters.    Complaints raising allegations of unpaid overtime and unlawful wage deductions were filed againstMiller v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, was filed in New Jersey,the SDNY purportedly on behalf of persons who acquired auction rate securities (“ARS”) from Morgan Stanley from March 25, 2003 through February 13, 2008 and who were allegedly damaged thereby. The complaint alleges, among other things, that Morgan Stanley failed to disclose material facts with respect to ARS and thereby violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and SEC Rule 10b-5. The complaint seeks damages, attorneys’ fees, and rescission. On March 31, 2008, a similar action,which is styled Jamail v. Morgan Stanley, et al., was filed in the same court seeking damages, attorneys’ fees and equitable and/or injunctive relief. On May 28, 2008, a third putative class action, which is styled Bartholomew v. Morgan Stanley et al., was filed in the SDNY purportedly on behalf of individuals who allegedly had their ARS “frozen” by Morgan Stanley and who have been damaged thereby. The complaint alleges, among other things, that Morgan Stanley made misrepresentations and omissions with respect to ARS and breached a fiduciary duty to the putative class by failing to participate in auctions and asserts claims under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and state law. The complaint seeks damages, disgorgement, attorneys’ fees, and a declaration that Morgan Stanley’s ARS transactions with the putative class members are void.

Morgan Stanley also received requests for documents and information from various government agencies regarding ARS and is cooperating with the investigations. On August 13, 2008, Morgan Stanley reached an agreement in principle with the Office of the New York Connecticut, Texas, Florida,State Attorney General and the Office of the Illinois CaliforniaSecretary of State, Securities Department (on behalf of a task force of other states under the auspices of the North American Securities Administrators Association) in connection with the proposed settlement of their investigations relating to the sale of ARS. Morgan Stanley agreed, among other things to: (1) repurchase at par illiquid ARS that were purchased by certain retail clients prior to February 13, 2008; (2) pay certain retail clients that sold ARS below par the difference between par and Ohio seekingthe price at which the clients sold the securities; (3) arbitrate, under special procedures, claims for consequential damages on behalfby certain retail clients; (4) refund refinancing fees to certain municipal issuers of ARS; and (5) pay a total penalty of $35 million. A separate investigation of these matters by the SEC remains ongoing.

30


On August 27, 2008, a shareholder derivative complaint, which is styledLouisiana Municipal Police Employees Retirement System v. Mack, et al., was filed in the SDNY. On September 12, 2008, a second complaint, which is styled Thomas v. Mack, et al., was filed in the SDNY. The complaints are substantially similar and name as defendants the members of Morgan Stanley’s Board of Directors as well as certain current and former employees. In October 2006,officers. Morgan Stanley, reachedon whose behalf the suits are purportedly brought, is named as a nominal defendant in each action. The complaints raise claims of breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and violation of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act related to Morgan Stanley’s sale of ARS over the period from June 20, 2007 to the present. Among other things, the complaints allege that, over the relevant period, Morgan Stanley’s public filings and statements were materially false and misleading in that they failed to disclose the illiquid nature of its ARS inventories and that Morgan Stanley’s practices in the sale of ARS exposed it to significant liability for settlements and judgments. The complaints also allege that during the relevant period certain defendants sold Morgan Stanley’s stock while in possession of material non-public information. The complaints seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages, restitution from the defendants with respect to compensation, benefits and profits obtained, and the institution of certain reforms to Morgan Stanley’s internal control functions. On November 24, 2008, the SDNY ordered the consolidation of the two actions.

Environmental Matters.

On October 29, 2008, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) sent Morgan Stanley a proposed administrative settlement agreement to resolve these claims on behalfcertain violations of the individual claimants as well asU.S. environmental laws allegedly committed by Morgan Stanley during 2005. These alleged violations include: distribution of approximately 2.7 million gallons of reformulated gasoline that failed to comply with maximum benzene content limitations; failure to report volume and property information for each batch of gasoline blendstock imported and reformulated gasoline produced; failure to conduct an annual attest engagement; and failure to provide product transfer documents for each transfer of reformulated gasoline and each batch of previously certified gasoline. The EPA has proposed a civil penalty of $599,000 to resolve these matters. Morgan Stanley believes that the proposed penalty fails to adequately take into consideration certain mitigating factors and other potential class members nationwide. In November 2006, for purposesinformation, and is continuing to communicate with the EPA regarding the resolution of executing the settlement, a consolidated amended complaint captionedSteinberg, et al. v. Morgan Stanleywas filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California (“SDC”). In December 2006, the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation issued an order centralizing the various matters pending across the country in the SDC.this matter.

 

Gender Matters.     In June 2006, Morgan Stanley was named in two purported class actions alleging gender discrimination under state and federal law. On October 24, 2007, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia granted final approval to the settlement reached inJoanne Augst-Johnson v. Morgan Stanley. The approved settlement resolved all of the class-wide and individual plaintiffs’ claims and included, among other things, a payment to the settlement fund and certain programmatic relief. All similar class wide claims raised in the second purported gender class action captionedDaisy Jaffe et al. v. Morgan Stanleywere subsumed by theAugst-Johnson settlement.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

Item 4.Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

 

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.2008.

 

2431


Part II

 

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “MS.” AtAs of January 23, 2008,2009, Morgan Stanley had approximately 94,46994,565 holders of record; however, Morgan Stanley believes the number of beneficial owners of common stock exceeds this number.

 

The table below sets forth, for each of the last eight fiscal quarters, the low and high sales prices per share of Morgan Stanley’s common stock as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets and the amount of any cash dividends declared per share of Morgan Stanley’s common stock.

 

  Low
Sale Price
  High
Sale Price
  Dividends  Low
Sale Price
  High
Sale Price
  Dividends(A)

Fiscal 2007:

      

Fiscal 2008:

      

Fourth Quarter

  $47.56  $69.87  $0.27  $6.71  $44.50  $0.27

Third Quarter*

  $54.90  $90.95  $0.27

Third Quarter

  $29.60  $46.58  $0.27

Second Quarter

  $70.30  $87.44  $0.27  $33.56  $51.80  $0.27

First Quarter

  $73.04  $84.66  $0.27  $40.76  $55.39  $0.27

Fiscal 2006:

      

Fiscal 2007:

      

Fourth Quarter

  $65.26  $80.00  $0.27  $47.56  $69.87  $0.27

Third Quarter(B)

  $54.52  $69.50  $0.27  $54.90  $90.95  $0.27

Second Quarter

  $57.58  $66.00  $0.27  $70.30  $87.44  $0.27

First Quarter

  $55.89  $62.15  $0.27  $73.04  $84.66  $0.27

 

*(A)As a result of its participation in the CPP, Morgan Stanley is subject to restrictions limiting its ability to pay dividends on its common stock. For a description of these restrictions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity Capital Management Policies” herein.
(B)On June 30, 2007, Morgan Stanley completed the spin-off of Discover Spin-off.Financial Services (the “Discover Spin-off”). Prior to the Discover Spin-off, the Low Sale Price and the High Sale Price for the Third Quarter were $82.73 and $90.95, respectively.

 

25


The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Morgan Stanley of its common stock during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.2008.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

 Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price
Paid Per
Share
 Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs (C)
 Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs

Month #1 (September 1, 2007—September 30, 2007)

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 —    N/A —   $2,787

Employee Transactions (B)

 2,348,230 $62.89 N/A  N/A

Month #2 (October 1, 2007—October 31, 2007)

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 2,830,092 $63.32 2,830,092 $2,608

Employee Transactions (B)

 29,705 $66.34 N/A  N/A

Month #3 (November 1, 2007—November 30, 2007)

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 6,364,081 $52.93 6,364,081 $2,271

Employee Transactions (B)

 98,592 $53.65 N/A  N/A

Total

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 9,194,173 $56.13 9,194,173 $2,271

Employee Transactions (B)

 2,476,527 $62.56 N/A  N/A

Period

 Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price
Paid Per
Share
 Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
 Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs

Month #1 (September 1, 2008—September 30, 2008)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

 24,325,126 $20.01 24,325,126 $1,785

Employee Transactions(B)

 23,814,798 $43.03 N/A  N/A

Month #2 (October 1, 2008—October 31, 2008)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)(D)

 14,873,030 $15.09 14,873,030 $1,560

Employee Transactions(B)

 107,807 $36.13 N/A  N/A

Month #3 (November 1, 2008—November 30, 2008)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

 —   $—   —   $1,560

Employee Transactions(B)

 103,935 $14.44 N/A  N/A

Total

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

 39,198,156 $18.14 39,198,156 $1,560

Employee Transactions(B)

 24,026,540 $42.88 N/A  N/A

 

32


(A)On December 19, 2006, Morgan Stanleythe Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of Morgan Stanley’sits outstanding stock under a new share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date.
(B)Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested to in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) restricted shares withheld (under the terms of grants under employee stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; and (3) shares withheld (under the terms of grants under employee stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units. Morgan Stanley’s employee stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares delivered or attested, or withheld, shall be valued using the fair market value of Morgan Stanley common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by Morgan Stanley.
(C)Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-marketcapital management purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices Morgan Stanleythe Company deems appropriate. In addition, share purchases under such programs are in compliance with CPP restrictions. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity Capital Management Policies” in Part II, Item 7 herein.
(D)Share purchases made during the month of October were made prior to the equity investment by the U.S. Treasury under its CPP (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity Capital Management Policies”) in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

***

 

26


Stock performance graph.    The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of our common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) and the S&P 500 Diversified Financials Index (“S5DIVF”) for our last five fiscal years. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on November 30, 200228, 2003 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. Historical prices are adjusted to reflect the Discover Spin-off completed on June 30, 2007.Spin-off. This graph does not forecast future performance of our common stock.

 

 

   MS  S&P 500  S5DIVF

11/28/03

  $100.00  $100.00  $100.00

11/30/04

  $93.57  $112.84  $106.68

11/30/05

  $105.39  $122.36  $122.57

11/30/06

  $145.59  $139.76  $146.20

11/30/07

  $123.20  $150.54  $133.10

11/28/08

  $35.63  $93.22  $54.21

27

33


Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

  Fiscal Year  Fiscal Year(1)
  2007  2006  2005 2004  2003  2008 2007  2006  2005 2004

Income Statement Data:

                 

Revenues:

                 

Investment banking

  $6,368  $4,755  $3,843  $3,341  $2,440  $4,092  $6,368  $4,755  $3,843  $3,341

Principal transactions:

                 

Trading

   3,206   11,805   7,377   5,512   6,262   5,452   3,206   11,805   7,377   5,512

Investments

   3,262   1,807   1,128   721   170   (4,192)  3,262   1,807   1,128   721

Commissions

   4,682   3,770   3,331   3,235   2,861   4,463   4,682   3,770   3,331   3,235

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   6,519   5,238   4,915   4,436   3,784   5,660   6,519   5,238   4,915   4,436

Interest and dividends

   60,083   42,776   25,987   16,719   13,685

Other

   1,208   585   496   332   245   6,062   1,161   545   185   4
                              

Total revenues

   85,328   70,736   47,077   34,296   29,447

Total non-interest revenues

   21,537   25,198   27,920   20,779   17,249
               

Interest and dividends

   40,725   60,083   42,776   25,987   16,719

Interest expense

   57,302   40,897   23,552   13,977   11,826   37,523   57,302   40,897   23,552   13,977
               

Net interest

   3,202   2,781   1,879   2,435   2,742
                              

Net revenues

   28,026   29,839   23,525   20,319   17,621   24,739   27,979   29,799   23,214   19,991
                              

Non-interest expenses:

                 

Compensation and benefits

   16,552   13,986   10,749   9,320   7,892   12,306   16,552   13,986   10,749   9,320

Other

   8,033   6,750   6,711   5,482   4,659   10,146   8,033   6,749   6,711   5,482

September 11th related insurance recoveries, net

   —     —     (251)  —     —     —     —     —     (251)  —  
                              

Total non-interest expenses

   24,585   20,736   17,209   14,802   12,551   22,452   24,585   20,735   17,209   14,802
                              

Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees, income taxes, dividends on preferred securities subject to mandatory redemption and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   3,441   9,103   6,316   5,517   5,070

Losses from unconsolidated investees

   47   40   311   328   279

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, dividends on preferred securities subject to mandatory redemption and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   2,287   3,394   9,064   6,005   5,189

Provision for income taxes

   831   2,728   1,473   1,384   1,305   480   831   2,729   1,473   1,384

Dividends on preferred securities subject to mandatory redemption

   —     —     —     45   154   —     —     —     —     45
                              

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   2,563   6,335   4,532   3,760   3,332   1,807   2,563   6,335   4,532   3,760
                              

Discontinued operations:

                 

Net gain from discontinued operations

   1,024   1,666   559   1,129   696

Net (loss) gain from discontinued operations

   (100)  1,024   1,666   559   1,129

Provision for income taxes

   378   529   201   403   241   —     378   529   201   403
                              

Net gain on discontinued operations

   646   1,137   358   726   455

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (100)  646   1,137   358   726

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     49   —     —     —     —     —     49   —  
                              

Net income

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939  $4,486  $3,787  $1,707  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939  $4,486
                              

Preferred stock dividend requirements

  $68  $19  $—    $—    $—  
               

Earnings applicable to common shareholders(1)(2)

  $3,141  $7,453  $4,939  $4,486  $3,787  $1,588  $3,141  $7,453  $4,939  $4,486
                              

 

2834


 Fiscal Year   Fiscal Year(1) 
 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003   2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 

Per Share Data:

           

Earnings per basic common share:

           

Income from continuing operations

 $2.49  $6.25  $4.32  $3.48  $3.10   $1.64  $2.49  $6.25  $4.32  $3.48 

Gain on discontinued operations

  0.64   1.13   0.33   0.67   0.42 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (0.10)  0.64   1.13   0.33   0.67 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  —     —     0.05   —     —      —     —     —     0.05   —   
                               

Earnings per basic common share

 $3.13  $7.38  $4.70  $4.15  $3.52   $1.54  $3.13  $7.38  $4.70  $4.15 
                               

Earnings per diluted common share:

           

Income from continuing operations

 $2.37  $5.99  $4.19  $3.40  $3.04   $1.54  $2.37  $5.99  $4.19  $3.40 

Gain on discontinued operations

  0.61   1.08   0.33   0.66   0.41 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (0.09)  0.61   1.08   0.33   0.66 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  —     —     0.05   —     —      —     —     —     0.05   —   
                               

Earnings per diluted common share

 $2.98  $7.07  $4.57  $4.06  $3.45   $1.45  $2.98  $7.07  $4.57  $4.06 
                               

Book value per common share

 $28.56  $32.67  $27.59  $25.95  $22.93   $30.24  $28.56  $32.67  $27.59  $25.95 

Dividends per common share

 $1.08  $1.08  $1.08  $1.00  $0.92   $1.08  $1.08  $1.08  $1.08  $1.00 

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data:

           

Total assets

 $1,045,409  $1,121,192  $898,835  $747,578  $603,022   $658,812  $1,045,409  $1,121,192  $898,835  $747,578 

Consumer loans, net

  —     22,915   21,966   19,166   18,362    —     —     22,915   21,966   19,166 

Total capital(2)(3)

  191,085   162,134   125,891   110,793   82,769    192,297   191,085   162,134   125,891   110,793 

Long-term borrowings(2)(3)

  159,816   126,770   96,709   82,587   57,902    141,466   159,816   126,770   96,709   82,587 

Shareholders’ equity

  31,269   35,364   29,182   28,206   24,867    50,831   31,269   35,364   29,182   28,206 

Return on average common shareholders’ equity

  8.9%  23.5%  17.3%  16.8%  16.5%   4.9%  8.9%  23.5%  17.3%  16.8%

Average common and equivalent shares(1)(2)

  1,001,878,651   1,010,254,255   1,049,896,047   1,080,121,708   1,076,754,740    1,028,180,275   1,001,878,651   1,010,254,255   1,049,896,047   1,080,121,708 

 

(1)Certain prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
(2)Amounts shown are used to calculate earnings per basic common share.
(2)(3)These amounts exclude the current portion of long-term borrowings and include Capital Units and junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts.trusts and include capital units as of November 30, 2006, November 30, 2005 and November 30, 2004.

 

2935


Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Introduction.

 

Morgan Stanley (the “Company”) is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. A summary of the activities of each of the business segments is as follows.

 

Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; benchmark indices and risk management analytics; research; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.

 

Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and fundfunds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party retail distribution channels, intermediaries and the Company’s institutional distribution channel.channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.

 

The Company’s results of operations for the 12 months ended November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”), November 30, 2007 (“fiscal 2007”), and November 30, 2006 (“fiscal 2006”) are discussed below.

Financial Holding Company.

On September 21, 2008, the Company obtained approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”) to become a bank holding company upon the conversion of its wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah), from a Utah industrial bank to a national bank. On September 23, 2008, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) authorized Morgan Stanley Bank to commence business as a national bank, operating as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Concurrent with this conversion, the Company became a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). For more information about the Company’s transition into a financial holding company, see “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

Change in Fiscal Year End.

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year end from November 30 2005to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company will have a December 2008 fiscal month transition period, the results of which will be separately reported in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2009 and in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the calendar year ending December 31, 2009.

Recent Business Developments.

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Joint Venture.    On January 13, 2009, the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“fiscal 2005”Citi”) are discussed below.announced they had reached a definitive agreement to combine the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group and Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter in the U.K., and Smith Barney Australia into a new joint venture to be called Morgan Stanley Smith Barney. The Company will own 51%, and Citi will own 49% of the joint venture, after the contribution of the respective businesses to the joint venture and the Company’s payment

36


of $2.7 billion to Citi. The Company will appoint four directors to the joint venture’s board and Citi will appoint two directors. After year three, the Company and Citi will have various purchase and sales rights for the joint venture. The transaction is expected to close in the third quarter of 2009 and is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

 

Discontinued Operations.

 

On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off (the “Discover Spin-off”) of its business segment Discover Financial Services (“DFS”) to its shareholders. DFS’The results of DFS are included withinreported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of the Discover Spin-off. Fiscal 2008 included costs related to a legal settlement between DFS, VISA and MasterCard. The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. (“Quilter”), Global Wealth Management Group’s former mass affluent business in the U.K., are also reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through its sale on February 28, 2007. The results of the Company’s former aircraft leasing business which was sold on March 24, 2006, are also reported as discontinued operations through itsMarch 24, 2006, the date of sale. See Note 2219 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

3037


Results of Operations.

Executive Summary.

 

Financial Information.

 

  Fiscal Year   Fiscal Year 
  2007 2006 2005   2008 2007 2006 

Net revenues (dollars in millions):

        

Institutional Securities

  $16,149  $21,110  $15,497   $16,622  $16,102  $21,070 

Global Wealth Management Group

   6,625   5,512   5,047    7,019   6,625   5,512 

Asset Management

   5,493   3,453   3,219    1,292   5,493   3,453 

Intersegment Eliminations

   (241)  (236)  (238)   (194)  (241)  (236)
                    

Consolidated net revenues

  $28,026  $29,839  $23,525   $24,739  $27,979  $29,799 
                    

Income before taxes (dollars in millions)(1):

    

Income (loss) before income taxes (dollars in millions)(1):

    

Institutional Securities

  $817  $7,721  $4,609   $2,925  $770  $7,682 

Global Wealth Management Group

   1,155   508   591    1,154   1,155   508 

Asset Management

   1,467   851   1,030    (1,807)  1,467   851 

Intersegment Eliminations

   2   23   86    15   2   23 
                    

Consolidated income before taxes

  $3,441  $9,103  $6,316 

Consolidated income (loss) before income taxes

  $2,287  $3,394  $9,064 
                    

Consolidated net income (dollars in millions)

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939   $1,707  $3,209  $7,472 
                    

Earnings applicable to common shareholders (dollars in millions)(2)

  $3,141  $7,453  $4,939   $1,588  $3,141  $7,453 
                    

Earnings per basic common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

  $2.49  $6.25  $4.32   $1.64  $2.49  $6.25 

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.64   1.13   0.33 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     0.05 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (0.10)  0.64   1.13 
                    

Earnings per basic common share

  $3.13  $7.38  $4.70   $1.54  $3.13  $7.38 
                    

Earnings per diluted common share:

        

Income from continuing operations

  $2.37  $5.99  $4.19   $1.54  $2.37  $5.99 

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.61   1.08   0.33 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     0.05 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (0.09)  0.61   1.08 
                    

Earnings per diluted common share

  $2.98  $7.07  $4.57   $1.45  $2.98  $7.07 
                    

Regional net revenues (dollars in millions)(3):

        

Americas

  $12,150  $18,803  $15,375   $13,317  $12,026  $18,577 

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   10,008   7,762   5,711    8,971   10,085   7,948 

Asia

   5,868   3,274   2,439    2,451   5,868   3,274 
                    

Consolidated net revenues

  $28,026  $29,839  $23,525   $24,739  $27,979  $29,799 
          
          

Statistical Data.

        

Book value per common share(4)

  $28.56  $32.67  $27.59   $30.24  $28.56  $32.67 

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(5):

        

Institutional Securities

  $23.9  $18.0  $14.6   $23.3  $23.9  $18.0 

Global Wealth Management Group

   1.7   3.0   3.4    1.5   1.7   3.0 

Asset Management

   3.5   2.4   1.8    3.9   3.5   2.4 

Unallocated capital

   2.9   3.1   2.9    4.9   2.9   3.1 
                    

Total from continuing operations

   32.0   26.5   22.7    33.6   32.0   26.5 

Discontinued operations

   3.2   5.2   5.8    —     3.2   5.2 
                    

Total

  $35.2  $31.7  $28.5 

Consolidated average common equity

  $33.6  $35.2  $31.7 
                    

 

3138


  Fiscal Year 
Statistical Data (Continued).  Fiscal Year   2008 2007 2006 
  2007 2006 2005 

Return on average common equity(5):

    

Return on average common equity(5):

    

Consolidated

   9%  23%  17%   5%  9%  23%

Institutional Securities

   4%  30%  24%   9%  4%  30%

Global Wealth Management Group

   41%  11%  11%   48%  41%  11%

Asset Management

   26%  21%  36%   N/M   26%  21%

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations

   24.5%  30.1%  24.5%   21.0%  24.5%  30.1%

Worldwide employees (excluding DFS employees of 13,186 in 2006 and 13,495 in 2005)

   48,256   43,124   39,723 

Worldwide employees (excluding 13,186 DFS employees in 2006)

   46,964   48,746   43,124 

Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(6):

    

Parent company liquidity

  $69  $49  $36 

Bank and other subsidiary liquidity

   69   36   8 
          

Total liquidity

  $138  $85  $44 
          

Capital ratios at November 30, 2008(7):

    

Total capital ratio

   26.8%  

Tier 1 capital ratio

   17.9%  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   6.6%  

Consolidated assets under management or supervision by asset class (dollars in billions):

        

Equity

  $355  $307  $272 

Fixed income

   127   111   105 

Money market

   108   89   83 

Alternatives(6)

   109   61   43 

Equity(8)

  $186  $355  $307 

Fixed income(8)

   197   235   200 

Alternatives(9)

   48   67   41 

Private equity

   4   4   2 

Infrastructure

   4   2   —   

Real estate

   34   36   18 
                    

Subtotal

   699   568   503    473   699   568 

Unit trusts

   15   14   12    9   15   14 

Other(7)

   61   63   48 

Other(8)

   39   61   63 
                    

Total assets under management or supervision(8)

   775   645   563 

Share of minority interest assets(9)

   7   4   —   

Total assets under management or supervision(10)

   521   775   645 

Share of minority interest assets(11)

   6   7   4 
                    

Total

  $782  $649  $563   $527  $782  $649 
                    

Institutional Securities (dollars in billions):

    

Mergers and acquisitions completed transactions(10):

    

Institutional Securities:

    

Mergers and acquisitions completed transactions (dollars in billions)(12):

    

Global market volume

  $1,280.6  $730.5  $522.7   $597.2  $1,330.1  $733.5 

Market share

   35.4%  25.4%  24.3%   23.5%  34.9%  25.5%

Rank

   1   3   3    5   1   4 

Mergers and acquisitions announced transactions(10):

    

Mergers and acquisitions announced transactions (dollars in billions)(12):

    

Global market volume

  $1,339.4  $973.9  $726.0   $558.3  $1,141.3  $984.7 

Market share

   31.8%  28.9%  29.5%   20.5%  29.4%  29.3%

Rank

   2   2   2    5   2   2 

Global equity and equity-related issues(10):

    

Global equity and equity-related issues (dollars in billions)(12):

    

Global market volume

  $64.7  $57.2  $45.9   $51.0  $64.7  $57.2 

Market share

   7.4%  8.0%  8.7%   9.4%  7.4%  8.0%

Rank

   5   4   3    3   5   4 

Global debt issues(10):

    

Global debt issues (dollars in billions)(12):

    

Global market volume

  $361.2  $409.9  $347.2   $182.9  $381.2  $410.1 

Market share

   5.4%  5.8%  5.7%   4.3%  5.6%  5.8%

Rank

   6   6   5    9   7   7 

Global initial public offerings(10):

    

Global initial public offerings (dollars in billions)(12):

    

Global market volume

  $24.1  $22.6  $14.7   $5.0  $24.0  $22.6 

Market share

   7.8%  8.4%  8.9%   5.9%  7.8%  8.4%

Rank

   3   2   2    6   3   2 

Pre-tax profit margin(11)

   5%  37%  30%

Pre-tax profit margin(13)

   18%  5%  37%

 

3239


  Fiscal Year 
Statistical Data (Continued).  Fiscal Year   2008 2007 2006 
  2007 2006 2005 

Global Wealth Management Group:

        

Global representatives

   8,429   7,944   9,434    8,426   8,429   7,944 

Annualized net revenue per global representative (dollars in thousands)(12)

  $811  $651  $502 

Annualized net revenue per global representative (dollars in thousands)(14)

  $746  $811  $651 

Client assets by segment (dollars in billions):

        

$10 million or more

  $247  $199  $156   $152  $247  $199 

$1 million – $10 million

   275   243   215 

$1 million to $10 million

   197   275   243 
                    

Subtotal $1 million or more

   522   442   371    349   522   442 

$100,000 – $1 million

   179   177   177 

$100,000 to $1 million

   151   179   177 

Less than $100,000

   23   27   32    22   23   27 
                    

Client assets excluding corporate and other accounts

   724   646   580    522   724   646 

Corporate and other accounts

   34   30   29    24   34   30 
                    

Total client assets

  $758  $676  $609   $546  $758  $676 
                    

Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets(13)

   27%  29%  27%

Client assets per global representative (dollars in millions)(14)

  $90  $85  $65 

Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(15)

  $26.2  $13.3  $1.7 

Pre-tax profit margin(11)

   17%  9%  12%

Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets(15)

   25%  27%  29%

Client assets per global representative (dollars in millions)(16)

  $65  $90  $85 

Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(17)

  $36.4  $26.2  $13.3 

Pre-tax profit margin(13)

   16%  17%  9%

Asset Management:

        

Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(16)

  $597  $496  $443 

Percent of fund assets in top half of Lipper rankings(17)

   49%  40%  61%

Pre-tax profit margin(11)

   27%  25%  32%

Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(18)

  $399  $597  $496 

Percent of fund assets in top half of Lipper rankings(19)

   39%  49%  40%

Pre-tax profit margin(13)

   N/M   27%  25%

 

N/M—Not Meaningful

(1)Amounts represent income (loss) from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees, income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net.
(2)Earnings applicable to common shareholders are used to calculate earnings per share information. Fiscal 2008 includes a preferred stock dividend of $97 million as well as $15 million for the amortization of discount on the issuance of Series D Preferred Stock and an allocation of $7 million of earnings to the Equity Units. See Notes 11 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements for more information. Fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 include a preferred stock dividend of $68 million and $19 million, respectively.
(3)ReflectsRegional net revenues reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:
    Institutional Securities: investment banking—advisory and equity underwriting—client location, equity capital markets—client location,location; debt capital markets—underwriting—revenue recording location,location; sales and trading—trading desk location. Global Wealth Management Group: global representative location. Asset Management: client location, except for the merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.
(4)Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $31,676 million at November 30, 2008, $30,169 million at November 30, 2007 and $34,264 million at November 30, 2006, and $29,182 million at November 30, 2005, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,048 million at November 30, 2008, 1,056 million at November 30, 2007 and 1,049 million at November 30, 2006 and 1,058 million at November 30, 2005.2006.
(5)The computation of average common equity for each business segment is based upon an economic capital modelframework that estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses and their risk-generating activities through the business cycleover a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor minimum requirements. The economic capital modelframework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to improvementsincorporate enhancements in modeling techniques in order to reflect the capital required to support business activities.techniques. The effective tax rates used in the computation of segment return on average common equity were determined on a separate entity basis.
(6)For a discussion of average liquidity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Funding Management Policies—Liquidity Reserves” herein.
(7)For a discussion of capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
(8)Equity and fixed income amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments. Other amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.
(9)Amounts reported for Alternatives reflect the Company’s invested equity in those funds and include a range of alternative investment products such as real estate funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, funds of hedge funds and funds of private equity funds.
(7)Amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.
(8)(10)Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group and Institutional Securities business segments.
(9)(11)Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest.
(10)(12)Source: Thomson Financial,Reuters, data as of January 8, 2008—5, 2009—The data for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 are for the periods from January 1 to December 31, 2008, January 1 to December 31, 2007 and January 1 to December 31, 2006, and January 1 to December 31, 2005, respectively, as Thomson Financial presentsthe industry standard is to view these data on a calendar-year basis.
(11)(13)Percentages represent income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees, income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net, as a percentage of net revenues.
(12)(14)Annualized net revenue per global representative amounts equal Global Wealth Management Group’s net revenues (excluding the sale of MSWM S.V., S.A.U.) divided by the quarterly average global representative headcount for the periods presented.
(13)(15)The decline in fee-based assets as a percentpercentage of total client assets largely reflected the termination on October 1, 2007 of the Company’s fee-based (fee in lieu of commission) brokerage program pursuant to a court decision vacating a Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rule that permitted fee-based brokerage. Client assets that were in the fee-based program primarily moved to commission-based brokerage accounts, or at the election of some clients, into other fee-based advisory programs, including Morgan Stanley Advisory, a new nondiscretionary account launched in August 2007.
(14)(16)Client assets per global representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end global representative headcount.
(15)(17)Bank deposits are held at certain of the Company’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured depository institutions for the benefit of retail clients through their accounts.
(16)(18)Amounts include Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest.
(17)(19)Source: Lipper, one-year performance excluding money market funds as of November 30, 2007,2008, November 30, 20062007 and November 30, 2005,2006, respectively.

 

3340


Global Market and Economic Conditions in Fiscal 2007 Performance.2008.

 

During fiscal 2008, a severe downturn in the economy led to price declines and a period of unprecedented volatilityacross various asset classes. Losses that had previously been limited largely to the subprime mortgage sector during fiscal 2007 spread to residential and commercial mortgages during fiscal 2008 as property prices declined rapidly. The effect of the economic and market downturn also spread to other areas of the credit market, including investment grade and non-investment grade corporate debt, convertible securities, emerging market debt and equity, and leveraged loans. The magnitude of these declines led to a crisis of confidence in the financial sector as a result of concerns about the capital base and viability of certain financial institutions. During this period, interbank lending and commercial paper borrowing fell sharply, precipitating a credit freeze for both institutional and individual borrowers.

In the U.S., credit conditions worsened considerably over the course of the year, and the U.S. entered into a recession (as announced by the National Bureau of Economic Research) and the credit crisis assumed global proportions. The landscape of the U.S. financial services industry changed dramatically, especially during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Lehman Brothers”) declared bankruptcy, and many major U.S. financial institutions consolidated, were forced to merge or were put into conservatorship by the U.S. Federal Government, including The Bear Stearns Companies, Inc., Wachovia Corporation, WashingtonMutual, Inc., Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”). In addition, the U.S. Federal Government provided a loan to American International Group Inc. (“AIG”) in exchange for an equity interest in AIG. In September 2008, following Lehman Brothers’ bankruptcy, the Company and Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. each experienced significantly wider credit spreads on their outstanding debt and sharp declines in stock market capitalization and subsequently received approval from the Fed to become bank holding companies. On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (initially introduced as the Troubled Asset Relief Program or “TARP”) was enacted. On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Department of Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) announced its intention to inject capital into nine large U.S. financial institutions, including the Company, under the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) and since has injected capital into many other financial institutions. In November 2008, the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Fed provided additional assistance to Citi, including an additional capital injection and a government guarantee on certain troubled assets, in exchange for preferred stock as well as other corporate governance measures.

The U.S. unemployment rate at the end of fiscal 2008 increased to 6.7% from 4.7% at the end of fiscal 2007, reaching the highest level in the last fifteen years. In the U.S., equity market indices ended the fiscal year period significantly lower. Concerns about future economic growth, the adverse developments in the credit markets, mixed views about the U.S. Federal Government’s response to the economic crisis, including the CPP, lower levels of consumer spending, a high rate of unemployment and lower corporate earnings continued to challenge the U.S. economy and the equity markets. Adverse developments in the credit markets, including failed auctions for auction rate securities (“ARS”), rising default rates on residential mortgages, extremely high implied default rates on commercial mortgages and liquidity issues underlying short-term investment products, such as structured investment vehicles and money market funds, weighed heavily as well on equity markets. Oil prices also reached record levels during fiscal 2008 before declining sharply, partly due to lower demand and weaker economic conditions.

During fiscal 2008, the Fed announced a number of initiatives aimed to provide additional liquidity and stability to the financial markets, and the Fed continues to focus its efforts on mitigating the negative economic impact related to the credit markets. The Fed announced enhancements to its programs to provide additional liquidity to the asset-backed commercial paper and money markets, and the Fed has indicated that it plans to purchase from primary dealers short-term debt obligations issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Banks. The Fed has established a commercial paper funding facility in order to provide additional liquidity to the short-term debt markets. The Fed continues to consult frequently with its global central bank counterparts and

41


during fiscal 2008, a number of coordinated benchmark interest rate reductions were announced by central banks globally. The Fed lowered both the federal funds benchmark rate and the discount rate by 3.50% during fiscal 2008, and at fiscal year end the federal funds target rate was 1.00% and the discount rate was 1.25%. Also, during fiscal 2008, the Fed lowered the primary credit rate by 0.25%. In an additional effort to unlock credit markets, the Fed, the U.S. Treasury and the FDIC announced that the FDIC will temporarily guarantee certain senior unsecured debt issued by FDIC-insured institutions and their U.S. bank holding companies, subject to certain conditions. In December 2008, the Fed lowered both the federal funds benchmark rate and the discount rate by 0.75% to 0.25% and 0.50%, respectively, and rates remained at historically low levels.

In Europe, the unemployment rate rose and economic growth continued to slow during fiscal 2008 as export demand decreased, housing prices declined, consumer spending and business investment slowed, and the disruption in the global financial markets continued. In Europe, equity market indices were lower at the end of the fiscal year. Concerns about the economic outlook and difficult conditions in the credit markets continued to challenge the European economy and the equity markets. In the first three quarters of fiscal 2008, the European Central Bank (“ECB”) indicated that it remained concerned about global inflation and raised the benchmark interest rate by 0.25% to 4.25%, while the Bank of England (“BOE”) decreased the benchmark interest rate by an aggregate of 0.75% to 5.00%. In September 2008, the Lehman Brothers’ bankruptcy triggered additional credit disruptions, European governments intervened to support large financial institutions and financial services companies within Europe began to consolidate as lending conditions among European banks worsened. After September 2008, global central banks worked collaboratively to reduce interest rates. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the ECB lowered its benchmark interest rates by 1.00% to 3.25% and the BOE lowered its benchmark interest rate by 2.00% to 3.00%. In December 2008, the ECB lowered its benchmark interest rate by 0.75% to 2.50% and the BOE lowered its benchmark interest rate by 1.00% to 2.00%. In January 2009, the ECB lowered its benchmark interest rate by an additional 0.50% to 2.00%, and the BOE lowered its benchmark interest rate by an additional 0.50% to a historically low 1.50%.

In Asia, the global credit and financial crisis that began in the U.S. and spread throughout Europe adversely impacted the demand for Asian exports, in Japan as well as in emerging markets across Asia. The level of unemployment in Japan, which began the fiscal year at relatively low levels began to rise. Major Asian equity market indices ended fiscal 2008 lower. The Bank of Japan (“BOJ”) lowered the benchmark interest rate by 0.2% to 0.3% during fiscal 2008, and in December 2008, the BOJ reduced its benchmark interest rate by 0.2% to 0.1%. Economies elsewhere in Asia had slower growth, particularly in China and India, due to a lower level of exports, which more than offset domestic demand for capital projects and domestic consumption. Central banks across Asia that previously had relatively high benchmark interest rates, such as Australia, China and India, have all significantly lowered their benchmark interest rates, along with global central bank coordinated interest rate reductions.

Company ResultsOverview of Fiscal 2008 Financial Results..

The Company recorded net income of $3,209$1,707 million in fiscal 2007,2008, a 57%47% decrease from $7,472$3,209 million in the prior year. Net revenues (total revenues less interest expense) declined 6%decreased 12% to $28,026$24,739 million in fiscal 2008. Non-interest expenses decreased 9% to $22,452 million from the prior year, primarily due to lower compensation costs, partly offset by goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 26%, primarily reflecting lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues in certain of the Company’s businesses. Diluted earnings per share were $1.45 compared with $2.98 a year ago. Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $1.54 compared with $2.37 last year. The return on average common equity in fiscal 2008 was 4.9% compared with 8.9% in the prior year. The return on average common equity from continuing operations for fiscal 2008 was 5.2% compared with 7.8% in fiscal 2007.

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 21.0% in fiscal 2008 compared with 24.5% in fiscal 2007. The decrease primarily reflected lower earnings and a change in the geographic mix of earnings, partly offset by an increase in the rate due to the goodwill impairment charges (see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements).

42


Institutional Securities.    Institutional Securities recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $2,925 million, a 280% increase from a year ago. Net revenues increased 3% to $16,622 million. The increase in net revenues reflected record equity sales and trading results, higher fixed income sales and trading results, primarily due to lower net mortgage-related losses, gains related to the repurchase of the Company’s debt, pre-tax gains related to two secondary offerings of MSCI Inc. and the widening of credit spreads on the Company’s borrowings for which the fair value option was elected, partially offset by net losses from investments in passive limited partnership interests and lower results in investment banking. Non-interest expenses decreased 11% to $13,697 million, primarily due to lower compensation costs, partially offset by higher non-compensation expenses. Non-compensation expenses increased 24%, primarily due to a charge of approximately $694 million for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets related to certain fixed income businesses.

Investment banking revenues decreased 34% to $3,630 million from last year due to lower revenues from advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions and lower revenues from underwriting transactions. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,740 million, a decrease of 32% from fiscal 2007. Underwriting revenues decreased 37% from last year to $1,890 million. The decrease in investment banking revenues reflected the unprecedented market turmoil in fiscal 2008 that significantly reduced levels of market activity.

Equity sales and trading revenues increased 10% to a record $9,968 million and reflected higher net revenues from derivative products and slightly higher results in prime brokerage. Equity sales and trading also benefited by approximately $1.6 billion from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. Fiscal 2008 reflected lower revenues from principal trading strategies. Fixed income sales and trading revenues were $3,862 million in fiscal 2008 from $268 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2008 results reflected lower losses in mortgage loan products, record revenues from commodities and record results in foreign exchange products, partially offset by lower net revenues from the interest rate and credit businesses, reflecting the continued dislocation in the credit markets and unfavorable positioning. In addition, fixed income sales and trading benefited by approximately $3.5 billion from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value.

In fiscal 2008, other sales and trading losses of approximately $3,133 million reflected mark-to-market losses on loans and commitments that were partly offset by gains on related hedges. Fiscal 2008 also included losses related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks. In addition, other sales and trading losses included mark-to-market gains on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges). During the period the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.

Principal transaction net investment losses aggregating $2,477 million were recognized in fiscal 2008 compared with net investment gains of $1,459 million in fiscal 2007. The losses were primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Company’s real estate funds and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, and other principal investments.

Global Wealth Management Group.    Global Wealth Management Group recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $1,154 million compared with $1,155 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2008 included a pre-tax gain of $687 million related to the sale of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM S.V.”), the Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements). Fiscal 2008 also included a charge of $532 million associated with the ARS repurchase program and $108 million associated with subsequent writedowns of some of these securities that have been repurchased (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements). Net revenues were $7,019 million, a 6% increase over a year ago, primarily related to the previously mentioned sale of MSWM S.V. and higher net interest revenues from growth in the bank deposit program. The increase in net revenues was partly offset by

43


lower revenues from asset management, distribution and administration fees and lower investment banking revenues. The decline in asset management revenues reflected a change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements, the discontinuance of the Company’s fee-based (fee in lieu of commission) brokerage program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 pursuant to a court decision vacating an SEC rule that permitted fee-based brokerage and asset depreciation. Client assets in fee-based accounts decreased 32% from a year ago to $136 billion and decreased as a percentage of total client assets to 25% from last year’s 27%. In addition, total client assets decreased to $546 billion, down 28% from the prior fiscal year-end, primarily due to asset depreciation.

Total non-interest expenses were $5,865 million, a 7% increase from a year ago. Compensation and benefits expense remained flat in fiscal 2008, as severance-related expenses of $41 million and investment in the business were offset by lower incentive-based compensation accruals. Non-compensation costs increased 25%, primarily due to the charge of $532 million for the ARS. In addition, fiscal 2007 included an insurance reimbursement related to a litigation matter. The increase in non-compensation costs was partly offset by a change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements. As of November 30, 2008, the number of global representatives was 8,426.

Asset Management.    Asset Management recorded losses before income taxes of $1,807 million in fiscal 2008 compared with income before income taxes of $1,467 million in fiscal 2007. Net revenues of $1,292 million decreased 76% from the prior year. The decrease in fiscal 2008 primarily reflected principal transaction net investment losses of $1,661 million compared with gains of $1,774 million a year ago. The losses in fiscal 2008 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s merchant banking business, which includes the real estate, private equity and infrastructure businesses, and losses associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The decrease in fiscal 2008 was also due to lower asset management, distribution and administration fees, primarily due to lower performance fees from alternative investment products, lower distribution fees, and lower fund management and administration fees reflecting a decrease in average assets under management. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management of $399 billion were down $198 billion, or 33%, from last year, primarily reflecting decreases in equity and fixed income products resulting from market depreciation and net outflows. Non-interest expenses decreased 23% from the prior year to $3,099 million. Compensation and benefits expense decreased primarily due to lower net revenues and losses associated with principal investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The decrease in compensation expense in fiscal 2008 was partially offset by severance-related expenses of $97 million. The decrease in non-interest expenses was partly offset by an impairment charge of $243 million related to Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”).

Strategic Initiatives.

The Company has launched several strategic initiatives to further improve its position in the rapidly changing market environment, including:

Targeting capital to businesses where the Company believes it will have better risk-adjusted returns, including flow trading, equity derivatives, foreign exchange, interest rates and commodities;

Engaging in a reduction of balance sheet intensive businesses within the Institutional Securities business segment, including a resizing of prime brokerage and the exit from select proprietary trading strategies;

Targeting an additional $2 billion in cost savings, including the annualized effect of the previously announced headcount reductions and additional non-compensation expense savings in 2009;

Developing a global alliance with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”), Japan’s largest banking group, and pursuing initiatives in corporate and investment banking, retail banking and lending activities;

Launching a Retail Banking business to build bank deposits leveraging the Company’s existing retail banking capabilities and financial holding company structure; and

Forming the largest wealth management business firm with Citi, as measured by financial advisors, through a joint venture (see “Recent Business Developments” herein).

44


Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations.

The Company’s results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by economic factors. In addition, results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors of a global nature, including political and economic conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income and credit markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending; the level and volatility of equity prices, commodity prices and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the Company’s reputation; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors; and the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation, and technological changes in the U.S. and worldwide. Such factors also may have an impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives on a global basis. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

The following items significantly affected the Company’s results in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007.

Corporate Lending.    The results for fiscal 2008 included net losses of approximately $3.3 billion (consisting of negative mark-to-market valuations and losses of approximately $6.3 billion net of gains on related hedges of approximately $3.0 billion) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies. These losses were primarily related to the illiquid market conditions that existed during the year.

The results for fiscal 2007 included losses of approximately $700 million, primarily recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2007 that reflected mark-to-market valuations associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies. The losses included markdowns of leveraged lending commitments associated with “event-driven” lending transactions that were accepted by the borrower but not yet closed. These losses were primarily related to the illiquid market conditions that existed during the second half of fiscal 2007.

Mortgage-Related Trading Losses.    In fiscal 2008, the Company recorded mortgage-related losses of approximately $1.7 billion. The $1.7 billion included losses on non-subprime residential mortgages of approximately $2.6 billion, partially offset by gains on commercial mortgage-backed securities and commercial whole loan positions of approximately $800 million and gains of approximately $100 million on U.S. subprime mortgage proprietary trading exposures. See “Other Matters—Real Estate-Related Positions” herein for information relating to the Company’s mortgage-related trading exposures.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company recorded $9.4$9.0 billion inof mortgage-related writedowns resulting from an unfavorable subprime mortgage-related trading strategy and the continued deterioration and lack of market liquidity for subprime and other mortgage-related instruments. Included in the $9.4 billion wereThe writedowns ofincluded $7.8 billion related to U.S. subprime trading positions, principally super senior derivative positions in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”). These derivative positions were entered into primarily by the Company’s mortgage proprietary trading group. As the credit markets in general, and the mortgage markets in particular, declined dramatically in the fourth quarter, increases in the implied cumulative losses in the subprime mortgage market, coupled with the illiquid nature of the Company’s trading positions, led to a significant deterioration in value in its subprime-related trading positions. The remaining writedowns of $1.6 billion related to other mortgage-related instruments, whichin fiscal 2007 also included $1.2 billion relatingrelated to commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), ALT-AAlt-A mortgages (a residential mortgage loan categorization that falls between prime and subprime)subprime due to certain loan characteristics) and other loans, conduit and non-performing loans and European non-conforming loansloans.

Subsidiary Banks.    The Company recorded losses of approximately $900 million in fiscal 2008 related to mortgage-related securities portfolios of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust (collectively, the

45


“Subsidiary Banks”). See “Other Matters—Real Estate-Related Positions—Subsidiary Banks” herein for further information on these securities portfolios.

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the securities in the Subsidiary Banks’ portfolios were classified as securities available for sale in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS No. 115”). In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company determined that it no longer intended to hold these securities until the fair value of the securities recovered to a level that exceeded their initial cost. Accordingly, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $437 million in Principal transactions-trading revenues in the consolidated statement of income on its portfolio of securities available for sale in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and reclassified the portfolios to Financial instruments owned in the consolidated statement of financial condition effective November 30, 2007.

Auction Rate Securities.    Under the terms of various agreements entered into with government agencies and the terms of the Company’s announced offer to repurchase, the Company agreed to repurchase at par certain ARS held by retail clients that were purchased through the Company. In addition, the Company agreed to reimburse retail clients who have sold certain ARS purchased through the Company at a loss. Fiscal 2008 reflected charges of $532 million for the ARS repurchase program and writedowns of $108 million associated with ARS held in inventory (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements).

Monoline Insurers.    Monoline insurers (“Monolines”) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. Fiscal 2008 included losses of $1.7 billion related to mortgage-relatedmonoline exposures. The current credit environment severely affected the capacity of such financial guarantors. The Company’s direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and to derivative contracts with a Monoline as counterparty. The Company’s exposure to Monolines at November 30, 2008 consisted primarily of asset-backed securities portfolios in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks. The results for fiscal 2007 also included losses(“ABS”) bonds of approximately $700 million in the Subsidiary Banks’ portfolio that reflected mark-to-market valuations associatedare collateralized primarily by first and second lien subprime mortgages enhanced by financial guarantees, $3.1 billion in insured municipal bond securities and approximately $500 million in net counterparty exposure (gross exposure of approximately $8.0 billion net of cumulative credit valuation adjustments of approximately $3.8 billion and net of hedges). The Company’s exposure to Monolines at November 30, 2007 consisted primarily of ABS bonds of $1.5 billion in the Subsidiary Banks’ portfolio, $1.3 billion in insured municipal bond securities and $800 million in net counterparty exposure. The Company’s hedging program for Monoline risk includes the use of both CDSs and transactions that effectively mitigate certain market risk components of existing underlying transactions with loans and loan commitments largelythe Monolines. The increase in the Company’s exposure to Monolines from November 30, 2007 was primarily due to the ARS repurchase program as previously mentioned, as many ARS are insured by Monolines.

Structured Investment Vehicles.    The Company recognized losses of $470 million in fiscal 2008 compared with $129 million in fiscal 2007 related to acquisition financing to non-investment grade companiessecurities issued by structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) included in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition (see “Impact of Credit Market Events”“Asset Management” herein).

 

Non-interest expenses increased 19%Real Estate Holdings and Real Estate Investor Funds.    Principal transaction net investment revenues in fiscal 2008 included losses related to $24,585 millionreal estate holdings and investor funds. Approximately $1.2 billion and $0.9 billion of these losses were recognized in the Institutional Securities and Asset Management business segments, respectively. Losses in the Institutional Securities business segment were related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Company’s real estate funds. Losses in the Asset Management business segment included writedowns on its investment in Crescent of approximately $250 million prior year primarily due to higher compensation costs. Diluted earnings per share were $2.98 compared with $7.07 a year ago. Compensationthe Company consolidating its assets and benefits expense increased 18%, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation accruals dueliabilities in fiscal 2008. These writedowns are reflected in Principal transactions—investments in the consolidated statement of income.

Also, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $243 million related to higher netCrescent, which is reflected in Other expenses in the consolidated statement of income. See “Other Matters—Real Estate-Related Positions” herein for further information.

46


Goodwill and Intangibles.    Fiscal 2008 included impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets of $725 million (see Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements). Given the future uncertainty in the performance of financial market and economic conditions, the Company will perform an interim impairment test as necessary in 2009, which could result in additional impairment charges.

Morgan Stanley Debt.    Net revenues benefited by approximately $5.6 billion and $840 million in certainfiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively, from the widening of the Company’s businesses. Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $2.37 compared with $5.99 last year. The returncredit spreads on average common equity in fiscal 2007 was 8.9% compared with 23.5%certain long-term and short-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures, that are accounted for at fair value.

In addition, in the prior year. The returnfourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded gains of approximately $2.3 billion from repurchasing its debt in the open market and mark-to-market gains of approximately $1.4 billion on average common equity from continuing operationscertain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt.These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges). During the period the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.

Sales of Subsidiaries and Other Items.    Results for fiscal 2007 was 7.8% compared with 23.8% last year.2008 included a pre-tax gain of $1.5 billion related to the secondary offerings of MSCI Inc. and a pre-tax gain of $687 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V. (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Results for fiscal 2007 also included a gain of $168 million ($109 million after-tax) in discontinued operations related to the sale of Quilter Holdings Ltd. on February 28, 2007. Results for fiscal 2006 included a loss of $125 million ($75 million after-tax) related to the sale of the Company’s aircraft leasing business2007 (see Note 2219 to the consolidated financial statements). In addition, pre-tax results for fiscal 2007 included and the $360 million reversal of the Coleman (Parent) Holdings Inc. (“Coleman”) litigation reserve (see “Other Matters—Coleman Litigation” herein). Results for fiscal 2006 included non-cash incremental compensation expenses of approximately $260 million for stock-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements).reserve.

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 24.5% inCapital-Related Transactions.

During fiscal 2007 compared with 30.1% in fiscal 2006. The decrease primarily reflected lower earnings2008, the Company entered into several capital-related transactions that increased shareholders’ equity and long-term borrowings by approximately $24.6 billion. Such transactions included the effectsale of permanent differences. Fiscal 2006’s income tax provision included an income tax benefit of $242 million resulting from the resolution of a federal tax audit. Excluding the benefits from the federal tax audit, the Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations in fiscal 2006 would have been 32.8%.

At fiscal year-end, the Company had 48,256 employees worldwide compared with 43,124 (excluding DFS employees) at the prior year-end.

Subsequent to the 2007 fiscal year-end, in December 2007, the Company sold equity units (the “Equity Units”) to a wholly owned subsidiary of the China Investment Corporation Ltd. (“CIC”) for approximately $5,579 million (see “Liquidity$5.6 billion and Capital Resources—China Investment Corporation Investment” herein).the issuance to MUFG of shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock and shares of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock for a total of $9 billion. In addition, the Company, as part of the CPP, issued to the U.S. Treasury 10,000,000 shares of Series D Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase 65,245,759 shares of common stock for a purchase price of $10 billion.

 

Institutional Securities.    Institutional Securities recorded income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees and income taxesSee Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of $817 million, an 89% decrease from a year ago. Net revenues declined 24% to $16,149 million as record results in equity sales and trading, advisory and underwriting were more than offset by lower results in fixed income sales and trading. Non-interest expenses increased 15% to $15,332 million, reflecting higher compensation costs and non-compensation expenses. Non-compensation expenses increased 24% as higher costs associated with higher levels of business activity, business investmentthese capital-related transactions.

 

3447


and operating expenses associated with TransMontaigne Inc. (“TransMontaigne”), the Heidmar Group of companies (“Heidmar”) and Saxon Capital, Inc. (“Saxon”) were partially offset by the reversal of the Coleman Litigation reserve.

Investment banking revenues rose 31% from last year to $5,538 million. Underwriting revenues rose 21% from last year to $2,997 million. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $2,541 million, an increase of 45% from fiscal 2006.

Fixed income sales and trading revenues were $650 million, down 93% from a year ago. The decrease was driven by significant losses in credit products and lower results in commodities, partially offset by record results in interest rate and currency products. The decline in credit product revenues primarily reflected the mortgage-related writedowns (see “Impact of Credit Market Events” herein). Commodity revenues decreased primarily due to lower trading results from oil liquids, electricity and natural gas products. Fiscal 2006 also benefited from revenue recognized on structured transactions. Interest rate and currency product revenues benefited from stronger revenues in interest rate, emerging markets and foreign exchange products.

Equity sales and trading revenues increased 38% to a record $8,658 million. Record international results contributed to record revenues from derivative products and prime brokerage and strong results in cash products.

Sales and trading revenues also benefited in fiscal 2007 from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value.

In fiscal 2007, other sales and trading losses of approximately $1,242 million reflected loans and loan commitments largely related to event-driven lending to non-investment grade companies and the impairment charge related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks (see “Impact of Credit Market Events—Subsidiary Banks” herein).

Principal transaction net investment revenues increased 35% to $1,459 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2007’s results primarily related to realized and unrealized net gains associated with certain of the Company’s investments and higher revenues from the Company’s investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Company’s real estate funds. The increase also reflected higher revenues primarily related to the appreciation of investments related to certain employee deferred compensation plans.

Global Wealth Management Group.Business Segments.    Global Wealth Management Group recorded income from continuing operations before income taxes of $1,155 million, up 127% from the prior year. Net revenues were $6,625 million, a 20% increase over a year ago, primarily reflecting higher revenues from increased underwriting activity, higher asset management revenues reflecting growth in fee-based products and higher net interest revenue from growth in the bank deposit program. Total non-interest expenses were $5,470 million, a 9% increase from a year ago. Compensation and benefits expense increased 15%, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation accruals due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation costs decreased 2%, primarily reflecting lower charges for legal and regulatory matters and continued cost discipline across the business. Total client assets increased to $758 billion, up 12% from the prior fiscal year-end. In addition, client assets in fee-based accounts increased 3% from a year ago to $201 billion and decreased as a percentage of total client assets to 27% from last year’s 29%. The decline in fee-based assets as a percent of total client assets largely reflected the termination on October 1, 2007 of the Company’s fee-based (fee in lieu of commission) brokerage program pursuant to a court decision vacating an SEC rule that permitted fee-based brokerage. At fiscal year-end, the number of global representatives was 8,429, an increase of 485 from a year ago.

 

Asset Management.    Asset Management recorded income before income taxes of $1,467 million, a 72% increase from last year. Net revenues of $5,493 million increased 59% from the prior year, reflecting significantly higher investment revenues, primarily in the merchant banking business, which includes the real estate, private equity and infrastructure businesses. The increase primarily reflected higher revenues associated with the appreciation of investments related to employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The

35


increase was also due to higher asset management, distribution and administration fees primarily due to an increase in assets under management, a more favorable asset mix and higher performance fees due to growth in the alternatives business, including FrontPoint Partners (“FrontPoint”), which was acquired in December 2006. Principal transaction net investment gains for the year were $1,774 million compared with $669 million a year ago. Non-interest expenses increased 55% from the prior year to $4,026 million. Compensation and benefits expense increased, primarily due to expenses associated with certain deferred compensation plans, higher levels of business investment and higher incentive-based compensation accruals associated with increased net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to increased business activity, including activity from FrontPoint. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management of $597 billion were up $101 billion, or 20%, from last year, primarily due to market appreciation and positive net customer inflows.

Global Market and Economic Conditions in Fiscal 2007.

In the U.S., the moderate pace of economic growth that occurred during the first half of fiscal 2007 slowed during the second half of fiscal 2007, primarily reflecting the significant and broad-based illiquidity in the residential real estate and credit markets. Concerns about the impact of subprime loans caused the subprime-related and broader credit markets to deteriorate considerably over the course of the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2007, with increased volatility, significant spread widening and lower levels of liquidity and price transparency for certain products. The U.S. unemployment rate at the end of fiscal 2007 increased to 4.7% from 4.5% at the end of fiscal 2006. Conditions in the U.S. equity markets were also volatile, and major equity market indices rose during the first half of fiscal 2007 while declining during the second half of fiscal 2007, primarily as a result of mixed corporate earnings and the developments in the credit markets. The Federal Reserve Board (the “Fed”) left rates unchanged during the first half of the year. In the third quarter, the Fed lowered the discount rate by 0.50%, and in the fourth quarter, the Fed lowered both the benchmark interest rate and discount rate by an aggregate of 0.75%. The Fed acted in order to provide additional liquidity and stability to the financial markets and to contain the negative economic impact related to the residential real estate and credit markets. The Fed had not changed the benchmark interest rate since June 2006. In December 2007, the Fed lowered both the benchmark interest rate and the discount rate by 0.25% and the U.S. unemployment rate increased to 5.0%. In January, the Fed lowered both the benchmark interest rate and the discount rate by 0.75%.

In Europe, economic growth continued to be strong, reflecting momentum in domestic demand and exports. Corporate business surveys indicated, however, that growth in Europe may be slowing. Major equity market indices in Europe increased during fiscal 2007, primarily due to strong corporate earnings, merger and acquisition activity and generally favorable economic conditions, which more than offset the difficult conditions in the credit markets in the second half of fiscal 2007. The European Central Bank raised the benchmark interest rate by an aggregate of 0.75% in fiscal 2007. The Bank of England raised the benchmark interest rate by an aggregate of 0.75% in fiscal 2007 but subsequently reduced the benchmark interest rate by 0.25% in December 2007.

In Japan, moderate economic growth continued to be driven by exports and domestic demand. The level of unemployment also remained relatively low. Japanese equity market indices decreased during fiscal 2007 primarily due to tighter global credit conditions. The Bank of Japan raised the benchmark interest rate from 0.25% to 0.50% during fiscal 2007. Economies elsewhere in Asia expanded, particularly in China, which benefited from strength in exports, domestic demand for capital projects and continued globalization. In China, equity market indices rose during fiscal 2007. The People’s Bank of China raised the benchmark lending rate by an aggregate of 1.17% in fiscal 2007.

Business Segments.

The remainder of “Results of Operations” is presented on a business segment basis before discontinued operations. Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses can be directly attributed to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective revenues or other relevant measures.

 

36


As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group’sGroup business segment’s global representatives. Income from continuing operations before income taxes recorded in Intersegment Eliminations was $15 million, $2 million $23 million and $86$23 million in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively. Included in the results of Intersegment Eliminations for fiscal 2007 is a $25 million advisory fee related to the Discover Spin-off that was eliminated in consolidation. In addition, the results in the Institutional Securities business segment for fiscal 2006 included a $30 million advisory fee related to the Company’s sale of theits former aircraft leasing business that was eliminated in consolidation.

 

3748


INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
  Fiscal
2005
  Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Revenues:

         

Investment banking

  $5,538  $4,228  $3,394  $3,630  $5,538  $4,228

Principal transactions:

         

Trading

   2,740   11,326   6,915   5,194   2,740   11,326

Investments

   1,459   1,081   593   (2,477)  1,459   1,081

Commissions

   3,262   2,606   2,160   3,100   3,262   2,606

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   103   73   20   142   103   73

Interest and dividends

   59,131   42,106   25,439

Other

   983   444   334   4,630   936   404
                  

Total revenues

   73,216   61,864   38,855

Total non-interest revenues

   14,219   14,038   19,718
         

Interest and dividends

   39,359   59,131   42,106

Interest expense

   57,067   40,754   23,358   36,956   57,067   40,754
         

Net interest

   2,403   2,064   1,352
                  

Net revenues

   16,149   21,110   15,497   16,622   16,102   21,070
                  

Total non-interest expenses

   15,332   13,389   10,888   13,697   15,332   13,388
                  

Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees, income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   817   7,721   4,609

Losses from unconsolidated investees

   47   40   311

Income tax (benefit) provision

   (170)  2,212   852

Income before income taxes

   2,925   770   7,682

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   724   (170)  2,213
                  

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  $940  $5,469  $3,446

Net income

  $2,201  $940  $5,469
                  

 

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues are derivedcomprised of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and fees from advisory services.syndication of loans. Investment banking revenues were as follows:

 

  Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
  Fiscal
2005
  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions

  $2,541  $1,753  $1,395  $1,740  $2,541  $1,753

Equity underwriting revenues

   1,570   1,059   905   1,045   1,570   1,059

Fixed income underwriting revenues

   1,427   1,416   1,094   845   1,427   1,416
                  

Total investment banking revenues

  $5,538  $4,228  $3,394  $3,630  $5,538  $4,228
                  

 

Investment banking revenues decreased 34% in fiscal 2008, reflecting the unprecedented market turmoil in fiscal 2008 that significantly reduced levels of market activity. This contrasts to fiscal 2007, when investment banking revenues increased 31% infrom fiscal 20072006 and reached record levels. The increase was due tolevels, reflecting a more favorable market environment with higher revenueslevels of advisory and capital raising activity.

In fiscal 2008, advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring activities and equity underwriting transactions. Intransactions were $1,740 million, a decrease of 32% from fiscal 2006, investment banking revenues increased 25%, primarily reflecting higher revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring activities and fixed income and equity underwriting transactions.

2007. Advisory fees in fiscal 2008 reflected lower levels of activity due to the challenging market environment. In fiscal 2007, advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions increased 45% to a record $2,541 million. Advisory fees in fiscal 2007 reflected a strong volume of transaction activity, particularly during the first half of fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2006, advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions increased 26% to $1,753 million, primarily reflecting a strong volume of transaction activity.

 

Equity underwriting revenues decreased 33% to $1,045 million in fiscal 2008, reflecting significantly lower levels of market activity, particularly for initial public offerings. Equity underwriting revenues increased 48% to a record $1,570 million in fiscal 2007. Equity underwriting revenues increased 17% to $1,059 million in fiscal 2006. Both periods reflected2007, reflecting higher global industry-wide equity and equity-related activity. Fiscal 2006 reflected a strong volume of initial public offerings.

 

3849


Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased 41% to $845 million in fiscal 2008 and increased 1% to $1,427 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2008 revenues were impacted by significantly lower levels of market activity across most products, particularly loan syndications and securitized products. The 1% increase in fiscal 2007 and increased 29%was primarily due to $1,416 million in fiscal 2006. Fiscal 2007 revenues reflected strong revenues from underwriting investment grade corporate products, as corporate issuers sought longer-term financings due to market turmoilwhich was partially offset by declines in the fixed income credit markets. The increase in fiscal 2006 wasother debt products, primarily due to an increase in underwriting revenues from non-investment grade and investment grade products as the level of issuer refinancings rose due to record levels of maturing debt. Acquisition-related financing resulting from a strong market for merger and acquisition activity contributed to the increase in both fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006.grade.

 

At the end of fiscal 2007,2008, the backlog of merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions and equity underwriting transactions remained relatively strong despite current market conditions. The backlog of fixed income underwritingfor investment banking transactions was lower for non-investment grade products while the backlog of fixed income underwriting transactions was higher for investment-gradeacross most products as compared with the end of fiscal 2006.2007, reflecting difficult market conditions. The backlog of merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions and equity and fixed income underwriting transactions is subject to the risk that transactions may not be completed due to challenging or unforeseen economic and market conditions, adverse developments regarding one of the parties to the transaction, a failure to obtain required regulatory approval or a decision on the part of the parties involved not to pursue a transaction.

 

Sales and Trading Revenues.    Sales and trading revenues are composed of principal transaction trading revenues, commissions and net interest revenues (expenses). In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views principal trading, commissions and net interest revenues (expenses) in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to principal transactions are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses.

 

The components of the Company’s sales and trading revenues are described below:

 

Principal Transactions–Trading.    Principal transaction trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as principal and gains and losses on the Company’s positions. The Company also engages inpositions, as well as proprietary trading activities for its own account.

 

Commissions.    Commission revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities and options.

 

Net Interest.    Interest and dividend revenues and interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, trading strategies, customer activity in the Company’s prime brokerage business, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. ReverseCertain reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions may be entered into with different customers using the same underlying securities, thereby generating a spread between the interest revenue on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

 

Total sales and trading revenues increased 33% and decreased 47% in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, and increased 37%respectively. The increase in fiscal 2006. The decrease in fiscal 20072008 reflected lowerhigher equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues, andpartially offset by higher losses in other sales and trading losses, partially offset by higher equity sales and trading revenues. Sales and trading revenues were adversely affected by the difficult market conditions that existed during the second half of fiscal 2007. The credit markets deteriorated considerably over the course of the latter half of the year with increased volatility, significant spread widening, lower levels of liquidity and reduced price transparency. These factors affected the subprime mortgage markets, including the market for collateralized debt obligations, and other structured credit product markets, leveraged lendingrevenue.

 

3950


markets and the effectiveness of hedging strategies. This credit environment adversely impacted the Company’s credit sales and trading and corporate lending activities. In addition, such conditions contributed to increased volatility and systematic risk reduction in the equity markets, which adversely affected the Company’s quantitative trading strategies.

Sales and trading revenues included the following:can also be analyzed as follows:

 

  Fiscal
2007(1)
 Fiscal
2006(1)
 Fiscal
2005(1)
   Fiscal
2008(1)
 Fiscal
2007(1)
 Fiscal
2006(1)
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Equity

  $8,658  $6,281  $4,810   $9,968  $9,040  $6,549 

Fixed income

   650   9,291   6,571    3,862   268   9,023 

Other

   (1,242)  (288)  (225)   (3,133)  (1,242)  (288)
                    

Total sales and trading revenues

  $8,066  $15,284  $11,156   $10,697  $8,066  $15,284 
                    

 

(1)Amounts include Principal transactions-trading,transactions—trading, Commissions and Net interest revenues. Equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues include certain funding costs that were not previously allocated to those businesses.(expenses). Other sales and trading net revenues primarily include net losses from loans and closed pipelinelending commitments and related tohedges associated with the Company’s investment banking, corporate lending and other corporate activities. All prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

Equity Sales and Trading Revenues.    Equity sales and trading revenues increased 38%10% to a record $8,658$9,968 million in fiscal 2007, benefiting from2008 and reflected record international revenues. The increase was driven by recordnet revenues from derivative products and slightly higher results in prime brokerage and higher revenues from equity cash and financing products, partially offset by trading losses in quantitative strategies resulting from unfavorable positioning. Revenues from derivative products benefited from strong customer flows. Prime brokerage generated record revenues, reflecting continued growth in global client asset balances. Higher revenues from financing products were primarily due to higher commission revenues driven by strong market volumes.brokerage. Equity sales and trading revenues also benefited from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value, including, but not limited to, those for which the fair value option was elected pursuant to the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”)SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”) on December 1, 2006 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). Revenues increased byEquity sales and trading revenues reflected approximately $390 million$1.6 billion due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads during the yearfiscal 2008 resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, suchprimarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Revenues from derivative products reflected higher customer flows and high levels of volatility. Principal trading strategies reflected significantly lower revenues in fiscal 2008 as the Company exited select proprietary trading strategies. Although prime brokerage revenues increased in fiscal 2008, in the fourth quarter, the Company’s prime brokerage business experienced significant outflows as clients withdrew their cash balances and reallocated positions. These outflows have had a negative impact on prime brokerage’s operating results in fiscal 2008.

Fiscal 2008 equity sales and trading revenues also reflected unrealized losses of approximately $300 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized gains of approximately $125 million in fiscal 2008 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized losses and gains do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.

Equity sales and trading revenues increased 38% to a then record $9,040 million in fiscal 2007, benefiting from international revenues. The increase was driven by higher revenues from derivative products, prime brokerage and equity cash and financing products, partially offset by trading losses in quantitative strategies resulting from unfavorable positioning. Revenues from derivative products benefited from strong customer flows. Prime brokerage generated increased revenues, reflecting continued growth in global client asset balances. Higher revenues from financing products were primarily due to higher commission revenues driven by strong market volumes. Equity sales and trading revenues also reflected approximately $390 million due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected.

 

EquityFixed Income Sales and Trading Revenues.    Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased 31% to a then record $6,281$3,862 million in fiscal 2006. The increase was broad based2008 from $268 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2008 results reflected lower losses in mortgage loan products, record revenues from commodities and includedrecord results in foreign exchange products, partially offset by lower net revenues from the interest rate and credit businesses. Interest rate, currency and credit products revenues decreased 55% in fiscal 2008. Continued dislocation in the credit markets resulted in lower net revenues from credit products including losses of $1.7 billion related to exposure to monoline insurers (see

51


“Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Monoline Insurers” herein) and unfavorable positioning, partially offset by higher revenues from derivativesforeign exchange products and equity cashstrong results in interest rate products. Record results in foreign exchange products financing products, prime brokeragewere primarily due to higher levels of customer flows and principal trading strategies. Derivativemarket volatility. Mortgage-related losses of approximately $1.7 billion were primarily due to a broadening decline in the residential and commercial mortgage sector. The decline in the Company’s mortgage loan product activities reflected the difficult credit market conditions in fiscal 2008. See “Other Matters—Real Estate-Related Positions” herein for further information. Commodity revenues increased 62%, primarily due to higher revenues from oil liquids and electricity and natural gas products, reflecting higher market volatility and strong customer flows, although volatility in the global equity markets continued to be generally low. Revenues from equity cash products reflected higher market volumes, particularly in Europeflow. Fixed income sales and Asia. Financing producttrading revenues also benefited in fiscal 2008 by approximately $3.5 billion from increased client activity. Prime brokerage generated record revenues, reflecting continued growth in global client asset balances. Global equity markets generally trended higher and created favorable opportunities for principal trading strategies. Although commission revenues increased, revenues continued to be affected by intense competition, particularlythe widening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the decrease in the U.S.,fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and a continued shift toward electronic trading.short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected.

Fiscal 2008 fixed income sales and trading revenues reflected unrealized losses of approximately $6.6 billion related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized gains of approximately $2.0 billion in fiscal 2008, related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized losses and gains do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.

 

Fixed income sales and trading revenues decreased 93%97% to $650$268 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2007 results reflected significant losses in credit products and lower results in commodities, partially offset by record results in interest rate and currency products. Credit product revenues decreased $9.4 billion, primarily reflecting mortgage-related writedowns of $7.8 billion, reflecting the deterioration in value of U.S. subprime trading positions, principally super senior derivative positions in CDOs entered into primarily by the Company’s mortgage proprietary trading group. Spread widening, lower liquidity and higher volatility resulted in lower origination, securitization and trading results across most credit product groups and also adversely affected the performance

40


of the Company’s hedging strategies. The Company’s residential and commercial mortgage loan activities contributed to the significant decline in credit product revenues, reflecting the difficult market conditions, referred to above, as well as continued concerns in the subprime mortgage loan sector. See “Impact of Credit Market Events” herein, detailing the Company’s direct U.S. subprime mortgage-related exposures at November 30, 2007.

Interest rate, credit and currency productproducts revenues increased 63%16% in fiscal 2007, reflecting higher revenues from interest rate, emerging markets and foreign exchange products. Commodity revenues decreased 33%, primarily due to lower trading results from oil liquids, electricity and natural gas products and lower revenues recognized on structured transactions. Fixed income sales and trading revenues also benefited from gains on interest rate derivatives. Fixed income sales and trading revenues also benefited in fiscal 2007 by approximately $450 million from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value, including, but not limited to, those for whichresulting from the fair value option was elected (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). The decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, such asprimarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected, which was attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads during the year, increased revenues by approximately $450 million (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). Fixed income sales and trading revenues also benefited from gains on interest rate derivatives.

Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased 41% to a record $9,291 million in fiscal 2006. The increase was driven by record results from commodities, credit products, and interest rate and currency products. Commodities revenues increased 112% due to strong results from electricity, natural gas products and oil liquids. Credit product revenues increased 52%, primarily due to significantly improved corporate credit trading and strength in residential and commercial securitized products. Interest rate and currency products decreased 1%. Both commodity and interest rate and currency products benefited from revenues recognized on structured transactions as a result of increased observability of market value in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities” (“EITF Issue No. 02-3”). With the adoption of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”) on December 1, 2006, the Company no longer applies the revenue recognition criteria of EITF Issue No. 02-3 (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements).elected.

 

In addition to the equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues discussed above, sales and trading revenues include the netincluded other trading revenues, fromconsisting primarily of certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities. In connection with its corporate lending activities, the Company provides to select clients loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) that are generally classified as either “event-driven” or “relationship-driven.” “Event-driven” loans and commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. “Relationship-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. For further information about the Company’s corporate lending activities, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk.” The Company’s corporate lending business intends to distribute its current positions; however, this is taking substantially longer than in the past due to market conditions. Widening credit spreads for non-investment grade loans have resulted in significant writedowns in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, and further deterioration could result in additional writedowns for these loans and lending commitments in excess of hedges. The fair value measurement of loans and lending commitments takes into account certain fee income that is attributable to the contingent commitment contract.

52


In fiscal 2008, other sales and trading losses were approximately $3.1 billion. Included in the $3.1 billion were net losses of approximately $1.2$3.3 billion primarily reflected approximately $700 million of(negative mark-to-market valuations and losses of $6.3 billion, net of gains on related hedges of $3.0 billion) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to acquisition financingcertain “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies and the impairment charge related to securities in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks (see “Impact of Credit Market Events—Subsidiary Banks” herein). The losses included markdowns of leveraged loan commitments associated with acquisition financing transactions that were accepted by the borrower but not yet closed. These losses were primarily related to the illiquid market conditions that existed during third quarter of fiscal 2007.companies. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or if the associated acquisition transaction does not occur. The $3.1 billion also included writedowns of securities of approximately $1.2 billion in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks. For further information, see “Other Matters—Real Estate-Related Positions—Subsidiary Banks” herein. In addition, other sales and trading losses included mark-to-market gains of approximately $1.4 billion on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s leveraged finance business originateslong-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges). During the period the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.

In fiscal 2007, other sales and distributestrading losses of approximately $1.2 billion primarily reflected approximately $700 million of mark-to-market valuations associated with loans and commitments largely related to “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies and intendsthe impairment charge related to distribute its current positions; however, this could take longer thansecurities in the past and is dependent on liquidity re-enteringCompany’s Subsidiary Banks. The losses included markdowns of leveraged lending commitments associated with “event-driven” lending transactions that were accepted by the market. Subsequent to November 30, 2007, there has been further widening in credit spreads for non-investment grade loans that, if sustained, will result in additional writedowns for these loans and commitments. The fair value measurement of loan commitments takes into account certain fee income that is attributableborrower but not yet closed. These losses were primarily related to the contingent commitment contract. For further information about the Company’s corporate lending activities, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk.” In fiscal 2006, revenues from corporate lending activities decreased by approximately $50 million from fiscal 2005, reflecting the impact of mark-to-market valuations on a higher level of new loans madeilliquid market conditions that existed during the year.second half of fiscal 2007.

 

Principal Transactions-Investments.Transactions—Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for appreciation and to facilitate other business activities.long-term appreciation. It is not possible to determine when the Company will realize the value of such

41


investments since, among other factors, such investments generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Moreover, estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

 

Principal transaction net investment revenueslosses aggregating $1,459$2,477 million were recognized in fiscal 20072008 as compared with net investment gains aggregating $1,459 million and $1,081 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and $593 millionrespectively. The losses in fiscal 2005.2008 were primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Company’s real estate funds and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans and other principal investments. The increase in fiscal 2007 was primarily related to realized and unrealized net gains associated with certain of the Company’s investments, including Grifols S.A. and Bovespa Holdings S.A., and higher revenues from the Company’s investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Company’s real estate funds. The increase in fiscal 2007 also reflected higher revenues primarily due to the appreciation of investments related tothat benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The increase in fiscal 2006 wasFiscal 2006’s results primarily related toreflected net gains associated with the Company’s investments.

 

Other.    Other revenues consist primarilyincreased 395% in fiscal 2008 and 132% in fiscal 2007. The increase in fiscal 2008 reflected revenues related to Institutional Securities’ share (approximately $2.1 billion) of revenues from providing benchmark indicesthe Company’s repurchase of debt (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion) and risk management analytics associated withtwo secondary offerings of MSCI Inc. totaling approximately $1.5 billion (see Note 2320 to the consolidated financial statements). Other revenuesFiscal 2008 also include revenues related to the operation of pipelines, terminals and barges and the distribution of refined petroleum productsincluded a gain associated with TransMontaigne, the marine transportation and logistics services associated with Heidmar, revenues associated with Saxon,sale of a servicer and originator of residential mortgages (see Note 23 to thecontrolling interest in a previously consolidated financial statements) and a commodities-related strategic investment.

Other revenues increased 121% in fiscal 2007 and 33% in fiscal 2006.commodities subsidiary. The increase in both fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 was primarily attributable to revenues related to the operation of pipelines, terminals and barges and the distribution of refined petroleum products associated with TransMontaigne and higher sales of benchmark indices and portfolio risk managementperformance analytic products. The increase in fiscal 2007 was also due to higher revenues associated with Saxon and from the sale of a commodities-related strategic investment.

 

Non-Interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses decreased 11% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to lower compensation expense. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 28%, primarily reflecting lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to a challenging market environment, partially offset by severance-related expenses of $653 million in fiscal 2008. Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses increased 24%. Fiscal 2008 results included a charge of approximately $694 million for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets related to certain fixed income businesses (see Note 6 to the consolidated financial

53


statements), and fiscal 2007’s results included a reversal of the $360 million legal accrual related to the Company’s favorable outcome from the Coleman litigation. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 27%, primarily due to higher depreciation expense on property and equipment and higher costs associated with exiting certain property lease agreements. Information processing and communications expense increased 5% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to higher data processing costs and market data. Marketing and business development expense decreased 7%, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Other expenses increased 141%, reflecting the previously mentioned charge of approximately $694 million for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and the legal reversal of $360 million in fiscal 2007 as previously mentioned, partially offset by lower minority interest.

Non-interest expenses increased 15% in fiscal 2007. Compensation and benefits expense increased 10%, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation accruals for certain businesses. The increase also reflected higher costs associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans, partially offset by Institutional Securities’ share ($190 million) of the incremental compensation expense related to equity awards to retirement-eligible employees in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses increased 24%, reflecting increased levels of business activity and expenses associated with acquired businesses. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 33%, primarily due to higher rent and occupancy costs in Europe, Asia and the U.S. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees increased 30%, primarily reflecting substantially increased equity and fixed income trading activity. Marketing and business development expense increased 27%, primarily due to a higher level of business activity. Professional services expense increased 6%, primarily due to higher legal and consulting costs related to increased business activity. Other expenses increased 50%51%, reflecting costs associated with TransMontaigne, Heidmarthe subsidiaries acquired in September and Saxon,December 2006, partially offset by lower net litigation accruals. Fiscal 2007 results included a reversal of the $360 million legal accrual related to the Company’s favorable outcome from the Coleman litigation. Fiscal 2006 included legal accruals related to the pending settlement of General American litigation, which was partially offset by a favorable outcome related to the LVMH litigation.

 

Non-interest expenses increased 23% in fiscal 2006. Compensation and benefits expense increased 36%, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation costs resulting from higher net revenues. Fiscal 2006 also included Institutional Securities’ share ($190 million) of incremental compensation expense related to equity awards to retirement-eligible employees while fiscal 2005 included Institutional Securities’ share ($193 million) of the costs associated with senior management changes (see “Other Matters—Senior Management Compensation Charges” herein). Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses remained relatively unchanged. Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 6%, primarily due to a $71 million charge that was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 for the correction in the method of accounting for certain real

4254


estate leases (see Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements). Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees increased 32%, primarily reflecting increased equity and fixed income trading activity. Professional services expense increased 18%, primarily due to higher legal and consulting costs, reflecting increased levels of business activity. Other expenses decreased 48% due to lower charges for legal and regulatory matters. Fiscal 2006 reflected a net reduction in legal accruals of approximately $40 million related to the IPO Allocation Matters litigation, the LVMH litigation and the settlement of the General American litigation. Other expenses in fiscal 2005 included legal accruals of $360 million related to the Coleman litigation and approximately $170 million related to the Parmalat settlement and the IPO Allocation Matters litigation.

43


GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGEMENT GROUP

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
  Fiscal
2005
  Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Revenues:

           

Investment banking

  $625  $428  $320  $427  $625  $428

Principal transactions:

           

Trading

   598   487   467   613   598   487

Investments

   29   57   2   (54)  29   57

Commissions

   1,433   1,168   1,196   1,408   1,433   1,168

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   3,067   2,757   2,601   2,726   3,067   2,757

Interest and dividends

   1,221   1,004   650

Other

   163   130   143   965   163   130
                  

Total revenues

   7,136   6,031   5,379

Total non-interest revenues

   6,085   5,915   5,027
         

Interest and dividends

   1,239   1,221   1,004

Interest expense

   511   519   332   305   511   519
         

Net interest

   934   710   485
                  

Net revenues

   6,625   5,512   5,047   7,019   6,625   5,512
                  

Total non-interest expenses

   5,470   5,004   4,456   5,865   5,470   5,004
                  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   1,155   508   591

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,154   1,155   508

Provision for income taxes

   459   167   199   440   459   167
                  

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  $696  $341  $392

Income from continuing operations

  $714  $696  $341
                  

 

Investment Banking.    Global Wealth Management Group investment banking includes revenues from the distribution of equity and fixed income securities, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings, closed-end funds and unit trusts. Revenues also include feestrusts, which are generally earned from offerings underwritten by the Institutional Securities business segment. Investment banking revenues decreased 32% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to lower underwriting activity across equity and unit trust products, partially offset by an increase in fixed income underwriting activity. Investment banking revenues increased 46% and 34% in fiscal 2007, and fiscal 2006, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2007 was driven byprimarily due to strong underwriting activity across equity, fixed income and unit trust products. The increase in fiscal 2006 was primarily due to higher revenues from equity-related offerings and unit trust products.

 

Principal Transactions–Transactions—Trading.    Principal transactions include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as principal and gains and losses on the Company’s inventory positions held, primarily to facilitate customer transactions. Principal transaction trading revenues increased 23%3% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to higher revenues from municipal, corporate and government fixed income securities, partially offset by $108 million in writedowns on $3.8 billion of ARS repurchased from clients and held on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition and losses associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans. In fiscal 2007, principal transaction trading revenues increased 23%, primarily due to higher revenues from derivative products, municipal and corporate fixed income securities, and foreign exchange products. The increase was also due toproducts and higher revenues primarily associated with the appreciation of investments related tothat benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans. In fiscal 2006, principal transaction trading revenues increased 4%, primarily reflecting higher revenue from foreign exchange products, equity linked notes and municipal fixed income securities, partially offset by lower revenues from corporate and government fixed income products and other securities.

 

Principal Transactions–Transactions—Investments.    Principal transaction net investment revenueslosses were $54 million in fiscal 2008 compared with net investment gains of $29 million and $57 million in fiscal 2007 compared with $57 millionand fiscal 2006, respectively. The results in fiscal 2006 and $2 million in fiscal 2005.2008 reflected net losses associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans. The results in fiscal 2007 reflected lower net gains from certain of the Company’s investments in exchanges and memberships. The results inmemberships compared with fiscal 2006 were primarily related to realized and unrealized gains on the Company’s investments in Bolsas y Mercados Españoles and the New York Stock Exchange.2006.

 

Commissions.    Commission revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commission revenues decreased 2% in fiscal 2008, reflecting lower client activity. Commission revenues increased

44


23% in fiscal 2007, and decreased 2% in fiscal 2006. The increase in fiscal 2007 reflectedreflecting higher levels of client activity. The decrease in fiscal 2006 largely reflected lower revenues from equity products, which was related to lower agency activity with customers due, in part, to growth in other product areas, including investment banking and asset management.

 

55


Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include revenues from individual investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management, account services and administration. The Company also receives shareholder servicing fees and fees for services it provides in distributing certain open-ended mutual funds and other products. Mutual fund distribution fees are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increaseddecreased 11% in fiscal 2008 compared with an 11% increase in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008, the decrease was driven by a change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements, the discontinuance of the Company’s fee-based brokerage program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and 6% inasset depreciation. In fiscal 2006. In both fiscal years,2007, the increase was driven byprimarily due to higher client asset balances in fee-based accounts. Client assets in fee-based accounts decreased 32% to $136 billion as of November 30, 2008 and represented 25% of total client assets versus 27% at November 30, 2007. Client assets in fee-based accounts rose 3% to $201 billion at November 30, 2007 and represented 27% of total client assets versus 29% at November 30, 2006. The decline in fee-based assets as a percent of total client assets largely reflected the termination on October 1, 2007 of the Company’s fee-based (fee in lieu of commission) brokerage program pursuant to a court decision vacating an SEC rule that permitted fee-based brokerage. Client assets that were in the fee-based program primarily moved to commission-based brokerage accounts, or, at the election of some clients, into other fee-based advisory programs, including Morgan Stanley Advisory, a new nondiscretionary account launched in August 2007. Client assets in fee-based accounts rose 18% to $195 billion at November 30, 2006 and increased as a percentage of total client assets to 29% of total client assets from 27% at November 30, 2005.

 

Total client asset balances increaseddecreased to $546 billion as of November 30, 2008 from $758 billion atas of November 30, 2007, from $676 billion at November 30, 2006 primarily due to higher client inflows and market appreciation.asset depreciation. Client asset balances in households greater than $1 million increaseddecreased to $349 billion as of November 30, 2008 from $522 billion at November 30, 2007 fromand $442 billion at November 30, 2006 and $371 billion at November 30, 2005.2006.

 

Net Interest.    Interest and dividend revenues and interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including customer bank deposits and margin loans and securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions. Net interest revenues increased 46%32% and 53%46% in fiscal 20072008 and fiscal 2006,2007, respectively. The increase in both periods was primarily due to increased customer account balances in the bank deposit program that was launched in November 2005.program. Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $36.4 billion as of November 30, 2008 from $26.2 billion at November 30, 2007 from $13.3 billion at November 30, 2006.2007.

 

Other.    Other revenues primarily include customer account service fees and other miscellaneous revenues. Other revenues increased 25%were $965 million and $163 million in fiscal 20072008 and decreased 9% in fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2007, respectively. Fiscal 2008 included $743 million related to the increase primarilysale of MSWM S.V., the Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business, during the second quarter of fiscal 2008 (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements) and Global Wealth Management Group’s share ($43 million) of the Company’s repurchase of debt (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion). Fiscal 2007 reflected higher service fees and higher other miscellaneous revenues. In fiscal 2006, the decrease primarily reflected lower service fees.

 

Non-Interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 7% in fiscal 2008, primarily reflecting the charge of $532 million for the ARS repurchase program (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements). Compensation and benefits expense remained flat in fiscal 2008, as severance-related expenses of $41 million and investment in the business were offset by lower incentive-based compensation accruals. Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses increased 25%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 8%, primarily due to an increase in space costs and branch renovations. Professional services expense decreased 40%, primarily due to the change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements and lower legal costs. Other expenses increased 206%, primarily resulting from the charge of $532 million related to ARS as previously mentioned and higher litigation costs.

56


Non-interest expenses increased 9% in fiscal 2007, primarily reflecting an increase in compensation and benefits expense, partially offset by lower non-compensation expenses, primarily due to lower charges for legal and regulatory matters and continued cost discipline across the business. Compensation and benefits expense increased 15%, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation accruals due to higher net revenues and investments in the business, partially offset by Global Wealth Management Group’s share ($50 million) of the incremental compensation expense related to equity awards to retirement-eligible employees in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses decreased 2%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 6%, primarily due to leasehold improvements and higher rental costs. Information processing and communications expense decreased 8%, primarily due to lower computing costs. Marketing and business development expense increased 39%, primarily due to costs associated with the Company’s advertising campaign. Other expenses

45


decreased 20%, primarily resulting from a reduction in costs associated with legal and regulatory matters, which included an insurance reimbursement related to a litigation matter.

 

Non-interest expenses increased 12% in fiscal 2006. Fiscal 2005 included a reduction in non-interest expenses related to Global Wealth Management Group’s share ($198 million) of the insurance settlement related to the events of September 11, 2001 (see Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements). Compensation and benefits expense increased 15%, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation costs. In addition, fiscal 2006 expenses included Global Wealth Management Group’s share ($50 million) of the incremental compensation expense related to equity awards to retirement-eligible employees, including new hires (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements), while fiscal 2005 included Global Wealth Management Group’s share ($48 million) of the costs associated with senior management changes (see “Other Matters—Senior Management Compensation Charges” herein). Excluding compensation and benefits expense and the insurance settlement, non-interest expenses decreased 4%. Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 6% primarily due to a $29 million charge for the correction in the method of accounting for certain real estate leases that was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 (see Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements). Professional services expense increased 15%, largely due to higher sub-advisory fees associated with growth in fee-based assets and higher costs for outside legal counsel. Other expenses decreased 20%, primarily resulting from lower costs associated with legal and regulatory matters. During fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, the Company recorded legal and regulatory expenses of approximately $105 million and $170 million, respectively, related to ongoing regulatory, employment and branch litigation matters.

4657


ASSET MANAGEMENT

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
  Fiscal
2005
  Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Revenues:

         

Investment banking

  $264  $138  $133  $61  $264  $138

Principal transactions:

         

Trading

   (129)  —     —     (346)  (129)  —  

Investments

   1,774   669   533   (1,661)  1,774   669

Commissions

   23   25   29   14   23   25

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   3,524   2,574   2,462   2,960   3,524   2,574

Interest and dividends

   74   48   87

Other

   75   26   26   463   75   26
                  

Total revenues

   5,605   3,480   3,270

Total non-interest revenues

   1,491   5,531   3,432
         

Interest and dividends

   170   74   48

Interest expense

   112   27   51   369   112   27
         

Net interest

   (199)  (38)  21
                  

Net revenues

   5,493   3,453   3,219   1,292   5,493   3,453
                  

Total non-interest expenses

   4,026   2,602   2,189   3,099   4,026   2,602
                  

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   1,467   851   1,030

Provision for income taxes

   541   340   391

(Loss) income before income taxes

   (1,807)  1,467   851

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (690)  541   340
                  

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  $926  $511  $639

Net income (loss)

  $(1,117) $926  $511
                  

 

Investment Banking.    Asset Management generates investment banking revenues primarily from the acquisitionplacement of investments in real estate funds and the underwriting of unit trust products. Investment banking revenues decreased 77% in fiscal 2008 and increased 91% in fiscal 2007 and 4%2007. The decrease in fiscal 2006.2008 primarily reflected lower revenues from real estate products. The increase in fiscal 2007 primarily reflected higher revenues from certain real estate products. The increase in fiscal 2006 primarily reflected higher revenues from real estate products and higher equity unit trust sales, partially offset by a lower volume of fixed income unit trust sales.

 

Principal Transactions-Trading.Transactions—Trading.    In fiscal 2008, the Company recognized losses of $346 million, which included $470 million related to securities issued by SIVs included in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. These losses were partially offset by net gains from hedges on certain investments. In fiscal 2007, the Company recognized losses of $129 million related to structuredSIVs.

SIVs are unconsolidated entities that issue various capital notes and debt instruments to fund the purchase of assets. While the Company does not sponsor or serve as asset manager to any unconsolidated SIVs, the Company does serve as investment vehicles. See “Impactadvisor to certain unconsolidated money market funds (“Funds”) that have investments in securities issued by SIVs. In the second half of fiscal 2007, widespread illiquidity in the commercial paper market led to market value declines and rating agency downgrades of many securities issued by SIVs, some of which were held by the Funds. As a result, the Company purchased at amortized cost approximately $900 million of such securities from the Funds during fiscal 2007 and $217 million of such securities during fiscal 2008. The carrying value of the purchased securities still held by the Company as of November 30, 2008 was $209 million. Such positions are reflected at fair value and are presented in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Funds had investments in securities issued by SIVs of an aggregate face value of approximately $100 million as of November 30, 2008 compared with $8.2 billion as of November 30, 2007. Subsequent to November 30, 2008, the Company has not purchased additional SIV securities from the Funds and the Funds no longer have investments in such securities. The Company has no obligation to purchase any additional securities from the Funds in the future.

58


During fiscal 2008, money market and liquidity funds advised by the Company’s asset management affiliates that invest primarily in corporate obligations experienced net outflows of $18 billion. Credit Market Events—Structured Investment Vehicles” hereinand liquidity conditions deteriorated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, resulting in material redemptions from corporate money market and liquidity funds. The Company purchased approximately $25 billion of securities from the funds during fiscal 2008. Most of the securities have matured or were sold by the Company. At November 30, 2008, $600 million were included in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. The securities were purchased by the Company to fund investor redemptions amid illiquid trading markets for further discussion.a wide range of money market instruments. Securities purchased included commercial paper, municipals, certificates of deposit and notes. All of the securities were short term in nature and were rated A1/P1 or better. These purchases were funded primarily through various available stabilization facilities.

The Company does not consolidate these money market and liquidity funds because the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in the funds nor is it the primary beneficiary of such funds. The Company also does not have a significant variable interest in such funds.

 

Principal Transactions-Investments.Transactions—Investments.    Asset Management principal transaction investment revenues consist primarily of gains and losses on the Company’s investments in alternative investment products.investments.

 

Principal transaction net investment gainslosses aggregating $1,774$1,661 million were recognized in fiscal 20072008 as compared with $669gains of $1,774 million in fiscal 2006.2007. The results in both fiscal years2008 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s merchant banking business, including real estate and private equity investments, and losses associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Included in the net investment losses in fiscal 2008 were writedowns of approximately $250 million on Crescent prior to its consolidation. See “Other Matters—Real Estate-Related Positions—Real Estate Investor Funds” herein for further discussion. The results in fiscal 2007 were primarily driven by investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio, including employee deferred compensation plans and co-investment plans.

 

Real estate and private equity investments generally are held for long-term appreciation. It is not possible to determine when the Company will realize the value of such investments since, among other factors, such investments generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Moreover, estimates of the fair value of the investments involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset Management, distribution and administration fees include revenues generated from the management and supervision of assets, performance-

47


basedperformance-based fees relating to certain funds, and separately managed accounts and fees relating to the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds. Asset Management fees arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees are earned on certain funds as a percentage of appreciation earned by those funds and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increaseddecreased 16% in fiscal 2008 compared with an increase of 37% in fiscal 2007 and 5%2007. The decrease in fiscal 2006.2008 was primarily due to lower performance fees from alternative investment products, lower distribution fees, and lower fund management and administration fees, reflecting a decrease in average assets under management. Fiscal 2008 also reflected lower shareholder servicing fees related to the modification of certain sub-transfer agent agreements, which resulted in an offsetting reduction to professional services expense. The increase in fiscal 2007 was primarily due to higher fund management and administration fees resulting from an increase in assets under management and a more favorable asset mix. The increase was also due to higher performance fees from the alternatives business, including those associated with FrontPoint, which the Company acquired in December 2006 (see Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements). The increase in fiscal 2006 was due to higher fund management and administration fees, partially offset by lower distribution fees. The higher management and administration fees in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were associated with increases in average assets under management of 20% and 6%, respectively.business.

 

59


Asset Management’s year-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

 

  At November 30,  Average for  At November 30,  Average for
  2007  2006  2005  Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
  Fiscal
2005
  2008  2007(1)  2006(1)  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007(1)
  Fiscal
2006(1)
  (dollars in billions)  (dollars in billions)

Assets under management or supervision by distribution channel:

                        

Americas Retail Morgan Stanley brand

  $64  $63  $63  $64  $64  $64

Americas Retail Van Kampen brand

   99   94   88   99   90   84

Americas Intermediary(1)

   68   58   48   65   51   45

U.S. Institutional

   128   100   96   116   97   97

Non-U.S.

   132   93   69   111   80   64
                  

Total long-term assets under management or supervision

   491   408   364   455   382   354
                  

Institutional money markets/liquidity

   68   49   33   57   39   33

Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary

  $46  $81  $74  $70  $79  $71

Van Kampen Retail and Intermediary

   84   150   142   127   149   133

Retail money markets

   31   35   46   33   40   49   30   31   35   33   33   39
                                    

Total money markets

   99   84   79   90   79   82

Total Americas Retail

   160   262   251   230   261   243

U.S. Institutional

   90   128   100   118   116   98

Institutional money markets

   52   68   49   74   57   38

Non-U.S.

   91   132   92   120   111   81
                                    

Total assets under management or supervision

   590   492   443   545   461   436   393   590   492   542   545   460

Share of minority interest assets(2)

   7   4   —     6   —     —     6   7   4   7   6   1
                                    

Total

  $597  $496  $443  $551  $461  $436  $399  $597  $496  $549  $551  $461
                                    

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

                        

Equity

  $265  $239  $218  $256  $228  $207  $135  $265  $240  $215  $256  $230

Fixed income

   102   94   91   97   91   96   159   201   177   204   187   167

Money market

   99   84   79   90   79   82

Alternatives(3)

   109   61   43   87   50   40   48   67   41   67   58   34

Unit trust

   9   15   14   13   15   13
                                    

Subtotal

   575   478   431   530   448   425

Unit trusts

   15   14   12   15   13   11

Total core asset management

   351   548   472   499   516   444
                  

Private equity

   4   4   2   3   2   2

Infrastructure

   4   2   —     3   1   —  

Real estate

   34   36   18   37   26   14
                  

Total merchant banking

   42   42   20   43   29   16
                                    

Total assets under management or supervision

   590   492   443   545   461   436   393   590   492   542   545   460

Share of minority interest assets(2)

   7   4   —     6   —     —     6   7   4   7   6   1
                                    

Total

  $597  $496  $443  $551  $461  $436  $399  $597  $496  $549  $551  $461
                                    

 

(1)Americas Intermediary channel primarily represents client flows through defined contribution, insurance and bank trust platforms.Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2)Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest.
(3)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as real estate funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, funds of hedge funds and funds of private equity funds.

 

4860


Activity in Asset Management’s assets under management or supervision during fiscal 20072008 and fiscal 20062007 were as follows:

 

   Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $496  $443 

Net flows by distribution channel:

   

Americas Retail Morgan Stanley brand

   (4)  (9)

Americas Retail Van Kampen brand

   —     (2)

Americas Intermediary(1)

   4   8 

U.S. Institutional

   3   (13)

Non-U.S.

   22   6 
         

Net inflows/(outflows) excluding money markets

   25   (10)
         

Money market net flows:

   

Institutional

   15   13 

Retail

   (5)  (12)
         

Total money market net flows

   10   1 
         

Market appreciation/other

   56   58 
         

Total net increase

   91   49 

Acquisitions

   7   —   

Net increase in share of minority interest assets(2)

   3   4 
         

Balance at end of period

  $597  $496 
         
   Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007(1)
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $597  $496 

Net flows by distribution channel:

   

Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary

   (12)  (1)

Van Kampen Retail and Intermediary

   (14)  1 

Retail money markets

   (3)  (5)
         

Total Americas Retail

   (29)  (5)

U.S. Institutional

   (7)  3 

Institutional money markets

   (15)  15 

Non-U.S.  

   (2)  22 
         

Total net flows

   (53)  35 

Net market (depreciation)/appreciation

   (145)  56 
         

Total net increase (decrease)/increase

   (198)  91 

Acquisitions

   1   7 

Net (decrease) increase in share of minority interest assets(2)

   (1)  3 
         

Balance at end of period

  $399  $597 
         

 

(1)Americas Intermediary channel primarily represents client flows through defined contribution, insurance and bank trust platforms.Prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2)Amount represents Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority interest.

 

Net inflows (excluding money markets)flows in fiscal 20072008 were primarily associated with positive flows from non-U.S. clients. Money market net flows for fiscal 2007 were primarily associated with positive flows into institutional liquidity assets, partially offset bynegative outflows from certainVan Kampen and Morgan Stanley Retail and Intermediary products and institutional money market funds that were impacted by the growth of Global Wealth Management Group’s bank deposit program.markets.

 

Other.    Other revenues increased 517% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to the revenues associated with Crescent. See “Real Estate-Related Positions—Real Estate Investor Funds—Crescent” herein for further discussion. The increase in fiscal 2008 also included Asset Management’s share ($74 million) of the Company’s repurchase of debt (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion) and higher revenues associated with Lansdowne Partners (“Lansdowne”), a London-based investment manager in which the Company has a minority interest. Other revenues increased 188% in fiscal 2007, primarily due to revenues associated with Lansdowne Partners (“Lansdowne”), a London-based investment manager, and Avenue Capital Group, (“Avenue”), a New York-based investment manager, which the Company acquired minority stakes in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 (see Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements). Other revenues remained flat in fiscal 2006.

 

Non-Interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses decreased 23% in fiscal 2008, primarily reflecting a decrease in compensation and benefits expense, partially offset by higher operating costs and an impairment charge of $243 million associated with Crescent. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 53% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to a decrease in compensation costs reflecting lower net revenues and losses associated with principal investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The decrease in fiscal 2008 was partially offset by severance-related expenses of $97 million. Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses increased 27%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 16%, primarily due to higher costs related to increased occupancy usage compared with fiscal 2007. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 9%, primarily due to lower commission expenses. Professional services expense decreased 20%, primarily due to lower sub-advisory fees and sub-transfer agent fees, partially offset by an increase in consulting and legal fees. Other expenses increased 412%, primarily due to Crescent operating costs and impairment charges of $268 million, including the $243 million noted above.

61


Non-interest expenses increased 55% in fiscal 2007, primarily reflecting an increase in compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 81% in fiscal 2007, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation accruals due to higher net revenues. The increase in fiscal 2007 was also due to expenses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans, partially offset by Asset Management’s share ($20 million) of the incremental compensation expense related to equity awards to retirement-eligible employees that was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). Excluding compensation and benefits expense, non-interest expenses increased 24%. Occupancy and equipment expensesexpense increased 29%, primarily due to higher rental costs associated with business growth. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees increased 10%, primarily due to increased fee sharing, increased assets under management and higher commission expenses associated with the launching of new products. These increases were offset by a decrease in the deferred commission amortization. Information processing and communications expense increased 21%, primarily due to higher licensing fees associated with the acquisition of FrontPoint.FrontPoint Partners (“FrontPoint”). Professional services expense increased 47%, primarily due to higher sub-advisory fees related to the acquisition of FrontPoint. Other expenses increased 47%, primarily due to an insurance reimbursement received in fiscal 2006 related to certain legal matters and an increase in other miscellaneous expenses.

 

49


Non-interest expenses increased 19% in fiscal 2006. Fiscal 2005 included a reduction in non-interest expenses from Asset Management’s share ($43 million) of the insurance settlement related to the events of September 11, 2001 (see Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements). Compensation and benefits expense increased 37% in fiscal 2006, primarily reflecting higher incentive-based compensation costs as well as the impact of new hires. In addition, fiscal 2006 included Asset Management’s share ($20 million) of the incremental compensation expense related to equity awards to retirement-eligible employees (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements), while fiscal 2005 included Asset Management’s share ($41 million) of the costs associated with senior management changes (see “Other Matters—Senior Management Compensation Charges” herein). Excluding compensation and benefits expense and the insurance settlement, non-interest expenses were unchanged. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 14%, primarily reflecting lower amortization expense associated with certain open-ended funds. The decrease in amortization expense reflected a lower level of deferred costs in recent periods due to a decrease in sales of certain open-ended funds. Marketing and business development expense increased 11% primarily due to higher advertising and marketing costs.

5062


Impact of Credit Market Events.Other Matters.

The following matters are discussed in the Company’s notes to the consolidated financial statements. For further information on these matters, please see the applicable note:

Note

Accounting Developments:

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

2

Employee Benefit Plans

2

Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts

2

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards

2

Business Combinations

2

Noncontrolling Interests

2

Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions

2

Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

2

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets

2

Earnings Per Share

2

Instruments Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock

2

Fair Value Measurements

2

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

2

Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets

2

Disclosures about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities

2

Income Taxes

17

Discontinued Operations

19

Business Acquisitions and Dispositions and Sale of Minority Interest

20

Real Estate-Related Positions.

 

OverviewOverview.    .The Company has real estate exposure(1) to:

non-subprime residential mortgages, a category which includes prime, Alt-A, European and Asian residential mortgage loans, residential mortgage-backed securities bonds (“RMBS”) and derivatives referencing such mortgages or mortgage-backed securities;

commercial whole loans, commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and related derivatives;

63


U.S. subprime mortgage-related trading positions consisting of U.S. asset-backed securities (“ABS”), collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) securities, investments in subprime loans and derivatives referencing subprime mortgages or subprime mortgage-backed securities; and

real estate properties and real estate investor funds.

(1)Subprime mortgages are loans secured by real property made to a borrower (or borrowers) with a diminished or impaired credit rating or with a limited credit history. A borrower’s credit history is reflected in his credit report and routinely converted into a numerical credit score often referred to as a Fair Isaac Corporation (or “FICO”) score. Generally, a loan made to a borrower with a low FICO score or other credit score has historically been considered subprime. Loans to borrowers with higher FICO scores are typically considered prime or A1t-A, but may be subprime if the loan exhibits other high-risk factors.

The Company exposures include interests in and derivatives with CDOs. CDOs provide credit risk exposure to a portfolio of securities (“cash CDOs”) or a reference portfolio of securities (“synthetic CDOs”). The underlying or reference portfolios may consist of ABS, RMBS, CMBS or other securities. The CDOs to which the Company has exposure were primarily structured and underwritten by third parties, although the Company also structured and underwrote CDOs for which it received structuring and/or distribution fees, and from time to time retained interests in such CDOs.

 

The Company recorded $9.4 billionCompany’s interests in mortgage-related writedowns in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 resulting from an unfavorable subprime mortgage-related trading strategy and the continued deterioration and lack of market liquidity for subprime and other mortgage-related instruments. Included in the $9.4 billion were writedowns of $7.8 billion related to U.S. subprime trading positions principally super senior derivative positions in CDOs. These derivative positions were entered into primarily by the Company’s proprietary trading group (see “U.S. ABS CDO Exposures”). As the credit markets in general, and the mortgage markets in particular, declined dramatically in the fourth quarter, increases in the implied cumulative losses in the subprime mortgage market, coupled with the illiquid nature of the Company’s trading positions, led to a significant deterioration in value in its subprime-related trading positions. A summary of the Company’s U.S. subprime trading positions, writedowns and remaining net exposures is further detailed in the table on page 53 and is discussed in “U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposures” herein.

The $9.4 billion of fourth quarter writedowns also included an impairment charge of $437 million related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks (see “Subsidiary Banks” herein) and $1.2 billion related to CMBS, ALT-A (a residential mortgage loan categorization that falls between prime and subprime) and other loans, conduit and non-performing loans and European non-conforming loans. The Company continues to have exposure to these markets and instruments, and, as market conditions continue to evolve, theare carried at fair value of these other mortgage-related instruments could further deteriorate.

with changes recognized in earnings. The valuation methodology used for these instruments incorporatedincorporates a variety of inputs, including prices observed from the execution of a limited number of trades in the marketplace; ABX, CMBX and similar indices that track the performance of a series of credit default swaps based on subprime residential or commercial mortgages; and other market information, including data on remittances received and updated cumulative loss data on the underlying mortgages. For a further discussionThe fair value of the Company’s risk management policies and procedures see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management”such positions experienced significant declines in Part II, Item 7A.

For further discussion regarding the Company’s involvement with other U.S. subprime-related activities, see “Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities” and “Other Exposures to Subprime Lenders.”

The results for fiscal 2007 also included losses of approximately $700 million primarily recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2007 that reflected mark-to-market valuations associated with loans and loan commitments largely related to acquisition financing to non-investment grade companies. The losses included markdowns of leveraged loan commitments associated with acquisition financing transactions that were accepted by the borrower but not yet closed. These losses were primarily related to the illiquid market conditions that existed during the second half of fiscal 2007. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or the associated acquisition transaction does not occur. In addition, the Company’s leveraged finance business originates2007 and distributes loans and commitments, and intends to distribute its current positions; however, this could take longer than in the past and is dependent on liquidity re-entering the market. Subsequent to November 30, 2007, there has been further widening in credit spreads for non-investment grade loans that, if sustained, will result in additional writedowns for these loans and commitments. For further information about the Company’s corporate lending activities, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk.”

The Company also recognized losses of $129 million in the fourth quarter ofthroughout fiscal 2007 related to structured investment vehicles (see “Structured Investment Vehicles” herein).

U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposures.

The Company’s U.S. subprime mortgage-related trading positions consist of those related to U.S. ABS CDOs and other mortgage-related exposures arising from investments in subprime loans, from asset-backed securities

51


that, in whole or in part, are backed by subprime mortgage loans, and from derivatives referencing subprime mortgages or subprime mortgage-backed securities.

Subprime mortgages are loans secured by real property made to a borrower (or borrowers) with a diminished or impaired credit rating or with a limited credit history. A borrower’s credit history is reflected in his credit report and routinely converted into a numerical credit score often referred to as a Fair Isaac Corporation (or “FICO”) score. Generally, a loan made to a borrower with a low FICO score or other credit score has historically been considered as subprime. Loans to borrowers with higher FICO scores may be subprime if the loan exhibits other high-risk factors. Such risk factors may include loans where: (a) the loan has a high loan-to-value ratio or combined loan-to-value ratios; (b) the borrower has reduced or limited income documentation; (c) the borrower has a high debt-to-income ratio; (d) the occupancy type for the loan is other than the borrower’s primary residence. There are many other risk factors, including borrowers who have purchased multiple properties or have taken previous equity withdrawal (cash out) refinancings within the last 12 to 24 month period, non-arm’s length purchase transactions and unsupported or high-risk collateral properties, among others. Subprime mortgage-related securities are those securities that derive a significant portion of their value from subprime loans.

U.S. ABS CDO Exposures.

The Company purchases interests in and enters into derivatives with ABS CDOs. CDOs provide credit risk exposure to a portfolio of asset-backed securities (“cash CDOs”) or a reference portfolio of securities (“synthetic CDOs”). The underlying or reference portfolios consist primarily of residential mortgage-backed securities. The CDOs to which the Company has exposure are primarily structured and underwritten by third parties, although the Company also structures and underwrites CDOs, for which it receives structuring and/or distribution fees, and does from time to time retain interests in such CDOs.

The Company’s primary exposure to ABS CDOs is to synthetic CDOs that hold or are referenced to collateral with ratings of BBB+, BBB or BBB- (“mezzanine CDOs”). The majority of the Company’s writedowns in the fourth quarter related to super senior credit default swaps referencing such mezzanine CDOs that were entered into primarily by the Company’s proprietary trading group. Under these credit default swap arrangements, the Company can be required to make payments in the event that securities in the referenced portfolios default or experience other credit events such as rating agency downgrades. (The characterization of these credit default swaps as “super senior” derives from their seniority in the capital structure of the synthetic CDO.) The Company also has exposure to ABS CDOs via other types of credit default swaps, direct investments in CDO securities, and retained interests in CDOs that the Company has underwritten. In determining the fair value of the Company’s ABS CDO-related instruments the Company took into consideration prices observed from the execution of a limited number of transactions and data for relevant benchmark instruments in synthetic subprime markets. Despite the fact that actual defaults on swap obligations have not yet been realized, the fair value of such positions has experienced significant declines,2008 as a result of a deterioration of value in the benchmark instruments as well as market developments. These losses, as well asThe value of these positions remains subject to mark-to-market volatility. See Note 2 to the Company’s net CDO exposures, are quantified in the U.S. subprime-related exposures table below.consolidated financial statements for a description regarding valuation of these instruments.

 

OtherThe Company’s non-subprime residential, commercial and U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposures.subprime mortgage-related exposures have each been reduced in fiscal 2008 through writedowns, sales, paydowns, and hedging and trading activities, whereby the Company purchased protection including credit default, index and total rate-of-return swap positions.

 

The Company also has exposurecontinues to monitor its real estate-related and lending-related positions in order to manage its exposures to these markets and businesses. As market conditions continue to evolve, the U.S. subprime mortgage market via investments in subprime mortgage loans and ABS that are backed in whole or in part by subprime mortgage loans and via derivatives referencing subprime mortgages or subprime mortgage-backed securities. With respect to whole loans, the Company purchases poolsfair value of mortgage loans from third-party originators and also originates mortgage loans through its retail, wholesale and conduit channels and typically disposes of such loans by securitizing them. The Company typically retains certain lower-rated securities of such securitizations, often referred to as residual tranche securities. The Company’s other subprime mortgage-related trading exposures are quantified in the table below.these positions could further deteriorate.

 

The Company’s interests in U.S. subprime-related exposures are carried at fair value with changes recognized in earnings.

52


The following table providestables provide a summary of the Company’s directnon-subprime residential, commercial and U.S. subprime tradingmortgage-related exposures (excluding amounts related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks (see “Subsidiary Banks” herein))Subsidiary Banks) as of and for the fiscal yearyears ended November 30, 2007.2008 and 2007, as well as the Company’s Net Exposure. The Company utilizes various methods of evaluating risk in its trading and other portfolios, including monitoring its Net Exposure. Net Exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of the referenced loan, assuming zero recovery. The value of these positions remains subject to mark-to-market volatility. Positive net exposure amounts indicate potential loss (long position) in a default scenario. Negative net exposure amounts indicate potential gain (short position) in a default scenario. Net Exposure does not take into consideration the risk of counterparty default.default such that actual losses could exceed the amount of Net Exposure. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein for a further description of how credit risk is monitored. Actual losses could exceedFor a further discussion of the amount of Net Exposure.Company’s risk management policies and procedures see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

  Statement
of
Financial
Condition
11/30/07(1)
  November 30, 2007  Net
Exposure
11/30/07
 
   Profit
and
(Loss)
Three
Months
Ended
  Profit and
(Loss)
12 Months
Ended
  
  (dollars in billions) 

Super Senior Derivative Exposure:

    

Mezzanine

 $(8.7) $(7.1) $(9.3) $3.9 

CDO squared(3)

  (0.1)  (0.1)  (0.1)  0.1 
                

Total ABS CDO super senior derivative exposure

 $(8.8) $(7.2) $(9.4) $4.0 
                

Other CDO Exposure:

    

ABS CDO CDS

 $2.7  $1.3  $2.3  $(1.5)

ABS CDO bonds

  1.1   (0.5)  (0.8)  1.1 
                

Total other CDO exposure

 $3.8   0.8   1.5   (0.4)
                

Subtotal ABS CDO-related exposure(2)

 $(5.0) $(6.4) $(7.9) $3.6 
                

U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposure:

    

Loans

 $0.6  $(0.1) $(0.2) $0.6 

Total rate-of-return swaps

  —     —     0.1   —   

ABS bonds

  2.7   (2.9)  (3.8)  2.7 

ABS CDS

  7.8   1.6   5.0   (5.1)
                

Subtotal U.S. subprime mortgage-related exposure

 $11.1  $(1.4) $1.1  $(1.8)
                

Total U.S. subprime trading exposure

 $6.1  $(7.8) $(6.8) $1.8 
                

64


Non-subprime Residential Mortgage-Related Exposures.

  Statement of
Financial
Condition
November 30,
2008(1)
 Statement of
Financial
Condition
November 30,
2007(1)
 Profit and
(Loss)

Fiscal Year
Ended
November 30,
2008
  Profit and
(Loss)
Fiscal Year
Ended
November 30,
2007
  Net
Exposure
November 30,
2008
  Net
Exposure
November 30,
2007
 
  (dollars in billions) 

Residential loans(2)

 $3.3 $4.0 $(0.2) $(0.8) $3.3  $4.0 

RMBS bonds(2)

  2.0  8.7  (2.2)  (0.4)  2.0   8.7 

RMBS-backed warehouse lines

  0.1  0.1  —     —     0.1   0.1 

RMBS swaps(3)

  —    0.1  (0.2)  —     (0.3)  (1.9)

Other secured financings(4)

  2.6  3.6  —     —     —     —   
                      

Total residential non-subprime(5)

 $8.0 $16.5 $(2.6) $(1.2) $5.1  $10.9 
                      

(1)Statement of financial condition amounts are presented on a net asset/liability basis and do not take into account any netting of cash collateral against these positions. As of November 30, 2008, the $8.0 billion is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $8.3 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $0.3 billion. As of November 30, 2007, the $16.5 billion is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition as Financial instruments owned of $16.5 billion.
(2)At November 30, 2008, gross and net exposure on non-subprime residential loans and bonds was split 53% Alt-A/near prime and 47% prime underlying collateral. Gross and net exposure of U.S. Alt-A residential loans and bonds was $1.6 billion at November 30, 2008.
(3)Amounts represent both hedges and directional positioning. At November 30, 2008, these positions included credit default and super senior CDO swaps.
(4)Amounts represent assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 140”), and Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46, as revised (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” that function as collateral for an offsetting amount of non-recourse debt to third parties. Any retained interests in these transactions are reflected in RMBS bonds.
(5)Regional distribution of Net Exposure was 49% U.S., 39% Europe and 12% Asia at November 30, 2008.

Commercial Mortgage-Related Exposures.

  Statement of
Financial
Condition
November 30,
2008(1)
 Statement of
Financial
Condition
November 30,
2007(1)
 Profit and
(Loss)
Fiscal Year
Ended
November 30,
2008
  Profit and
(Loss)
Fiscal Year
Ended
November 30,
2007
  Net
Exposure
November 30,
2008
  Net
Exposure
November 30,
2007
 
  (dollars in billions) 

CMBS bonds

 $3.5 $10.0 $(1.7) $(0.5) $3.5  $10.0 

CMBS-backed warehouse lines(2)

  1.2  1.1  —        1.2   1.8 

Commercial loans(2)(3)

  4.0  12.4  (0.5)  0.2   4.3   13.9 

CMBS swaps(4)

  5.1  1.0  3.0   0.9   (6.1)  (8.2)

Other secured financings(5)

  3.2  7.0  —        —     —   
                      

Total CMBS/Commercial whole loan exposure(6)

 $17.0 $31.5 $0.8  $0.6  $2.9  $17.5 
                      

(1)Statement of financial condition amounts are presented on a net asset/liability basis and do not take into account any netting of cash collateral against these positions. As of November 30, 2008, the $17.0 billion is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $24.1 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $7.1 billion. As of November 30, 2007, the $31.5 billion is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $33.2 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $1.7 billion.
(2)Amounts include unfunded lending commitments.
(3)Composition of commercial loans was 68% senior and 32% mezzanine at November 30, 2008.
(4)Amounts represent both hedges and directional positioning. At November 30, 2008, amounts include credit default, super senior CDOs, index and total rate-of-return swaps.
(5)Amounts represent assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140 and FIN 46R that function as collateral for an offsetting amount of non-recourse debt to third parties. Any retained interests in these transactions are reflected in CMBS bonds.
(6)Regional distribution of Net Exposure of the long positions (i.e., CMBS bonds, commercial loans and warehouse lines) was 62% U.S., 17% Europe and 21% Asia at November 30, 2008.

65


U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposures.

  Statement of
Financial
Condition
November 30,
2008(1)
  Statement of
Financial
Condition
November 30,
2007(1)
  Profit and
(Loss)
Fiscal Year
Ended
November 30,
2008
  Profit and
(Loss)
Fiscal Year
Ended
November 30,
2007
  Net
Exposure
November 30,
2008
  Net
Exposure
November 30,
2007
 
  (dollars in billions) 

Super Senior Derivative Exposure:

      

Mezzanine

 $(3.3) $(8.7) $(1.6) $(9.3) $—    $3.9 

CDO squared(2)

  —     (0.1)  —     (0.1)  —     0.1 
                        

Total ABS CDO super senior derivative exposure

 $(3.3) $(8.8) $(1.6) $(9.4) $—    $4.0 
                        

Other CDO Exposure:

      

ABS CDO CDS

 $1.3  $2.7  $0.8  $2.3  $(0.2) $(1.5)

ABS CDO bonds

  0.1   1.1   (0.3)  (0.8)  0.1   1.1 
                        

Total other CDO exposure

 $1.4  $3.8  $0.5  $1.5  $(0.1) $(0.4)
                        

Subtotal ABS CDO-related exposure(3)

 $(1.9) $(5.0) $(1.1) $(7.9) $(0.1) $3.6 
                        

U.S. Subprime Mortgage-Related Exposure:

      

Loans

 $0.2  $0.6  $(0.2) $(0.2) $0.2  $0.6 

Total rate-of-return swaps

  —     —     —     0.1   —     —   

ABS bonds

  0.9   2.7   (1.3)  (3.8)  0.9   2.7 

ABS CDS

  10.1   7.8   2.7   5.0   (1.1)  (5.1)
                        

Subtotal U.S. subprime mortgage-related exposure

 $11.2  $11.1  $1.2  $1.1  $—    $(1.8)
                        

Total U.S. subprime trading exposure

 $9.3  $6.1  $0.1  $(6.8) $(0.1) $1.8 
                        

 

(1)Statement of financial condition amounts are presented on a net asset/liability basis and do not take into account any netting of cash collateral against these positions. In addition, these amounts reflect counterparty netting to the extent that there are positions with the same counterparty that are subprime-related; they do not reflect any counterparty netting to the extent that there are positions with the same counterparty that are not subprime related. TheAs of November 30, 2008, the $9.3 billion is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $13.9 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $4.6 billion. As of November 30, 2007, the $6.1 billion is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition as follows: Financial instruments owned of $15.3 billion and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased of $9.2 billion.
(2)CDO squared refers to CDOs where the collateral is comprised entirely of other CDO securities.
(3)In determining the fair value of the Company’s ABS super senior CDO-related exposures the Company took into consideration prices observed from the execution of a limited number of transactions and data for relevant benchmark instruments in synthetic subprime markets. Deterioration of value in the benchmark instruments as well as market developments have led to significant declines in the estimates of fair value. These declines reflected increased implied losses across this portfolio. TheseAt November 30, 2008, these implied loss levels are consistent with losses in the range between 13%22%20%48% implied by the ABX indices. These cumulative loss levels, at a severity rate of 50%62%, imply defaults in the range of 43%79%50%95% for 2005 and 2006 outstanding mortgages.
(3)Refers to CDOs where the collateral is comprised entirely of another CDO security.

 

5366


Subsidiary Banks.

 

The securities portfolios of Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah) and Morgan Stanley Trust FSB (collectively, the “subsidiary banks”)Subsidiary Banks include certain subprime-related securities. The portfolios contain no subprime whole loans, subprime residuals or CDOs.

 

At November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the securities portfolios totaled $7.2 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively, consisting primarily of AAA-ratedinvestment grade-rated ABS bonds and residential mortgage-backed securities. Of thethese total amount,amounts, $2.7 billion and $5.5 billion were subprime mortgage-related securities.securities as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively.

 

Real Estate Investments.

Real Estate Investor Funds.    The securitiesCompany acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner.

Crescent.    An affiliated entity of the Company acquired an investment in Crescent in August 2007. The assets of Crescent primarily include office buildings, investments in resorts and residential developments in select markets across the U.S. (the “Crescent properties”). The Company had originally intended to include the Crescent properties in an investor fund but at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company modified its investment strategy based on various factors, including current market conditions, valuation, size of the investment and timing of the fund, and determined to operate Crescent and risk manage the Crescent properties.

As a result, the Company consolidated Crescent’s assets and liabilities of approximately $4.7 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively, as of May 31, 2008. The Company will continue to evaluate the Crescent properties and position them for sale as opportunities arise.

Prior to consolidating the assets and liabilities of Crescent, the Company recorded writedowns on its investment of approximately $250 million. These writedowns are included in the subsidiary domestic banks’ portfolios were previously classified as securities availableAsset Management business segment and are reflected in Principal transactions—investments in the consolidated statement of income for sale in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS No. 115”).fiscal 2008. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company determined that it no longer intends to hold these securities until the fair value of the securities recovers to a level that exceeds their initial cost. Accordingly,2008, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $437$243 million, which is reflected in Principal transactions-trading revenuesOther expenses in the consolidated statement of income on its portfolio of securities available for saleincome.

Beginning in the fourththird quarter of fiscal 2007 and reclassified2008, the portfolios to Financial instruments ownedconsolidated operating results of Crescent are included in the consolidated statementAsset Management business segment. Fiscal 2008 included net revenues of financial condition effective November 30, 2007.$37 million, non-interest expenses of $568 million and a loss before income taxes of $531 million related to Crescent.

 

Special Purpose EntitiesReal Estate Investments.    The Company’s real estate investments are shown below by business group, property type and Variable Interest Entities.geographic region. Such amounts exclude investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

 

The Company’s involvement with special purpose entities (“SPEs”) and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) is discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements and “Critical Accounting Policies—Special Purpose Entities” herein. In relation to subprime loans and subprime-backed securities, the Company’s involvement with SPEs/VIEs consists primarily of the following:

Engaging in securitization activities related to subprime loans and subprime-backed securities;

Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles;

Transferring whole loans into SPEs/VIEs;

Holding one or more classes of securities issued by such securitization vehicles (including residual tranche securities) and possibly entering into derivative agreements with such securitization vehicles;

Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) subprime-backed securities issued by SPEs/VIEs, whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not;

Entering into derivative transactions with SPEs/VIEs (not sponsored by the Company) that hold subprime-related assets;

Providing warehouse financing to CDOs and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”);

Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPE/VIEs, whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs/VIEs;

Servicing assets held by SPEs/VIEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs/VIEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements;

Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by subprime loans.

    At November 30,

Business Group

  2008  2007
   (dollars in millions)

Crescent(1)

  $3,062  $—  

Real estate funds

   1,104   2,237

Real estate bridge financing(2)

   208   1,385

Private equity

   828   468

Infrastructure

   108   9
        

Total

  $5,310  $4,099
        

 

Other Exposures to Subprime Lenders.

The Company provides warehouse financing to entities collateralized by residential mortgage loans. Under these lines of credit arrangements, the Company requires those entities to provide collateral in excess of the monies advanced. The Company values the collateral on a regular basis to ensure that the value of the collateral exceeds the value of the monies advanced in accordance with the collateral agreements. The Company does not carry amounts lent under such arrangements at fair value but instead carries such amounts at amortized cost. In

5467


addition, the Company does not fair value its commitments under such arrangements. The Company evaluates its exposure and any potential impairment under such arrangements, whether funded or committed, in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”).

   At November 30,

Property Type

  2008  2007
   (dollars in millions)

Office

  $2,247  $408

Mixed-use

   288   496

Hospitality

   475   392

Residential

   977   478

Real estate bridge financing(2)

   208   1,385

Private equity

   828   468

Infrastructure

   108   9

Other real estate

   179   463
        

Total

  $5,310  $4,099
        

 

In addition, the Company had entered into derivative and lending arrangements with a third-party-sponsored commercial paper conduit that provides warehouse financing to subprime lenders, where such derivative and lending arrangements are linked to the performance of the conduit’s loans to the subprime lenders. At November 30, 2007, exposure related to these arrangements was approximately $300 million. These arrangements were satisfactorily settled and terminated in December 2007. The Company had no further subprime-related commitments to the third-party-sponsored commercial paper conduit as of November 30, 2007. The Company does not sponsor any commercial paper conduits.

Structured Investment Vehicles.

Structured investment vehicles(“SIVs”) are unconsolidated entities that issue various capital notes and debt instruments to fund the purchase of assets. While the Company does not sponsor or serve as asset manager to any unconsolidated SIVs, the Company does serve as investment advisor to certain unconsolidated money market funds (“the Funds”) that have investments in securities issued by SIVs. In 2007, widespread illiquidity in the commercial paper market led to market value declines and rating agency downgrades of many securities issued by SIVs, some of which were held by the Funds. As a result, the Company purchased approximately $900 million of such securities from the Funds during the year at amortized cost, which resulted in losses to the Company of $129 million. The carrying value of the purchased securities still held by the Company as of November 30, 2007 was $543 million. Such positions are reflected at fair value, and presented in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt in the consolidated statement of financial condition. Subsequent to November 30, 2007, the Company purchased approximately $160 million of additional securities from the Funds and recorded losses of approximately $40 million on these securities. The Company was not obligated to purchase any of these securities and has no obligation to purchase any additional securities from the Funds in the future. The Funds continue to have investment in securities issued by SIVs, with an aggregate face value of $8.2 billion as of November 30, 2007 ($5.4 billion as of January 18, 2008.) These securities have been issued by SIVs that are predominately bank-sponsored, and meet the requirements and investment criteria to continue to be held by the Funds.

Monoline Insurers.

Monoline insurers (“Monolines”) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. The current credit environment severely affected the capacity of such financial guarantors. The Company’s exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and as counterparties to derivative contracts. The aggregate direct exposure to Monolines at November 30, 2007 was $3.7 billion primarily including ABS bonds of $1.5 billion in the Subsidiary Banks’ portfolio (see “Subsidiary Banks”) that are collateralized by first and second lien subprime mortgages enhanced by financial guarantees, $1.3 billion in insurance municipal bond securities and $800 million in net counterparty exposure.

55


Other Matters.

The following matters are discussed in the Company’s notes to the consolidated financial statements. For further information on these matters, please see the applicable note:

Geographic Region

  At November 30, 
   2008  2007
   (dollars in millions)

Americas

  $4,000  $2,039

Europe

   397   698

Asia

   913   1,362
        

Total

  $5,310  $4,099
        

 

(1)Amounts are shown gross of any non-recourse debt provided by external lenders which reduces the Company’s exposures.
(2)
Note

Accounting Developments:

Limited Partnerships

2

Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments

2

Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets

2

Accounting for UncertaintyReal estate bridge financing in Income Taxes

2

Fair Value Measurements

2

Employee Benefit Plans

2

Fair Value Option

2

Offsetting of Amounts Relatedfiscal 2007 primarily included amounts related to Certain Contracts

2

Investment Company Accounting

2

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards

2

Business Combinations

2

Noncontrolling Interests

2

Tax Matters

20

Discontinued Operations

22

Business and Other Acquisitions and Dispositions and Sale of Minority Interest

23

Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108

24

Insurance Settlement

25

Lease Adjustment

26Crescent.

 

Stock-Based Compensation.

 

The Company early adoptedaccounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”) using the modified prospective approach as of December 1, 2004.. For further information on SFAS No. 123R, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Additionally, based on interpretive guidance related to SFAS No. 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company changed its accounting policy for expensing the cost of anticipated fiscal 2006 year-end equity awards that wereare granted to retirement-eligibleretirement eligible employees in the first quarter of fiscal 2007.the following year. Effective December 1, 2005, the Company accrues the estimated cost of these awards over the course of the current fiscal year. As such, the Company accrued the estimated cost of fiscal 2008 year-end awards granted to retirement-eligible employees over the 2008 fiscal year rather than expensing the awards on the date of grant.grant (which occurred in December 2008).

 

As a result, fiscal 2006 stock-based compensation expense primarily included the following costs:

 

amortization of fiscal 2003 year-end awards;

 

amortization of fiscal 2004 year-end awards;

 

amortization of fiscal 2005 year-end awards to non-retirement eligible employees;

 

the full cost of fiscal 2005 year-end awards to retirement eligible employees (made in December 2005); and

 

the full cost of fiscal 2006 year-end awards to retirement eligible employees (made in December 2006).

 

Fiscal 2007 stock-based compensation expense primarily included the following costs:

 

amortization of fiscal 2004 year-end awards;

 

amortization of fiscal 2005 year-end awards to non-retirement eligible employees;

 

amortization of fiscal 2006 year-end awards to non-retirement eligible employees; and

 

the full cost of fiscal 2007 year-end awards to retirement eligible employees (made in December 2007).

 

5668


Fiscal 2008 stock-based compensation expense primarily included the following costs:

amortization of fiscal 2005 year-end awards to non-retirement eligible employees;

amortization of fiscal 2006 year-end awards to non-retirement eligible employees;

amortization of fiscal 2007 year-end awards to non-retirement eligible employees; and

the full cost of fiscal 2008 year-end awards to retirement eligible employees (made in December 2008).

Fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004 year-end awards are generally amortized over three and four years, while fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006subsequent year-end awards are generally amortized over two and three years.

 

Senior Management Compensation Charges.

Compensation and benefits expense in fiscal 2005 included charges for certain members of senior management related to severance and new hires, which increased non-interest expenses by approximately $282 million. These compensation charges were allocated to the Company’s business segments as follows: Institutional Securities ($193 million), Global Wealth Management Group ($48 million) and Asset Management ($41 million).

Coleman Litigation.

 

In May 2003, Coleman (Parent) Holdings Inc. (“CPH”) filed a complaint against Morgan Stanley in the Circuit Court of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit for Palm Beach County, Florida relating to the 1998 merger between The Coleman Company, Inc. and Sunbeam, Inc. In June 2005, the trial court issued a final judgment in favor of CPH in the amount of $1,578 million, which included prejudgment interest and excluded certain payments received by CPH in settlement of related claims against others. In June 2005, Morgan Stanley filed a notice of appeal with the District Court of Appeal for the Fourth District of Florida (the “Court of Appeal”) and posted a supersedeas bond, which automatically stayed execution of the judgment pending appeal.

In March 2007, the Court of Appeal issued an opinion reversing the trial court’s award for compensatory and punitive damages and remanding the matter to the trial court for entry of judgment for Morgan Stanley. In June 2007, the Court of Appeal’s opinion became final when the Court of Appeal issued an order denying CPH’s motions for rehearing, rehearingen banc and for certification of certain questions for review by the Florida Supreme Court (the “Supreme Court”). In June 2007, the trial court issued an order cancelling the supersedeas bond that Morgan Stanley had posted. In July 2007, CPH filed a petition with the Supreme Court asking that court to review the Court of Appeal’s decision (“Petition for Review”). On December 12, 2007, the Supreme Court issued an order denying CPH’s Petition for Review.

The Company believes, after consultation with outside counsel, that the Supreme Court’s decision to deny the Petition for Review has effectively ended CPH’s civil claim against the Company. Effective November 30, 2007, the Company reversed thea $360 million reserve previously established for the Coleman litigation under SFAS No. 5.5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”) for a claim filed against the Company by Coleman.

 

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.

 

Contributions.    The Company made contributions of $131$326 million and $84$131 million (excluding $30 million in fiscal 2006 relating to DFS and Quilter) to its U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 20072008 and fiscal 2006,2007, respectively. These contributions were funded with cash from operations.

 

The Company determines the amount of its pension contributions to its funded plans by considering several factors, including the level of plan assets relative to plan liabilities, expected plan liquidity needs and expected future contribution requirements. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax regulations (for example, in the U.S., the minimum required contribution under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or “ERISA”). AtAs of November 30, 2007,2008, there were no minimum required ERISA contributions for the Company’s U.S. pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”).Code. Liabilities for benefits payable under certain postretirement and unfunded supplementary plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the beneficiaries.

 

Expense.    In accordance with U.S. GAAP, theThe Company recognizes the compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefits (including prior-service cost) over the employee’s estimated service period. This process involves making certain estimates and assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

57


The assumed discount rate, which is intended to reflect the rates at which pension benefits could be effectively settled, is used to measure the projected and accumulated benefit obligations and to calculate the service cost and interest cost. For fiscal 2007, the assumed discount rate for all U.S. plans was selected by the Company, in consultation with its independent actuaries, using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the U.S. Qualified Plan liabilities. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad based Aa corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. It includes only bonds of reasonable issue size and excludes certain types of bonds, such as callable bonds. As of November 30, 2007, the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan represented 82% of the total liabilities of its U.S. pension and postretirement plans combined. The assumed discount rate for the defined benefit portion of its U.K. pension plan was selected by the Company using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the U.K. defined benefit pension liabilities. As of November 30, 2007, the defined benefit portion of the Company’s U.K. pension plan represented 59% of the total liabilities of its non-U.S. pension plans combined. For all other non-U.S. pension plans, the Company set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

The expected long-term rate of return on assets represents the Company’s best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets and generally was estimated by adjusting the previous year’s rate by the difference in the weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the different asset classes, based on the target asset allocations, taking into consideration estimated expenses and the benefits of diversification and rebalancing the portfolio. This rate is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions.

As of November 30, 2007, the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan represented 90% of the total assets of its U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans combined. The Company, in consultation with its independent investment consultants and actuaries, determined the expected long-term rate of return on its U.S. Qualified Plan assets would remain at 6.75% for fiscal 2007 (see Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements). There was no significant change in the fees paid by the plan or the underlying market outlook since September 2006. To better align the duration of plan assets In accordance with the durationadoption of plan liabilities, in May 2007, the U.S. Qualified Plan’s target asset allocation policy was changed from 45%/55% equity/fixed income to 30%/70% equity/fixed income. The effects of this change will be reflected in fiscal 2008, and the impact is not expected to be material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations. The preliminary expected long-term rate of return on U.S. Qualified Plan assets is 6.50% for fiscal 2008.

The Company’s expected long-term rate of return on assets for its U.S. Qualified Plan was based on the following target asset allocation:

   Target Investment
Mix
  Expected Annual
Return(1)
 

Domestic equity:

   

Large capitalization

  12% 8.1%

Small capitalization

  3% 8.4%

International equity

  15% 8.4%

Fixed income:

   

Long-term government/corporate

  70% 5.4%

(1)These returns do not include the impact of diversification on the overall expected portfolio return.

Each year, the Company compares its initial estimate of the expected long-term rate of return on assets for the U.S. Qualified Plan (and adjusts, if necessary) with a portfolio return calculator model (the “Portfolio Model”) that produces a range of expected returns for the portfolio. Return assumptions used are forward-looking gross returns that are not developed solely by an examination of historical returns. The Portfolio Model begins with the current U.S. Treasury yield curve, recognizing that expected returns on bonds are heavily influenced by the current level of yields. Corporate bond spreads and equity risk premiums, based on current market conditions, are

58


then added to develop the return expectations for each asset class. The resulting expected portfolio investment is then adjusted downward to reflect an assumed load for expenses, which include investment and transaction fees that typically are paid from plan assets, added to the cost basis or subtracted from sale proceeds, as well as administrative expenses paid from plan assets.

The Company uses the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets to compute the expected return on assets component of pension expense. For the U.S. Qualified Plan, expected returns are computed based on a market-related value of assets. The market-related value of assets is a smoothed actuarial value of assets equal to a moving average of market values in which investment income is recognized over a five-year period. The market-related value of assets must be no greater than 120% and no less than 80% of the market value of assets. Investment income equal to the expected return on the plan’s assets as calculated for the prior year’s expense is recognized immediately. Any difference between the actual investment income (on a market-value basis) and the expected return is recognized over a five-year period in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” (“SFAS No. 87”).

Other assumptions, including mortality rates, long-term salary growth and employee turnover rates, are set by the Company in consultation with its independent actuaries. These assumptions are tested every year by monitoring gains and losses, performing assumption studies as needed, and monitoring Company objectives and actuarial trends. These assumptions are adjusted whenever necessary.

The Company amortizes (as a component of pension expense) unrecognized net gains and losses over the average future service of active participants (5 to 20 years depending upon the plan) to the extent that the gain/loss exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. The loss amortization component for the U.S. and the non-U.S. pension plans was $41 million for fiscal 2007 (28% of pension expense) and $51 million for fiscal 2006 (32% of pension expense).

Impact of SFAS No. 158.    In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). Among other items, SFAS No. 158 required recognition of, the overfunded or underfunded status of the Company’s defined benefitmeasurement date to determine plan assets, liabilities and expense was changed from September 30 to November 30. Net periodic pension expense was $134 million, $145 million and $160 million, while net periodic postretirement plans as an asset or liability inexpense was $17 million, $14 million and $18 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively.

See Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements for more information on the fiscal year ending November 30, 2007. The Company recorded an after-tax charge of $208 million ($347 million pre-tax) to Shareholders’ equity uponCompany’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans including the adoption of this requirement. SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement of defined benefit and postretirement plan assets and obligations as of the end of the fiscal year. SFAS No. 158’s requirement to use the fiscal year-end date as the measurement date is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company expects to early adopt a fiscal year-end measurement date for its fiscal year ending November 30, 2008 and currently expects to record an after-tax charge of approximately $15 million to Shareholders’ equity upon adoption.158.

 

5969


Critical Accounting Policies.

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements), the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

 

Fair Value.

 

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include:include but are not limited to:

 

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased;

 

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

 

Certain Deposits;

 

Other secured financings; and

 

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured debt.notes and certain junior subordinated debentures.

 

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy.    The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, effective December 1, 2006. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e.(i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and/or cost approaches. SFAS No. 157 establishes aA hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

wherein Level 1—Valuations based on quoted1 uses observable prices in active markets, for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 1 inputs include exchange-traded equity securities and listed derivatives that are actively traded, most U.S. Government securities and certain other sovereign government obligations.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, directly or indirectly.

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 2 inputs include: exchange-traded equity securities and listed derivatives that are not actively traded; most OTC derivatives; restricted stock; corporate and municipal bonds; certain corporate loans and loan commitments; certain high-yield debt; certain residential and commercial mortgage loans; certain mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), and CDO securities; retained interests in certain securitization transactions; structured notes; physical commodities; and mortgage servicing rights.

60


Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs include: certain corporate loans and loan commitments; certain commercial whole loans; certain mortgage loans; certain high-yield debt; distressed debt (i.e., securitiestherefore require the greatest use of issuers encountering financial difficulties, including bankruptcy or insolvency); certain MBS, ABS and CDO securities; retained interests in certain securitization transactions; investments in real estate funds; private equity investments; and complex over-the-counter derivatives (including certain foreign currency options; long-dated commodity options and swaps; certain mortgage-related credit default swaps; derivative interests in mortgage-related CDOs; and basket credit default swaps).

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant who holds the asset or owes the liability rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, such as those experienced in fiscal 2008, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. SeeIn addition, a continued downturn in market conditions could lead to further declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 hierarchy, and related valuation techniques, see Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s Level 3 assets before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $86.2 billion and $73.7 billion as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively, and represented approximately 27% as of November 30, 2008 and 15% as of November 30, 2007 of the assets measured at fair value (13% and 7% of total assets as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively). Level 3 liabilities before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $28.4 billion and $19.5 billion as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively, and represented approximately 16% and 7%, respectively, of the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value.

During fiscal 2008, the Company reclassified approximately $17.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, commercial whole loans and corporate loans. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. These unobservable inputs include, depending upon the position, assumptions to establish

70


comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels, default recovery rates, forecasted credit losses and prepayment rates. The Company reclassified approximately $7.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to ABS and corporate loans as some liquidity re-entered the market for these specific positions, and external prices and spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.Certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets include certain goodwill, certain intangible assets, certain premises and equipment, certain equity method investments, certain loans and certain real estate investments that were impaired during fiscal 2008, primarily in the fourth quarter, and written down to their fair value. In addition, a continued downturn in market conditions could result in additional impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs, by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 2 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value.statements.

 

Valuation Techniques.    Many cash and OTC contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others are willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company and others are willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that fair value always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the bid-ask range that meets the Company’s best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

Fair value for many cash and OTC contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, creditworthiness of the counterparty, option volatility and currency rates. In accordance with SFAS No. 157, the impact of the Company’s own credit spreads are also considered when measuring the fair value of liabilities, including OTC derivative contracts. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors, including bid-ask spreads, credit quality and market liquidity. These adjustments are applied on a consistent basis and are based upon observable inputs where available.

OTC Derivative Contracts.    OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulae, such as the Black-Scholes option-

61


pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swap and option contracts. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other derivative products, typically the newest and most complex products, will require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes certain credit default swaps where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. Derivative interests in mortgage-related CDOs, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market for similar positions as indicated by secondary and primary market activity in the cash CDO and synthetic CDO market. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment. Mortgage-related credit default swaps are valued based on data from comparable credit instruments in the cash market and trades in comparable swaps as benchmarks, as prices and spreads for the specific credits subject to valuation tend to be of limited observability. For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation between reference credits is often a significant input into the pricing model, in addition to several other more observable inputs such as credit spread, interest and recovery rates. As the correlation input is unobservable for each specific swap, it is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which external data are available. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier spread curves, volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimated using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 157, the Company followed the provisions of EITF Issue No. 02-3. Under EITF Issue No. 02-3, recognition of day one profit at inception of an OTC derivative contract was prohibited unless the fair value of the contact was based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. With the adoption of SFAS No. 157, the Company is no longer applying the revenue recognition criteria of EITF Issue No. 02-3.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations.    The fair value of foreign sovereign government obligations is generally based on quoted prices in active markets. When quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Municipal Bonds.    The fair value of municipal bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate Bonds.    The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads. The spread data used are for

62


the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer is used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates based on collateral values as key inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Corporate Loans and Loan Commitments.    The fair value of corporate loans is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable) and market observable credit default swap levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate loan commitments is estimated by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of these commitments also takes into account certain fee income. While certain corporate loans, closed loan commitments and revolving loans are Level 2 instruments, certain other corporate loans and contingent corporate loan commitments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage Loans.    The valuation of mortgage loans depends upon the exit market for the loan. Loans not intended for securitization are valued based on the analysis of the underlying collateral performance, capital structure and market spreads for comparable positions as prices and/or spreads for specific credits tend to be unobservable. Where comparables do not exist, such loans are valued based on origination price and collateral performance (credit events) since origination. These loans are classified in Levels 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company also holds certain loan products and mortgage products with the intent to securitize them. When structuring of the related securitization is substantially complete, such that the value likely to be realized in a current transaction is consistent with the price that a securitization entity will pay to acquire these products, the Company marks them to the expected securitized value. Factors affecting the value of loan and mortgage products intended to be securitized include, but are not limited to, loan type, underlying property type and geographic location, loan interest rate, loan to value ratios, debt service coverage ratio, updated cumulative loan loss data, prepayment rates, yields, investor demand, any significant market volatility since the last securitization, and credit enhancement. While these valuation factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions may require significant judgment. These instruments are classified in Levels 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities include To-be-announced (“TBA”) securities and mortgage pass-through certificates. TBA securities are liquid and have quoted market prices. Fair value of mortgage pass-through certificates is determined via a simulation model, which considers different rate scenarios and historical activity to calculate a spread to the comparable TBA security. U.S. agency securities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”).    CMBS and ABS may be valued based on external price/spread data. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the valuation is based on prices of comparable bonds. Included in this category are certain interest-only securities, which, in the absence of market prices, are valued as a function of observable whole bond prices and cash flow values of principal-only bonds using current market assumptions at the measurement date. CMBS and ABS are categorized in Level 3 if external prices are unobservable; otherwise they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Retained Interests in Securitization Transactions.    The Company engages in securitization activities related to various types of loans and bonds. The Company may retain interests in securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. To determine fair values, observable inputs are used if available. Observable inputs, however, may not be available for certain retained interests so the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks

63


involved. When there are no significant unobservable inputs, retained interests are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. When unobservable inputs are significant to the fair value measurement, albeit generally supportable by historical and actual benchmark data, retained interests are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Investments in Private Equity and Real Estate.    The Company’s investments in private equity and real estate take the form of direct private equity investments and investment in private equity and real estate funds. The transaction price is used as the best estimate of fair value at inception. When evidence supports a change to the carrying value from the transaction price, adjustments are made to reflect expected exit values. Ongoing reviews by Company management are based on an assessment of each underlying investment, incorporating valuations that consider the evaluation of financing and sale transactions with third parties, expected cash flows and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, performance multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These nonpublic investments are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently, and, therefore, the fair value is unobservable.

Physical Commodities.    The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, metals and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Structured Notes.    The Company issues structured notes that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimated using valuation models described in this section for the derivative and debt features of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs, including prices that the notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads also is included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Reclasses from Level 2 to Level 3.    During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company reclassified approximately $7.0 billion of funded assets and $279 million of net derivative contracts from Level 2 to Level 3 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement became unobservable. These reclasses were primarily related to the continued market and liquidity deterioration in the mortgage markets. The most material transfers to Level 3 were in commercial whole loans, residuals from residential securitizations, interest-only commercial mortgage and agency bonds as well as commercial and residential credit default swaps.

Fair Value Control Processes.    The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. These control processes include reviews of the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness by Company personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. Additionally, groups independent from the trading divisions within the Financial Control, Market Risk and Credit Risk Departments participate in the review and validation of the fair values generated from pricing models, as appropriate. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

 

Consistent with market practice, the Company has individually negotiated agreements with certain counterparties to exchange collateral (“margining”) based on the level of fair values of the derivative contracts they have executed. Through this margining process, one party or both parties to a derivative contract provides the other party with information about the fair value of the derivative contract to calculate the amount of collateral required. This sharing of fair value information provides additional support of the Company’s recorded fair value

64


for the relevant OTC derivative products. For certain OTC derivative products, the Company, along with other market participants, contributes derivative pricing information to aggregation services that synthesize the data and make it accessible to subscribers. This information is then used to evaluate the fair value of these OTC derivative products. For more information regarding the Company’s risk management practices, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

Legal, Regulatory and Tax Contingencies.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

71


The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

Reserves for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis and represent an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, prior experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of internal and external legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be.

 

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when in the future certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and tax reserves are established as appropriate.

 

The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax audits to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated in accordance with SFAS No. 5. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out of tax audits in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates, and the actual cost of a legal claim, tax assessment or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded reserves, if any.

 

See Notes 2, 159 and 2017 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings and tax examinations.

 

Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities.

 

The Company enters into a variety of transactionsCompany’s involvement with special purpose entities (“SPEs”) consists primarily of the following:

Transferring financial assets into SPEs;

Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles;

Holding one or more classes of securities issued by, or making loans to or investments in connectionSPEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets;

Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) securities issued by SPEs/VIEs, whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not;

Entering into derivative transactions with securitization activities. SPEs (whether or not sponsored by the Company);

Providing warehouse financing to CDOs and CLOs;

Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPEs whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs;

72


Servicing assets held by SPEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements;

Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by SPEs; and

Structuring and/or investing in other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds

65


and other types of financial instruments. The Company’s involvement with SPEs is discussed further in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

In most cases, these SPEs are deemed for accounting purposes to be variable interest entities.entities (“VIEs”). Unless a VIE is determined to be a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”)QSPE (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements), the Company is required under accounting guidance to perform an analysis of each VIE at the date upon which the Company becomes involved with it to determine whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, in which case the Company must consolidate the VIE. QSPEs are not consolidated. In addition, the Company serves as an investment advisor to numerous unconsolidated money market and other funds.

 

In accordance with accounting guidance, theThe Company reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon the occurrence of certain reconsideration events. If the Company’s initial assessment results in a determination that it is not the primary beneficiary of a VIE, then the Company reassesses this determination upon the occurrence of:

 

Changes to the VIE’s governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocates the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the VIE between the current primary beneficiary and the other variable interest holders, including the Company.

 

Acquisition by the Company of additional variable interests in the VIE.

 

If the Company’s initial assessment results in a determination that it is the primary beneficiary, then the Company reassesses this determination upon the occurrence of:

 

Changes to the VIE’s governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocates the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the VIE between the current primary beneficiary and the other variable interest holders, including the Company.

 

A sale or disposition by the Company of all or part of its variable interests in the VIE to parties unrelated parties.to the Company.

 

The issuance of new variable interests by the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.

 

The determination of whether an SPE meets the accounting requirements of a QSPE requires significant judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE are significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE are passive and nonexcessive. In addition, the analysis involved in determining whether an entity is a VIE, and in determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires significant judgment (see NoteNotes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations.

The Company’s results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by economic factors. In addition, results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors of a global nature, including political, economic and market conditions; the availability and cost of capital; the level and volatility of equity prices, commodity prices and interest rates; currency values and other market indices; technological changes and events; the availability and cost of credit; inflation; and investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets. In addition, there continues to be a heightened level of legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to the financial services industry that potentially could increase costs, thereby affecting future results of operations. Such factors also may have an impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives on a global basis. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

6673


Liquidity and Capital Resources.

 

The Company’s senior management establishes the overall liquidity and capital policies of the Company. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. These committees, along with theThe Company’s Treasury Department and other control groups, also assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its consolidated balance sheet,statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure, thereby helping to ensure that its business activities are integrated withstructure.

Global market and economic conditions have been disrupted and volatile, and in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, volatility reached unprecedented levels. In particular, the Company’s liquiditycost and capital policies. For a descriptionavailability of funding have been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. During the Company’s other principal risks and how they are monitored and managed, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A.

The Company’s liquidity and funding risk management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk thatfourth quarter of fiscal 2008 the Company may be unablebecame a financial holding company under the BHC Act and gained additional access to access adequate financing to service its financial obligations when they come due without material, adverse franchise or business impact. The key objectives ofvarious government lending programs and facilities including the liquidity and funding risk management framework are to supportCommercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”), the successful execution ofTemporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), the Company’s business strategies while ensuring ongoing and sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of financial distress. The principal elements of the Company’s liquidity management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan, the Liquidity ReserveTerm Securities Lending Facility (“TSLF”) and the Cash Capital Policy. Comprehensive financing guidelines (collateralizedPrimary Dealer Credit Facility (“PDCF”) (for a further discussion about these lending programs and facilities, see “Funding Management Policies-Secured Financing” herein). During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company further diversified its funding long-term funding strategy, surplus capacity, diversification, staggered maturitiesprofile and committed credit facilities) supportincreased its liquidity position by accessing these programs and engaging in a reduction of balance sheet intensive businesses within the Company’s target liquidity profile.Institutional Securities business segment.

 

The Balance Sheet.

 

The Company actively monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet. Given the nature of the Company’s market-making and customer financing activities, the size of the balance sheet fluctuates from time to time. A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of highly liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The highly liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing and managing the size of its business.balance sheet.

 

The Company’s total assets decreased to $658,812 million at November 30, 2008, from $1,045,409 million at November 30, 2007 from $1,121,192 million at November 30, 2006.2007. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in securities borrowed, financial instruments owned—corporate and other debt and corporate equities, securities received as collateral, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and the completion of the Discover Spin-off (see Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements),receivables from customers, partially offset by an increaseincreases in cashinterest bearing deposits with banks. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company increased its focus on rescaling the size of its balance sheet intensive businesses including prime brokerage and securities deposited with clearing organizations and securities received as collateral.select proprietary trading strategies.

 

Within the sales and trading related assets and liabilities there are transactions attributable to securities financing activities. SecuritiesAs of November 30, 2008, securities financing assets and liabilities as of November 30, 2007 were $587$251 billion and $559$238 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, customer receivables/payables and related segregated customer cash.

 

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. These matchedMatched book transactions are to accommodate customers, as well as to obtain securities for the settlement and financefinancing of inventory positions. The customer receivable/payablereceivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated, in orderaccording to satisfy regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage clients. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is limitedmitigated by collateral maintenance policies which in turn limitsthat limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets was $82$5 billion that, in accordance withrecorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140 “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“SFAS No. 140”)which represented equal and offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

 

Balance74


The Company uses the balance sheet leverage ratio, the Tier 1 leverage ratio and risk based capital ratios are one indicator(see “Regulatory Requirements” herein) as indicators of capital adequacy when viewed in the context of a company’sthe Company’s overall liquidity and capital policies. The Company viewsutilizes the adjusted leverage ratio as a more relevant measure

67


of financial risk when comparing financial services firms and evaluating leverage trends. The Company has adopted a definition of adjusted assets that excludes certain self-funded assets considered to have minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. These low-risk assets generally are attributable to the Company’s matched book and securities lending businesses. Adjusted assets are calculated by reducing gross assets by aggregate resale agreements and securities borrowed less non-derivative short positions and assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140 and FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003) “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46R”). Gross assets are also reduced by the full amount of cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements. The adjustedbalance sheet leverage ratio reflects the deduction from shareholders’ equity of the amount of equity used to support goodwill and intangible assets (as the Company does not view this amount of equity as available to support its risk capital needs). In addition, the Company views junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts as a component of its capital base given the inherent characteristics of the securities. These characteristics include thesecurities including their long-dated nature, (e.g., some have final maturity at issuance of 30 years extendible at the Company’s option by a further 19 years; others have a 60-year final maturity at issuance), the Company’s ability to defer coupon interest, for up to 20 consecutive quarters and the subordinated nature of the obligations in the capital structure. The Company also receives rating agency equity credit for these securities. Excluding the $82 billion of assets and liabilities recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 140 would reduce the leverage ratio from 32.6x to 30.0x.

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s total assets adjusted assets and leverage ratios as of November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 20062007 and for the average month-end balances during fiscal 20072008 and fiscal 2006:2007:

 

   Balance at  Average Month-End Balance 
   November 30,
2007
  November 30,
2006
  Fiscal 2007(1)  Fiscal 2006(2) 
   (dollars in millions, except ratio data) 

Total assets

  $1,045,409  $1,121,192  $1,202,065  $1,022,269 

Less: Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   (126,887)  (175,787)  (176,973)  (183,490)

Securities borrowed

   (239,994)  (299,631)  (279,729)  (274,807)

Add: Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   134,341   183,119   172,075   157,678 

Less: Derivative contracts sold, not yet purchased

   (71,604)  (57,491)  (59,869)  (47,176)
                 

Subtotal

   741,265   771,402   857,569   674,474 

Less: Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(3)

   (61,608)  (29,565)  (41,357)  (41,644)

Assets recorded under certain provisions of SFAS No. 140 and FIN 46R

   (110,001)  (100,236)  (132,141)  (82,992)

Goodwill and net intangible assets(4)

   (4,071)  (3,443)  (3,924)  (2,894)
                 

Adjusted assets

  $565,585  $638,158  $680,147  $546,944 
                 

Common equity

  $30,169  $34,264  $35,235  $31,740 

Preferred equity

   1,100   1,100   1,100   423 
                 

Shareholders’ equity

   31,269   35,364   36,335   32,163 

Junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts

   4,876   4,884   4,878   3,875 
                 

Subtotal

   36,145   40,248   41,213   36,038 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(4)

   (4,071)  (3,443)  (3,924)  (2,894)
                 

Tangible shareholders’ equity

  $32,074  $36,805  $37,289  $33,144 
                 

Leverage ratio(5)

   32.6x  30.5x  32.2x  30.8x
                 

Adjusted leverage ratio(6)

   17.6x  17.3x  18.2x  16.5x
                 

68


   Balance at  Average Month-End Balance 
   November 30,
2008
  November 30,
2007
  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007 
   (dollars in millions, except ratio data) 

Total assets

  $658,812  $1,045,409  $1,006,608  $1,202,065 
                 

Common equity

  $31,676  $30,169  $33,590  $35,235 

Preferred equity

   19,155   1,100   3,878   1,100 
                 

Shareholders’ equity

   50,831   31,269   37,468   36,335 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

   10,266   4,876   9,963   4,878 
                 

Subtotal

   61,097   36,145   47,431   41,213 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

   (3,138)  (4,071)  (3,914)  (3,924)
                 

Tangible shareholders’ equity

  $57,959  $32,074  $43,517  $37,289 
                 

Leverage ratio(1)

   11.4x   32.6x   23.1x   32.2x 
                 

 

(1)Average balances for fiscal 2007 were calculated based upon month-end balances from November 2006 through November 2007. Average common equity was adjusted for the Discover Spin-off.
(2)The results for the Company and for the Institutional Securities business segment for the first two quarters of fiscal 2006 were adjusted (see Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements).
(3)In the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the adjusted assets calculation was revised in order to reduce gross assets by the full amount of cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements. All prior periods have been restated to conform with the current presentation.
(4)Effective December 1, 2006, mortgage servicing rights have been included in net intangible assets. Amounts as of November 30, 2006 have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.
(5)Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by tangible shareholders’ equity.
(6)Adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by tangible shareholders’ equity.

 

Balance Sheet and Funding Activity in Fiscal 2007.2008.

 

The Company’s total capital consistsnon-current portion of long-term borrowings, shareholders’ equity and deposits form a stable source of long-term borrowings (debt obligations scheduled to mature in more than 12 months) and junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts. At November 30, 2007, total capital was $191,085 million, an increase of $28,951 million from November 30, 2006. The Company redeemed all $66 million of its outstanding Capital Units on February 28, 2007.funding for the Company.

   At
November 30,

2008
  At
November 30,

2007
   (dollars in millions)

Common shareholders’ equity

  $31,676  $30,169

Preferred stock

   19,155   1,100

Junior subordinated debentures

   10,266   4,876

Non-current portion of long-term borrowings

   141,466   159,816
        

Subtotal

   202,563   195,961
Deposits   42,755   31,179
        
Total long-term funding  $245,318  $227,140
        

 

During the 12 months ended November 30, 2007,fiscal 2008, the Company issued senior notes with a carrying value at year-end aggregating $76.1approximately $45 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating $35.2approximately $13 billion. In connection with the note issuances, the Company has enteredgenerally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates based primarily on short-term London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) trading levels. At November 30, 2007, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Company’s senior debt indentures) was approximately $207 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries). The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 6.4 years at November 30, 2008 and 5.5 years at November 30, 2007. Subsequent to fiscal year-end and through December 31, 2007, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) increased by approximately $10 billion. In addition, in December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for approximately $5,579 million. See “China Investment Corporation Investment” herein.

 

6975


As of November 30, 2008, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness was approximately $156 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries) compared with $207 billion as of November 30, 2007. The decrease in the amount of senior indebtedness was primarily due to maturities and repurchases of senior debt as well as currency revaluations.

China Investment Corporation Investment.

 

In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units which includethat included contracts to purchase Company common stock (see “Stock Purchase Contracts” herein) to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for approximately $5,579 million. CIC’s ownership in the Company’s common stock, including the maximum number of shares of common stock to be received by CIC upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts, will be 9.9% or less of the Company’s total shares outstanding based on the total shares that were outstanding on November 30, 2007. CIC will beis a passive financial investor and will havehas no special rights of ownership nor a role in the management of the Company. A substantial portion of the investment proceeds will bewas treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

Each stock purchase contract mandatorily settles in Company common stock at prices between $48.0700 and $57.6840. The maximum numberFor a more detailed summary of shares to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts included in the Equity Units, is approximately 116,063,000. The stock purchase contracts settle for Company common stock on August 17, 2010, subject to adjustment. Each Equity Unit will pay a fixed annual payment rate of 9% payable quarterly.

As described below,including the Equity Units consist of interests in trust preferred securities issued by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust A (“Series A Trust”), Morgan Stanley Capital Trust B (“Series B Trust”) or Morgan Stanley Capital Trust C (“Series C Trust”) (each a “Morgan Stanley Trust” and, collectively, the “Trusts”) and stock purchase contracts issued by the Company. The only assets held by the Series A Trust, Series B Trust and Series C Trust are junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company.

Equity Units.

Each Equity Unit has a stated amount of $1,000 per unit consisting of:

(i)an undivided beneficial ownership interest in a trust preferred security of Series A Trust, Series B Trust or Series C Trust with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000; and

(ii)a stock purchase contract relating to the common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Junior Subordinated Debentures Issued to Support Trust Common and Trust Preferred Securities.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company issued junior subordinated debt securities due no later than February 17, 2042 for a total of $5,579,173,000 in exchange for $5,579,143,000 in aggregate proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities by the Trusts and $30,000 in trust common securities issued equally by the Trusts. The Company elected to fair value the junior subordinated debentures pursuant to SFAS No. 159. The common and trust preferred securities of the Trusts, totaling approximately $5,579 million, represent undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trusts, have no stated maturity and must be redeemed upon the redemption or maturity of the corresponding series of junior subordinated debt securities—the sole assets of the respective Trusts. The Series A Trust, Series B Trust and Series C Trust will make quarterly distributions on thesupport trust common and trust preferred securities at an annual rate of 6%.and the stock purchase contracts, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The trust common securities, which are held byMitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

On October 13, 2008, the Company representissued to MUFG 7,839,209 shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and 1,160,791 shares of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) for an aggregate purchase price of $9 billion that gave MUFG a 21% ownership interest inon a fully-diluted basis at the Trustsdate of issuance (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements). The Series B Preferred Stock and are recordedSeries C Preferred Stock qualify as an equity method investment in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. The Trusts are VIEs in accordance with FIN 46R and the Company does not consolidate its interests in the Trusts as it is not the primary beneficiary of any of the Trusts.Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

Capital Purchase Program.

 

The Company has directly guaranteed the repaymentwas part of the trust preferred securitiesinitial group of financial institutions participating in the CPP, and on October 26, 2008 entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which, among other things, the Company sold to the holders thereof to the extent that there are funds available in the Trusts. IfU.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $10 billion, 10 million shares of Series D Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of the Company does not make payments on the junior subordinated debentures owned by a Morgan Stanley Trust, such Morgan Stanley Trust will not be able to pay any amounts payable in respect of the trust preferred securities issued by it(the “Series D Preferred Stock”) and will not have funds legally available for that purpose. In that event, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to

70


rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The guarantee will remain in place until the redemption price of all of the trust preferred securities is paid, the amounts payable with respect to the trust preferred securities upon liquidation of the Morgan Stanley Trusts are paid or the junior subordinated debentures are distributed to the holders of all the trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities held by the Equity Unit holders are pledged to the Company to collateralize the obligations of the Equity Unit holders under the related stock purchase contracts. The Equity Unit holders may substitute certain zero-coupon treasury securities in place of the trust preferred securities as collateral under the stock purchase contracts.

Stock Purchase Contracts.

Each stock purchase contract requires the holderwarrants to purchase and the Company to sell, on the stock purchase date a number of newly issued or treasury shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, equal to the settlement rate. The settlement rate at the respective stock purchase date will be calculated based on the arithmetic average of the volume-weighted average prices of the common stock during a specified 20-day period ending three days immediately preceding the applicable stock purchase date (“applicable market value”). If the applicable market value of the Company’s common stock is less than the threshold appreciation price of $57.6840 but greater than $48.0700, the reference price, the settlement rate will be a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the applicable market value. If the applicable market value is less than or equal to the reference price, the settlement rate will be the number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the reference price. If the applicable market value is greater than or equal to the threshold appreciation price, the settlement rate will be the number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the threshold appreciation price. Accordingly, upon settlement in the aggregate, the Company will receive proceeds of approximately $5,579 million and issue up to approximately 116,063,000 shares of its common stock. The stock purchase contract may be settled early at the option of the holder at any time prior to the second business day immediately preceding the beginning of the first remarketing period. However, upon early settlement, the holder will receive the minimum settlement rate, subject to adjustment.

The initial quarterly distributions on the Series A, Series B and Series C trust preferred securities of 6%, combined with the contract adjustment payments on the stock purchase contracts of 3%, result in the 9% yield on the Equity Units.

If the Company defers any of the contract adjustment payments on the stock purchase contracts, then it will accrue additional amounts on the deferred amounts at the annual rate of 9% until paid, to the extent permitted by law.

The present value of the future contract adjustment payments due under the stock purchase contracts was approximately $400 million and was recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses with a corresponding decrease recorded in Shareholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. The other liability balance related to the stock purchase contracts will accrete over the term of the stock purchase contract using the effective yield method with a corresponding charge to Interest expense. When the contract adjustment payments are made under the stock purchase contracts, they will reduce the other liability balance.

Calculation of Impact on Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding Prior to Settlement of Stock Purchase Contract.

Prior to the issuance of common stock upon settlement of the stock purchase contract, the impact of the Equity Units will be reflected in the Company’s earnings per diluted common share using the treasury stock method, as defined by SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.” Under the treasury stock method, the number of65,245,759 shares of common stock included in the calculation of earnings per diluted common share will be calculated as the excess, if any, of the numberCompany at an exercise price of shares expected to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contract based on the

71


average market price for the last 20 days of the reporting period, less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company with the proceeds to be received upon settlement of the contract at the average closing price for the reporting period.

Dilution of net income$22.99 per share will occur (i) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares is over $57.6840 per share or (ii) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares for a reporting period is between $48.0700 and $57.6840 and is greater than the average market price for the last 20 days ending three days prior to the end of such reporting period.

Upon settlement of the Stock Purchase Contract, the amount of common shares issued in settlement of the contract will be included in the basic and diluted earnings per share calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding for the reporting period.

Economic Capital.

The Company’s economic capital model estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses and their risk-generating activities through the business cycle while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor minimum requirements. The economic capital model will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate improvements in modeling techniques in order to reflect the capital required to support business activities.

Economic capital requirements are allocated to each business segment and are sub-allocated to product lines as appropriate. Each business segment is capitalized as if each were an independent operating entity. This process is intended to align equity capital with the risks in each business, provide business managers with tools for measuring and managing risk and associated cost of required capital, and allow senior management to evaluate risk-adjusted returns (such as return on equity and shareholder value added) to facilitate resource allocation decisions.

The Company’s methodology is based on a going-concern approach that assigns equity to each business based on regulatory capital usage plus additional capital for stress losses, including principal investment risk. Regulatory capital, including additional capital assigned for certain goodwill, intangible assets and net deferred tax assets, is a minimum requirement to ensure the Company’s access to funding and credibility in the market. The Company believes it must be able to sustain stress losses and maintain capital substantially above regulatory minimums while supporting ongoing business activities. The difference between the Company’s consolidated book equity and aggregate equity requirements denotes the Company’s unallocated capital position, which is not currently reflected in business segment performance metrics.

The Company assesses stress loss capital across various dimensions of market, credit, business and operational risks. Market risk scenarios capture systematic, idiosyncratic and random market risk through the use of internal market stress data. Credit risk is included in the form of idiosyncratic counterparty default events. Business risk incorporates earnings volatility due to variability in revenue flows, with estimates on the mix of fixed versus variable expenses at various points in the business cycle. Operational stress losses primarily reflect legal risk across the Company.

Beginning in fiscal 2007, economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 equity (including common shareholders’ equity, certain preferred stock, eligible hybrid capital instruments and deductions of certain goodwill, intangible assets and net deferred tax assets), subject to regulatory limits.

72


The following table presents the Company’s allocated average Tier 1 equity (“economic capital”) for fiscal 2007 and average common equity for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006:

   Fiscal Year Ended
   2007  2006
   Average
Tier 1
Equity
  Average
Common
Equity
  Average
Common
Equity
   (dollars in billions)

Institutional Securities

  $24.6  $23.9  $18.0

Global Wealth Management Group

   1.5   1.7   3.0

Asset Management

   2.7   3.5   2.4

Unallocated capital

   2.9   2.9   3.1
            

Total from continuing operations

   31.7   32.0   26.5

Discontinued operations

   2.7   3.2   5.2
            

Total

  $34.4  $35.2  $31.7
            

The increase in capital allocated to Institutional Securities from the prior-year period reflects the increased market and credit risk profile as well as capital required for new acquisitions and investments. The Company expects to continue deploying capital, provided market opportunities continue to warrant such investments. The decrease in the economic capital allocated to the Global Wealth Management Group was due to the Company’s reassessment of the amount of capital required to support the market risks and credit risks in this business segment. The incremental equity capital allocated to Asset Management primarily represents capital required for acquisitions and investments in asset management products.

The Company’s unallocated economic capital was $(2.7) billion at November 30, 2007 due to the loss recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and increased capital assigned to the Institutional Securities business segment. In December 2007, the Company entered into an agreement with CIC as a long-term financial investor and issued new capital of approximately $5,579 million through Equity Units. These Equity Units will help to further bolster the Company’s capital position and enhance growth opportunities globally while also building on the Company’s deep historic ties and market leadership in China (see “China Investment Corporation Investment” herein).

The Company continues to believe that it is adequately capitalized. The Company generally uses available unallocated capital for organic growth, additional acquisitions, and other capital needs including repurchases of common stock while maintaining adequate internal capital ratios.

During fiscal 2007, the Company’s shareholders’ equity has been affected by the adoption of SFAS No. 158 (see Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements), SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159 (see Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements), and the Discover Spin-off (see Note 2211 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

The Series D Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and ranks senior to the Company’s common shares andpari passu, which is at an equal level in the capital structure, with existing preferred shares, other than preferred shares which by their terms rank junior to any other existing preferred shares. The Series D Preferred Stock pays a compounding cumulative dividend rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and will reset to a rate of 9% per annum after year five. The Series D Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Series D Preferred Stock. The Series D Preferred Stock is callable at par after three years. Prior to the end of three years, the Series D Preferred Stock may be redeemed with the proceeds from one or more qualified equity offerings of any Tier 1 perpetual preferred or common stock of at least $250 million. The U.S. Treasury may also transfer the Series D Preferred Stock to a third party at any time. The number of shares to be delivered upon settlement of the warrant will be reduced by 50% if the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least 100% of the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the Series D Preferred Stock ($10 billion) from one or more qualified equity offerings prior to December 31, 2009.

Equity Capital Management Policies.

The Company’s senior management views equity capital as an important source of financial strength and, therefore, pursues a strategy of ensuring that the Company’s equity capital base adequately reflects and provides protection from the economic risks inherent in its businesses. Capital is required for, among other things, the Company’s inventories, underwritings, principal investments, bridge loans and other financings, investments in fixed assets and for future uses. Capital for future uses will be included within unallocated capital until required by the business segments.strength. The Company also considers return on common equity to be an important measure of its performance, in the context of both the particular business environment in which the Company is operating and its peer group’s results. In this regard, the Company actively manages its consolidated equity capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory

76


requirements and rating agency guidelines

73


and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its equity capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total equity, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ equity.

 

AtAs of November 30, 2007,2008, the Company’s equity capital (which includes shareholders’ equity and junior subordinated debtdebentures issued to capital trusts) was $36,145$61,097 million, a decreasean increase of $4,103$24,952 million from November 30, 2006,2007, primarily due to the Discover Spin-off. The Company returns internally generated equity capital that isCIC, MUFG and CPP investments and growth in excess of the needs of its businesses to its shareholders through common stock repurchases and dividends. During fiscal 2007, the Company purchased approximately $3.8 billion of its common stock (approximately 52 million shares) through open market purchases at an average cost of $72.65 (see also “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5).retained earnings.

 

In December 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This share repurchase authorization replaced the Company’s previous repurchase authorizations with one repurchase program for capital management purposes that will consider, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. As of November 30, 2007,2008, the Company had approximately $2.3$1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase authorization. During fiscal 2008, the Company repurchased $711 million of its common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program (see also “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities,” in Part II, Item 5). As a condition under the CPP, the Company’s share repurchases are currently limited to purchases in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan, consistent with past practices, including purchases to offset share dilution in connection with any such plans. This restriction is effective until October 2011 or until the U.S. Treasury no longer owns any of the Company’s preferred shares issued under the CPP.

 

The Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In December 2007,2008, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.27. The Company also announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $379.66$348.35 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.37966)$0.34835); a quarterly dividend of $25.56 per share of perpetual Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B; a quarterly dividend of $25.56 per share of perpetual Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C; and a quarterly dividend of $10.69 per share of perpetual Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D. As part of its participation in the CPP, the Company agreed that it would not, without the U.S. Treasury’s consent, increase the current dividend on its common stock as long as any preferred stock issued under the CPP remains outstanding until the third anniversary of the investment or until the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock it purchased under the CPP to third parties.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of the CPP investment, the Company is prohibited from paying any dividend with respect to shares of common stock, other junior securities or preferred stock rankingpari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock or repurchasing or redeeming any shares of the Company’s common shares, other junior securities or preferred stock rankingpari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock in any quarter unless all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on the Series D Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods (including the latest completed dividend period), subject to certain limited exceptions.

Economic Capital.

The Company’s economic capital framework estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. The framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.

Economic capital is assigned to each business segment and sub-allocated to product lines. Each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity. This process is intended to align equity capital with the risks in each business in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis (such as return on equity and shareholder value added).

77


Economic capital is based on regulatory capital usage plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company assesses stress loss capital across various dimensions of market, credit, business and operational risks. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 capital. For a further discussion of the Company’s Tier 1 capital see “Regulatory Requirements” herein. The difference between the Company’s Tier 1 capital and aggregate economic capital requirements denotes the Company’s unallocated capital position.

The following table presents the Company’s allocated average Tier 1 capital (“economic capital”) and average common equity for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007:

   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007
   Average
Tier 1
capital
  Average
common
equity
  Average
Tier 1
capital
  Average
common
equity
   (dollars in billions)

Institutional Securities

  $25.9  $23.3  $24.6  $23.9

Global Wealth Management Group

   1.7   1.5   1.5   1.7

Asset Management

   3.7   3.9   2.7   3.5

Unallocated capital

   6.6   4.9   2.9   2.9
                

Total from continuing operations

   37.9   33.6   31.7   32.0

Discontinued operations

   —     —     2.7   3.2
                

Total

  $37.9  $33.6  $34.4  $35.2
                

Tier 1 capital allocated to the Institutional Securities business segment increased compared with fiscal 2007 driven by growth in credit risk exposure partially offset by the incorporation of market risk capital model enhancements. Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to Asset Management increased primarily due to consolidation of Crescent on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. See “Other Matters—Real Estate-Related Positions—Real Estate Investments—Crescent” herein for further discussion. Additionally, the proportion of common equity allocated to the operating segments decreased due to the issuance of hybrid capital. See “China Investment Corporation Investment,” “Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc.” and “Capital Purchase Program” herein.

The Company generally uses available unallocated capital for organic growth, additional acquisitions and other capital needs, including repurchases of common stock where permitted under the terms of the CPP while maintaining adequate capital ratios. For a discussion of risk-based capital ratios, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.

 

Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.

 

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity management and financingfunding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market environments. Given the highly liquid naturemix of the Company’s balance sheet,business activities, funding requirements are largely fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.

The Company’s liquidity and funding risk management policies are designed to mitigate the usepotential risk that the Company may be unable to access adequate financing to service its financial obligations without material franchise or business impact. The key objectives of collateralized financing. the liquidity and funding risk management framework are to support the successful execution of the Company’s business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of stressed market conditions.

Liquidity Management Policies.

The Company has centralized managementprincipal elements of credit-sensitive unsecured funding sources in the Treasury Department. The Company maintains aCompany’s liquidity management framework in order to meet target liquidity requirements and withstand a contraction in credit availability. The framework components includeare the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”), and Liquidity ReserveReserves. Comprehensive financing guidelines (secured funding, long-term funding strategy, surplus capacity, diversification and Cash Capital.staggered maturities) support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

 

78


Contingency Funding PlanPlan..    The Company maintains aContingency Funding Plan is the Company’s primary liquidity risk management tool. The CFP to managemodels a potential, prolonged liquidity contraction over a one-year time period and to provide the ability to conduct business in an orderly manner. The CFP is produced on a parent, bank subsidiary and non-bank subsidiary level. The CFP sets forth a course of action to ensure effective management ofeffectively manage a liquidity event. LiquidityThe CFP and liquidity risk exposures are regularly evaluated on an on-going basis and reported to the Firm Risk Committee and other appropriate business segment risk committees.

 

The Company’s CFP model incorporatesis designed to be dynamic and scenarios incorporate a wide range of potential cash outflows during a liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year;year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance; (ii) maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral; (iii) return of unsecured securities borrowed and any cash raised against these securities; (iv) additional collateral that would be required by counterparties in the event of a two-notch long-term credit ratings downgrade; (v) higher haircuts on or lower availability of secured funding;funding, similar to a stressed cash capital approach; (vi) client cash withdrawals; (vii) drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties; and (viii) discretionary unsecured debt buybacks.

 

74


The Company’s CFP is developed at the legal entityproduced on a parent and major subsidiary level in order to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability for the parent company and each of its major operating subsidiaries.at various legal entities. The CFP assumes that the parent company does not have access to cash that may be trappedheld at certain subsidiaries due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints. In addition, the CFP assumes that the parent company does not draw down on its committed credit facilities.

 

Liquidity ReserveReserves..    The Company seeks to maintain a target liquidity reservereserves that isare sized to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets as outlined in the CFP. ThisThese liquidity reserve isreserves are held in the form of cash deposits with banks and a poolpools of unencumbered securities. The Company manages the pool of unencumbered securities, against which funding can be raised, on a global basis, and securities for the pool are chosen accordingly. The U.S. and non-U.S. components, held in the form of a reverse repurchase agreement at the parent company liquidity reserve is managed globally and consists of overnight cash deposits and unencumbered U.S. and European government bonds and other high-quality collateral. All of the parent securities are central bank eligible. The Company believes that diversifying the form in which its liquidity reservereserves (cash and securities) isare maintained enhances its ability to quickly and efficiently source funding in a stressed environment. The Company’s funding requirements and target liquidity reservereserves may vary based on changes into the level and composition of its balance sheet, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s liquidity reserves on a parent, bank subsidiary and non-bank subsidiary level. The liquidity held on the bank and non-bank subsidiary level is generally not available to the parent.

   At
November 30, 2007
  Average Balance

Liquidity Reserve

    For the Quarter Ended
November 30, 2007
  For the Fiscal Year Ended
November 30, 2007
   (dollars in billions)

Parent

  $62  $64  $49

Bank subsidiaries

   22   22   16

Non-bank subsidiaries

   34   34   20
            

Total

  $118  $120  $85
            

Cash Capital.    The Company maintains a cash capital model that measures long-term funding sources against requirements. Sources of cash capital includeOn November 30, 2008, the parent company’s equityliquidity reserve was $61 billion and the non-current portion of certain long-term borrowings. Uses of cash capital includetotal Company liquidity reserve was $130 billion. The average parent liquidity reserve was $69 billion and the following: (i) illiquid assets such as buildings, equipment, goodwill, net intangible assets, exchange memberships, deferred tax assets and principal investments; (ii) a portion of securities inventory that is not expected to be financed on a secured basis in a credit-stressed environment (i.e., stressed haircuts); and (iii) expected drawdowns on unfunded commitments.

Theaverage total Company seeks to maintain a surplus cash capital position. The Company’s equity capital of $36,145 million (including junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts of $4,876 million) and long-term borrowings (debt obligations scheduled to mature in more than 12 months) of $154,940 million comprised the Company’s total capital of $191,085 million as of November 30, 2007, which substantially exceeded cash capital requirements.liquidity reserve was $138 billion for fiscal 2008.

 

Committed Credit Facilities.

 

The maintenance of committed credit facilities serves to further diversify the Company’s funding sources. The Company values committed credit as a secondary component of its liquidity management framework. The committed credit facilities include a diversification of lenders to the Company covering geographic regions, including North America, Europe and Asia.

The Company maintains a $5 billion senior revolving credit agreement with a group of banks to support general liquidity needs, including the issuance of commercial paper, which consists of three separate tranches: a U.S. dollar

75


tranche; a Japanese yen tranche; and a multicurrency tranche available in both euro and the British pound, all of which exist with the Company as the sole borrower. Under this combined facility (the “Credit Facility”), the banks are committed to provide up to $7.6 billion under the U.S. dollar tranche, 80 billion Japanese yen under the Japanese yen tranche and $3.25 billion under the multicurrency tranche. The Credit Facility expires on April 16, 2008 and includes a term-out feature that allows the Company, at its option, to extend borrowings under the Credit Facility for an additional one year beyond the expiration date. At November 30, 2007, the Company had a $13.8 billion consolidated stockholders’ equity surplus as compared with the Credit Facility’s covenant requirement.

The Company anticipates that it may utilize the Credit Facility for short-term funding from time to time. The Company does not believe that any of the covenant requirements in its Credit Facility will impair its ability to obtain funding under the Credit Facility, pay its current level of dividends or obtain loan arrangements, letters of credit and other financial guarantees or other financial accommodations. At November 30, 2007,2008, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

credit agreement. The credit agreement expires on April 16, 2009 and the Company also maintains a committed bilateral credit facilitydoes not expect to support general liquidity needs. This facility is expected to be drawn from time to time to cover short-term funding needs.renew this facility.

 

Capital Covenants.

 

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed a replacement capital covenantcovenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”). Under the terms of the replacement capital covenant,covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenant,covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

 

79


Funding Management Policies.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include the Company’s equity capital; long-term debt; repurchase agreements; U.S., Canadian, European, Japanese and Australian commercial paper; asset-backed securitizations; letters of credit; unsecured bond borrowings; securities lending; buy/sell agreements; municipal reinvestments; promissory notes; master notes; and committed and uncommitted lines of credit. Repurchase agreement transactions, securities lending and a portion of the Company’s bank borrowings are made on a collateralized basis and, therefore, provide a more stable source of funding than short-term unsecured borrowings. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products in the U.S., European and Asian markets, targeting global investors and currencies such as the U.S. dollar, euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Japanese yen.

The Company’s bank subsidiaries solicit deposits from consumers, purchase Federal Funds, issue short-term institutional certificates of deposits and issue bank notes. Interest bearing deposits are classified by type as savings, brokered and other time deposits. Savings deposits consist primarily of money market deposit accounts sold nationally and savings deposits obtained from individual securities clients. Brokered deposits consist primarily of certificates of deposit issued by the Company’s bank subsidiaries. Other time deposits include individual and institutional certificates of deposit.

 

The Company’s funding management policies are designed to provide for financings that are executed in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations that would result from an interruption in the availability of the Company’s funding sources.operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Maturities of financings are designed

76


to manage exposure to refinancing risk in any one period.

The Company maintainsfunds its balance sheet on a surplusglobal basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of unused short-term funding sources at all times to withstand any unforeseen contraction in credit capacity. In addition, the Company attempts to maintain cash and unhypothecated marketable securities equal to at least 110%lines of its outstanding short-term unsecured borrowings.credit. The Company also maintains committed credit facilities (described above) to support its ongoing borrowing programs.has active financing programs for both standard and structured products in the U.S., European and Asian markets, targeting global investors and currencies such as the U.S. dollar, Euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Japanese yen.

 

Secured Financing.    A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of highly liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The highly liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing these assets with stable collateralized borrowings.

 

The Company’s goal is to encourage funding through collateralized borrowings in order to achieve an optimal mix of secured and unsecured financing.funding through appropriate use of collateralized borrowings. The Institutional Securities business segment emphasizes the use of collateralized short-term borrowings to limit the growth of short-term unsecured funding, which is more typically subject to disruption during periods of financial stress. As part of this effort, the Institutional Securities business segment continually seeks to expand its global secured borrowing capacity.

 

In addition, the Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains funded and unfunded committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

 

On March 11, 2008, the Fed announced an expansion of its securities lending program to promote liquidity in the financing markets for Treasury securities and other collateral. Under the TSLF, the Fed will lend up to $200 billion of Treasury securities to primary dealers secured for a term of 28 days (rather than overnight, as in the existing program) by a pledge of other securities, including federal agency debt, federal agency residential-mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), and non-agency AAA/Aaa-rated private-label residential MBS. In September 2008, the Fed changed the TSLF from a monthly to a weekly competitive auction.

On March 16, 2008, the Fed announced that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “New York Fed”) has been granted the authority to establish a PDCF. The PDCF provides overnight funding to primary dealers in exchange for a specified range of collateral. The Company may at times use the PDCF as an additional source of secured funding for its regular business operations. In September 2008, the New York Fed expanded the schedule of collateral acceptable under the PDCF.

In September 2008, the Company became a financial holding company under the BHC Act (see “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I). Additionally, the Fed authorized the New York Fed to extend credit to the Company’s U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary against all types of collateral that may be pledged at the Fed’s Primary Credit Facility (“PCF”) for depository institutions or at the PDCF. The Fed also authorized the New York Fed to extend credit to the Company’s London-based broker-dealer subsidiary against collateral that would be eligible to be pledged at the PDCF.

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views long-term debt and deposits as a stable sourcesources of funding for core inventories and illiquid assets. In general, securitiesSecurities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate

80


long-term debt swapped to a floating rate.rate and deposits. The Company uses derivative products (primarily interest rate, currency and equity swaps) to assist in asset and liability management, reduce borrowing costs and hedge interest rate risk (see Note 138 to the consolidated financial statements).

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.    In October 2008, the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury invoked the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 and the FDIC announced the TLGP.

 

The Company issues long-termTLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, of certain senior unsecured debt in excessissued by participating Eligible Entities (including the Company) between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. The maximum amount of FDIC-guaranteed debt a participating Eligible Entity (including the Company) may have outstanding is 125% of the amount necessaryentity’s senior unsecured debt that was outstanding as of September 30, 2008 that was scheduled to meetmature on or before June 30, 2009. The ability of Eligible Entities (including the needsCompany) to issue guaranteed debt under this program is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2009. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $16.2 billion of senior unsecured debt outstanding under the TLGP.

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings may consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of twelve months or less at issuance.

The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

   At
November 30, 2008
  At
November 30, 2007
   (dollars in millions)

Commercial paper

  $6,744  $22,596

Other short-term borrowings

   3,739   11,899
        

Total

  $10,483  $34,495
        

Commercial Paper Funding Facility.    On October 7, 2008, the Fed announced the creation of the CPFF, a facility that complements the Fed’s existing credit facilities to help provide liquidity to term funding markets. The CPFF provides a liquidity backstop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper through a special purpose vehicle that purchases three-month unsecured and asset-backed commercial paper directly from eligible issuers. The CPFF is intended to improve liquidity in short-term funding markets and thereby increase the availability of credit for businesses and households. The CPFF finances only highly rated, U.S. dollar-denominated, three-month commercial paper. On October 27, 2008, the CPFF began funding purchases of commercial paper. The Company has been participating in the CPFF program.

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ primary source of funding includes bank deposit sweeps, federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, money market deposit accounts, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

Deposits were as follows:

   At
November 30, 2008
  At
November 30, 2007
   (dollars in millions)

Savings and demand deposits

  $36,673  $27,186

Time deposits(1)

   6,082   3,993
        

Total

  $42,755  $31,179
        

(1)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).

Deposits increased over the past year as consistent with the Company’s ongoing strategy to enhance its securities inventorystable funding profile.

81


On October 3, 2008, under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. This increased coverage lasts through December 31, 2009 and less liquid assets as determined byis in effect for Morgan Stanley’s two U.S. depository institutions.

Additionally, under the Final Rule implementing the TLGP, the FDIC provides unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2009, for certain transaction accounts at FDIC-insured participating institutions. The Company has elected for its Cash Capital Policy. In additionFDIC-insured subsidiaries to these needs,participate in the account guarantee of the TLGP.

Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company uses a variety of long-term debt funding is employedsources to enhancegenerate liquidity, taking into consideration the Company’s liquidity position by reducingresults of the CFP. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g.(e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Financing transactions are structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

The Company has As a portfolio approach for managingresult of the unsecured debt issued bysignificant disruptions in the parent company. This approach givescredit markets, the cost of new financing available to the Company flexibility to manageduring the unsecured debt portfolio across maturities, currencies, investors and regions, taking into account market capacity and pricing. Down-lending to subsidiaries is managed to ensure that intercompany borrowings mature before thosefourth quarter of the parent company. Liquidity and funding policies recognize potential constraints on the Company’s ability to transfer funds between regulated entities and the parent company.fiscal 2008 increased significantly.

 

During fiscal 2007,2008, the Company’s long-term financing strategy was driven, in part, by its continued focus on improving its balance sheet strength (evaluated through enhanced capital and liquidity positions), a significant factor in the maintenance of strong credit ratings.. As a result, for fiscal 2007,2008, a principal amount of $53approximately $45 billion of unsecured debt was issued (ofissued.

The Company may from time to time engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt repurchases) which $22it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company repurchased $12.1 billion of equity-linked and credit-linked notes were not considered to be a component of the Company’s cash capital). Financing transactions were structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and a diversified investor base was targeted through sales to domestic as well as international institutional and retail clients. Unsecured debt issuance activity resulted in a net increase in thefixed/floating rate long-term debt component of the cash capital portfolio of approximately $30 billion.debt.

 

77The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

   At
November 30, 2008
  At
November 30, 2007
   (dollars in millions)

Senior debt

  $148,959  $181,733

Subordinated debt

   4,212   4,015

Junior subordinated debentures

   10,266   4,876
        

Total

  $163,437  $190,624
        


Credit Ratings.

 

The Company’s relianceCompany relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations makes access to global sources of financing important.operations. The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are dependent on the Company’s short-term and long-term credit ratings. Factors that are significant to the determination of the Company’s credit ratings or that otherwise affect its ability to raise short-term and long-term financing include the Company’s level and volatility of earnings, relative positions in the markets in which it operates, geographic and product diversification, retention of key personnel, risk profile, risk management policies, cash liquidity, capital structure, corporate lending credit risk, and legal and regulatory developments. A deterioration in any of the previously mentioned factors or combination of these factors may lead rating agencies to downgrade the credit ratings of the Company, thereby increasing the cost to the Company in obtaining unsecured funding. In addition, the Company’s debt ratings can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Factors that are important to the determination of the Company’s credit ratings include the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality and business mix.

 

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral to certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. AtAs of November 30, 2007,2008, the amount of additional collateral that wouldcould be requiredcalled by counterparties under the terms of collateral agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s senior debtlong-term credit rating was approximately $746$498.3 million. An additional amount of approximately $1,456.2 million could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade. Of this amount, $677these amounts, $1,013.2 million relates to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon

82


the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

 

As of January 22, 2008,28, 2009, the Company’s creditand Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s senior unsecured ratings were as follows:set forth below. The Company does not intend to disclose any future revisions to, or withdrawals of, these ratings, except in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Annual Reports on Form 10-K.

 

  

Commercial

PaperCompany

 

SeniorMorgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

Short-Term
Debt

Long-Term
Debt

Rating
Outlook

Short-Term
Debt

Long-Term
Debt

Rating
Outlook

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited

 R-1 (middle) AA (low)A (high)Negative

—  

—  

—  

Fitch Ratings(1)Ratings

 F1+F1 AA-AStableF1A+Stable

Moody’s Investors Service(2)Service

 P-1 Aa3A2NegativeP-1A1Negative

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.(3)

 a-1+a-1 AAA+Downgrade Review

—  

—  

—  

Standard & Poor’s(4)Poor’s

 A-1+A-1 AA-

(1)AOn December 19, 2006, Fitch Ratings changed the outlook on the Company’s senior debt ratings from Stable to Negative.
(2)On November 8, 2007, Moody’s Investors Service changed the outlook on the Company’s senior debt ratings from Stable to Negative.
(3)NegativeOn December 20, 2007, Rating and Investment Information, Inc. changed the outlook on the Company’s senior debt from Stable to Negative.
(4)On July 30, 2007, Standard & Poor’s upgraded the Company’s commercial paper rating from A-1 to A-1+ and upgraded the Company’s senior debt rating from A+ to AA-. On November 8, 2007, Standard & Poor’s changed the outlook on the Company’s commercial paper and senior debt ratings from Stable to Negative. On December 19, 2007, Standard & Poor’s placed the Company’s commercial paper and senior debt ratings on CreditWatch with Negative implications.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities.

 

The Company enters into various arrangements with unconsolidated entities, including variable interest entities, primarily in connection with its Institutional Securities businesses.business segment.

 

Institutional Securities Activities.    The Company utilizes SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial assets. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated

78


statements of income. Retained interests in securitized financial assets were approximately $5.3$1.2 billion at November 30, 2007, the majority2008, substantially all of which were related to residential mortgage loan, commercial mortgage loan and U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligation securitization transactions. For further information about the Company’s securitization activities, see Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements as well as “Impact of Credit Market Events”“Critical Accounting Policies” herein.

 

The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities (see Note 159 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Guarantees.    FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”), requires the Company to disclose information about its obligations under certain guarantee arrangements. FIN 45 defines guarantees as contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, a security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. FIN 45 also defines guarantees as contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

 

83


The table below summarizes certain information regarding derivative contracts, financial guarantees to third parties, market value guarantees and liquidity facilities at November 30, 2007:2008:

 

 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
 Collateral/
Recourse
 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
 Collateral/
Recourse
 Years to Maturity    Years to Maturity   

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions)

Notional amount of derivative contracts(1)

 $999,552 $1,004,069 $2,546,374 $2,570,385 $7,120,380 $131,678 $59 $985,276 $1,098,775 $1,915,444 $1,563,384 $5,562,879 $659,296 $—  

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees(1)

  5,133  1,824  1,107  6,712  14,776  802  2,396

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)

  1,102  1,813  1,977  4,445  9,337  98  4,794

Market value guarantees

  97  106  —    655  858  44  145  —    —    —    658  658  35  144

Liquidity facilities

  18,043  1,026  444  1,652  21,165  —    20,281  3,445  658  192  376  4,671  24  3,415

General partner guarantees

  18  236  66  137  457  26  —  

Auction rate security guarantees

  2,572  —    —    —    2,572  193  —  

 

(1)Fair value amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Approximately $14$2.2 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments and Contractual Obligations”“Commitments” table below in the investment grade and non-investment grade primary and secondary lending commitments and in the letters of credit issued by subsidiaries that are guaranteed by the Company.commitments.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

See Note 159 to the consolidated financial statements for information on trust preferred securities, indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees, general partner guarantees, securitized asset guarantees and other guarantees.

 

79


Commitments and Contractual Obligations.

 

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, and corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending as of November 30, 20072008 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with letters of credit, other financial guarantees, and lending and financing arrangementsthese instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

   Years to Maturity  Total
   Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  
   (dollars in millions)

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees(1)

  $10,790  $4  $4  $—    $10,798

Letters of credit issued by subsidiaries that are guaranteed by the Company

   197   1,186   194   3,674   5,251

Investment activities(2)

   318   238   108   647   1,311

Investment grade primary lending commitments(3)(4)

   19,656   5,791   23,323   1,421   50,191

Non-investment grade primary lending commitments(3)(4)

   789   1,072   3,931   14,220   20,012

Investment grade secondary lending commitments(4)(5)

   —     —     —     1,406   1,406

Non-investment grade secondary lending commitments(4)(5)

   81   27   151   2,090   2,349

Commitments for secured lending transactions(6)

   3,824   4,095   1,073   2,628   11,620

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(7)

   5,680   —     —     —     5,680

Other commitments(8)

   964   19   5   —     988
                    

Total

  $42,299  $12,432  $28,789  $26,086  $109,606
                    
   Years to Maturity  Total at
November 30,
2008
   Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  
   (dollars in millions)

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

  $3,575  $2  $—    $—    $3,577

Investment activities

   1,749   586   262   635   3,232

Primary lending commitments(1)(2)

   9,506   10,161   20,966   1,793   42,426

Secondary lending commitments(1)

   44   56   217   115   432

Commitments for secured lending transactions

   1,302   938   1,662   17   3,919

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

   46,477   —     —     —     46,477

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)

   2,822   —     —     —     2,822

Other commitments(4)

   1,988   4   1   —     1,993
                    

Total

  $67,463  $11,747  $23,108  $2,560  $104,878
                    

 

(1)This amount primarily represents the Company’s outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Company’s counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to satisfy various collateral and margin requirements.
(2)This amount represents commitments associated with the Company’s real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.
(3)The Company’s investment grade and non-investment grade primary lendingThese commitments are made in connection with corporate lending and other business activities. Credit ratings for commitments are determined by the Company’s Institutional Credit Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. Obligor credit ratings of BB+ or lower are considered non-investment grade.
(4)The Company records these commitmentsrecorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statementstatements of financial condition (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
(5)(2)This amount represents commitments associated with the Company’s Institutional Securities sales and trading activities.
(6)This amount represents lending commitments extended by the Company to companies that are secured by real estate assets of the borrower. Loans made under these arrangements typically are at variable rates and generally provide for over-collateralization based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower. This amount also includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $1,246$571 million as of November 30, 2008, of which $563 million have maturities of less than fourone year and $8 million of which have maturities of three to five years.

84


(3)The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to November 30, 2008 and settle subsequent to year-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as of November 30, 2008, $45.5 billion of the $46.5 billion settled with three business days.
(7)These amounts represent the Company’s forward purchase contracts involving mortgage loans, residential mortgage loan commitments to individuals and residential home equity lines of credit.
(8)(4)This amount includes commercial loanbinding commitments to small businesses and commitments related to securities-based lending activitiesenter into margin-lending transactions of $1.0 billion as of November 30, 2008 in connection with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group business.Institutional Securities business segment.

 

At November 30, 2007,For further description of these commitments, see Note 9 to the Company had commitments to enter into reverse repurchaseconsolidated financial statements and repurchase agreements of approximately $107 billion“Quantitative and $26 billion, respectively.Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II Item 7A.

 

80


In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations at November 30, 20072008 include long-term borrowings, operating leases and purchase obligations. The Company’s future cash payments associated with its contractual obligations as of November 30, 20072008 are summarized below:

 

  Payments Due in:  Payments Due in:
  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2009-2010
  Fiscal
2011-2012
  Thereafter  Total  Fiscal
2009
  Fiscal
2010-2011
  Fiscal
2012-2013
  Thereafter  Total
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Long-term borrowings(1)

  $30,808  $43,081  $39,701  $77,034  $190,624  $21,971  $33,323  $42,596  $65,547  $163,437

Operating leases – office facilities(2)

   549   907   676   2,732   4,864

Operating leases – equipment(2)

   650   569   210   123   1,552

Operating leases–office facilities(2)

   568   991   775   2,651   4,985

Operating leases–equipment(2)

   452   440   173   74   1,139

Purchase obligations(3)

   268   107   8   —     383   399   247   2   —     648
                              

Total

  $32,275  $44,664  $40,595  $79,889  $197,423  $23,390  $35,001  $43,546  $68,272  $170,209
                              

 

(1)See Note 138 to the consolidated financial statements.
(2)See Note 159 to the consolidated financial statements.
(3)Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments for, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, advertising, sponsorship, and computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements. Purchase obligations at November 30, 20072008 reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. These amounts exclude obligations for goods and services that already have been incurred and are reflected on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. See Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements regarding subsequent events.

 

Regulatory Requirements.

 

On April 1, 2007,In September 2008, the Company merged Morgan Stanley DW Inc. (“MSDWI”) into Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MS&Co”). Upon completion of the merger, the surviving entity, MS&Co., became the Company’s principal U.S. broker-dealer. MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, isfinancial holding company subject to the minimum net capital requirementsregulation and oversight of the SEC,Fed. In granting financial holding company status, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated in excess of these requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $6,673 million at November 30, 2007, which exceeded the amount required by $4,950 million. Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSJS”), a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies, FDIC-insured financial institutions must maintain (a) 3% to 4% of Tier 1 capital, as defined, to average assets (“leverage ratio”), (b) 4% of Tier 1 capital, as defined, to risk-weighted assets (“Tier 1 risk-weighted capital ratio”) and (c) 8% of total capital, as defined, to risk-weighted assets (“total risk-weighted capital ratio”). At November 30, 2007, the leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-weighted capital ratio and total risk-weighted capital ratio of each ofFed will evaluate the Company’s FDIC-insured financial institutions exceeded these regulatory minimums.

Certain other U.S.compliance with well-capitalized standards prospectively (see “Supervision and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subjectRegulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I). Prior to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”) and Cournot Financial Products LLC (“Cournot”), which are triple-A rated derivative products subsidiaries, maintain certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by various rating agencies. Both entities are operated such that creditors ofSeptember 2008, the Company should not expect to have

81


any claims on either the assets of Cournot or the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations of such entity to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of Cournot or MSDP, respectively, should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of Cournot or MSDP.

The Company iswas a consolidated supervised entity (“CSE”) as defined by the SEC. As such,

During fiscal 2008 and as of November 30, 2008, the Company is subject to group-wide supervision and examination by the SEC and to minimumcalculated capital requirements on a consolidated basis. During fiscal 2007,basis in accordance with the Basel II Accord as interpreted by the SEC. The Basel II Accord is designed to be a risk-based capital adequacy approach, which allows for the use of internal estimates of risk components to calculate regulatory capital. As of November 30, 2008, the Company was in compliance with CSEBasel II capital requirements.requirements with a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) of 26.8%. The Company seeks to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of at least 6%. This ratio as of November 30, 2008 was 17.9%.

 

MS&Co.In addition to the above ratios, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using month-end balances for the fiscal quarter. This ratio as of November 30, 2008 was 6.6%.

85


The following table presents the Company’s Basel II consolidated capital ratios and allowances as of November 30 and August 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):

    November 30,
2008
  August 31,
2008
 

Allowable Capital

   

Tier 1 capital:

   

Common shareholders’ equity

  $31,676  $34,665 

Qualifying preferred stock

   19,155   1,100 

Qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities

   5,579   5,579 

Qualifying other junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts

   4,788   4,788 

Less: Goodwill

   (1,823)  (2,536)

Less: Non-servicing intangible assets

   (675)  (757)

Less: Net deferred tax assets

   (4,747)  (3,074)

Less: Debt valuation adjustment

   (4,059)  (2,201)
         

Total Tier 1 capital

   49,894   37,564 
         

Tier 2 capital:

   

Other components of allowable capital:

   

Qualifying subordinated debt

   4,102   4,092 

Qualifying long-term debt

   20,845   14,690 
         

Total Tier 2 capital

   24,947   18,782 
         

Total allowable capital

  $74,841  $56,346 
         

Risk-Weighted Assets

   

Market risk

  $80,451  $100,521 

Credit risk

   151,954   144,966 

Operational risk

   46,375   51,100 
         

Total

  $278,780  $296,587 
         

Capital Ratios

   

Total capital ratio

   26.8%  19.0%
         

Tier 1 capital ratio

   17.9%  12.7%
         

Total allowable capital is requiredcomprised of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists predominately of common shareholders’ equity as well as qualifying preferred stock (including cumulative preferred stock issued to hold tentativethe U.S. Department of the Treasury and non-cumulative preferred stock), trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity and other junior subordinated debt issued to trusts less goodwill (excluding minority ownership), non-servicing intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights), net capitaldeferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of $1 billionone year) and netdebt valuation adjustment (“DVA”). DVA represents the cumulative change in fair value of certain of the Company’s borrowings (for which the fair value option was elected) that was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. Tier 2 capital consists of qualifying subordinated and long-term debt. Long-term debt included in excessTier 2 capital has a maturity greater than five years and is limited (together with qualifying subordinated debt) to an amount equal to 50% of $500 millionTier 1 capital, until December 1, 2008 when long-term debt no longer is included in Tier 2 capital. The Company’s total capital ratio excluding long-term debt from Tier 2 capital was 19.4% as of November 30, 2008.

As of November 30, 2008, the Company calculated its RWAs in accordance with the market and credit risk standardsregulatory capital requirements of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC which is consistent with guidelines described under the Basel II Accord. RWAs reflect both on and off balance sheet risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations. For March 31, 2009 and future dates, the Company expects to calculate its capital ratios and RWAs in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for bank holding companies adopted by the Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the event“International Convergence of Capital Measurement,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I.

86


Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market risks and Value-at-Risk model, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A herein. Market RWAs incorporate three components: Systematic risk, Specific risk, and Incremental Default risk (“IDR”). Systematic and Specific risk charges are computed using either a Standardized Approach (applying a fixed percentage to the fair value of the assets) or the Company’s Value-at-Risk model. Capital charges related to IDR are calculated using an IDR model that its tentative netestimates the loss due to sudden default events affecting traded financial instruments at a 99.9% confidence level. In addition, Market RWAs include assets classified as investments for which capital is less than $5 billion. Ascomputed using a Standardized Approach.

Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of November 30, 2007, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excessloss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the minimumCompany’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein. Credit RWAs are determined using either an Internal Ratings-based (“IRB”) Approach, which reflects the notification requirements.Company’s internal estimate of a borrower or counterparty’s credit worthiness, or a Standardized Approach. A Standardized Approach is used for certain asset categories, including receivables (e.g., fees, interest and other), premises, equipment and software costs, and other assets where a fixed percentage is applied to the fair value of the assets. Credit capital charges related to certain loans, OTC derivative receivable exposures and security financing transactions are computed using an IRB Approach. Within the IRB Approach, future potential credit exposure resulting from derivative receivables is estimated using an internal model and is the most significant contributor to total Credit RWAs. The risk-reducing effect of hedges related to loan and counterparty exposures is excluded from capital calculations.

Operational risk capital charges are designed to account for the risk of losses due to inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or external events and take into account legal risk. RWAs for operational risk are currently calculated under the Basic Indicator Approach in accordance with Basel II. The Company holds capital equal to the average net revenues over the previous three years using a fixed percentage. For a further discussion of operational risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

The Company also employs an Economic Capital framework, whereby incremental capital for stress losses is held in addition to capital requirements under Basel II requirements (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Economic Capital” herein).

 

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

 

The Company’s assets to a large extent are liquid in nature and, therefore, are not significantly affected by inflation, although inflation may result in increases in the Company’s expenses, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services offered. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other adverse effects upon the securities markets and upon the value of financial instruments, it may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and profitability.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar can therefore affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’s financial performance. These strategies may include the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows.

 

8287


Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

Risk Management.

 

Risk Management Policy and Control Structure.

 

Risk is an inherent part of the Company’s business and activities. The Company’s ability to properly and effectively identify, assess, monitor and manage each of the various types of risk involved in its activities is critical to its soundness and profitability. The Company’s broad-based portfolio of business activities helps reduce the impact that volatility in any particular area or related areas may have on its net revenues as a whole. The Company seeks to identify, assess, monitor and manage, in accordance with defined policies and procedures, the following principal risks involved in the Company’s business activities: market, credit, operational, legal, and liquidity and funding, operational and legal risk. Liquidity and funding risk is discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7. The Company’s currency exposure relating to its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is discussed in Note 1611 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The cornerstone of the Company’s risk management philosophy is protectionthe execution of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk-taking that protects the Company’s franchise, reputationcapital base and financial standing.franchise. The Company’s risk management philosophy is based on the following principles: comprehensiveness, independence, accountability, defined risk tolerance and transparency. Given the importance of effective risk management to the Company’s reputation, senior management requires thorough and frequent communication and appropriate escalation of risk matters.

 

Risk management at the Company requires independent Company-level oversight, accountability of the Company’s business segments, constant communication, judgment, and knowledge of specialized products and markets. The Company’s senior management takes an active role in the identification, assessment and management of various risks at both the Company and business segment level. In recognition of the increasingly varied and complex nature of the global financial services business, the Company’s risk management philosophy, with its attendant policies, procedures and methodologies, is evolutionary in nature and subject to ongoing review and modification.

 

The nature of the Company’s risks, coupled with this risk management philosophy, informs the Company’s risk governance structure. The Company’s risk governance structure includes the Firm Risk Committee, the Capital Structure and Strategic Transactions Committee, the Chief Risk Officer, the Internal Audit Department, independent control groups, and various other risk control managers, committees and groups located within and across business segments.

 

The Firm Risk Committee, composed of the Company’s most senior officers, oversees the Company’s risk management structure. The Firm Risk Committee’s responsibilities include oversight of the Company’s risk management principles, procedures and limits, and the monitoring of material financial,market, credit, liquidity and funding, legal, operational and franchise risks and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The Firm Risk Committee is overseen by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”). The Capital Structure and Strategic Transactions Committee (the “Capital Committee”) reviews strategic transactions for the Company and significant changes to the Company’s capital structure. The Capital Committee’s responsibilities include reviewing measures of capital and evaluating capital resources relative to the Company’s risk profile and strategy.

 

The Chief Risk Officer, a member of the Firm Risk Committee who reports to the Chief Executive Officer, oversees compliance with Company risk limits; approves certain excessions of Company risk limits; reviews material market, credit and operational risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Audit Committee.

 

The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the Chief Legal Officer. The Internal Audit Department examines the Company’s operational and control environment and conducts audits designed to cover all major risk categories.

 

83


The Market Risk, Credit Risk, Operational Risk, Financial Control, Treasury, and Legal and Compliance Departments (collectively, the “Company Control Groups”), which are all independent of the Company’s

88


business units, assist senior management and the Firm Risk Committee in monitoring and controlling the Company’s risk through a number of control processes. The Company is committed to employing qualified personnel with appropriate expertise in each of its various administrative and business areas to implement effectively the Company’s risk management and monitoring systems and processes.

 

Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for ensuring that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies and procedures that are consistent with the risk framework established by the Firm Risk Committee; and reviews, on a periodic basis, its aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of its risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

 

Each of the Company’s business segments also has designated operations officers, committees and groups, including operations and information technology groups (collectively, “Segment Control Groups” and, together with the Company Control Groups, the “Control Groups”) to manage and monitor specific risks and report to the business segment risk committee. The Control Groups work together to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, the business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile, sales practices, reputation, legal enforceability, and operational and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Control Groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo a thorough review.

 

The following is a discussion of the Company’s risk management policies and procedures for its principal risks (other than funding and liquidity risk). The discussion focuses on the Company’s securities activities (primarily its institutional trading activities) and corporate lending and related activities. The Company believes that these activities generate a substantial portion of its principal risks. This discussion and the estimated amounts of the Company’s market risk exposure generated by the Company’s statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which the Company operates and certain other factors described below.

 

Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurs market risk as a result of trading and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business where the substantial majority of the Company’s Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, the Company incurs trading-related market risk within the Global Wealth Management Group. Asset Management incurs non-trading market risk primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles.

 

Sound market risk management is an integral part of the Company’s culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The Control Groups help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors the Company’s risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains the Company’s VaR system. A variety of limits is designed to control price and market liquidity

84


risk. Market risk is monitored through various measures: statistically (using VaR and related analytical measures); by measures of position sensitivity; and through routine stress testing and scenario analyses

89


conducted by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management.

 

Subprime and Related RisksRecent Market Conditions..

 

During 2007, asset-backed products referencing subprime consumer mortgages experienced a significant increase in expected default rates, resulting in a dramatic reduction in asset prices and market liquidity. Although other markets have also experienced periods of significant illiquidityRecent unprecedented events in the past, the combined magnitudeglobal markets (see “Executive Summary—Global Market and velocity of price depreciation, as well as the continuing nature of the event, place it among the most significant market shocks ever realized. While such events may recurEconomic Conditions in the future, the timing and magnitude of recurrenceFiscal 2008” Part II, Item 7 herein) are difficult to predict.

Events of this magnitude aresignificantly outside of the loss estimates forecast by VaR models and are more commonly measured by alternative risk measures such as stress tests and scenario analyses. However,analysis. In fiscal 2008, the market moves associated with the subprime events of 2007 were significantly greater than those included in the Company’sCompany continued to enhance these alternative risk measures to better reflect exposures arising from certain products (e.g., securitized products). The Company continues to improve its risk measurement using stress tests and scenario analyses at that time. The Companyanalysis and has since enhancedrefined its stress test and scenario analyses to better incorporatemarket risk limit framework. These actions, however, may not address the levelspotential severity of price volatility realized during the second half of fiscal 2007. Stress tests and scenario analyses represent estimates of future significant events. Actualpossible losses as actual market moves may continue to be more dramatic than the estimates included in the Company’s VaR, stress tests and scenario analyses. LimitationsFor a further discussion on limitations to VaR models, are discussed further insee “VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations” below.

 

Sales and Trading and Related Activities.

 

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management.    During fiscal 2007,2008, the Company had exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices—and the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related to the global markets in which it conducts its trading activities.

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of its market-making activities and proprietary trading in interest rate sensitive financial instruments (e.g.(e.g., risk arising from changes in the level or implied volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and credit spreads). The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which the Company is active include, but are not limited to, the following: emerging market corporate and government debt, non-investment grade and distressed corporate debt, investment grade corporate debt and asset-backed debt (including mortgage-related securities).

 

The Company is exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining proprietary positions (including positions in non-public entities). Positions in non-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

 

The Company is exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holding non U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments. The Company is exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities and maintaining positions in physical commodities (such as crude and refined oil products, natural gas, electricity, and precious and base metals) and related derivatives. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production, transportation and storage issues; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

 

85


The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of

90


positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g.(e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged. The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. The Company manages and monitors its market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that the Company believes is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects the Company’s aggregate risk tolerance as established by the Company’s senior management.

 

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Company and for its major trading divisions worldwide (equity and fixed income, which includes interest rate products, credit products, foreign exchange and commodities). Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by senior management.

 

The Market Risk Department independently reviews the Company’s trading portfolios on a regular basis from a market risk perspective utilizing VaR and other quantitative and qualitative risk measures and analyses. The Company’s trading businesses and the Market Risk Department also use, as appropriate, measures such as sensitivity to changes in interest rates, prices, implied volatilities and time decay to monitor and report market risk exposures.

 

Net exposure, defined as the potential loss to the Company over a period of time in the event of default of a referenced asset, assuming zero recovery, is one key risk measure the Company employs to standardize the aggregation of market risk exposures across cash and derivative products. Stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors for certain products, is performed periodically and is reviewed by trading division risk managers, desk risk managers and the Market Risk Department. The Market Risk Department also conducts scenario analyses, which estimate the Company’s revenue sensitivity to a set of specific, predefined market and geopolitical events.

 

Value-at-Risk (VaR).    The Company uses the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of its trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

 

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.    The Company estimates VaR using a model based on historical simulation for major market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in certain equity and fixed income exposures. Historical simulation involves constructing a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on two sets of inputs: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market factors (“market risk factors”); and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’s VaR model uses approximately four years of historical data to characterize potential changes in market risk factors. The Company’s 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

 

The Company’s VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to price risk, interest rate risk and credit spread risk and linear exposures to implied volatility risks. Market risks that are incorporated in the VaR model include equity and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates and associated implied volatilities. The VaR model also captures certain correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives, as well as certain basis risks between corporate debt and related credit derivatives. As a supplement to the use of historical simulation for major market risk factors, the Company’s VaR model uses

86


Monte Carlo simulation to capture name-specific risk in equities and credit products (i.e.(i.e., corporate bonds, loans, and credit derivatives).

 

91


The Company’s VaR models evolve over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of regular process improvement, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors. In response to increased levels of market volatility realized during the second half of fiscal 2007,2008, the Company has reviewed the appropriateness of the implementation of its VaR models and has made certain changes to more accurately capture risks generated by certain fixed income products. These changes include additional historical time series that provide broader product coverage of subprime consumer and other mortgage products as well as updated mappings of risk exposures to historical price time series.

 

Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks; reflect risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities; and can cover a wide range of portfolio assets. However, VaR risk measures should be interpreted carefully in light of the methodology’s limitations, which include the following: past changes in market risk factors may not always yield accurate predictions of the distributions and correlations of future market movements; changes in portfolio value in response to market movements (especially for complex derivative portfolios) may differ from the responses calculated by a VaR model; VaR using a one-day time horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged within one day; the historical market risk factor data used for VaR estimation may provide only limited insight into losses that could be incurred under market conditions that are unusual relative to the historical period used in estimating the VaR; and published VaR results reflect past trading positions while future risk depends on future positions. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company is aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, uses VaR as only one component in its risk management oversight process. As explained above, this process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis, and control at the trading desk, division and Company levels.

 

VaR for Fiscal 20072008.    The table below presents the Company’s Aggregate, (Trading and Non-trading), Trading and Non-trading VaR for each of the Company’s primary market risk exposures at November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006,2007, incorporating substantially all financial instruments generating market risk that are managed by the Company’s trading businesses. This measure of VaR incorporates most of the Company’s trading-related market risks. However, a small proportion of trading positions generating market risk is not included in VaR, and the modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies upon approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different VaR results from those produced using more precise measures. For example, risks associated with residential mortgage-backed securities have been approximated as it is difficult to capture precisely the relevant microeconomic factors that affect mortgage prices within a VaR context.

 

Aggregate Trading and Non-trading VaR also incorporates certain non-trading risks, including (a) the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions, (b) public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company and (c) corporate loan exposures that are awaiting distribution to the market. Investments made by the Company that are not publicly traded are not reflected in the VaR results reportedpresented below. Aggregate Trading and Non-trading VaR also excludes certain funding liabilities primarily related to fixed and other non-trading assets as well as theassets. The credit spread risk generated by the Company’s funding liabilities.liabilities is not included in the Company’s Aggregate VaR calculations. As of November 30, 2007,2008, the notional amount of funding liabilities related to non-trading assets (including premises, equipment and software, goodwill, deferred tax assets and intangible assets) was approximately $7.8$8.7 billion, with a duration of approximately 1011 years. The credit spread risk sensitivity generated by the Company’s funding

87


liabilities (i.e.(i.e., those funding both trading and non-trading assets) corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $78$81 million for each +1 basis point (or 1/100th of a percentage point) widening in the Company’s credit spread level as of November 30, 2007.2008.

 

92


Since the VaR statistics reported below are estimates based on historical position and market data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

 

The table below presents 95%/one-day VaR for each of the Company’s primary risk exposures and on an aggregate basis at November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006.2007.

 

  Aggregate
(Trading and Non-trading)
  Trading  Non-trading  Aggregate
(Trading and Non-trading)
  Trading  Non-trading
Table 1: 95% Total VaR  95%/One-Day VaR
at November 30,
  95%/One-Day VaR
at November 30,
  95%/One-Day VaR
at November 30,
  95%/One-Day VaR
at November 30,
  95%/One-Day VaR
at November 30,
  95%/One-Day VaR
at November 30,

Primary Market Risk Category

  2007  2006      2007          2006          2007          2006          2008          2007          2008          2007          2008          2007    
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and credit spread

  $52  $41  $45  $38  $33  $13  $127  $52  $98  $45  $67  $33

Equity price

   40   58   39   55   4   5   23   40   23   39   4   4

Foreign exchange rate

   24   9   25   9   1   —     14   24   14   25   2   1

Commodity price

   34   31   34   31   —     —     23   34   23   34   —     —  
                                    

Subtotal

   150   139   143   133   38   18   187   150   158   143   73   38

Less diversification benefit(1)

   67   50   65   48   5   3   52   67   54   65   6   5
                                    

Total VaR

  $83  $89  $78  $85  $33  $15  $135  $83  $104  $78  $67  $33
                                    

 

(1)Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.

 

The Company’s Aggregate VaR at November 30, 20072008 was $83$135 million compared with $89$83 million at November 30, 2006.2007. The decreaseincrease in Aggregate VaR and Trading VaR at year-end was driven primarily by a decreasesubstantial increase in interest rate and credit spread VaR, partially offset by decreases in equity exposures toward the end of the fiscal year.price, foreign exchange rate and commodity price VaR.

 

The Company’s Trading VaR at November 30, 20072008 was $78$104 million compared with $85$78 million at November 30, 2006.2007. The decreaseincrease in Trading VaR at year-end was driven primarily by a decrease in equity price VaR, partially mitigated by increases in foreign exchange rate VaR and interest rate and credit spread VaR. The increase in foreign exchange rate VaR was driven by increased exposure to foreign currencies. Thesubstantial increase in interest rate and credit spread VaR, was driven primarilypartially offset by two factors. First, at November 30, 2007 the Company reclassified the investment portfolio of its bank subsidiaries from securities available for sale to Financial instruments owneddecreases in the consolidated statement of financial condition. (The total notional amount of reclassified assets at November 30, 2007 was $8.1 billion, consisting entirely of ABSequity price, foreign exchange rate and residential mortgage-backed securities). Second, during fiscal 2007, the U.S. subprime market experienced a significant increase incommodity price volatility. This increase in volatility drove an increase in VaR with respect to the Company’s exposure to securities that reference subprime mortgage pools and related financial instruments, whose change in value is modeled as a function of the underlying securities.VaR.

 

Non-trading VaR at November 30, 20072008 increased to $33$67 million from $15$33 million at November 30, 20062007 primarily due to an increase in interest rate and credit spread non-trading VaR resulting from an increase in non-trading loan assets.VaR.

 

88


The Company views average Trading VaR over the fiscal yeara period of time as more representative of trends in the business than VaR at any single point in time. Table 2 below, which presents the high, low and average 95%/one-day Trading VaR during fiscal 20072008 and fiscal 2006,2007, represents substantially all of the Company’s trading activities. Certainactivities.Certain market risks included in the year-end Aggregate VaR discussed above are excluded from these measures (e.g.measures(e.g., equity price risk in public company equity positions recorded as principal investments by the Company and certain funding liabilities related to trading positions).

 

Average Trading VaR for fiscal 20072008 increased to $87$98 million from $60$87 million in fiscal 2006,2007, driven by increases across all four primary market risk categories.in interest rate and credit spread VaR and foreign exchange rate VaR. Average Total VaR for fiscal 20072008 increased to $92$115 million from $67$92 million in fiscal 2006,2007, which was also driven by increases across all four primary market risk categories.in interest rate and credit spread VaR and foreign exchange rate VaR. The increase in interest rate and credit spread VaR

93


was predominately driven by increased volatility in securitized productinterest rate and corporate credit markets, which resulted in a higher VaR despite a reduction in risk exposures during the fiscal year. The increase in equity price VaR was primarily driven by increased equity exposures.spread sensitive products, especially securities that reference mortgage-backed securities. The increase in foreign exchange rate VaR was driven by increased exposure to foreign currencies. The increaseAverage Non-trading VaR for fiscal 2008 increased to $53 million from $22 million in commodity price VaR was predominatelyfiscal 2007, driven primarily by increased exposure to electricity and natural gas products.exposures associated with certain Non-trading lending positions.

 

Table 2: 95% High/Low/Average Trading VaR  Daily 95%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2007
  Daily 95%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2006
Table 2: 95% High/Low/Average Trading and Non-Trading VaR  Daily 95%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2008
  Daily 95%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2007

Primary Market Risk Category

    High      Low    Average    High      Low    Average  High  Low  Average  High  Low  Average
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and credit spread

  $88  $34  $46  $48  $29  $35  $101  $42  $69  $88  $34  $46

Equity price

   61   29   43   55   21   28   53   17   35   61   29   43

Foreign exchange rate

   33   10   18   23   5   9   40   12   25   33   10   18

Commodity price

   48   28   37   43   23   30   44   22   35   48   28   37

Trading VaR

   108   69   87   85   49   60   114   78   98   108   69   87

Non-trading VaR

   61   11   22   37   10   22   96   29   53   61   11   22

Total VaR

  $123  $70  $92  $91  $54  $67   143   82   115   123   70   92

 

VaR Statistics under Varying Assumptions.

 

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the breadth of products included in each firm’s VaR model, in the statistical assumptions made when simulating changes in market factors, and in the methods used to approximate portfolio revaluations under the simulated market conditions. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates for similar portfolios. As a result, VaR statistics are more reliable and relevant when used as indicators of trends in risk taking within a firm rather than as a basis for inferring differences in risk taking across firms. Table 3 below presents the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% versus 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four years versus one year) for market data upon which it bases its simulations:

 

Table 3: Average 95% and 99% Trading VaR

with Four-Year/One-Year Historical Time Series

  Average 95%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2007
  Average 99%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2007
  Average 95%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2008
  Average 99%/One-Day VaR
for Fiscal 2008

Primary Market Risk Category

  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and credit spread

  $46  $46  $74  $72  $69  $123  $168  $258

Equity price

   43��  49   65   81   35   38   55   67

Foreign exchange rate

   18   18   26   28   25   25   39   37

Commodity price

   37   37   57   52   35   33   54   51

Trading VaR

  $87  $90  $127  $132   98   130   176   263

 

In addition, if the Company were to report Trading VaR (using a four-year historical time series) with respect to a 10-day holding period, the Company’s 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR for fiscal 20072008 would have been $274$311 million and $402$556 million, respectively.

 

8994


Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for Fiscal 2007.2008.

 

As shown in Table 2 above, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for fiscal 20072008 was $87$98 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for fiscal 2007.2008. The most frequently occurring value was between $86$97 million and $89$103 million, while for approximately 90%92% of trading days during the fiscal year, VaR ranged between $71$88 million and $98$109 million.

 

 

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenue is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenue. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the fiscal year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the accuracy of the VaR model could be questioned. Accordingly, the Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results. For days where losses exceed the 95% or 99% VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

 

The Company incurred daily trading losses in excess of the 95%/one-day Trading VaR on 1518 days during fiscal 2007. These2008. Most of these losses were incurred duringin the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, a period of exceptionally highunprecedented volatility across the equity, corporate credit and securitized product markets.markets (e.g., the fourth quarter provided the majority of the most volatile stock market days in the past 60 years and major indexes lost approximately 30% in the quarter). Since the Company bases its VaR calculations on four years of equally weighted historical data, clustering of VaR exceptions should occur during periods of exceptionally high market turbulence. An examination of the 1518 outliers incurred during the fiscal year revealed that these losses occurred on days when markets experienced unusually high price volatility.

 

Over the longer term, trading losses are expected to exceed VaR an average of three times per quarter at the 95% confidence level. The Company bases its VaR calculations on the long-term (or unconditional) distribution and,

95


therefore, evaluates its risk from a longer term perspective, which avoids understating risk during periods of relatively lower volatility in the market.

 

90


The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenue during fiscal 20072008 for the Company’s trading businesses (including net interest and non-agency commissions but excluding certain non-trading revenues such as primary, fee-based and prime brokerage revenue credited to the trading businesses). During fiscal 2007,2008, the Company experienced net trading losses on 3476 days. These loss days were driven predominately by increased market volatility realized during the second half of the fiscal year.

 

 

Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising from borrower or counterparty default when a borrower, counterparty or obligor does not meet its financial obligations. The Company is exposed to two distinct types of credit risk in its businesses. The Company incurs significant, “single-name” credit risk exposure through the Institutional Securities business and to a lesser extent through its commercial lending activity in its Global Wealth Management Group. This type of risk requires credit analysis of specific counterparties, both initially and on an ongoing basis. The Company also incurs “individual consumer” credit risk in the Global Wealth Management Group business through margin and non-purpose loans to individual investors, which are collateralized by securities.

 

The Company has structured its credit risk management framework to reflect that each of these businesses generates unique credit risks that are appropriately managed discretely. The Institutional Credit Department (“Institutional Credit”) evaluates and monitors credit risk exposure for the Institutional Securities business.business segment. Institutional Credit is responsible for ensuring transparency of material credit risks, ensuring compliance with established limits, approving material extensions of credit, and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. Credit risk exposure in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment is managed through various credit risk committees, whose membership includes Institutional Credit. The Global Wealth Management Group Risk Management Department is responsible for monitoring, measuring and analyzing credit risk exposures, including margin loans and credit sensitive, higher risk transactions.

 

9196


Institutional Securities Activities.

 

Corporate Lending.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected clients. Such loans and commitments can generally be classified as either “event-driven” or “relationship-driven.”

 

“Event-driven” loans and commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. The commitments associated with these “event-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements since funding is contingent upon a proposed transaction being completed. In addition, the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication process. The borrower’s ability to draw on the commitment is also subject to certain terms and conditions, among other factors. The borrowers of “event-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company risk manages its exposures in connection with “event-driven” transactions through various means, including syndication, distribution and/or hedging.

 

“Relationship-driven” loans and commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. The commitments associated with “relationship-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment. The borrowers of “relationship-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company may hedge its exposures in connection with “relationship-driven” transactions.

 

Securitized Products.    The Company also extends loans and lending commitments to clients that are secured by assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate, loans secured by loan pools, corporate and operating company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement and a decline in collateral value.

 

Other.    In addition to the activities performed by Institutional Credit, there are credit risks managed by various business areas within Institutional Securities. For example, certain businesses with heightened settlement risk monitor compliance with established settlement risk limits. Certain risk management activities as they pertain to establishing appropriate collateral amounts for the Company’s prime brokerage and securitized product businesses are primarily monitored within those areas in that they determine the appropriate collateral level for each strategy or position. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function.

 

Derivative Contracts.    In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities. The Company uses these instruments for trading and investment purposes, as well as for asset and liability management. These instruments generally represent future commitments to swap interest payment streams, exchange currencies, or purchase or sell commodities and other financial instruments on specific terms at specified future dates. Many of these products have maturities that do not extend beyond one year, although swaps, options and equity warrants typically have longer maturities.

 

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of derivatives represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in a currentan orderly transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale,market participants, and is further described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Future changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, or the fair values of the financial instruments, commodities, or indices underlying these contracts ultimately may result in cash settlements exceeding fair value amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

9297


Analyzing Credit Risk.    Credit risk management takes place at the transaction, counterparty and portfolio levels. In order to help protect the Company from losses resulting from these activities, Institutional Credit analyzes all material lending and derivative transactions and ensures that the creditworthiness of the Company’s counterparties and borrowers is reviewed regularly and that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. Institutional Credit assigns obligor credit ratings to the Company’s counterparties and borrowers. These credit ratings are intended to assess a counterparty’s probability of default and are derived using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. Credit ratings of “BB+” or below are considered non-investment grade. Additionally, for lending transactions, Institutional Credit evaluates the relative position of the Company’s particular obligation in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as collateral (if applicable) and other structural elements of the particular transaction. The Company has credit guidelines that limit potential credit exposure to any one borrower or counterparty and to aggregates of borrowers or counterparties. Institutional Credit administers these limits and monitors and reports credit exposure relative to limits.

 

Risk Mitigation.    The Company may seek to mitigate credit risk from its lending and derivatives transactions in multiple ways. At the transaction level, the Company seeks to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, seniority and collateral. The Company actively hedges its lending and derivatives exposure through various financial instruments which may include single name, portfolio and structured credit derivatives. Additionally, the Company may sell, assign or sub-participate funded loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan market. In connection with its derivatives trading activities, the Company may enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements may provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.

 

Credit Exposure-CorporateExposure—Corporate Lending.    The following table presents information about the Company’s corporate funded loans and lending commitments as of November 30, 2007.2008. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Funded loans represent loans that have been drawn by the borrower and that were outstanding as of November 30, 2007.2008. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients as of November 30, 20072008 for both “relationship-driven” and “event-driven” lending transactions. As discussed above, these loans and lending commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated, may be secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

 

93


At November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006,2007, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $13.0$8.3 billion and $6.4$13.0 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $10.9$9.5 billion and $3.4$10.9 billion, respectively. At November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006,2007, the aggregate amount of lending commitments outstanding was $70.2$42.4 billion and $53.5$70.2 billion, respectively. In connection with these businesscorporate lending activities (which include corporate funded loans and lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $37.6$35.8 billion and $26.5$37.6 billion at November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006,2007, respectively. The table below shows the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and commitments as of November 30, 2007.2008. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

98


Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans

 

 Years to Maturity Total Corporate
Lending
Exposure(2)(3)
 Corporate
Funded
Loans
 Total
Corporate
Lending
Commitments
 Years to Maturity Total Corporate
Lending
Exposure(2)
 Corporate
Funded
Loans
 Total
Corporate
Lending
Commitments

Credit Rating(1)

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions)

AAA

 $701 $462 $1,253 $—   $2,416 $380 $2,036 $839 $114 $1,425 $—   $2,378 $114 $2,264

AA

  8,016  457  3,615  369  12,457  1,941  10,516  2,697  527  3,511  73  6,808  40  6,768

A

  7,695  3,451  8,617  419  20,182  3,120  17,062  3,955  4,779  6,424  69  15,227  2,333  12,894

BBB

  10,010  3,954  13,058  1,124  28,146  7,569  20,577  3,157  7,010  8,849  305  19,321  5,870  13,451
                            

Investment grade

  26,422  8,324  26,543  1,912  63,201  13,010  50,191  10,648  12,430  20,209  447  43,734  8,357  35,377
                            

Non-investment grade

  2,862  2,387  4,777  20,883  30,909  10,897  20,012  1,285  2,851  5,477  6,890  16,503  9,454  7,049
                            

Total

 $29,284 $10,711 $31,320 $22,795 $94,110 $23,907 $70,203 $11,933 $15,281 $25,686 $7,337 $60,237 $17,811 $42,426
                            

 

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by Institutional Credit using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.
(2)Total corporate lending exposure includes both lending commitments and funded loans.loans, which are at fair value. Amounts exclude approximately $38$36 billion of notional amount of hedges.

“Event-driven” Loans and Commitments.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above is “event-driven” exposure of $9.4 billion comprised of funded loans of $4.3 billion and lending commitments of $5.1 billion. Included in the $9.4 billion of “event-driven” exposure were $5.6 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Activity associated with the corporate “event-driven” lending exposure during fiscal 2008 was as follows (dollars in millions):

“Event-driven” lending exposures at November 30, 2007

  $35,412 

Closed commitments

   12,413 

Withdrawn commitments

   (813)

Net reductions, primarily through distributions(1)

   (35,639)

Mark-to-market adjustments

   (1,934)
     

“Event-driven” lending exposures at November 30, 2008

  $9,439 
     

(3)(1)Total corporate lending exposure includes “event-driven” fundedIncluded in net reductions are sales of approximately $4.2 billion of highly leveraged loans, of $10.8 billionhigh yield notes, and “event-driven” lending commitments to affiliates of $24.5 billion. Includedthird party private equity firms. The Company provided senior secured financing of approximately $3.0 billion to these firms. The Company’s retained interest is the senior debt collateralized by the transferred assets. The transferred assets are no longer reflected in the $24.5 billionconsolidated financial statements. The retained interests are classified as Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt in the consolidated statement of “event-driven” loan commitments were $12.2 billion of commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were accepted by the borrower but not yet closed. financial condition.

 

9499


Credit Exposure-Derivatives.Exposure—Derivatives.    The table below presents a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at November 30, 2007.2008. Fair value represents the risk reduction arising from master netting agreements, where applicable, and, in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

 

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned(1)

 

 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
 Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
 Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral

Credit Rating(2)

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions)

AAA

 $1,625 $1,572 $2,142 $8,219 $(4,057) $9,501 $9,287 $2,777 $3,053 $4,860 $14,875 $(9,539) $16,026 $14,545

AA

  11,560  9,686  6,649  23,231  (29,925)  21,201  18,011  16,511  14,472  17,317  37,788  (64,480)  21,608  18,753

A

  4,196  3,212  3,675  8,234  (8,454)  10,863  10,203  6,792  5,652  3,649  15,571  (15,755)  15,909  12,132

BBB

  3,245  3,444  2,879  2,566  (3,484)  8,650  6,387  5,248  5,865  3,206  12,665  (7,941)  19,043  17,249

Non-investment grade

  6,299  3,954  2,753  3,016  (5,007)  11,015  6,505  10,148  7,312  5,674  7,070  (13,437)  16,767  11,527

Unrated(4)

  2,005  664  190  691  (368)  3,182  710
                              

Total

 $28,930 $22,532 $18,288 $45,957 $(51,295) $64,412 $51,103 $41,476 $36,354 $34,706 $87,969 $(111,152) $89,353 $74,206
                              

 

(1)Fair values shown present the Company’s exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by Institutional Credit using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.
(4)In lieu of making an individual assessment of the creditworthiness of unrated companies, the Company makes a determination that the collateral held with respect to such obligations is sufficient to cover a substantial portion of its exposure.

 

The following tables summarize the fair values of the Company’s OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased by product category and maturity atas of November 30, 2007,2008, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:

 

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned

 

 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(1)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
 Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(1)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
 Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral

Product Type

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $5,236 $10,704 $11,752 $42,911 $(37,028) $33,575 $29,877 $9,107 $19,673 $30,658 $84,585 $(89,097) $54,926 $45,888

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  10,449  1,133  142  67  (4,043)  7,748  6,327  15,587  2,497  301  73  (7,174)  11,284  9,109

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  6,875  3,157  872  764  (3,493)  8,175  2,832  6,433  3,485  742  1,340  (7,058)  4,942  3,200

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  6,370  7,538  5,522  2,215  (6,731)  14,914  12,067  10,349  10,699  3,005  1,971  (7,823)  18,201  16,009
                              

Total

 $28,930 $22,532 $18,288 $45,957 $(51,295) $64,412 $51,103 $41,476 $36,354 $34,706 $87,969 $(111,152) $89,353 $74,206
                              

 

(1)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

95100


OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased(1)

 

 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral

Netting(2)
  Total  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(2)
  Total

Product Type

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5   Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5   
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $6,573 $8,749 $11,154 $29,487 $(37,138) $18,825  $7,781  $13,872  $20,634  $50,594  $(60,854) $32,027

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  10,868  1,043  117  380  (3,038)  9,370   12,972   1,920   482   158   (4,260)  11,272

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  6,375  4,952  2,129  1,746  (3,453)  11,749   2,760   3,398   1,924   1,675   (5,848)  3,909

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  7,762  7,821  2,273  1,743  (5,946)  13,653   7,002   8,981   1,839   1,217   (7,169)  11,870
                               

Total

 $31,578 $22,565 $15,673 $33,356 $(49,575) $53,597  $30,515  $28,171  $24,879  $53,644  $(78,131) $59,078
                               

 

(1)Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.
(2)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

The Company’s derivatives (both listed and OTC) at, on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, as of November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 20062007 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product:product category:

 

  At November 30, 2007  At November 30, 2006  At November 30, 2008  At November 30, 2007

Product Type

  Assets  Liabilities  Assets Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

  $33,804  $19,515  $19,444 $15,688  $55,247  $32,421  $33,804  $19,515

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

   7,755   9,372   7,325  7,725   11,284   11,272   7,755   9,372

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

   19,913   27,887   16,705  23,155   14,523   14,560   19,913   27,887

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

   15,531   14,830   11,969  10,923   18,712   15,268   15,531   14,830
                       

Total

  $77,003  $71,604  $55,443 $57,491  $99,766  $73,521  $77,003  $71,604
                       

 

Each category of derivative products in the above tables includes a variety of instruments, which can differ substantially in their characteristics. Instruments in each category can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in one or more non-U.S. currencies.

 

The Company determines the fair values recorded in the above tables using various pricing models. For a discussion of fair value as it affects the consolidated financial statements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in Part I,II, Item 7 and Notes 2 and Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Country Exposure.    The Company monitors its credit exposure to individual countries. Credit exposure to a country arises from the Company’s primary lending activities and derivatives activities in a country. AtAs of November 30, 2007,2008, primarily based on the domicile of the counterparty, approximately 7%10% of the Company’s credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivatives contracts) was to emerging markets, and no one emerging market country accounted for more than 2%3.2% of the Company’s credit exposure. The Company defines emerging markets to include generally all countries that are

101


not members of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development and includes as well the Czech Republic, Hungary, Korea, Mexico, Poland, the Slovak Republic and Turkey but excludes countries rated AA and Aa2 or above by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service, respectively.

 

96The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by country as of November 30, 2008:

Country

Corporate Lending
Exposure

United States

67%

United Kingdom

7

Germany

5

Other

21

Total

100%

Country

OTC Derivative
Products

United States

35%

Cayman Islands

10

United Kingdom

8

France

5

Italy

4

United Arab Emirates

4

Jersey

3

Germany

3

Other

28

Total

100%


Industry Exposure.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries. AtAs of November 30, 2007,2008, the Company’s material credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivatives contracts) was to entities engaged in the following industries: utilities, financial institutions, insurance, utilities, sovereign, transportation, consumer-related entities banks, telecommunications, sovereign and energy-related entities.telecommunications.

The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by industry as of November 30, 2008:

Industry

Corporate Lending
Exposure

Utilities-related

14%

Financial institutions

10

Consumer-related entities

10

Telecommunications

9

Technology-related industries

8

General industrials

7

Media-related entities

7

Healthcare-related entities

5

Energy-related entities

5

Other

25

Total

100%

102


Industry

OTC Derivative
Products

Financial institutions

43%

Sovereign entities

13

Insurance

12

Transportation-related entities

10

Utilities-related entities

5

Other

17

Total

100%

 

Global Wealth Management Group Activities.

 

Margin Lending.    Customer margin accounts, the primary source of retail credit exposure, are collateralized in accordance with internal and regulatory guidelines. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, possible hedging strategies. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. At November 30, 2007,2008, there were approximately $7.3$4.5 billion of customer margin loans outstanding.

 

Non-purpose Securities-Based Lending:Lending.    Non-purpose securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying marketable securities or refinancing margin debt. The Company establishes approved lines and advance rates against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. Factors considered in the review of non-purpose securities-based lending are amount of the loan, the degree of concentrated or restricted positions, and the overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, possible hedging strategies. Underlying collateral for non-purpose securities-based loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations.

 

Commercial Lending.    Global Wealth Management Group provides structured credit facilities to high net worth individuals and their small and medium-size domestic businesses through Morgan Stanley Commercial Financial Services, Inc. (“CFS”). CFS’ suite of products includes working capital lines of credit, revolving lines of credit, standby letters of credit, term loans and commercial real estate mortgages. Clients are required to submit a credit application and financial statements to CFS’ centralized credit processing platform. CFS’ underwriting professionals recommend a lending structure following an analysis of the borrower, the guarantor, the collateral, cash flow, liquidity, leverage and credit history. For standard transactions, credit requests are approved via signature of independent credit officers, and where transactions are of size and higher complexity, approval is secured through a formal loan committee chaired by independent credit professionals. The facility is risk rated and upon credit approval is moved to the general portfolio where it is monitored periodically through account management, covenants compliance certificates, and spot and cycle audits.

 

Consumer Lending Activities.

 

With respect to first mortgages and second mortgages, within the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment, including home equity lines of credit (“mortgage lending”), a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral

103


valuation. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicable industry standard credit scoring models (e.g.(e.g., FICO scores), debt ratios and reserves of the borrower. Loan-to-collateral value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. As part of the mortgage

97


lending business strategy, almost all loans are sold in the secondary market through securitizations and whole loan sales, while almost all servicing rights are retained. These sales and securitizations pass the risk of credit loss onto the purchaser/investor.

 

Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of financial or other loss, or potential damage to a firm’s reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems or from external events (e.g.(e.g., external or internal fraud, legal and compliance risks, damage to physical assets, etc.). The Company may incur operational risk across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue generating activities (e.g.(e.g., sales and trading) and support functions (e.g.(e.g., information technology and facilities management). Legal and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal Risk.”

 

The goal of the Company’s operational risk management framework is to establish firm-wide operational risk standards related to risk measurement, monitoring and management. Operational risk policies are designed to reduce the likelihood and/or impact of operational incidents as well as to mitigate legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The framework continually responds to changing regulatory and business environment landscape. As a foundation for the Basel II Advanced Measurement Approach, an enhanced risk-based capital model has been developed for the calculation of capital related to operational risk. This model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements, including internal and external operational incidents, metrics, risk and control self-assessments and scenario analysis.

The Company will seek to obtain approval from the SEC to implement the Advanced Measurement Approach for Operational Risk Capital requirementsOversight Committee, a Firm-wide committee, is chaired by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, and assists the Firm Risk Committee in 2008.executing its responsibilities for oversight of operational risk, including evaluating assessments of risk exposure, reviewing the Company’s significant operational risk exposures, recommending and overseeing firmwide remediation efforts, review and evaluation of current event risk issues, and establishing firmwide operational risk program standards related to risk measurement, monitoring and management.

 

The Company’s Operational Risk Manager (“ORM”) oversees, monitors, measures, analyzes and reports on operational risk across the Company. The ORM is independent of the business segments and is supported by the Firm-wide Operational Risk Department (“ORD”). The ORM is also responsible for facilitating, designing, implementing and monitoring the Firm-wide operational risk program. The ORD works with the business segments and Control Groups to help ensure a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Company, globally.

 

Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the Control Groups, and the business managers therein. The business managers, generally, maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. As new products and business activities are developed and processes are designed and modified, operational risks are considered. Each business segment has a designated operational risk coordinator. In addition, business segment risk committees reviewThe operational risk matters and/orcoordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports on a regular basis.with senior management within each business. Each Control Group also has a designated operational risk coordinator, or equivalent, and a forum for discussing operational risk matters and/or reports with senior management. Oversight of business segment operational risk is provided by business segment risk committees, a Firm-wide operational risk committee and, ultimately,the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, senior management through the Firm Risk Committee.

 

Business Continuity Management is an ongoing program of analysis and planning that ensures a recovery strategy and required resources for the resumption of critical business functions following a disaster or other

104


business interruption. Disaster recovery plans are in place for critical facilities and resources on a Company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into the systems as deemed appropriate. The key components of the Company’s disaster recovery plans include: crisis management; business segment recovery plans; applications/data recovery; work area recovery; and other elements addressing management, analysis, training and testing.

 

The Company maintains an information security program that coordinates the management of information security risks and satisfies regulatory requirements. Information security procedures are designed to protect the Company’s information assets against unauthorized disclosure, modification or misuse. These procedures cover a broad range of areas, including: application system entitlement; data protection; internet and intranet access, communications and usage; and mobile and portable information usage. The Company has also established policies, procedures and technologies to protect its computer and other assets from unauthorized access.

 

98


The Company utilizes the services of external vendors in connection with the Company’s ongoing operations. These may include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and consulting and other professional services. The Company manages its exposures to the quality of these services through a variety of means, including service level and other contractual agreements, service and quality reviews, and ongoing monitoring of the vendors’ performance. It is anticipated that the use of these services will continue and possibly increase in the future.

 

Legal Risk.

 

Legal risk includes the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and standards. Legal risk also includes contractual and commercial risk such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. The Company is generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which it conducts its business (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1). The Company has established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to foster compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. The Company, principally through the Legal and Compliance Division, also has established procedures that are designed to require that the Company’s policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed globally. In connection with its businesses, the Company has and continuously develops various procedures addressing issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading practices, new products, potential conflicts of interest, structured transactions, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, credit granting, money laundering, privacy and recordkeeping. In addition, the Company has established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The legal and regulatory focus on the financial services industry presents a continuing business challenge for the Company.

 

99105


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of November 30, 20072008 and 2006,2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2007.2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries as of November 30, 20072008 and 2006,2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 2007,2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 2 and Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal 2005, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, and effective December 1, 2005, Morgan Stanley changed its accounting policy for recognition of equity awards granted to retirement-eligible employees.

As discussed in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements, effective August 31, 2006, Morgan Stanley elected application of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements”.

As discussed in Note 2 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Liabilities–Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”.115.”

 

Also, asAs discussed in Note 2 and Note 1916 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)..

Also, as discussed in Note 2 and Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB statement No. 109.”

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2007,2008, based on the criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated January 28, 2008, expressed2009, expresses an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

January 28, 20082009

MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

  November 30,
2007
  November 30,
2006
  November 30,
2008
  November 30,
2007

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $25,598  $20,606

Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements (including securities at fair value of $31,354 in 2007 and $8,648 in 2006)

   61,608   29,565

Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately $131 billion in 2007 and $125 billion in 2006 were pledged to various parties):

    

Cash and due from banks

  $11,276  $7,248

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   67,378   18,350

Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements (including securities at fair value of $33,642 in 2008 and $31,354 in 2007)

   59,088   61,608

Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately $62 billion in 2008 and $131 billion in 2007 were pledged to various parties):

    

U.S. government and agency securities

   23,887   39,352   20,251   23,887

Other sovereign government obligations

   21,606   27,305   20,071   21,606

Corporate and other debt

   147,724   158,864   88,484   147,724

Corporate equities

   87,377   86,058   37,174   87,377

Derivative contracts

   77,003   55,443

Derivative and other contracts

   99,766   77,003

Investments

   14,270   4,725   10,375   14,270

Physical commodities

   3,096   3,031   2,204   3,096
            

Total financial instruments owned

   374,963   374,778

Total financial instruments owned, at fair value

   278,325   374,963

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

   82,229   64,588   5,217   82,229

Collateralized agreements:

    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   126,887   175,787

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   72,777   126,887

Securities borrowed

   239,994   299,631   85,785   239,994

Receivables:

        

Consumer loans (net of allowances of $831 in 2006)

   —     22,915

Customers

   76,352   82,923   31,294   76,352

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

   16,011   7,633   7,259   16,011

Other loans

   11,629   11,908   6,528   11,629

Fees, interest and other

   8,320   8,937   7,034   8,320

Other investments

   4,524   3,232   3,309   4,524

Premises, equipment and software costs, at cost (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,449 in 2007 and $3,645 in 2006)

   4,372   4,086

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,003 in 2008 and $3,449 in 2007)

   5,057   4,372

Goodwill

   3,024   2,792   2,243   3,024

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $175 in 2007 and $109 in 2006) (includes $428 at fair value in 2007)

   1,047   651

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $200 in 2008 and $175 in 2007) (includes $220 and $428 at fair value in 2008 and 2007, respectively)

   895   1,047

Other assets

   8,851   11,160   15,347   8,851
            

Total assets

  $1,045,409  $1,121,192  $658,812  $1,045,409
            

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

101107


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

  November 30,
2007
 November 30,
2006
   November 30,
2008
 November 30,
2007
 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $3,068 at fair value in 2007)

  $34,495  $29,092 

Deposits (includes $3,769 at fair value in 2007)

   31,179   28,343 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,412 and $3,068 at fair value in 2008 and 2007, respectively)

  $10,483  $34,495 

Deposits (includes $6,008 and $3,769 at fair value in 2008 and 2007, respectively)

   42,755   31,179 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

      

U.S. government and agency securities

   8,221   26,168    10,156   8,221 

Other sovereign government obligations

   15,627   28,961    9,360   15,627 

Corporate and other debt

   7,592   10,336    9,361   7,592 

Corporate equities

   30,899   59,399    16,547   30,899 

Derivative contracts

   71,604   57,491 

Derivative and other contracts

   73,521   71,604 

Physical commodities

   398   764    —     398 
              

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   134,341   183,119 

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

   118,945   134,341 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

   82,229   64,588    5,217   82,229 

Collateralized financings:

   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   162,840   267,566    102,401   162,840 

Securities loaned

   110,423   150,257    14,821   110,423 

Other secured financings, at fair value

   27,772   45,556    12,527   27,772 

Payables:

      

Customers

   203,453   134,907    115,225   203,453 

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

   10,454   7,635    3,141   10,454 

Interest and dividends

   1,724   4,746    2,584   1,724 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   24,606   24,975    16,445   24,606 

Long-term borrowings (includes $38,392 at fair value in 2007)

   190,624   144,978 

Long-term borrowings (includes $28,830 and $38,392 at fair value in 2008 and 2007, respectively)

   163,437   190,624 
              
   1,014,140   1,085,762    607,981   1,014,140 
              

Capital Units

   —     66 
       

Commitments and contingencies

      

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock

   1,100   1,100    19,155   1,100 

Common stock, $0.01 par value;
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2007 and 2006;
Shares issued: 1,211,701,552 in 2007 and 2006;
Shares outstanding: 1,056,289,659 in 2007 and 1,048,877,006 in 2006

   12   12 

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2008 and 2007;

   

Shares issued: 1,211,701,552 in 2008 and 2007;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,047,598,394 in 2008 and 1,056,289,659 in 2007

   12   12 

Paid-in capital

   1,902   2,213    1,619   1,902 

Retained earnings

   38,045   41,422    38,096   38,045 

Employee stock trust

   5,569   4,315    3,901   5,569 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (199)  (35)   (125)  (199)

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 155,411,893 shares in 2007 and 162,824,546 shares in 2006

   (9,591)  (9,348)

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 164,103,158 shares in 2008 and 155,411,893 shares in 2007

   (7,926)  (9,591)

Common stock issued to employee trust

   (5,569)  (4,315)   (3,901)  (5,569)
              

Total shareholders’ equity

   31,269   35,364    50,831   31,269 
              

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $1,045,409  $1,121,192   $658,812  $1,045,409 
              

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

102108


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

  Fiscal Year  Fiscal Year
  2007  2006  2005  2008 2007 2006

Revenues:

         

Investment banking

  $6,368  $4,755  $3,843  $4,092  $6,368 $4,755

Principal transactions:

         

Trading

   3,206   11,805   7,377   5,452   3,206  11,805

Investments

   3,262   1,807   1,128   (4,192)  3,262  1,807

Commissions

   4,682   3,770   3,331   4,463   4,682  3,770

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   6,519   5,238   4,915   5,660   6,519  5,238

Interest and dividends

   60,083   42,776   25,987 

Other

   1,208   585   496   6,062   1,161  545
                 

Total revenues

   85,328   70,736   47,077 

Total non-interest revenues

  21,537   25,198  27,920
       

Interest and dividends

  40,725   60,083  42,776

Interest expense

   57,302   40,897   23,552   37,523   57,302  40,897
       

Net interest

  3,202   2,781  1,879
                 

Net revenues

   28,026   29,839   23,525   24,739   27,979  29,799
                 

Non-interest expenses:

         

Compensation and benefits

   16,552   13,986   10,749   12,306   16,552  13,986

Occupancy and equipment

   1,130   912   957   1,359   1,130  912

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   1,656   1,305   1,069   1,659   1,656  1,305

Information processing and communications

   1,193   1,089   1,056   1,241   1,193  1,089

Marketing and business development

   813   643   576   776   813  643

Professional services

   2,112   1,889   1,622   1,837   2,112  1,889

Other

   1,129   912   1,431   3,274   1,129  911

September 11th related insurance recoveries, net

   —     —     (251)
                 

Total non-interest expenses

   24,585   20,736   17,209   22,452   24,585  20,735
                 

Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees, income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   3,441   9,103   6,316 

Losses from unconsolidated investees

   47   40   311 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  2,287   3,394  9,064

Provision for income taxes

   831   2,728   1,473   480   831  2,729
                 

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   2,563   6,335   4,532 

Income from continuing operations

  1,807   2,563  6,335
       

Discontinued operations:

         

Net gain from discontinued operations

   1,024   1,666   559 

Net (loss) gain from discontinued operations

  (100)  1,024  1,666

Provision for income taxes

   378   529   201   —     378  529
                 

Net gain on discontinued operations

   646   1,137   358 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     49 

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

  (100)  646  1,137
                 

Net income

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939  $1,707  $3,209 $7,472
          

Preferred stock dividend requirements

  $68  $19  $—   
                 

Earnings applicable to common shareholders

  $3,141  $7,453  $4,939  $1,588  $3,141 $7,453
                 

Earnings per basic common share:

         

Income from continuing operations

  $2.49  $6.25  $4.32  $1.64  $2.49 $6.25

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.64   1.13   0.33 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     0.05 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

  (0.10)  0.64  1.13
                 

Earnings per basic common share

  $3.13  $7.38  $4.70  $1.54  $3.13 $7.38
                 

Earnings per diluted common share:

         

Income from continuing operations

  $2.37  $5.99  $4.19  $1.54  $2.37 $5.99

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.61   1.08   0.33 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     0.05 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

  (0.09)  0.61  1.08
                 

Earnings per diluted common share

  $2.98  $7.07  $4.57  $1.45  $2.98 $7.07
                 

Average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

   1,001,878,651   1,010,254,255   1,049,896,047   1,028,180,275   1,001,878,651  1,010,254,255
                 

Diluted

   1,054,240,169   1,054,796,062   1,079,936,315   1,095,704,880   1,054,240,169  1,054,796,062
                 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

103109


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

  Fiscal Year   Fiscal Year 
  2007 2006 2005   2008 2007 2006 

Net income

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939   $1,707  $3,209  $7,472 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

   65   104   (89)   (160)  65   104 

Net change in cash flow hedges(2)

   19   53   (70)   16   19   53 

Minimum pension liability adjustment(3)

   (40)  (2)  25    —     (40)  (2)

Net gain related to pension and other postretirement adjustments(4)

   203   —     —   

Amortization of net loss related to pension and postretirement benefits(5)

   19   —     —   

Amortization of prior service credit related to pension and postretirement benefits(6)

   (6)  —     —   
                    

Comprehensive income

  $3,253  $7,627  $4,805   $1,779  $3,253  $7,627 
                    

 

(1)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $35$388 million, $56$(132) million and $(48)$(151) million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively.
(2)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $11 million, $10 million $29 million and $(38)$29 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively.
(3)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxestax benefits of $(16) million $(5) million and $11$(5) million for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, andrespectively.
(4)Amount is net of provision for income taxes of $138 million for fiscal 2005, respectively.2008.
(5)Amount is net of provision for income taxes of $13 million for fiscal 2008.
(6)Amount is net of income tax benefits of $(4) million for fiscal 2008.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

104110


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

 

  Fiscal Year  Fiscal Year 
  2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Net income

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939  $1,707  $3,209  $7,472 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for operating activities:

    

Losses from unconsolidated investees

   47   40   311 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     (49)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

   

Deferred income taxes

   (2,046)  111   (999)  (1,224)  (2,046)  111 

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   1,941   1,923   820   1,878   1,941   1,923 

Depreciation and amortization

   475   876   815   794   475   876 

Provision for consumer loan losses

   478   756   878   —     478   756 

Lease adjustment

   —     —     109 

Gains on business dispositions

  (2,232)  (168)  —   

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt

  (2,252)  —     —   

Insurance settlement

   (38)  —     (251)  —     (38)  —   

Gain on sale of Quilter Holdings Ltd.

   (168)  —     —   

Aircraft-related charges

   —     125   509   —     —     125 

Other-than-temporary impairment charge

   437   —     —     —     437   —   

Goodwill and asset impairment charges

  1,238   —     —   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

       

Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   (32,040)  10,592   (3,388)  2,713   (32,040)  10,592 

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   (30,573)  (78,370)  (24,521)  78,486   (25,361)  (74,769)

Securities borrowed

   59,637   (55,390)  (35,892)  154,209   59,637   (55,390)

Securities loaned

   (39,834)  29,803   23,308   (95,602)  (39,834)  29,803 

Receivables and other assets

   1,786   (41,929)  (1,598)  54,531   (3,973)  (46,287)

Payables and other liabilities

   71,057   33,971   (815)  (114,500)  71,495   34,326 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   48,900   (1,075)  (51,204)

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  54,110   48,900   (1,075)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (105,361)  30,292   55,676   (60,439)  (105,361)  30,292 
                   

Net cash used for operating activities

   (22,093)  (60,803)  (31,352)

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  73,417   (22,249)  (61,245)
                   

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Net (payments for) proceeds from:

       

Office facilities and aircraft under operating leases

   (1,469)  993   (540)

Premises, equipment and software costs

  (1,400)  (1,469)  993 

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (1,169)  (2,706)  (323)  (174)  (1,169)  (2,706)

Sale of Quilter Holdings Ltd.

   476   —     —   

Business dispositions.

  2,303   476   —   

Net principal disbursed on consumer loans

   (4,776)  (12,164)  (14,093)  —     (4,776)  (12,164)

Sales of consumer loans

   5,301   11,532   10,525   —     5,301   11,532 

Sale of interest in POSIT

   —     —     90 

Insurance settlement

   —     —     220 

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (14,073)  —     —     —     (14,073)  —   

Sales of securities available for sale

   4,272   —     —     —     4,272   —   
                   

Net cash used for investing activities

   (11,438)  (2,345)  (4,121)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

  729   (11,438)  (2,345)
                   

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Net (payments for) proceeds from:

   

Short-term borrowings

   8,274   (2,422)  (5,183)  (24,012)  8,274   (2,422)

MSCI Inc. initial public offering

   265   —     —     —     265   —   

Derivatives financing activities

   (859)  546   1,044   962   (859)  546 

Other secured financings

   (24,231)  22,022   16,487   (15,246)  (24,231)  22,022 

Deposits

   23,099   9,647   4,886   11,576   23,099   9,647 

Tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   281   144   355 

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  47   281   144 

Net proceeds from:

       

Issuance of preferred stock

   —     1,097   —   

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants

  18,997   —     1,097 

Issuance of common stock

   927   643   327   397   927   643 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   74,540   47,849   35,768   42,331   74,540   47,849 

Issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

  5,579   —     —   

Payments for:

       

Repayments of long-term borrowings

   (33,120)  (20,643)  (16,735)  (56,120)  (33,120)  (20,643)

Redemption of Capital Units

   (66)  —     —   

Repurchases of common stock

   (3,753)  (3,376)  (3,693)

Redemption of capital units

  —     (66)  —   

Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

  (711)  (3,753)  (3,376)

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

  (1,117)  (438)  (355)

Cash distribution in connection with the Discover Spin-off

   (5,615)  —     —     —     (5,615)  —   

Cash dividends

   (1,219)  (1,167)  (1,180)  (1,227)  (1,219)  (1,167)
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

   38,523   54,340   32,076 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (18,544)  38,085   53,985 
         

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (2,546)  594   797 
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   4,992   (8,808)  (3,397)  53,056   4,992   (8,808)

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   20,606   29,414   32,811   25,598   20,606   29,414 
                   

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $25,598  $20,606  $29,414  $78,654  $25,598  $20,606 
                   

Cash and cash equivalents include:

   

Cash and due from banks

 $11,276  $7,248  $4,761 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  67,378   18,350   15,845 
         

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $78,654  $25,598  $20,606 
         

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $35,587 million, $59,955 million $39,667 million and $23,415$39,667 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $1,406 million, $3,404 million $3,115 million and $1,536$3,115 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

105111


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

(dollars in millions)

 

 Preferred
Stock
 Common
Stock
 Paid-in
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Employee
Stock
Trust
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
 Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
 Total 

BALANCE AT
NOVEMBER 30, 2004

 $—   $12 $2,088  $31,426  $3,824  $(56) $(6,614) $(2,474) $28,206 

Net income

  —    —    —     4,939   —     —     —     —     4,939 

Dividends

  —    —    —     (1,180)  —     —     —     —     (1,180)

Issuance of common stock

  —    —    (780)  —     —     —     1,107   —     327 

Repurchases of common stock

  —    —    —     —     —     —     (3,693)  —     (3,693)

Compensation payable in common stock and options

  —    —    669   —     (764)  —     1,437   (586)  756 

Tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  —    —    317   —     —     —     —     —     317 

Employee tax withholdings and other

  —    —    95   —     —     —     (451)  —     (356)

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —    —    —     —     —     (70)  —     —     (70)

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —    —    —     —     —     25   —     —     25 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —    —    —     —     —     (89)  —     —     (89)
                          Preferred
Stock
 Common
Stock
 Paid-in
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Employee
Stock
Trust
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
 Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
 Total 

BALANCE AT
NOVEMBER 30, 2005

  —    12  2,389   35,185   3,060   (190)  (8,214)  (3,060)  29,182  $—   $12 $2,389  $35,185  $3,060  $(190) $(8,214) $(3,060) $29,182 

Adjustment to opening shareholders’ equity

  —    —    34   (68)  —     —     —     —     (34)  —    —    34   (68)  —     —     —     —     (34)

Net income

  —    —    —     7,472   —     —     —     —     7,472   —    —    —     7,472   —     —     —     —     7,472 

Dividends

  —    —    —     (1,167)  —     —     —     —     (1,167)  —    —    —     (1,167)  —     —     —     —     (1,167)

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,100  —    —     —     —     —     —     —     1,100   1,100  —    —     —     —     —     —     —     1,100 

Issuance of common stock

  —    —    (1,949)  —     —     —     2,592   —     643   —    —    (1,949)  —     —     —     2,592   —     643 

Repurchases of common stock

  —    —    —     —     —     —     (3,376)  —     (3,376)  —    —    —     —     —     —     (3,376)  —     (3,376)

Compensation payable in common stock and options

  —    —    1,486   —     1,255   —     5   (1,255)  1,491   —    —    1,486   —     1,255   —     5   (1,255)  1,491 

Tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  —    —    72   —     —     —     —     —     72 

Net excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  —    —    72   —     —     —     —     —     72 

Employee tax withholdings and other

  —    —    181   —     —     —     (355)  —     (174)  —    —    181   —     —     —     (355)  —     (174)

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —    —    —     —     —     53   —     —     53   —    —    —     —     —     53   —     —     53 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —    —    —     —     —     (2)  —     —     (2)  —    —    —     —     —     (2)  —     —     (2)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —    —    —     —     —     104   —     —     104   —    —    —     —     —     104   —     —     104 
                                                  

BALANCE AT
NOVEMBER 30, 2006

  1,100  12  2,213   41,422   4,315   (35)  (9,348)  (4,315)  35,364   1,100  12  2,213   41,422   4,315   (35)  (9,348)  (4,315)  35,364 

Fair value adjustment

  —    —    —     186   —     —     —     —     186   —    —    —     186   —     —     —     —     186 

Net income

  —    —    —     3,209   —     —     —     —     3,209   —    —    —     3,209   —     —     —     —     3,209 

Dividends

  —    —    —     (1,219)  —     —     —     —     (1,219)  —    —    —     (1,219)  —     —     —     —     (1,219)

Issuance of common stock

  —    —    (1,555)  —     —     —     2,482   —     927   —    —    (1,555)  —     —     —     2,482   —     927 

Repurchases of common stock

  —    —    —     —     —     —     (3,753)  —     (3,753)  —    —    —     —     —     —     (3,753)  —     (3,753)

Compensation payable in common stock and options

  —    —    1,710   5   1,254   —     376   (1,254)  2,091   —    —    1,710   5   1,254   —     376   (1,254)  2,091 

Tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  —    —    280   —     —     —     —     —     280 

Net excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  —    —    280   —     —     —     —     —     280 

Employee tax withholdings and other

  —    —    (15)  —     —     —     (318)  —     (333)  —    —    (15)  —     —     —     (318)  —     (333)

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —    —    —     —     —     19   —     —     19   —    —    —     —     —     19   —     —     19 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —    —    —     —     —     (40)  —     —     (40)  —    —    —     —     —     (40)  —     —     (40)

SFAS No. 158 pension adjustment

  —    —    —     —     —     (208)  —     —     (208)  —    —    —     —     —     (208)  —     —     (208)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —    —    —     —     —     65   —     —     65   —    —    —     —     —     65   —     —     65 

MSCI Inc. initial public offering

  —    —    239   —     —     —     —     —     239   —    —    239   —     —     —     —     —     239 

Discover Spin-off

  —    —    (970)  (5,558)  —     —     970   —     (5,558)  —    —    (970)  (5,558)  —     —     970   —     (5,558)
                                                  

BALANCE AT
NOVEMBER 30, 2007

 $1,100 $12 $1,902  $38,045  $5,569  $(199) $(9,591) $(5,569) $31,269   1,100  12  1,902   38,045   5,569   (199)  (9,591)  (5,569)  31,269 

Net income

  —    —    —     1,707   —     —     —     —     1,707 

Dividends

  —    —    —     (1,227)  —     —     —     —     (1,227)

Issuance of common stock

  —    —    (2,945)  —     —     —     3,342   —     397 

Repurchases of common stock

  —    —    —     —     —     —     (711)  —     (711)

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants

  18,055  —    957   (15)  —     —     —     —     18,997 

Compensation payable in common stock and options

  —    —    1,969   —     (1,668)  —     133   1,668   2,102 

Net excess tax benefits (shortfall) associated with stock-based awards

  —    —    (131)  —     —     —     —     —     (131)

Employee tax withholdings and other

  —    —    (35)  —     —     —     (1,099)  —     (1,134)

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —    —    —     —     —     16   —     —     16 

SFAS No. 158 pension adjustment

  —    —    —     (15)  —     2   —     —     (13)

Pension and other postretirement adjustments

  —    —    —     —     —     216   —     —     216 

FIN 48 tax adjustment

  —    —    —     (92)  —     —     —     —     (92)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —    —    —     —     —     (160)  —     —     (160)

Equity Units

  —    —    (405)  —     —     —     —     —     (405)

Reclassification of negative APIC to Retained earnings

  —    —    307   (307)  —     —     —     —     —   
                                                  

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 2008

 $19,155 $12 $1,619  $38,096  $3,901  $(125) $(7,926) $(3,901) $50,831 
                         

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

106112


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.    Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

 

The Company.    Morgan Stanley (the “Company”) is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management.

 

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

 

Institutional Securities includes capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; benchmark indices and risk management analytics; research; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.

 

Asset Management provides global asset management products and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and fundfunds of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, to institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party retail distribution channels, intermediaries and the Company’s institutional distribution channel.channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.

Financial Holding Company.

Global market and economic conditions were disrupted and volatile in fiscal 2008, and in the fourth quarter, volatility reached unprecedented levels. The Company’s cost and availability of funding have been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. On September 21, 2008, the Company obtained approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”) to become a bank holding company upon the conversion of its wholly owned indirect subsidiary, Morgan Stanley Bank (Utah), from a Utah industrial bank to a national bank. On September 23, 2008, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) authorized Morgan Stanley Bank to commence business as a national bank, operating as Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. Concurrent with this conversion, the Company became a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). As a result of becoming a financial holding company, the Company gained additional access to various government lending programs and facilities including the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”), the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), the Term Securities Lending Facility (“TSLF”) and the Primary Dealer Credit Facility (“PDCF”).

The Company has become subject to the supervision and regulation of the Fed and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. has become subject to the consolidated supervision and regulation of the OCC. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) will continue to insure deposits at Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust to the maximum extent allowed by the FDIC. The Company does not expect significant adverse tax or accounting effects from this status.

Change in Fiscal Year End.

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company will have a December 2008 fiscal month transition period, the results of which will be separately reported in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2009 and in the Company’s Annual Report of Form 10-K for the calendar year ending December 31, 2009.

113


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Discontinued Operations.

 

Discover.    On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off (the “Discover Spin-off”) of its business segment Discover Financial Services (“DFS”). The results of DFS prior to the Discover Spin-off are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.presented through the date of the Discover Spin-off. Fiscal 2008 included costs related to a legal settlement between DFS, VISA and MasterCard.

 

Quilter Holdings Ltd.    The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. (“Quilter”) are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through its sale on February 28, 2007. The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. were formerly included in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

 

Aircraft Leasing.    The results of the Company’s former aircraft leasing business are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through its sale on March 24, 2006. The results of the Company’s aircraft leasing business were formerly included in the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

See Note 2219 for additional information on discontinued operations.

 

Basis of Financial Information.    The consolidated financial statements for the 12 months ended November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”), November 30, 2007 (“fiscal 2007”), and November 30, 2006 (“fiscal 2006”) and November 30, 2005 (“fiscal 2005”) are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill, the outcome of litigation, tax matters and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

The Company, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”), adjusted its opening retained earnings for fiscal 2006 and financial results for the first two quarters of fiscal 2006 to reflect a

107


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

change in its hedge accounting for certain securities under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended (“SFAS No. 133”). The same periods also reflect the adjustments of two compensation and benefit accruals. See Note 24 for additional information on SAB 108.

 

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Consolidation.    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest and certain variable interest entities (“VIE”VIEs”).

 

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks of the entity and have the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities, the Company consolidates those entities it controls through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For entities that do not meet these criteria, commonly known as variable interest entities,VIEs, the Company consolidates those entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of such entities.

 

Notwithstanding the above, certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”), are generally not consolidated by the Company if they meet certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they may hold, the types of sales they may engage in and the range of discretion they may exercise in connection with the assets they hold.hold (see Note 5).

 

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues, except in instances where the Company has elected to fair valuemeasure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”) (see Note 3)2).

 

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

114


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSJS”) and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc. On April 1, 2007, the Company merged Morgan Stanley DW Inc. (“MSDWI”) into MS&Co. Upon completion of the merger, the surviving entity, MS&Co., became the Company’s principal U.S. broker-dealer.

 

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, the Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses.

 

The Company’s cost infrastructure supporting its businesses varies by activity. In some cases, these costs are directly attributable to one line of business, and, in other cases, such costs relate to multiple businesses. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, the Company does not consider these costs separately but rather assesses performance in the aggregate along with the related revenues.

108


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Therefore, the Company’s pricing structure considers various items, including the level of expenses incurred directly and indirectly to support the cost infrastructure, the risk it incurs in connection with a transaction, the overall client relationship and the availability in the market for the particular product and/or service. Accordingly, the Company does not manage or capture the costs associated with the products or services sold or its general and administrative costs by revenue line, in total or by product.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

 

Revenue Recognition.

 

Investment Banking.    Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and advisory assignmentsrestructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenue. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.

 

Commissions.    The Company generates commissions from executing and clearing customer transactions on stock, options and futures markets. Commission revenues are recordedrecognized in the accounts on trade date.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period, generally quarterly or annually.period. Sales commissions paid by the Company in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets. The Company periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Principal transactions—investment revenues or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement.

 

Financial Instruments and Fair Value.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Company’s policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.

 

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    All of the instruments within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, are measured at fair value, either through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting pronouncements. These instruments primarily represent the Company’s trading and investment activities and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements. Additionally, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), certain Deposits, Other secured financings and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured debt)notes and certain junior subordinated debentures) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election.

115


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Gains and losses on all of these instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Principal transactions—trading revenues, or Principal transactions—investment revenues or Investment banking revenues in the consolidated statements of income.income, except for derivatives accounted for as hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein). Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest and dividends are included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest and dividends are included within Principal transactions—trading revenues or Principal transactions—investment revenues. Otherwise, they are included within Interest and dividend income or Interest expense. The fair value of over-the-counter (“OTC”) financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets fair value of cash collateral paid or received against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.

 

Fair Value Option.Option.    The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”), effective December 1, 2006. SFAS No. 159 provides entities the option to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value with changes

109


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

in fair value recognized in earnings each period. SFAS No. 159 permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for certain eligible instruments, including certain loans and loanlending commitments, certain equity method investments, certain structured notes, certain certificates ofjunior subordinated debentures, certain time deposits and otherOther secured financings. See “Accounting Developments” herein for additional information regarding the Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 159.

 

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy.Hierarchy.    The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”), effective December 1, 2006. See “Accounting Developments” herein for additional information regarding the Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 157. Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e.(i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and/or cost approaches. SFAS No. 157 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliabilityobservability of inputs as follows:

 

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

 

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 1 inputs include exchange-traded equity securities and listed derivatives that are actively traded, most U.S. Government securities and certain other sovereign government obligations.

Level 2—Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 2 inputs include: exchange-traded equity securities and listed derivatives that are not actively traded; most over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives; restricted stock; corporate and municipal bonds; certain corporate loans and loan commitments; certain high-yield debt; certain residential and commercial mortgage loans; certain mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), asset-backed securities (“ABS”), and collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) securities; retained interests in certain securitization transactions; structured notes; physical commodities; and mortgage servicing rights.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Assets and liabilities utilizing Level 3 inputs include: certain corporate loans and loan commitments; certain commercial whole loans; certain mortgage loans; certain high-yield debt, distressed debt (i.e., securities of issuers encountering financial difficulties, including bankruptcy or insolvency); certain MBS, ABS and CDO securities; retained interests in certain securitization transactions; investments in real estate funds; private equity investments; and complex over-the-counter derivatives (including certain foreign currency options; long-dated commodity options and swaps; certain mortgage-related credit default swaps; derivative interests in mortgage-related CDOs; and basket credit default swaps).

110


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination

116


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.

The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, such as those experienced in fiscal 2008, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 (see Note 3). In addition, a continued downturn in market conditions could lead to further declines in the valuation of many instruments.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant who holds the asset or owes the liability rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 (see Note 3).

 

Valuation Techniques.    Many cash and OTC contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others area party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company and others area party is willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the bid-ask range that meets the Company’s best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

 

Fair value for many cash and OTC contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, option volatility and currency rates. In accordance with SFAS No. 157, the impact of the Company’s own credit spreads areis also considered when measuring the fair value of liabilities, including OTC derivative contracts. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors including bid-ask spreads,such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality and market liquidity.model uncertainty. These adjustments are subject to judgment, are applied on a consistent basis and are based upon observable inputs where available. The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

See Note 3 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

 

OTC Derivative Contracts.    OTC derivative contractsAssets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.    Certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets include forward, swapcertain goodwill, certain intangible assets, certain premises and option contracts relatedequipment, certain equity method investments, certain loans and certain real estate investments that were impaired during fiscal 2008, primarily in the fourth quarter, and written down to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.their fair value. In addition, a continued downturn in market conditions could result in additional impairment charges in future periods.

 

Depending on the productFor assets and the terms of the transaction, theliabilities measured at fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled usingon a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulae, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swap and option contracts. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized within Level 2 of thenon-recurring basis, fair value hierarchy.

Other derivative products, typicallyis determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the newestuse of observable inputs and most complex products, will require more judgmentminimizes the use of unobservable inputs, by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reducedmeasuring fair value for these items.

 

 111117 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

observability of inputs. This includes certain credit default swaps where direct trading activity or quotesFor further information on financial assets and liabilities that are unobservable. Derivative interests in mortgage-related CDOs, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market for similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity in the cash CDO and synthetic CDO market. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment. Mortgage-related credit default swaps are valued based on data from comparable credit instruments in the cash market and trades in comparable swaps as benchmarks, as prices and spreads for the specific credits subject to valuation tend to be of limited observability. For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation between reference credits is often a significant input into the pricing model, in addition to several other more observable inputs such as credit spread, interest and recovery rates. As the correlation input is unobservable for each specific swap, it is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which external data are available. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of themeasured at fair value hierarchy.

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier spread curves, volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimated using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations.    The fair value of foreign sovereign government obligations is generally based on quoted prices in active markets. When quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currencyrecurring and non-recurring basis, index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Municipal Bonds.    The fair value of municipal bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate Bonds.    The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer is used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates based on collateral values as key inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Corporate Loans and Loan Commitments.    The fair value of corporate loans is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable) and market observable credit default swap levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate loan commitments is estimated by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of these commitments also takes into account certain fee income.

112


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

While certain corporate loans, closed loan commitments and revolving loans are Level 2 instruments, certain other corporate loans and contingent corporate loan commitments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage Loans.    The valuation of mortgage loans depends upon the exit market for the loan. Loans not intended for securitization are valued based on the analysis of the underlying collateral performance, capital structure and market spreads for comparable positions as prices and/or spreads for specific credits tend to be unobservable. Where comparables do not exist, such loans are valued based on origination price and collateral performance (credit events) since origination. These loans are classified in Levels 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company also holds certain loan products and mortgage products with the intent to securitize them. When structuring of the related securitization is substantially complete, such that the value likely to be realized in a current transaction is consistent with the price that a securitization entity will pay to acquire these products, the Company marks them to the expected securitized value. Factors affecting the value of loan and mortgage products intended to be securitized include, but are not limited to, loan type, underlying property type and geographic location, loan interest rate, loan to value ratios, debt service coverage ratio, updated cumulative loan loss data, prepayment rates, yields, investor demand, any significant market volatility since the last securitization, and credit enhancement. While these valuation factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions may require significant judgment. These instruments are classified in Levels 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities include To-be-announced (“TBA”) securities and mortgage pass-through certificates. TBA securities are liquid and have quoted market prices. Fair value of mortgage pass-through certificates is determined via a simulation model, which considers different rate scenarios and historical activity to calculate a spread to the comparable TBA security. U.S. agency securities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) and Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”).    CMBS and ABS may be valued based on external price/spread data. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the valuation is based on prices of comparable bonds. Included in this category are certain interest-only securities, which, in the absence of market prices, are valued as a function of observable whole bond prices and cash flow values of principal-only bonds using current market assumptions at the measurement date. CMBS and ABS are categorized in Level 3 if external prices are unobservable; otherwise they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Retained Interests in Securitization Transactions.    The Company engages in securitization activities related to various types of loans and bonds. The Company may retain interests in securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. To determine fair values, observable inputs are used if available. Observable inputs, however, may not be available for certain retained interests so the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. When there are no significant unobservable inputs, retained interests are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. When unobservable inputs are significant to the fair value measurement, albeit generally supportable by historical and actual benchmark data, retained interests are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Investments in Private Equity and Real Estate.    The Company’s investments in private equity and real estate take the form of direct private equity investments and investment in private equity and real estate funds. The transaction price is used as the best estimate of fair value at inception. When evidence supports a change to the

113


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

carrying value from the transaction price, adjustments are made to reflect expected exit values. Ongoing reviews by Company management are based on an assessment of each underlying investment, incorporating valuations that consider the evaluation of financing and sale transactions with third parties, expected cash flows and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, performance multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These nonpublic investments are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently, and, therefore, the fair value is unobservable.

Physical Commodities.    The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, metals and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Structured Notes.    The Company issues structured notes that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimated using valuation models described in this section for the derivative and debt features of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs, including prices that the notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads also is included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fair Value Measurement—Other.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 157, the Company followed the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities” (“EITF Issue No. 02-3”). Under EITF Issue No. 02-3, recognition of day one profit at inception of an OTC derivative contract was prohibited unless the fair value of the contract was based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. With the adoption of SFAS No. 157, the Company is no longer applying the revenue recognition criteria of EITF Issue No. 02-3.

The fair value of OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets fair value of cash collateral paid or received against its derivatives inventory under credit support annexes, which the Company views as conditional contracts, pursuant to legally enforceable master netting agreements.see Note 3.

 

Hedge AccountingAccounting..

 

The Company applies hedge accounting for hedges involving various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate, foreign exchange and credit risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value. These derivative financial instruments are included within Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges), hedges of the variability of future cash flows from floating rate assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

 

114


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly. The impact of hedge ineffectiveness on the consolidated statements of income, primarily related to fair value hedges, was a gain of $132$17.3 million during fiscal 2008 and a gain of $132.3 million during fiscal 2007. The amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness was immaterial. If a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, it is thereafter accounted for as a financial instrument used for trading.

 

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate borrowings, including both certificates of deposit and senior long-term borrowings. In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company began using regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e.(i.e., the Company applied the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they are material to the fair value of the individual derivatives designated in hedging relationships and whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

 

Previously, the Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate borrowings, including both certificates of deposit and senior long-term borrowings. Forfor these hedges, the Company ensured that the terms of the hedging instruments and hedged items matched and that other accounting criteria were met so that the hedges were assumed to have no ineffectiveness (i.e.(i.e., the Company applied the “shortcut” method of hedge accounting). The Company also used interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of the benchmark interest rate risk of host contracts of equity-linked notes that contained embedded derivatives. For these hedging relationships, regression analysis was used for the prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness.

 

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

 

Fair Value Hedges—Credit Risk.    Until the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company had designated a portion of a credit derivative embedded in a non-recourse structured note liability as a fair value hedge of the credit risk arising from a loan receivable to which the structured note liability was specifically linked. Regression analysis was used to perform prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness for this hedge relationship.

118


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged item provided offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, were recorded in Principal transactions—trading revenues. This hedge was terminated in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 upon derecognition of both the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

 

Cash Flow Hedges.    The Company applies cash flow hedge accounting to interest rate swaps designated as hedges of the variability of future cash flows from floating rate liabilities due to the benchmark interest rate. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. Changes in fair value of these interest rate swaps are recorded to “Net change in cash flow hedges” as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Shareholders’ equity, net of tax effects, to the extent they are effective. Amounts recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are then reclassified to Interest expense as interest on the hedged borrowings is recognized. Any ineffective portion of the change in fair value of these instruments is recorded to Interest expense.

Before the sale of the aircraft leasing business in 2006 (see Note 22)19), the Company applied hedge accounting to interest rate swaps used to hedge variable rate long-term borrowings associated with this business. Changes in the fair value of the swaps were recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Shareholders’ equity, net of tax effects, and then reclassified to Interest expense as interest on the hedged borrowings was recognized.

 

In connection with the sale of the aircraft leasing business, the Company de-designated the interest rate swaps associated with this business effective August 31, 2005 and no longer accounts for them as cash flow hedges. Amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to those interest rate swaps continue to be reclassified to Interest expense since the related borrowings remain outstanding. The Company estimates that approximately $22$21 million of the unrealized loss recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of November 30, 20072008 will be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months.

115


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Investment Hedges.    The Company utilizes forward foreign exchange contracts and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged, and, where forward contracts are used, the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee; where debt instruments are used as hedges, they are denominated in the functional currency of the investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Shareholders’ equity, net of tax effects. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest and dividend revenues or expense.revenues.

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

For purposes of thesethe consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments not held for resale with original maturities when purchased, of three months or less. Inless and readily convertible to known amounts of cash. The Company’s significant non-cash activities include assumed liabilities, in connection with business acquisitions, the Company assumed liabilities of $77 million, $7,704 million $1,377 million and $58$1,377 million in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. At May 31, 2008, the Company consolidated Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”) assets and fiscal 2005,liabilities of approximately $4.7 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively. In connection with the Discover Spin-off, net assets of approximately $5,558 million were distributed to shareholders in fiscal 2007 (see Note 22)19). At November 30, 2007, $8,086 million of securities were transferred from Securities available for sale to Financial instruments owned (see Note 8).owned.

119


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Securitization Activities.

 

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, corporate bonds and loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and other types of financial assets (see Note 5). Generally, such transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets. The gain or loss on sale of such financial assets depends, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based upon their respective fair values at the date of sale. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are accounted for as secured borrowings.

 

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs.

 

Premises and equipment consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power plants, tugs, barges, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—39 years; furniture and fixtures—7 years,years; computer and communications equipment—3 to 8 years; power plants—15 years; tugs and barges—15 years; and terminals and pipelines—3 to 25 years. Estimated useful lives for software costs are generally 3 to 5 years.

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or, where applicable, the remaining term of the lease, but generally not exceeding: 25 years for building structural improvements and 15 years for other improvements.

 

Certain costs incurred in connection with internal-use software projects are capitalized and amortized over the expected useful life of the asset, generally 3 to 5 years.

Income Taxes.

 

Income tax expense is provided for using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates.

 

116


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Earnings per Common Share.

 

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Income available to common shareholders represents net income reduced by preferred stock dividends, amortization of discounts on preferred stock issued and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.securities, which includes the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable pursuant to stock options and restricted stock units for which future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.

Effective October 13, 2008, as a result of the adjustment to Equity Units sold to a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation (see Note 11), the Company calculates earnings per common share in accordance with the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 03-6, “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128,Earnings per Share” (“EITF 03-6”). EITF 03-6 addresses the computation of earnings per share by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the company along with common shareholders according to a predetermined formula. The two-class method requires the Company to present earnings per common shareas ifall of the earnings for the period are distributed to common shareholders and any participating securities, regardless of whether any actual dividends or distributions are made. The amount allocated to the participating

120


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

securities is based upon the contractual terms of their respective contract and is reflected as a reduction to “Net income applicable to common shareholders” for both the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share calculations (see Note 12). The two-class method does not impact the Company’s actual net income or other financial results. Unless contractually required by the terms of the participating securities, no losses are allocated to participating securities for purposes of the earnings per share calculation under the two-class method.

 

Stock-Based Compensation.

 

The Company early adoptedaccounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”), using the modified prospective approach as of December 1, 2004.. SFAS No. 123R revised the fair value-based method of accounting for share-based payment liabilities, forfeitures and modifications of stock-based awards and clarified guidance in several areas, including measuring fair value, classifying an award as equity or as a liability and attributing compensation cost to service periods. Upon adoption, the Company recognized an $80 million gain ($49 million after-tax) as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 resulting from the requirement to estimate forfeitures at the date of grant instead of recognizing them as incurred. The cumulative effect gain increased both basic and diluted earnings per share in fiscal 2005 by $0.05.

 

SFAS No. 123R requires measurement of compensation cost for equity-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company determines the fair value of restricted stock units based on the number of units granted and the grant date fair value of the Company’s common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the single grant life method. Under the single grant life method, option awards with graded vesting are valued using a single weighted-average expected option life. Compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) allows employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a 15% discount from market value. The Company expenses the 15% discount associated with the ESPP.

 

For stock-based awards issued prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company’s accounting policy for awards granted to retirement-eligible employees is to recognize compensation cost over the service period specified in the award terms. The Company accelerates any unrecognized compensation cost for such awards if and when a retirement-eligible employee leaves the Company.

 

For fiscal 2005 year-end stock-based compensation awards that were granted to retirement-eligible employees in December 2005, the Company recognized the compensation cost for such awards at the date of grant instead of over the service period specified in the award terms. As a result, the Company recorded non-cash incremental compensation expenses of approximately $260 million in fiscal 2006 for stock-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees as part of the fiscal 2005 year-end award process and for awards granted to retirement-eligible employees, including new hires, in fiscal 2006. These incremental expenses were included within Compensation and benefits expense and reduced income before taxes within the Institutional Securities ($190 million), Global Wealth Management Group ($50 million) and Asset Management ($20 million) business segments.

 

Additionally, based on interpretive guidance related to SFAS No. 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company changed its accounting policy for expensing the cost of anticipated fiscal 2006 year-end equity awards that are granted to retirement-eligible employees in the first quarter of the following year. Effective December 1, 2005, the Company accrues the estimated cost of these awards over the course of the current fiscal year. As such, the Company accrued the estimated cost of fiscal 20072008 year-end awards granted to retirement-eligible employees over the 20072008 fiscal year, rather than expensing the awards on the date of grant (which occurred in December 2007)2008). The Company believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees is preferable because it better reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

 

 117121 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

If the Company had accrued the estimated cost of equity awards granted to retirement-eligible employees over the course of the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005 rather than expensing such awards at the grant date in December 2005, net income would have decreased during fiscal 2005. The approximate resulting pro forma net income would have been $4,684 million rather than the reported amount of $4,939 million. The approximate resulting impact on earnings per share for fiscal 2005 would have been a reduction in the reported amounts of earnings per basic share from $4.70 to $4.46 and earnings per diluted share from $4.57 to $4.34.

Translation of Foreign Currencies.

Assets and liabilities of operations having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at year-end rates of exchange, and income statement accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of Shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are reviewed annually (or more frequently underwhen certain conditions)events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives.lives and reviewed for impairment.

 

Securities Available for Sale.

Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company purchased certain debt securities that were classified as “securities available for sale” in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Unconsolidated Investees.    TheDebt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS No. 115”). During fiscal 2007, $4.3 billion of securities available for sale were sold for a loss of $74 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company investsdetermined that it no longer intended to hold the remaining securities in unconsolidated investees that own synthetic fuel production plants and in certain structured transactions not integral tothis portfolio until the operationsfair value of the Company. Thesecurities recovered to a level that exceeded their initial cost. Accordingly, the Company accountsrecorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $437 million in Principal transactions–trading revenues in the consolidated statement of income on these securities in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and reclassified $8.1 billion to Financial instruments owned in the consolidated statement of financial condition effective November 30, 2007. This other-than-temporary impairment charge represented all unrealized losses for these investments under the equity method. The Company’s share of the (losses) generated by these investments is recorded within (Losses) gains from unconsolidated investees, and the applicable tax credits and the tax benefits associated with these operating losses are recorded within the Provision for income taxes.securities.

 

Deferred Compensation Arrangements.

Rabbi Trust.    The Company maintains trusts, commonly referred to as rabbi trusts, in connection with certain deferred compensation plans. Assets of rabbi trusts are consolidated, and the value of the Company’s stock held in rabbi trusts is classified in Shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock. The Company has included its obligations under certain deferred compensation plans in Employee stock trust. Shares that the Company has issued to its rabbi trusts are recorded in Common stock issued to employee trust. Both Employee stock trust and Common stock issued to employee trust are components of Shareholders’ equity. The Company recognizes the original amount of deferred compensation (fair value of the deferred stock award at the date of grant—see Note 18)15) as the basis for recognition in Employee stock trust and Common stock issued to employee trust. Changes in the fair value of amounts owed to employees are not recognized as the Company’s deferred compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Deferred Compensation Plans.    The Company also maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in such referenced investments related to its obligations to perform under the deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded primarily in Principal transactions—Investments. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits.

Accounting Developments.

 

Limited Partnerships.Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.    In June 2005,July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) ratified the consensus reachedissued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights” (“EITF Issue No. 04-5”). Under the provisionsIncome Taxes, an interpretation of EITF Issue No. 04-5, a general partner in a limited partnership is presumed to control that limited partnership and, therefore, should include the limited partnership in its consolidated financial statements, regardless of the amount or extent of the general partner’s interest unless a simple majority of the limited partners can vote to dissolve or liquidate the partnership or otherwise remove the general partner without having to show cause or the limited partners have substantive participating rights that can overcome the presumption of control by the general partner. EITF Issue No. 04-5 was effective immediately for all newly formed limited partnerships and existing limited partnerships for which the partnership agreements

 

 118122 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

have been modified. For all other existing limited partnerships for which the partnership agreements have not been modified, the Company adopted EITF Issue No. 04-5 on December 1, 2006. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 04-5 on December 1, 2006 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments.    In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“SFAS No. 155”), which amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended (“SFAS No. 133”), and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 140”), and permits hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation to irrevocably be accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of income. The fair value election may be applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis. SFAS No. 155 also eliminates a restriction on the passive derivative instruments that a qualifying special purpose entity may hold. The Company adopted SFAS No. 155 on December 1, 2006. Since SFAS No. 159 incorporates accounting and disclosure requirements that are similar to SFAS No. 155, the Company decided to apply SFAS No. 159, rather than SFAS No. 155, to its fair value elections for hybrid financial instruments.

Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets.    In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets” (“SFAS No. 156”), which requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. The standard permits an entity to subsequently measure each class of servicing assets or servicing liabilities at fair value and report changes in fair value in the statement of income in the period in which the changes occur. The Company adopted SFAS No. 156 on December 1, 2006 and elected to fair value mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) held as of the date of adoption. This election did not have a material impact on the Company’s opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2006. The Company also elected to fair value MSRs acquired after December 1, 2006.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.    In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. TheAs a result of the adoption of FIN 48 on December 1, 2007, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements.    In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances disclosures requirements for fair value measurements. In addition, SFAS No. 157 disallows the use of block discounts when measuring financial instruments that trade with quoted prices in an active market. It also nullifies select guidance provided by EITF Issue No. 02-3, which prohibited the recognition of trading gains or losses at the inception of a derivative contract, unless the fair value of such derivative is based on a valuation technique that incorporates observable market data. SFAS No. 157 also requires the Company to consider its own credit spreads when measuring the fair value of liabilities, including derivatives. Effective December 1, 2006, the Company elected early adoption of SFAS No. 157. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to block discounts and EITF Issue No. 02-3, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $84$92 million after-tax as an increasea decrease to the opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2006, which was primarily associated with EITF Issue No. 02-3. The impact of considering the Company’s own credit spreads when measuring the fair value of liabilities, including derivatives, did not have a material impact on fair value measurements at the date of adoption. With the adoption of SFAS No. 157, the Company no longer applies the revenue recognition criteria of EITF Issue No. 02-3.

119


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)2007 (see Note 17).

 

Employee Benefit Plans.    In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). Among other items,In fiscal 2007, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158 required recognition of158’s requirement to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of the Company’sits defined benefit and postretirement plans as an asset or liability inliability. In the consolidated financial statements forfirst quarter of fiscal 2008, the fiscal year ending November 30, 2007. The Company recorded an after-tax charge of $208approximately $13 million ($21 million pre-tax) to Shareholders’ equity upon theearly adoption of this requirement. SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement of defined benefit and postretirement plan assets and obligations as of the end of the fiscal year. SFAS No. 158’s other requirement to use the fiscal year-end date as the measurement date is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company expects to early adopt a fiscal year-end measurement date for its fiscal year ending November 30, 2008 and currently expects to record an after-tax charge of approximately $15 million to Shareholders’ equity upon adoption.

Fair Value Option(see Note 16).    In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, which provides entities the option to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. SFAS No. 159 permits the fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. Effective December 1, 2006, the Company elected early adoption of SFAS No. 159 for certain eligible instruments, including certain equity method investments, certain loans and loan commitments, certain certificates of deposits and certain structured notes. Such instruments included loans and other financial instruments held by subsidiaries that are not registered broker-dealers as defined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Audit and Accounting Guide,Brokers and Dealers in Securities, or that are not held by investment companies as defined in the AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide,Investment Companies. A substantial portion of these positions, as well as the financial instruments included within Other secured financings, had been accounted for by the Company at fair value prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 159. Financial instruments under the fair value option election are primarily reflected within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statement of financial condition. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 159, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $102 million after-tax as an increase to the opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2006.

 

Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts.    In April 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FIN 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39”, (“FSP FIN 39-1”). FSP FIN 39-1 amends certain provisions of FIN 39, “Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts,” and permits companies to offset fair value amounts recognized for cash collateral receivables or payables against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement. In accordance with the provisions of FSP FIN 39-1, is effective for fiscal years beginning afterthe Company offset cash collateral receivables and payables against net derivative positions as of November 15, 2007, with early application permitted.30, 2008. The adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 on December 1, 2007 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Investment Company Accounting.    In June 2007, the AICPA issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 07–1, “Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting GuideInvestment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies” (“SOP 07-1”). SOP 07-1 provides guidance for determining whether an entity is within the scope of the AICPA “Audit and Accounting GuideInvestment Companies” (the “Guide”). SOP 07-1 addresses whether the specialized industry accounting principles of the Guide should be retained by a parent company in consolidation. In addition, SOP 07-1 includes certain disclosure requirements for parent companies and equity method investors in investment companies that retain investment company accounting in the parent company’s consolidated financial statements or the financial statements of an equity method investor. SOP 07-1, as originally issued, was to be effective for the Company as

120


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of December 1, 2008. In May 2007, the FASB issued FSP FIN 46R-7, “Application of FIN 46R to Investment Companies,” (“FSP FIN 46R-7”) which amends FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46R”) to make permanent the temporary deferral of the application of FIN 46R to entities within the scope of the revised audit guide under SOP 07-1. FSP FIN 46R-7 is effective upon adoption of SOP 07-1. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SOP 07-1 and FSP FIN 46R-7. In November 2007, the FASB issued a proposed FSP SOP 07-1-a to delay indefinitely the effective date of SOP 07-1.

 

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards.    In June 2007, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (“EITF Issue No. 06-11”). EITF Issue No. 06-11 requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units that are expected to vest be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company currently accounts for this tax benefit as a reduction to its income tax provision. EITF Issue No. 06-11 is to be applied prospectively for tax benefits on dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007.2007 and interim periods within these years. The Company is currently evaluatingdoes not expect the potentialadoption of EITF No. 06-11 to have a material impact of adopting EITF Issue No. 06-11.on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Business Combinations.    In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) applies to all transactions or other events in which the Company obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration, for example, by contract alone or through the lapse of minority veto rights. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 1, 2009.15, 2008.

 

Noncontrolling Interests.    In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to

123


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

as a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. SFAS No. 160 applies prospectively as offor fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 1, 2009, except for the15, 2008. The presentation and disclosure requirements, which willhowever, are to be applied retrospectivelyretrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS No. 160.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions.    In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions” (“FSP FAS No. 140-3”). The objective of FSP FAS No. 140-3 is to provide implementation guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing. Under the guidance in FSP FAS No. 140-3, there is a presumption that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (i.e., a linked transaction) for purposes of evaluation under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 140”). If certain criteria are met, however, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately under SFAS No. 140. FSP FAS No. 140-3 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.    In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and requires entities to provide enhanced qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair values and amounts of gains and losses on derivative contracts, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.    In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 removes the requirement of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”) for an entity to consider, when determining the useful life of an acquired intangible asset, whether the intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions associated with the intangible asset. FSP FAS 142-3 replaces the previous useful-life assessment criteria with a requirement that an entity shall consider its own experience in renewing similar arrangements. If the entity has no relevant experience, it would consider market participant assumptions regarding renewal. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Earnings Per Share.    In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under the two-class method as described in SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share.” Under the guidance in FSP EITF 03-6-1, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively. The Company currently expects the adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 to reduce basic earnings per share by $0.09, $0.16 and $0.42 for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006,

124


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

respectively, and to reduce diluted earnings per share by $0.06, $0.08 and $0.22 for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively.

Instruments Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock.    In June 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF on Issue No. 07-5, “Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock” (“EITF No. 07-5”). EITF No. 07-5 provides guidance for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. EITF No. 07-5 applies to any freestanding financial instrument or embedded feature that has all of the characteristics of a derivative or freestanding instrument that is potentially settled in an entity’s own stock (with the exception of share-based payment awards within the scope of SFAS 123(R)). To meet the definition of “indexed to own stock,” an instrument’s contingent exercise provisions must not be based on (a) an observable market, other than the market for the issuer’s stock (if applicable), or (b) an observable index, other than an index calculated or measured solely by reference to the issuer’s own operations, and the variables that could affect the settlement amount must be inputs to the fair value of a “fixed-for-fixed” forward or option on equity shares. EITF No. 07-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods presented.within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of EITF No. 07-5 to change the classification or measurement of its financial instruments.

Fair Value Measurements.    On October 10, 2008 the FASB issued FSP FAS 157–3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active” (FSP FAS 157–3). FSP FAS 157–3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial instrument when the market for that financial asset is not active. The FSP was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. The adoption of FSP FAS 157–3 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.    In September 2008, the FASB issued for comment revisions to SFAS No. 140 and FASB Interpretation No. 46, as revised (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” The changes proposed include a removal of the scope exemption from FIN 46R for QSPEs, a revision of the current risks and rewards-based FIN 46R consolidation model to a qualitative model based on control and a requirement that consolidation of VIEs be reevaluated on an ongoing basis. Although the revised standards have not yet been finalized, these changes may have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the Company may be required to consolidate QSPEs to which the Company has previously sold assets. In addition, the Company may also be required to consolidate other VIEs that are not currently consolidated based on an analysis under the current FIN 46R consolidation model. The proposed revisions would be effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2009.

Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.    In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employer’s Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (FSP FAS 132(R)-1). FSP FAS 132(R)-1 amends SFAS No. 132 (Revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. The disclosures about plan assets required by this FSP shall be provided for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009.

Disclosures about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities.    In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities” (“FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8”). FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 amends FAS 140 and FIN 46(R) to require additional disclosures regarding transfers of financial assets and interest in variable interest entities. FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 is effective for interim or annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008.

 

 121125 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3.    Fair Value Disclosures.

 

Fair Value Measurements.

 

TheA description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities recordedmeasured at fair value have been categorized based uponon a recurring basis follows.

Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased

U.S. Government and Agency Securities

U.S. Government Securities.    U.S. government securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. government securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities are comprised of two main categories consisting of agency issued debt and mortgage pass-throughs. Non-callable agency issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Mortgage pass-throughs include To-be-announced (“TBA”) securities and mortgage pass-through certificates. TBA securities are generally valued using quoted market prices or are benchmarked thereto. Fair value of mortgage pass-through certificates are model driven with respect to the comparable TBA security. Actively traded non-callable agency issued debt securities and TBA securities are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency issued debt securities and mortgage pass-through certificates are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other Sovereign Government Obligations

Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. To the extent quoted prices are not available, fair value hierarchyis determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in accordance with SFAS No. 157. See Noteterms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Levels 1 or 2 for a discussion of the Company’s policies regardingfair value hierarchy.

Corporate and Other Debt

Corporate Bonds.    The fair value of corporate bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data does not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates based on collateral values as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments.    The fair value of corporate loans is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable) and market observable loan credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is estimated by using executed

126


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of these commitments also takes into account certain fee income. Corporate loans and lending commitments are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Municipal Bonds.    The fair value of municipal bonds is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage Loans.    Mortgage loans are valued using prices based on trade data for identical or comparable instruments. Where observable prices are not available, the Company estimates fair value based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types, or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Due to the subjectivity involved in comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, the majority of loans are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) and Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”).    CMBS and ABS may be valued based on external price or spread data. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the valuation is based on prices of comparable bonds. Valuation levels of ABS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions. CMBS and ABS are categorized in Level 3 if external prices or spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”).    The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”) with interest rates that are reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often backed by municipal bond insurance. ARS were historically traded and valued at par due to the auction mechanism and generally liquid markets that existed. Beginning in fiscal 2008, uncertainties in the credit markets have resulted in auctions failing for certain types of ARS. Once the auctions failed, ARS could no longer be valued using observations of auction market prices. Accordingly, the fair value of ARS is determined using independent external market data where available and an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk in the current market environment.

The key drivers that impact the valuation of SLARS are the amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations.

The key drivers that impact the valuation of MARS are independent external market data, quality of underlying issuers and evidence of issuer calls. To the extent the valuation technique relies on observable external data, ARS are classified in Level 2; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Retained Interests in Securitization Transactions.    Fair value for retained interests in securitized financial assets (in the form of one or more tranches of the securitization) is determined using observable prices or, in cases where observable prices are not available for certain retained interests, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and

127


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. When observable prices are available, retained interests are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. In the absence of observable prices, retained interests are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Corporate Equities

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities.    Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative and Other Contracts

Listed Derivative Contracts.    Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

OTC Derivative Contracts.    OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulae, such as the Black- Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swap and option contracts. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Other derivative products, typically the newest and most complex products or products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes derivative interests in certain mortgage-related collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) securities, mortgage-related credit default swaps, basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative interests in mortgage-related CDOs, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market for similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity in the cash CDO and synthetic CDO markets. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

Mortgage-related credit default swaps are valued based on data from comparable credit instruments in the cash market and trades in comparable swaps as benchmarks, as prices and spreads for the specific credits subject to valuation tend to be of limited observability.

128


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation between reference credits is a significant input into the pricing model, in addition to several other more observable inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates. As the correlation input is unobservable for each specific swap, it is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which external correlation data are available.

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier spread curves, volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimated using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Investments

Investments in Private Equity and Real Estate.    The Company’s investments in private equity and real estate take the form of direct private equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Company’s best estimate of fair value. Thereafter, valuation is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, incorporating valuations that consider the evaluation of financing and sale transactions with third parties, expected cash flows and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, performance multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These nonpublic investments are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently, and, therefore, the fair value is unobservable.

Physical Commodities

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits

Time Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated using third-party quotations. These deposits are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings

Structured Notes.    The Company issues structured notes that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimated using valuation models described above for the derivative and debt features of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices that the notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads is also included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

129


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of November 30, 2007:2008 and November 30, 2007. See Note 2 for a discussion of the Company’s policies regarding this fair value hierarchy.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of November 30, 2008

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance
as of
November 30,

2008
  (dollars in millions)

Assets

     

Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

 $33,642 $—   $—   $—    $33,642

Financial instruments owned:

     

U.S. government and agency securities

  5,930  14,115  206  —     20,251

Other sovereign government obligations

  9,148  10,920  3  —     20,071

Corporate and other debt

  47  53,977  34,460  —     88,484

Corporate equities

  32,519  3,748  907  —     37,174

Derivative and other contracts(1)

  2,478  150,033  40,852  (93,597)  99,766

Investments

  536  330  9,509  —     10,375

Physical commodities

  2  2,202  —    —     2,204
                

Total financial instruments owned

  50,660  235,325  85,937  (93,597)  278,325

Securities received as collateral

  4,402  800  15  —     5,217

Intangible assets(2)

  —    —    220  —     220

Liabilities

     

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $—   $1,412 $—   $—    $1,412

Deposits

  —    6,008  —    —     6,008

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

     

U.S. government and agency securities

  9,474  682  —    —     10,156

Other sovereign government obligations

  5,140  4,220  —    —     9,360

Corporate and other debt

  18  5,400  3,943  —     9,361

Corporate equities

  16,418  108  21  —     16,547

Derivative and other contracts(1)

  5,509  115,621  13,228  (60,837)  73,521
                

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  36,559  126,031  17,192  (60,837)  118,945

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  4,402  800  15  —     5,217

Other secured financings

  —    6,780  5,747  —     12,527

Long-term borrowings

  —    23,413  5,417  —     28,830

(1)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level.
(2)Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) accounted for at fair value (see Note 5).

130


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of November 30, 2007

 

 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance
as of
November 30,
2007
 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance
as of
November 30,
2007
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions)

Assets

          

Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

 $31,354 $—   $—   $—    $31,354 $31,354 $—   $—   $—    $31,354

Financial instruments owned:

          

U.S. government and agency securities

  11,038  12,189  660  —     23,887  11,038  12,189  660  —     23,887

Other sovereign government obligations

  15,834  5,743  29  —     21,606  15,834  5,743  29  —     21,606

Corporate and other debt

  223  110,443  37,058  —     147,724  223  110,443  37,058  —     147,724

Corporate equities

  82,592  3,549  1,236  —     87,377  82,592  3,549  1,236  —     87,377

Derivative contracts(1)

  4,526  90,654  21,601  (39,778)  77,003

Derivative and other contracts(1)

  4,526  90,654  21,601  (39,778)  77,003

Investments

  953  249  13,068  —     14,270  953  249  13,068  —     14,270

Physical commodities

  —    3,096  —    —     3,096  —    3,096  —    —     3,096
                      

Total financial instruments owned

  115,166  225,923  73,652  (39,778)  374,963  115,166  225,923  73,652  (39,778)  374,963

Securities received as collateral

  68,031  14,191  7  —     82,229  68,031  14,191  7  —     82,229

Intangible assets(2)

  —    428  —    —     428  —    428  —    —     428

Liabilities

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $—   $3,068 $—   $—    $3,068 $—   $3,068 $—   $—    $3,068

Deposits

  —    3,769  —    —     3,769  —    3,769  —    —     3,769

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

          

U.S. government and agency securities

  8,208  13  —    —     8,221  8,208  13  —    —     8,221

Other sovereign government obligations

  9,633  5,994  —    —     15,627  9,633  5,994  —    —     15,627

Corporate and other debt

  16  6,454  1,122  —     7,592  16  6,454  1,122  —     7,592

Corporate equities

  29,948  935  16  —     30,899  29,948  935  16  —     30,899

Derivative contracts(1)

  7,031  86,968  15,663  (38,058)  71,604

Derivative and other contracts(1)

  7,031  86,968  15,663  (38,058)  71,604

Physical commodities

  —    398  —    —     398  —    398  —    —     398
                      

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  54,836  100,762  16,801  (38,058)  134,341  54,836  100,762  16,801  (38,058)  134,341
           

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  68,031  14,191  7  —     82,229  68,031  14,191  7  —     82,229

Other secured financings

  —    25,451  2,321  —     27,772  —    25,451  2,321  —     27,772

Long-term borrowings

  —    37,994  398  —     38,392  —    37,994  398  —     38,392

 

(1)Amounts representFor positions with the impact ofsame counterparty netting acrossthat cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy. Nettinghierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level.
(2)Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value (see Note 5).

 

 122131 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presentstables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.basis for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains and lossesor (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized orand unrealized gains and lossesor (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories. Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains and lossesor (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g.(e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g.(e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

The following tables reflect gains and losses for all assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively. For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains and losses are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 as of the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains and losses are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out as of the beginning of the period.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2008

  Beginning
Balance
 Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains or
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
  Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
  Ending
Balance
 Unrealized
Gains

or (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
November 30,
2008(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

U.S. government and agency securities

 $660 $9  $(367) $(96) $206 $(8)

Other sovereign government obligations

  29  (6)  (20)  —     3  (2)

Corporate and other debt

  37,058  (12,835)  411   9,826   34,460  (12,683)

Corporate equities

  1,236  (537)  (52)  260   907  (351)

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

  5,938  20,974   (512)  1,224   27,624  20,499 

Investments

  13,068  (3,324)  1,928   (2,163)  9,509  (3,350)

Securities received as collateral

  7  —     8   —     15  —   

Intangible assets

  —    (220)  19   421   220  (220)

Liabilities

      

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Corporate and other debt

 $1,122 $221  $2,865  $177  $3,943 $94 

Corporate equities

  16  (165)  (271)  111   21  27 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  7  —     8   —     15  —   

Other secured financings

  2,321  1,349   1,440   3,335   5,747  1,349 

Long-term borrowings

  398  226   5,428   (183)  5,417  226 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—trading in the consolidated statements of income except for $(3,324) million related to Financial instruments owned—investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments .
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for fiscal 2008 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at November 30, 2008.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts.

132


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt.    The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, certain collateralized debt obligations (including collateralized bond obligations and collateralized loan obligations) certain commercial whole loans and by certain corporate loans and lending commitments.

During fiscal 2008, the Company reclassified approximately $17.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, commercial whole loans and corporate loans. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the valuation of these instruments. These unobservable inputs include, depending upon the position, assumptions to establish comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels, default recovery rates, forecasted credit losses and prepayment rates.

During fiscal 2008, the Company reclassified approximately $7.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to ABS and corporate loans as some liquidity re-entered the market for these specific positions and external prices and spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net gains in Level 3 Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by widening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of certain basket default swaps, single name default swaps and tranche-indexed credit default swaps where the Company was long protection.

The Company reclassified certain Net derivative contracts from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to tranche-indexed credit default swaps. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement. These unobservable inputs include assumptions of comparability to similar instruments with observable market levels and correlation.

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio.

The Company reclassified investments from Level 3 to Level 2 because it was determined that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were observable.

Intangible assets.    The Company reclassified MSRs from Level 2 to Level 3 as significant inputs to the valuation model became unobservable during the period.

Other secured financings.    The Company reclassified Other secured financings from Level 2 to Level 3 because it was determined that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were unobservable.

Long-term borrowings.    Amounts included in the Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net column primarily relates to the issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation (“CIC”) investment (see Note 11).

133


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2007

 

 Beginning
Balance
 Total Realized and Unrealized Gains
or (Losses) Included in Income
 Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains or
(Losses)
  Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
  Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance
 Principal
Transactions:
Trading
 Principal
Transactions:
Investments
 Other
Revenues
  Beginning
Balance
 Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains or
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
 Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance
 Unrealized
Gains
or (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
November 30,
2007(2)
 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Assets

              

Financial instruments owned:

              

U.S. government and agency securities

 $2 $134  $—   $  —   $134  $524  $—   $660 $2 $134  $524  $—   $660 $49 

Other sovereign government obligations

  162  10   —    —    10   (143)  —    29  162  10   (143)  —    29  2 

Corporate and other debt(1)

  33,941  (5,999)  —    —    (5,999)  3,664   5,452  37,058

Corporate and other debt

  33,941  (5,999)  3,664   5,452  37,058  (4,528)

Corporate equities

  1,040  62   —    —    62   (260)  394  1,236  1,040  62   (260)  394  1,236  515 

Net derivative contracts(1)(2)

  30  4,152   —    —    4,152   913   843  5,938

Investments(3)

  3,879  —     2,538  —    2,538   6,651   —    13,068

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

  30  4,152   913   843  5,938  (3,294)

Investments

  3,879  2,538   6,651   —    13,068  1,492 

Securities received as collateral

  40  —     —    —    —     (33)  —    7  40  —     (33)  —    7  —   

Other assets(4)

  2,154  —     —    32  32   (2,186)  —    —    2,154  32   (2,186)  —    —    —   

Liabilities

              

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

              

Corporate and other debt(1)

 $185 $(1,242) $—   $—   $(1,242) $(439) $134 $1,122

Corporate and other debt

 $185 $(1,242) $(439) $134 $1,122 $(455)

Corporate equities

  9  (58)  —    —    (58)  (55)  4  16  9  (58)  (55)  4  16  (27)

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  40  —     —    —    —     (33)  —    7  40  —     (33)  —    7  —   

Other secured financings

  4,724  —     —    —    —     (2,403)  —    2,321  4,724  —     (2,403)  —    2,321  —   

Long-term borrowings

  464  (114)  —    —    (114)  (185)  5  398  464  (114)  (185)  5  398  (116)

 

(1)The netTotal realized and unrealized gains from (losses) are included in Principal transactions—trading in the consolidated statements of income except for $2,538 million related to Financial instruments owned—investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments and $32 million related to Other assets associated with DFS and included in discontinued operations.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for fiscal 2007 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at November 30, 2007.
(3)Net derivative contracts and the net losses from Corporate and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts.
(4)Other assets were disposed of in connection with the Discover Spin-off.

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Corporate and other debt.    The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, and by corporate loans and lending commitments.

The Company reclassified certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement became unobservable. These reclassifications included transfers in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 primarily related to the continued market and liquidity deterioration in the mortgage markets. The most material transfers into Level 3 were in commercial whole loans, residuals from residential securitizations and interest-only commercial mortgage and agency bonds.

134


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net gains in Level 3 Net derivative contracts were primarily driven by certain credit default swaps and other instruments associated with the Company’s credit products and securitized products activities. The Company recorded offsetting net losses in Level 2 Net derivative contracts, which were primarily associated with the Company’s credit products and securitized products activities.

The Company reclassified certain Net derivative contracts from Level 2 to Level 3 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement became unobservable. The most material transfers into Level 3 were commercial and residential credit default swaps.

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    The net gains from Financial instruments owned—investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis as of November 30, 2008

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets include certain loans, certain equity method investments, certain premises and equipment, certain goodwill, certain intangible assets and certain real estate investments that were impaired during fiscal 2008, primarily in the fourth quarter. The following table presents, by caption on the consolidated statement of financial position, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during fiscal 2008.

  Carrying Value at
November 30, 2008
 Fair Value Measurements Using: Total Gains
(Losses) for
Fiscal 2008(1)
 
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Receivables—Other loans(2)

 $634 $—   $70 $564 $(121)

Other investments(3)

  164  —    —    164  (96)

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

  91  —    —    91  (15)

Goodwill(5)

  —    —    —    —    (673)

Intangible assets(6)

  219  —    —    219  (52)

Other assets(7)

  777  —    —    777  (281)
                

Total

 $1,885 $—   $70 $1,815 $(1,238)
                

(1)Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statement of income except for impairment losses related to Receivables—Other loans and Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2)Loans held for investment with a carrying amount of $755 million were written down to their fair value of $634 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $121 million, calculated based upon the fair value of the collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using external indicative bids, if available, or internal expected recovery models.
(3)Equity method investments with a carrying amount of $260 million were written down to their fair value of $164 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $96 million. Impairment losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)Property and equipment with a carrying amount of $106 million were written down to their fair value of $91 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $15 million. The impairment charge relates to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment.
(5)Goodwill with a carrying amount of $673 million was written down to its fair value of $0 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $673 million. The impairment charge relates to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment. The fair value of the fixed income business was estimated by comparison to similar companies using their publicly traded price-to-book multiples as the basis for valuation. The impairment charge resulted from declines in the credit and mortgage markets in general, which caused significant declines in the stock market movements primarily associated with credit productscapitalization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, and various credit linked instruments, respectively. The net gainshence, a decline in Level 3 Net derivative contracts were primarily driven by certain credit default swaps and other instruments associated with the Company’s credit products and securitized products activities. The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, and by corporate loans and loan commitments.fair value of the fixed income business (see Note 6).

 

 123135 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(6)These results are onlyIntangible assets other than goodwill with a componentcarrying amount of the overall trading strategies$271 million were written down to fair value of these businesses and do not take into consideration any related financial instruments that have been classified by the Company$219 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $52 million. Impairment losses of $21 million recorded within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories. For example, the Company recorded offsetting net losses in Level 2 Net derivative contracts, which were primarily associated with the Company’s credit products and securitized products activities.

The Company reclassified certain Corporate and other debt and Net derivative contracts from Level 2 to Level 3 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement became unobservable. These reclassifications included transfers in the fourth quarterInstitutional Securities business segment primarily related to intellectual property rights. Impairment losses of $31 million recorded within the continued market and liquidity deterioration in the mortgage markets. The most material transfers into Level 3 were in commercial whole loans, residuals from residential securitizations, and interest-only commercial mortgage and agency bonds as well as commercial and residential credit default swaps.Asset Management business segment primarily related to management contract intangibles (see Note 6).
(2)(7)Amounts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative contracts netBuildings and property with a carrying amount of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative contracts.
(3)The net gains from Financial instruments owned—investments$1,004 million were primarily relatedwritten down to investmentstheir fair value of $737 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $267 million. Fair values were generally determined using discounted cash flow models or third-party appraisals and valuations. A deferred commission asset associated with certain mutual fund sales commissions with a carrying value of $54 million was written down to its fair value of $40 million, resulting in an impairment of $14 million. The fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow model. These charges relate to the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio.
(4)These assets were disposed of in connection with the Discover Spin-off.Asset Management business segment.

 

The following table presents the amounts of unrealized gains or (losses) for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007 relating to those assets andThere were no liabilities for which the Company utilized significant Level 3 inputs to determinemeasured at fair value and thaton a non-recurring basis during fiscal 2008. There were still held by the Companyno assets or liabilities measured at November 30, 2007:

Fiscal 2007 Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Still Held at November 30, 2007

   Fiscal Year Ended
November 30, 2007
   Principal
Transactions:
Trading
  Principal
Transactions:
Investments
   (dollars in millions)

Assets

   

Financial instruments owned:

   

U.S. government and agency securities

  $49  $—  

Other sovereign government obligations

   2   —  

Corporate and other debt

   (4,528)  —  

Corporate equities

   515   —  

Investments

   —     1,492

Net derivative contracts

   (3,294)  —  

Liabilities

   

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

   

Corporate and other debt

  $(455) $  —  

Corporate equities

   (27)  —  

Long-term borrowings

   (116)  —  

124


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)fair value on a non-recurring basis during fiscal 2007.

 

Fair Value Option.

 

The following table presents information about the eligible instruments for which the Company elected the fair value option and for which a transition adjustment was recorded as of December 1, 2006:

 

  Carrying Value of
Instrument
at December 1, 2006
  Transition
Adjustment
to Retained
Earnings
Gain/(Loss)
 Carrying Value of
Instrument
at December 1, 2006
(after Adoption of
SFAS No. 159)
 Carrying Value of
Instrument
at December 1, 2006
 Transition
Adjustment
to Retained

Earnings
Gain/(Loss)
 Carrying Value of
Instrument
at December 1, 2006
(after Adoption of
SFAS No. 159)
  (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions)

Financial instruments owned:

        

Corporate lending(1)

  $8,587  $16  $8,603 $8,587 $16  $8,603

Mortgage lending(2)

   1,258   7   1,265  1,258  7   1,265

Investments(3)

   1,305   13   1,318  1,305  13   1,318

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(4)

   946   (1)  947  946  (1)  947

Deposits(5)

   3,143   1   3,142  3,143  1   3,142

Long-term borrowings(4)

   14,354   130   14,224  14,354  130   14,224
            

Pre-tax cumulative effect of adoption of the fair value option

     166     166  

Deferred taxes

     64     64  
            

Cumulative effect of adoption of the fair value option

    $102    $102  
            

 

The transition adjustments were primarily related to the following:

 

(1)Loans and loanlending commitments made in connection with Institutional Securities’ corporate lending activities. The fair value option was elected for these positions as they are generally risk managed on a fair value basis.
(2)Certain mortgage lending products which are risk managed by the Institutional Securities business segment on a fair value basis. The Company did not elect the fair value option for other eligible mortgage lending products that were managed by the Discover business segment prior to the Discover Spin-off.
(3)Certain investments that had been previously accounted for under the equity method, as well as certain interests in clearinghouses. The fair value option was elected only for positions that are risk managed on a fair value basis.
(4)Structured notes and other hybrid long-term debt instruments. The fair value option was elected for these positions as they are risk managed on a fair value basis. The fair value option was elected for all such instruments issued after December 1, 2006 and a portion of the portfolio of instruments outstanding as of December 1, 2006. The fair value option was not elected for the remaining portion of the portfolio that existed as of December 1, 2006 due to cost-benefit considerations, including the operational effort involved.
(5)BrokeredCertain time deposits (i.e., brokered and callable certificates of depositdeposit) issued by certain of the Company’s bank subsidiaries. The fair value option was elected for these positions as they are risk-managed on a fair value basis. The Company did not elect the fair value option for other eligible instruments within Deposits that were managed by the Discover business segment prior to the Discover Spin-off.

136


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presentstables present gains and (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for fiscal year ended2008 and fiscal 2007.

   Principal
Transactions:
Trading
  Net
Interest
Revenue
  Gains (Losses)
Included in Net
Revenues
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Fiscal 2008

  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $1,238  $(2) $1,236 

Deposits

   14   —     14 

Long-term borrowings

   10,924   (748)  10,176 

Fiscal 2007

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(326) $(5) $(331)

Deposits

   (5)  —     (5)

Long-term borrowings

   (481)  (366)  (847)

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 2, all of the instruments within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are measured at fair value, either through the election of SFAS No. 159 or as required by other accounting pronouncements.

For fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, the estimated changes in the fair value of the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures, for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were gains of approximately $5.6 billion and $840 million, respectively. These gains were attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads and were determined based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads. The remainder of changes in fair value of the short-term and long-term borrowings during fiscal 2008 is attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and movements in the reference price or index for structured notes. As of November 30, 2007:

Fiscal year ended November 30, 2007

  Principal
Transactions:
Trading
  Net
Interest
Revenue
  Losses Included in
the Year Ended
November 30,
2007(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(326) $(5) $(331)

Deposits

   (5)  —     (5)

Long-term borrowings

   (481)  (366)  (847)

(1)In addition to these amounts, as discussed in Note 2, all of the instruments within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are measured at fair value, either through the election of SFAS No. 159 or as required by other accounting pronouncements. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recorded in Principal transactions—trading and Principal transactions—investment revenues.

125


MORGAN STANLEY2008 and November 30, 2007, the aggregate contractual principal amount of short-term and long-term debt instruments for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the fair value of such instruments by approximately $7.5 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)The estimated changes in the fair value of certain financial instruments included in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, for which the fair value option was elected that was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were gains of approximately $280 million in fiscal 2008. The gains were related to contingent lending commitments. These contingent lending commitments closed, and accordingly, the contracts were reclassified from Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Corporate and other debt to Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt as the contracts became funded loan assets. The gains on contingent lending commitments discussed above were partially offset by losses on loan assets in fiscal 2008. See discussion below regarding changes in instrument-specific credit spreads related to loan assets. For fiscal 2007, the estimated changes in the fair value of certain financial instruments included in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were losses of approximately $291 million. This loss was primarily related to leveraged lending contingent commitments and was attributable to the illiquid market conditions that existed late in fiscal 2007. It was generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields at November 30, 2007 and contractual yields.

 

As of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the aggregate contractual principal amount of loans for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the fair value of such loans by approximately $28,880 million.$30.5 billion and $28.9 billion, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due as of November 30,

137


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2008 and November 30, 2007 was $6,588 million.$2.0 billion and $6.6 billion, respectively. The aggregate contractual principal amount of such loans 90 or more days past due exceeded their fair value by approximately $23,501 million.$19.8 billion and $23.5 billion at November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively. This difference in amount primarily emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.

 

For fiscal 2008, changes in the fair value of loans for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were losses of $5.9 billion. For fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, changes in the fair value of loans for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were losses of $2,258 million.$2.3 billion. Instrument-specific credit losses were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the estimated changes in the fair value of the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings, including structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected that were attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads were gains of approximately $840 million. This gain was attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads and was determined based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads. As of November 30, 2007, the aggregate contractual principal amount of long-term debt instruments for which the fair value option was elected exceeded the fair value of such instruments by approximately $1,572 million.

The estimated change in the fair value of other liabilities for which the fair value option was elected that was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit spreads was a loss of approximately $291 million in the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007. This loss was primarily related to leveraged loan contingent commitments and was attributable to the illiquid market conditions that existed late in the year. It was generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields at November 30, 2007 and contractual yields.

 

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

 

Some of the Company’s financial instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but nevertheless are recorded at amounts that approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature. Such financial assets and financial liabilities include: Cash and cash equivalents,due from banks, the cash component of Cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, Interest bearing deposits with banks, Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned, Receivables—customers, Receivables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, Payables—customers, Payables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, and certain Deposits.

 

The Company’s long-term borrowings are recorded at historical amounts unless elected under the SFAS No. 159 fair value election or designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge under SFAS No. 133. TheFor long-term borrowings not measured at fair value, the fair value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. At November 30, 2008, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was approximately $25.0 billion higher than fair value. At November 30, 2007, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was approximately $3.3 billion higher than fair value. At November 30, 2006, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was approximately $1.8 billion less than fair value.

126


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

4.    Collateralized Transactions.

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), principally government and agency securities, are carried at the amounts at which the securities subsequently will be resold or reacquired as specified in the respective agreements; such amounts include accrued interest. Reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. Securities borrowed and Securities loaned are carried at the amounts of cash collateral advanced and received in connection with the transactions. Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated variable interest entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-referenced securities and loans where in all instances these liabilities are payable solely from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned.

 

138


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company pledges its financial instruments owned to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged securities that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of securities owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

 

  At
November 30,
2007
  At
November 30,
2006
  At
November 30,

2008
  At
November 30,

2007
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Financial instruments owned:

        

U.S. government and agency securities

  $7,134  $12,111  $7,701  $7,134

Other sovereign government obligations

   333   893   626   333

Corporate and other debt

   32,530   44,237   33,037   32,530

Corporate equities

   1,133   6,662   5,726   1,133
            

Total

  $41,130  $63,903  $47,090  $41,130
            

 

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. At November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006,2007, the fair value of securities received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $948$294 billion and $942$948 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $708$227 billion and $780$708 billion, respectively.

 

The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities for securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the consolidated statementstatements of financial condition. At November 30, 20072008 and November 30,

127


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2006, $82 2007, $5 billion and $65$82 billion, respectively, were reported as Securities received as collateral and an Obligation to return securities received as collateral in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Collateral received in connection with these transactions that was subsequently repledged was approximately $72$5 billion and $45$72 billion at November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006,2007, respectively.

 

The Company manages credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a customer default, the right to liquidate collateral and the right to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. Where deemed appropriate, the Company’s agreements with third parties specify its rights to request additional collateral. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. For these transactions, adherence to the

139


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.

 

The Company is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries, or issuers engaged in a particular industry. Financial instruments owned by the Company include U.S. government and agency securities and securities issued by other sovereign governments (principally the U.K., Japan, South Korea and Brazil), which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 6% of the Company’s total assets at November 30, 2008. In addition, substantially all of the collateral held by the Company for resale agreements or bonds borrowed, which together represented approximately 19% of the Company’s total assets at November 30, 2008, consist of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other sovereign government obligations. Positions taken and commitments made by the Company, including positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments made in connection with its private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including non-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Company may originate or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with high loan-to-value ratios.

5.    Securitization Activities and Variable Interest Entities.

 

Securitization Activities.    The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial assets. Special purpose entities (“SPEs”), also known as variable interest entities (“VIEs”)VIEs, are typically used in such securitization transactions. The Company does not consolidate certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as QSPEs, if they meet certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they may hold, the types of sales they may engage in and the range of discretion they may exercise in connection with the assets they hold. The determination of whether an SPE meets the criteria to be a QSPE requires considerable judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE are significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE are passive and nonexcessive. See Note 1 for further information on QSPEs.

The following table presents the total assets (unpaid principal amount) of, and retained interests in, QSPEs to which the Company acting as principal has transferred assets and received sales treatment:

   At November 30, 2008
   QSPE Assets  Retained Interests
   (dollars in millions)

Residential mortgage loans

  $67,909  $593

Commercial mortgage loans

   111,069   416

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   29,008   233

Other

   2,628   —  
        

Total

  $210,614  $1,242
        

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by

140


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

securitization vehicles. Underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Retained interestsNet gains at the time of securitization were not material in securitized financial assets were approximately $5.3 billion at November 30, 2007,fiscal 2008.

The following tables present information on the majority of which were related toCompany’s investment grade and non-investment grade residential mortgage loan, commercial mortgage loan and U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligation securitization transactions. Net gains at the time of securitization were not material in fiscal 2007.

128


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents information on the Company’s residential mortgage loan, commercial mortgage loan and U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligation securitization transactions. Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of the retained interests to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions at November 30, 2007 were as followstransactions (dollars in millions):

 

   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
 

Investment grade retained interests

  $2,048  $678  $826 

Non-investment grade retained interests

   1,167   406   —   
             

Total retained interests (carrying amount/fair value)

  $3,215  $1,084  $826 
             

Weighted average life (in months)

   49   57   51 

Range

   1-322   0.5-139   1-271 

Weighted average discount rate (per annum)

   12.55%  8.48%  6.04%

Range

   1.12-74.10%  3.00-16.83%  0.75-18.12%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

  $(114) $(14) $(16)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

  $(218) $(28) $(31)

Weighted average credit losses (rate per annum)

   4.52%  3.24%  0.00%

Range

   0.00-12.00%  0.00-13.69%  0.00-0.00%

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

  $(215) $(5) $—   

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

  $(371) $(10) $—   

Weighted average prepayment speed assumption (“PSA”)(1)(2)

   1,173   —     301 

Range

   188-2,250PSA   —     167-718PSA 

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

  $(118) $—    $(7)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

  $(194) $—    $(19)

At November 30, 2008:

  Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations

Investment grade retained interests

  $548  $321  $233

Non-investment grade retained interests

   45   95   —  
            

Total retained interests (carrying amount/fair value)

  $593  $416  $233
            

 

(1)Amounts for residential mortgage loans exclude positive valuation effects from immediate 10% and 20% changes.
(2)Commercial mortgage loans typically contain provisions that either prohibit or economically penalize the borrower from prepaying the loan for a specified period of time.

The weighted average assumptions and parameters used initially to value retained interests in relation to securitizations that were still held by the Company as of November 30, 2007 were as follows:

   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
 

Weighted average life (in months)

  45  64  72 

Weighted average discount rate (rate per annum)

  9.51% 6.87% 5.79%

Weighted average credit losses (rate per annum)

  2.23% 1.54% —   

Weighted average prepayment speed assumptions

  1,842  —    258 

The tables above do not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge risks inherent in its retained interests. In addition, the sensitivity analysis is hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in an assumption generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interests is calculated independent of changes in any other assumption; in practice, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. In addition, the sensitivity analysis does not consider any corrective action that the Company may take to mitigate the impact of any adverse changes in the key assumptions.

129


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At November 30, 2007:

  Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations

Investment grade retained interests

  $2,048  $678  $826

Non-investment grade retained interests

   1,167   406   —  
            

Total retained interests (carrying amount/fair value)

  $3,215  $1,084  $826
            

 

During fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $7 billion, $64 billion $68 billion and $65$68 billion, respectively, and cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $6.0$3.1 billion, $6.0 billion and $7.1$6.0 billion, respectively.

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which are included within Intangible assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

The following table presents information about the Company’s MSRs, which relate to its mortgage loan business activities (dollars in millions):

   Fiscal
2007
 

Fair value as of the beginning of the period

  $93 

Additions:

  

Purchases of servicing assets(1)

   306 

Servicing assets that result from transfers of financial assets

   549 
     

Total additions

   855 

Subtractions:

  

Sales/disposals

   (372)

Changes in fair value(2)

   (148)
     

Fair value as of the end of the period

  $428 
     

Amount of contractually specified(2):

  

Servicing fees

  $170 

Late fees

   26 

Ancillary fees

   1 
     
  $197 
     

(1)Amount includes MSRs obtained in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Saxon Capital, Inc. (see Note 23).
(2)These amounts are recorded within Other revenues in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

Fiscal
2007

Assumptions Used in Measuring Fair Value:

Weighted average discount rate

18.11%

Weighted average prepayment speed assumption

713PSA

The Company generally utilizes information provided by third parties in order to determine the fair value of its MSRs. The valuation of MSRs consist of projecting servicing cash flows and discounting such cash flows using an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate. These valuations require estimation of various assumptions, including future servicing fees, credit losses and other related costs, discount rates and mortgage prepayment speeds. The Company also compares the estimated fair values of the MSRs from the valuations with observable trades of similar instruments or portfolios. Due to subsequent changes in economic and market conditions, the actual rates of prepayments, credit losses and the value of collateral may differ significantly from the Company’s original estimates. Such differences could be material. If actual prepayment rates and credit losses were higher than those assumed, the value of the Company’s MSRs could be adversely affected. The Company may hedge a portion of its MSRs through the use of financial instruments, including certain derivative contracts.

 

Variable Interest Entities.    FASB Interpretation No. 46, as revised (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,”46R applies to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a

130


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of its expected residual returns or both as a result of holding variable interests. The Company consolidates entities inof which it is the primary beneficiary. For those entities deemed to be qualifying special purpose entitiesQSPEs (as defined in SFAS No. 140), the Company does not consolidate the entity. See Note 1 regarding the characteristics of qualifying special purpose entities.QSPEs.

 

The Company is involved with various entities in the normal course of business that may be deemed to be VIEs. The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees and derivative instruments. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

Purchased, sold and retained interests in connection with market makingmarket-making and securitization activities.

 

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

Loans and investments made to VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

Derivatives entered into with variable interest entities.

 

Structuring of credit linked notes or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

Other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

141


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forthtables present information about the Company’s total assets and maximum exposure to loss associated with VIEs thatas of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, which the Company consolidated at November 30, 2007.consolidates. The Company generally accounts for the assets held by the entities as Financial instruments owned and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the consolidated statementstatements of financial condition (dollars in millions):

 

   VIE Assets
That the
Company
Consolidates
  As of November 30, 2007
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Consolidated VIEs(1)
     Debt and
Equity
Interests
  Derivatives  Commitments
and
Guarantees
  Total

Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations

  $5,916  $1,746  $4  $ —    $1,750

Municipal bond trusts

   828   1   —     827   828

Credit and real estate(2)

   5,130   2,515   3,320   —     5,835

Commodities financing

   1,170   —     328   —     328

Other structured transactions

   9,403   8,868   —     9   8,877
                    
  $22,447  $13,130  $3,652  $836  $17,618
                    

(1)The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIE’s assets. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect writedowns already recorded by the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests.
(2)The Company’s maximum exposure to loss associated with Credit and real estate VIEs exceeds the consolidated assets of these entities. This is due to the inclusion in this category of certain VIEs that typically hold a limited amount of non-derivative security positions and instead obtain market exposure through the use of derivatives. Given the use of such derivatives, the risk of loss associated with such entities typically exceeds the carrying value of their assets. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss associated with such consolidated variable interest entities is generally limited to the notional amount of the Company’s derivatives entered into with the VIE and the fair value of any non-derivative security positions held by the Company.

131


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   VIE Assets
That the
Company
Consolidates
  As of November 30, 2008
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Consolidated VIEs
    Debt and
Equity
Interests
  Derivatives  Commitments
and
Guarantees
  Total

Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations

  $4,478  $1,767  $—    $—    $1,767

Credit and real estate

   4,335   2,810   2,022   —     4,832

Commodities financing

   948   —     1,440   —     1,440

Other structured transactions

   1,290   520   —     —     520
                    
  $11,051  $5,097  $3,462  $—    $8,559
                    
   VIE Assets
That the
Company
Consolidates
  As of November 30, 2007
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Consolidated VIEs
     Debt and
Equity
Interests
  Derivatives  Commitments
and
Guarantees
  Total

Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations

  $5,916  $1,746  $4  $—    $1,750

Municipal bond trusts

   828   1   —     827   828

Credit and real estate

   5,130   2,515   3,320   —     5,835

Commodities financing

   1,170   —     328   —     328

Other structured transactions

   9,403   8,868   —     9   8,877
                    
  $22,447  $13,130  $3,652  $836  $17,618
                    

 

The following table sets forthtables present information about the Company’s total assets and maximum exposure to loss associated with non-consolidated VIEs as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007 in which the Company had significant variable interests at November 30, 2007 (dollars in millions):

 

   VIE Assets
That the
Company
Does not
Consolidate
  As of November 30, 2007
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Non-consolidated VIEs (1)
     Debt and
Equity
Interests
  Derivatives  Commitments
and
Guarantees
  Total

Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations

  $7,234  $155  $125  $ —    $280

Credit and real estate

   20,265   12,987   200   68   13,255

Other structured transactions

   10,218   1,967   —     474   2,441
                    
  $37,717  $15,109  $325  $542  $15,976
                    

(1)The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIE’s assets. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect writedowns already recorded by the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests.

At November 30, 2006, in connection with its Institutional Securities business, the aggregate size of VIEs for which the Company was the primary beneficiary of the entities was approximately $20.4 billion, which is the carrying amount of the consolidated assets recorded as Financial instruments owned that are collateral for the entities’ obligations. At November 30, 2006, also in connection with its Institutional Securities business, the aggregate size of the entities for which the Company holds significant variable interests was approximately $34.7 billion.

6.    Sales and Trading Activities.

The Company’s institutional sales and trading activities are conducted through the integrated management of its client-driven and proprietary transactions along with the hedging and financing of these positions. Sales and trading activities include revenues from customer purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as principal and gains and losses on the Company’s positions. The Company also engages in proprietary trading activities for its own account. Revenues from sales and trading activities are reflected in Principal transactions—trading, Commissions, Interest and dividends, and Interest expense in the consolidated statement of income.

The Company’s trading portfolios are managed with a view toward the risk and profitability of the portfolios. The following discussions of risk management, market risk, credit risk, concentration risk and customer activities relate to the Company’s sales and trading activities.

Risk Management.    The cornerstone of the Company’s risk management philosophy is protection of the Company’s franchise, reputation and financial standing. The Company’s risk management philosophy is based on the following principles: comprehensiveness, independence, accountability, defined risk tolerance and transparency. Given the importance of effective risk management to the Company’s reputation, senior management requires thorough and frequent communication and appropriate escalation of risk matters.

   VIE Assets
That the
Company
Does Not
Consolidate
  As of November 30, 2008
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Non-consolidated VIEs
    Debt and
Equity
Interests
  Derivatives  Commitments
and
Guarantees
  Total

Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations

  $2,256  $88  $6  $—    $94

Municipal bond trusts

   1,805   1,427   —     64   1,491

Credit and real estate

   10,781   4,372   208   —     4,580

Other structured transactions

   7,438   500   —     479   979
                    
  $22,280  $6,387  $214  $543  $7,144
                    
   VIE Assets
That the
Company
Does Not
Consolidate
  As of November 30, 2007
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Non-consolidated VIEs
     Debt and
Equity
Interests
  Derivatives  Commitments
and
Guarantees
  Total

Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations

  $7,234  $155  $125  $—    $280

Credit and real estate

   20,265   12,987   200   68   13,255

Other structured transactions

   10,218   1,967   —     474   2,441
                    
  $37,717  $15,109  $325  $542  $15,976
                    

 

 132142 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Risk management atThe Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the Company requires independent Company-level oversight, accountabilitycarrying value of the Company’s business segments, constant communication, judgment, and knowledge of specialized products and markets.VIE’s assets. The Company’s senior management takes an active role inmaximum exposure to loss is dependent on the identification, assessment and management of various risks at both the Company and business segment level. In recognition of the increasingly varied and complex nature of the global financial services business, the Company’s risk management philosophy, with its attendant policies, procedures and methodologies, is evolutionary in nature and subject to ongoing review and modification.

The nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect writedowns already recorded by the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks coupledassociated with this risk management philosophy, informs the Company’s risk governance structure.variable interests.

In addition, the Company serves as an advisor to numerous money market and liquidity funds. The Company’s risk governance structure includesCompany does not consolidate these funds because the Firm Risk Committee,Company does not have a controlling financial interest in the Capital Structurefunds nor is it the primary beneficiary of such funds. The Company also does not have a significant variable interest in such funds.

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $220 million and Strategic Transactions Committee,$428 million as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets in the Chief Risk Officer, the Internal Audit Department, independent control groups,consolidated statements of financial condition.

6.    Goodwill and various risk control managers, committees and groups located within and across the business segments.Net Intangible Assets.

 

The Firm Risk Committee, composedCompany tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which are generally one level below its business segments. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the Company’s most senior officers, oversees the Company’s risk management structure.impairment. The Firm Risk Committee’s responsibilities include oversightestimated fair values of the Company’s riskreporting units are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management principles, procedures and limits, and the monitoringmultiples of material financial, operational and franchise risks. The Firm Risk Committee is overseen by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”). The Capital Structure and Strategic Transactions Committee (the “Capital Committee”) reviews strategic transactions for the Company and significant changes to the Company’s capital structure. The Capital Committee’s responsibilities include reviewing measures of capital and evaluating capital resources relative to the Company’s risk profile and strategy.certain comparable companies.

 

The Chief Risk Officer,Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing, as of June 1, 2008 and June 1, 2007, which did not result in any goodwill impairment. However, due to the financial market and economic events that occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company performed an interim impairment test for goodwill subsequent to its annual testing date of June 1. The interim impairment test resulted in a membernoncash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $673 million. The charge relates to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment. The fair value of the Firm Risk Committee, oversees compliancefixed income business was calculated by comparison with Company risk limits; approves certain excessions of Company risk limits; reviews material market,similar companies using their publicly traded price-to-book multiples as the basis for valuation. The impairment charge resulted from declines in the credit and operational risks;mortgage markets in general, which caused significant declines in the stock market capitalization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and, reviews results of risk management processes withhence, a decline in the Audit Committee.

The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the Chief Legal Officer. The Internal Audit Department periodically examines the Company’s operational and control environment and conducts audits designed to cover all major risk categories.

The Market Risk, Credit Risk, Operational Risk, Financial Control, Treasury, and Legal and Compliance Departments (collectively, the “Company Control Groups”), which are all independentfair value of the Company’s business units, assist senior management and the Firm Risk Committee in monitoring and controlling the Company’s risk through a number of control processes. The Company is committed to employing qualified personnel with appropriate expertise in each of its various administrative and business areas to implement effectively the Company’s risk management and monitoring systems and processes.

Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for ensuring that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies and procedures that are consistent with the risk framework established by the Firm Risk Committee; and reviews, on a periodic basis, its aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of its risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

Each of the Company’s business segments also has designated operations officers, committees and groups, including operations and information technology groups (collectively, “Segment Control Groups” and, togetherfixed income business.

 

 133143 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

with the Company Control Groups, the “Control Groups”) to manage and monitor specific risks and report to the business segment risk committee. The Control Groups work together to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, the business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile, sales practices, reputation, legal enforceability, and operational and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Control Groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo a thorough review.

Market Risk.    Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio.

The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Company and for its major trading divisions worldwide (equity and fixed income, which includes interest rate products, credit products, foreign exchange and commodities). Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by senior management.

The Market Risk Department independently reviews the Company’s trading portfolios on a regular basis from a market risk perspective utilizing Value-at-Risk and other quantitative and qualitative risk measures and analyses. The Company’s trading businesses and the Market Risk Department also use, as appropriate, measures such as sensitivity to changes in interest rates, prices, implied volatilities and time decay to monitor and report market risk exposures. Stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors for certain products, is performed periodically and is reviewed by trading division risk managers, desk risk managers and the Market Risk Department. The Market Risk Department also conducts scenario analyses, which estimate the Company’s revenue sensitivity to a set of specific, predefined market and geopolitical events.

Credit Risk.    Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising from borrower or counterparty default when a borrower, counterparty or obligor does not meet its financial obligations. The Company incurs significant, “single name” credit risk exposure through the Institutional Securities business. This type of risk requires credit analysis of specific counterparties, both initially and on an ongoing basis.

The Institutional Credit Department (“Institutional Credit”) manages credit risk exposure for the Institutional Securities business. Institutional Credit is responsible for ensuring transparency of material credit risks, ensuring compliance with established limits, approving material extensions of credit, and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.

Concentration Risk.    The Company is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries, or issuers engaged in a particular industry. Financial instruments owned by the Company include U.S. government and agency securities and securities issued by other sovereign governments (principally Japan, United Kingdom, Germany and Brazil), which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 4% of the Company’s total assets at November 30, 2007. In addition, substantially all of the collateral held by the Company for resale agreements or bonds borrowed, which together represented approximately 19% of the Company’s total assets at November 30, 2007, consist of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other

134


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

sovereign government obligations. Positions taken and commitments made by the Company, including positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments made in connection with its private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including non-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Company may originate or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with high loan-to-value ratios. The Company seeks to limit concentration risk through the use of the systems and procedures described in the preceding discussions of risk management, market risk and credit risk.

Customer Activities.    The Company’s customer activities involve the execution, settlement and financing of various securities and commodities transactions on behalf of customers. Customer securities activities are transacted on either a cash or margin basis. Customer commodities activities, which include the execution of customer transactions in commodity futures transactions (including options on futures), are transacted on a margin basis.

The Company’s customer activities may expose it to off-balance sheet credit risk. The Company may have to purchase or sell financial instruments at prevailing market prices in the event of the failure of a customer to settle a trade on its original terms or in the event cash and securities in customer margin accounts are not sufficient to fully cover customer losses. The Company seeks to control the risks associated with customer activities by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulations and Company policies.

Derivative Contracts.    The amounts in the following table represent the fair value of exchange traded and OTC options and other contracts (including interest rate, foreign exchange, and other forward contracts and swaps). Derivatives included are held for trading and investment, as well as for asset and liability management. Derivatives are disclosed net of offsetting positions in situations where netting is appropriate. The asset amounts are not reported net of non-cash collateral, which the Company obtains with respect to certain of these transactions to reduce its exposure to credit losses.

Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the contracts reported as assets. The Company monitors the creditworthiness of counterparties to these transactions on an ongoing basis and requests additional collateral when deemed necessary.

The Company’s derivatives (both listed and OTC), net of cash collateral, at November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product:

   At November 30, 2007  At November 30, 2006

Product Type

  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities
   (dollars in millions)

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

  $33,804  $19,515  $19,444  $15,688

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

   7,755   9,372   7,325   7,725

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

   19,913   27,887   16,705   23,155

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

   15,531   14,830   11,969   10,923
                

Total

  $77,003  $71,604  $55,443  $57,491
                

135


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

7.    Consumer Loans.

Consumer loans, which primarily related to general purpose credit card and consumer installment loans of DFS, were as follows:

   At
November 30,
2006
   (dollars in millions)

General purpose credit card and consumer installment

  $23,746

Less:

  

Allowance for consumer loan losses

   831
    

Consumer loans, net

  $22,915
    

Activity in the allowance for consumer loan losses was as follows:

   Fiscal
2006
  Fiscal
2005
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $838  $943 

Additions:

   

Provision for consumer loan losses(1)

   756   878 

Purchase of consumer loans(2)

   55   —   

Deductions:

   

Charge-offs

   (1,001)  (1,145)

Recoveries(1)

   174   167 
         

Net charge-offs

   (827)  (978)

Translation adjustments and other

   9   (5)
         

Balance at end of period

  $831  $838 
         

(1)Amounts included in discontinued operations.
(2)Amounts relate to the Company’s acquisition of Goldfish (see Note 23) and other acquisitions.

At November 30, 2006, $5,570 million of the Company’s consumer loans had minimum contractual maturities of less than one year. Because of the uncertainty regarding consumer loan repayment patterns, which historically had been higher than contractually required minimum payments, this amount may not have necessarily been indicative of the Company’s actual consumer loan repayments.

The Company received net proceeds from consumer loan sales of $5,301 million in fiscal 2007 through the date of the Discover Spin-off. The Company received net proceeds from consumer loan sales of $11,532 million and $10,525 million in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.

The Company’s U.S. consumer loan portfolio as of November 30, 2006, including securitized loans, was geographically diverse, with a distribution approximating that of the population of the U.S.

At November 30, 2006, $2.3 billion of the Company’s consumer loans were classified as held for sale. On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the Discover Spin-off (see Note 22 for further information).

Credit Card Securitization Activities.    The Company’s retained interests in Discover’s credit card asset securitizations included undivided seller’s interests, accrued interest receivable on securitized credit card

136


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

receivables, cash collateral accounts, servicing rights, rights to any excess cash flows (“Residual Interests”) remaining after payments to investors in the securitization trusts of their contractual rate of return and reimbursement of credit losses, and other retained interests. The undivided seller’s interests less an applicable allowance for loan losses were recorded in Consumer loans. The Company’s undivided seller’s interests rankpari passuwith investors’ interests in the securitization trusts, and the remaining retained interests were subordinate to investors’ interests. Accrued interest receivable and certain other subordinated retained interests were recorded in Other assets at amounts that approximated fair value. The Company received annual servicing fees of 2% of the investor principal balance outstanding. The Company did not recognize servicing assets or servicing liabilities for servicing rights as the servicing contracts provided just adequate compensation, as defined in SFAS No. 140 to the Company for performing the servicing. Residual Interests and cash collateral accounts were recorded in Other assets and reflected at fair value. The retained interests were subject to credit, payment and interest rate risks on the transferred credit card assets. The investors and the securitization trusts had no recourse to the Company’s other assets for failure of cardmembers to pay when due.

The uncollected balances of securitized general purpose credit card loans were $26.7 billion at November 30, 2006.

The Company no longer has retained interests in Discover’s credit card asset securitizations after the completion of the Discover Spin-off on June 30, 2007.

8.    Other Investments.

Other investments of $4,524 million and $3,232 million as of November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006, respectively, primarily include investments in unconsolidated investees that are accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 9).

Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company purchased certain debt securities that were classified as “securities available for sale” in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS No. 115”). During fiscal 2007, $4.3 billion of securities available for sale were sold for a loss of $74 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company determined that it no longer intends to hold the remaining securities in this portfolio until the fair value of the securities recover to a level that exceeds their initial cost. Accordingly, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $437 million in Principal transactions-trading revenues in the consolidated statement of income on these securities in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and reclassified $8.1 billion to Financial instruments owned in the consolidated statement of financial condition effective November 30, 2007. This other-than-temporary impairment charge represented all unrealized losses for these securities.

9.    Investments in Unconsolidated Investees.

The Company invests in unconsolidated investees that own synthetic fuel production plants and in certain structured transactions not integral to the operations of the Company. The Company accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting.

Losses from these investments were $47 million, $40 million and $311 million in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.

Synthetic Fuel Production Plants.    The Company’s share of the operating losses generated by these investments is recorded within (Losses) gains from unconsolidated investees, and the tax credits and the tax benefits associated with these operating losses are recorded within the Provision for income taxes.

137


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below provides information regarding the losses from unconsolidated investees, tax credits and tax benefits on the losses:

   Fiscal Year
   2007  2006  2005
   (dollars in millions)

Losses from unconsolidated investees

  $140  $225  $311

Tax credits

   113   156   336

Tax benefits on losses

   55   89   124

Synthetic fuels tax credits were granted under Section 45K of the Internal Revenue Code. Synthetic fuels tax credits were available in full only when the price of oil was less than a base price specified by the tax code, as adjusted for inflation (“Base Price”). The Base Price for each calendar year is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury by April 1 of the following year. If the annual average price of a barrel of oil in 2007 exceeds the applicable Base Price, the synthetic fuels tax credits generated by the Company’s synthetic fuel facilities will be phased out, on a ratable basis, over the phase-out range. Synthetic fuels tax credits realized in prior years are not affected by this limitation. Based on fiscal year to date and futures prices at November 30, 2007, the Company estimates that there will be a partial phase-out of tax credits earned in fiscal 2007. The impact of this anticipated partial phase-out is included within (Losses) gains from unconsolidated investees and the Provision for income taxes for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007. Under current tax law, the Section 45K synthetic fuels tax credits expired on December 31, 2007.

The Company had entered into derivative contracts designed to reduce its exposure to rising oil prices and the potential phase-out of the synthetic fuels tax credits. Changes in fair value relative to these derivative contracts are included within Principal transactions—trading revenues.

Structured Transactions.    Gains from unconsolidated investees associated with investments in certain structured investments were $93 million in fiscal 2007 and $185 million in fiscal 2006.

10.    Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”), as of December 1, 2006 and December 1, 2005. During the quarter ended August 31, 2007, the Company changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment testing to June 1 in order to move the impairment testing outside of the Company’s normal year-end reporting process to a date when resources are less constrained. The Company believes that the resulting change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date will not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. Goodwill impairment tests performed as of June 1, 2007 and December 1, 2006 and December 1, 2005 concluded that no impairment charges were required as of those dates. The Company determined that the change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date is preferable under the circumstances and does not result in adjustments to the Company’s financial statements when applied retrospectively. Additionally, due to the deterioration in the Company’s subprime-related activities, the Company performed an interim impairment test of goodwill subsequent to its annual testing date of June 1, which did not result in an impairment.

138


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were as follows:

 

   Institutional
Securities
  Global
Wealth

Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Goodwill:

      

Balance as of November 30, 2005

  $444  $540  $966  $256  $2,206 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —     49   —     31   80 

Goodwill acquired during the year(1)

   257   —     2   247   506 
                     

Balance as of November 30, 2006

   701   589   968   534   2,792 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —     18   —     2   20 

Goodwill acquired during the year(2)

   862   3   207   —     1,072 

Goodwill disposed of during the year(3)

   (8)  (313)  (3)  (536)  (860)
                     

Balance as of November 30, 2007

  $1,555  $297  $1,172  $—    $3,024 
                     

Intangible assets:

      

Balance as of November 30, 2005

  $227  $—    $—    $67  $294 

Intangible assets acquired during the year and other(1)(4)

   253   —     4   130   387 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —     —     —     16   16 

Amortization expense(5)

   (33)  —     (1)  (12)  (46)
                     

Balance as of November 30, 2006

   447   —     3   201   651 

Intangible assets acquired during the year(2)

   473   —     242   5   720 

Intangible assets disposed of during the year(3)

   (49)  —     (3)  (200)  (252)

Amortization expense(5)

   (57)  —     (9)  (6)  (72)
                     

Balance as of November 30, 2007

  $814  $—    $233  $—    $1,047 
                     
  Institutional
Securities
  Global
Wealth

Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Goodwill:

     

Balance as of November 30, 2006

 $701  $589  $968  $534  $2,792 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  —     18   —     2   20 

Goodwill acquired during the year(1)

  862   3   207   —     1,072 

Goodwill disposed of during the year(2)

  (8)  (313)  (3)  (536)  (860)
                    

Balance as of November 30, 2007

  1,555   297   1,172   —     3,024 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  (108)  14   (3)  —     (97)

Goodwill acquired during the year

  31   —     2   —     33 

Goodwill disposed of during the year(3)

  (5)  (39)  —     —     (44)

Impairment losses(4)

  (673)  —     —     —     (673)
                    

Balance as of November 30, 2008(5)

 $800  $272  $1,171  $—    $2,243 
                    

   Institutional
Securities
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Total 

Intangible Assets:

     

Amortizable intangible assets at November 30, 2006

  $354  $3  $201  $558 

Intangible assets acquired during the year(1)

   114   242   5   361 

Intangible assets disposed of during the year(2)

   (25)  (3)  (200)  (228)

Amortization expense(6)

   (57)  (9)  (6)  (72)
                 

Amortizable intangible assets at November 30, 2007

   386   233   —     619 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 5)

   428   —     —     428 
                 

Balance at November 30, 2007

  $814  $233  $—    $1,047 
                 

Amortizable intangible assets at November 30, 2007

  $386  $233  $—    $619 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   (21)  —     —     (21)

Intangible assets acquired during the year(7)

   36   239   —     275 

Intangible assets disposed of during the year(8)

   (54)  (11)  —     (65)

Amortization expense

   (44)  (37)  —     (81)

Impairment losses(4)(9)

   (21)  (31)  —     (52)
                 

Amortizable intangible assets at November 30, 2008

   282   393   —     675 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 5)

   220   —     —     220 
                 

Balance at November 30, 2008

  $502  $393  $—    $895 
                 

 

(1)Institutional Securities activity primarily represents goodwill and intangible assets acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of TransMontaigne Inc., Heidmar Group and Morgan Stanley Bank International (China) Limited (formerly Nan Tung Bank Ltd. Zhuhai). Discover activity represents goodwill and intangible assets acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Goldfish and other acquisitions (see Note 23).
(2)Institutional Securities activity primarily represents goodwill and intangible assets acquired in connection with the Company’s joint venture with JM Financial and the Company’s acquisitions of Saxon Capital, Inc. and CityMortgage Bank. Asset Management activity primarily represents goodwill and intangible assets acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of FrontPoint PartnersPartners.
(2)Global Wealth Management Group activity primarily represents goodwill disposed of in connection with the Company’s sale of Quilter Holdings Ltd. Discover activity represents goodwill and intangible assets disposed of in connection with the Discover Spin-off (see Note 23)19).
(3)Global Wealth Management Group activity primarily represents goodwill disposed of in connection with the Company’s sale of Quilter. DiscoverMorgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (see Note 20).
(4)Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
(5)Institutional Securities includes goodwill related to MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”) of $437 million.
(6)Amortization expense for DFS is included in discontinued operations.
(7)Asset Management activity primarily represents goodwill andintangible assets related to the Company’s consolidation of Crescent.
(8)Institutional Securities activity primarily represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with the Discover Spin-off (see Note 22).Company’s sale of a controlling interest in a previously consolidated commodities subsidiary.
(4)(9)Effective December 1, 2006, mortgage servicing rights have been included in net intangible assets. During fiscal 2006 amounts were reclassifiedImpairment losses recorded within the Institutional Securities business segment primarily related to conform withintellectual property rights. Impairment losses recorded within the current presentation. See Note 5 for further information on the Company’s mortgage servicing rights.
(5)Amortization expense for Discover is included in discontinued operations.Asset Management business segment primarily related to management contract intangibles.

 

 139144 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amortizable intangible assets were as follows:

 

  At November 30, 2007  At November 30, 2006  At November 30, 2008  At November 30, 2007
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Amortizable intangible assets:

                

Trademarks

  $129  $22  $193  $15  $126  $28  $129  $22

Technology-related

   151   75   153   55

Technology related

   144   91   151   75

Customer relationships

   140   22   214   25   276   38   140   22

Management contracts

   220   8   —     —     206   18   220   8

Other

   154   48   107   14   123   25   154   48
                        

Total amortizable intangible assets

  $794  $175  $667  $109  $875  $200  $794  $175
                        

 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $49$64 million per year over the next five fiscal years.

 

11.7.    Deposits.

 

Deposits were as follows:

 

   At
November 30,
2007
  At
November 30,
2006
   (dollars in millions)

Demand, passbook and money market accounts

  $27,186  $14,872

Consumer certificate accounts(1)

   3,993   4,076

$100,000 minimum certificate accounts

   —     9,395
        

Total

  $31,179  $28,343
        
   At
November 30,
2008
  At
November 30,
2007
   (dollars in millions)

Savings and demand deposits

  $36,673  $27,186

Time deposits(1)

   6,082   3,993
        

Total

  $42,755  $31,179
        

 

(1)Certain consumer certificatetime deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3).

 

The weighted average interest rates of interest-bearinginterest bearing deposits outstanding during fiscal 20072008 and fiscal 20062007 were 3.6%2.1% and 4.4%4.0%, respectively.

 

At November 30, 2007, interest-bearing2008, interest bearing deposits maturing over the next five years were as follows:follows (dollars in millions):

 

Fiscal Year

  (dollars in millions)   

2008

  $30,992

2009

   —    $39,576

2010

   10   1,702

2011

   76   460

2012

   10   250

2013

   738

As of November 30, 2008, the Company had $140 million of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more.

 

 140145 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

8.    Borrowings.

12.    Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Borrowings.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding commercial paper and other short-term borrowings for fiscal 20072008 and fiscal 2006:2007:

 

  At November 30,   At November 30, 
  2007 2006   2008 2007 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial paper:

   

Commercial Paper:

   

Balance at year-end

  $22,596  $22,433   $6,744  $22,596 
              

Average amount outstanding

  $25,362  $23,962   $12,397  $25,362 
              

Weighted average interest rate on year-end balance

   4.8%  4.6%   2.6%  4.8%
              

Other short-term borrowings(1)(2):

   

Other Short-Term Borrowings(1)(2):

   

Balance at year-end

  $11,899  $6,659   $3,739  $11,899 
              

Average amount outstanding

  $8,947  $7,773   $8,852  $8,947 
              

 

(1)These borrowings included bank loans Federal Funds and bank notes.
(2)Certain structured short-term borrowings are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 3 for additional information.

 

The Company maintains a $5 billion senior revolving credit agreement with a group of banks to support general liquidity needs, including the issuance of commercial paper, which consists of three separate tranches: a U.S. dollar tranche; a Japanese yen tranche; and a multicurrency tranche available in both euro and the British pound, all of which exist with the Company as the sole borrower. Under this combined facility (the “Credit Facility”), the banks are committed to provide up to $7.6 billionAt November 30, 2008, no borrowings were outstanding under the U.S. dollar tranche, 80 billion Japanese yen under the Japanese yen tranche and $3.25 billion under the multicurrency tranche.credit agreement. The Credit Facilitycredit agreement expires on April 16, 20082009, and includes a term-out feature that allows the Company at its option,does not expect to extend borrowings under the Credit Facility for an additional one year beyond the expiration date. renew this facility.

At November 30, 2007,2008, the Company had a $13.8$28.9 billion consolidated stockholders’shareholders’ equity surplus as compared with the Credit Facility’scredit agreement’s covenant requirement.

The Company anticipates that it may utilize the Credit Facility for short-term funding from time to time. The Company does not believe that any of the covenant requirements in its Credit Facility will impair the ability to obtain funding under the Credit Facility, pay its current level of dividends, or obtain loan arrangements, letters of credit and other financial guarantees or other financial accommodations. At November 30, 2007, no borrowings were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

The Company also maintains a committed bilateral credit facility to support general liquidity needs. This facility is expected to be drawn from time to time to cover short-term funding needs.

 

In addition, the Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains several funded and unfunded committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

 

 141146 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13.    Long-Term Borrowings.

 

Maturities and Terms.    Long-term borrowings at fiscal year-end consisted of the following:

 

 U.S. Dollar Non-U.S. Dollar(1) At November 30,  U.S. Dollar Non-U.S. Dollar(1) At November 30, 
 Fixed
Rate
 Floating
Rate(2)
 Index
Linked(3)
 Fixed
Rate
 Floating
Rate(2)
 Index
Linked(3)
 2007
Total(4)
 2006
Total(4)
  Fixed
Rate
 Floating
Rate(2)
 Index
Linked(3)
 Fixed
Rate
 Floating
Rate(2)
 Index
Linked(3)
 2008
Total(4)(5)
 2007
Total(4)
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Due in fiscal 2007

 $—    $—    $—   $—    $—    $—   $—    $18,274 

Due in fiscal 2008

  1,592   17,679   5,305  1,339   4,136   757  30,808   33,758  $—    $—    $—   $—    $—    $—   $—    $30,808 

Due in fiscal 2009

  1,993   11,717   2,923  3,134   1,041   2,735  23,543   11,907   1,509   12,708   1,997  2,965   937   1,855  21,971   23,543 

Due in fiscal 2010

  3,709   5,499   3,204  2,309   1,538   3,279  19,538   11,597   2,861   7,310   1,398  2,105   1,235   2,068  16,977   19,538 

Due in fiscal 2011

  5,786   1,795   1,119  1,930   728   1,696  13,054   11,123   5,108   1,798   1,616  4,299   539   2,986  16,346   13,054 

Due in fiscal 2012

  6,958   2,600   1,658  5,118   6,262   4,051  26,647   13,660   6,030   2,492   865  4,740   6,420   2,864  23,411   26,647 

Due in fiscal 2013

  2,646   19   516  3,124   6,292   6,588  19,185   23,797 

Thereafter

  24,337   6,001   3,227  14,467   17,024   11,978  77,034   44,659   35,828   5,770   2,522  10,929   7,970   2,528  65,547   53,237 
                                            

Total

 $44,375  $45,291  $17,436 $28,297  $30,729  $24,496 $190,624  $144,978  $53,982  $30,097  $8,914 $28,162  $23,393  $18,889 $163,437  $190,624 
                                            

Weighted average coupon at fiscal year-end

  5.6%  5.2%  n/a  4.3%  4.8%  n/a  5.0%  5.0%  5.7%  3.9%  n/a  4.5%  4.6%  n/a  4.9%  5.0%

 

(1)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing non-U.S. dollar interest rates.
(2)U.S. dollar contractual floating rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) and Federal Funds rates. Non-U.S. dollar contractual floating rate borrowings bear interest based primarily on Euribor floating rates.
(3)Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linkedequity linked, credit linked, commodity linked or linked to some other index.
(4)Amounts include an increase of approximately $2.8 billion at November 30, 2008 and an increase of approximately $164 million at November 30, 2007 and a decrease of approximately $326 million at November 30, 2006 to the carrying amount of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings associated with fair value hedges under SFAS No. 133.
(5)Amounts include a decrease of approximately $7 billion at November 30, 2008 to the carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected (see Note 3).

 

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

 

  At November 30,  At November 30,
  2007  2006  2008  2007
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)

Senior debt

  $181,733  $136,213  $148,959  $181,733

Subordinated debt

   4,015   3,881   4,212   4,015

Junior subordinated debentures

   4,876   4,884   10,266   4,876
    ��       

Total

  $190,624  $144,978  $163,437  $190,624
            

 

During fiscal 2008, the Company issued notes with a carrying value aggregating approximately $45 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $13 billion. During fiscal 2008, $56.1 billion of notes were repaid. Included in these repayments were $12.1 billion of fixed rate and floating-rate long-term debt repurchases by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 resulting in a gain of approximately $2.3 billion. In connection with these repurchases, the Company de-designated certain swaps used to hedge the debt.

Senior debt securities often are denominated in various non-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index (e.g.(e.g., the consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Company or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities. Debt containing provisions that effectively allow the holders to put

147


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

or extend the notes aggregated $775 million at November 30, 2008 and $6,736 million at November 30, 2007 and $16,016 million at November 30, 2006.2007. Subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures typically are issued to meet the capital requirements of the Company or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily are U.S. dollar denominated.

 

Senior Debt—Structured Borrowings.    The Company’s index-linked, equity-linked or credit-linked borrowings include various structured instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index (e.g.(e.g., Standard & Poor’s 500), a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures. To minimize the exposure resulting from movements in the underlying index, equity,

142


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

credit or other position, the Company has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates based upon LIBOR. These instruments are included in the preceding table at their redemption values based on the performance of the underlying indices, baskets of stocks, or specific equity securities, credit or other position or index. The Company accounts for these structured borrowings containing embedded derivatives which, prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 159, were bifurcated from the hybrid notes and accounted for at fair value. Effective December 1, 2006, the Company applied the fair value election in certainmost cases to these hybrid notes. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Principal transactions trading revenues.

 

Subordinated Debt and Junior Subordinated Debentures.    Included in the Company’s long-term borrowings are subordinated notes (including the Series F notes issued by MS&Co. discussed below) of $4,015$4,212 million having a contractual weighted average coupon of 4.77% at November 30, 20072008 and $3,881$4,015 million having a weighted average coupon of 4.77% at November 30, 2006.2007. Junior subordinated debentures outstanding by the Company were $10,266 million at November 30, 2008 and $4,876 million at November 30, 2007 and $4,884 million at November 30, 2006 having a contractual weighted average coupon of 6.17% at November 30, 2008 and 6.37% at November 30, 2007 and 6.51% at November 30, 2006.2007. Maturities of the subordinated and junior subordinated notes range from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2046. Maturities of certain junior subordinated debentures can be extended to 2067 at the Company’s option.

 

At November 30, 2007,2008, MS&Co. had a $25 million 7.82% fixed rate subordinated Series F note outstanding. The note matures in fiscal 2016. The terms of the note contain restrictive covenants that require, among other things, MS&Co. to maintain specified levels of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth and Net Capital, each as defined therein. As of November 30, 2007, MS&Co. was in compliance with these restrictive covenants.

 

Asset and Liability Management.    In general, securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. Fixed assets are generally financed with fixed rate long-term debt. The Company uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Company’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, for non-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Company has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations. The Company’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affected its effective average borrowing rate as follows:

 

  Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
 Fiscal
2005
  Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
 

Weighted average coupon of long-term borrowings at fiscal year-end(1)

  5.0% 5.0% 4.6% 4.9% 5.0% 5.0%
          

Effective average borrowing rate for long-term borrowings after swaps at fiscal
year-end(1)

  5.1% 5.0% 4.1% 4.0% 5.1% 5.0%
          

 

(1)Included in the weighted average and effective average calculations are non-U.S. dollar interest rates.

 

Subsequent to fiscal year-end and through December 31, 2007,2008, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) increased by approximately $10$11.1 billion. In addition,

148


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.

As of November 30, 2008, the Company sold Equity Unitshad commercial paper outstanding of $4.7 billion under the TLGP. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had commercial paper and long-term debt outstanding of $6.5 billion and $9.7 billion, respectively, under the TLGP. These borrowings are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company and guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP. The FDIC has concluded that the guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

9. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

Commitments.

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to a wholly-owned subsidiarysatisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending as of China November 30, 2008 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

   Years to Maturity  Total at
November 30,
2008
   Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  
   (dollars in millions)

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

  $3,575  $2  $—    $—    $3,577

Investment activities

   1,749   586   262   635   3,232

Primary lending commitments(1)(2)

   9,506   10,161   20,966   1,793   42,426

Secondary lending commitments(1)

   44   56   217   115   432

Commitments for secured lending transactions

   1,302   938   1,662   17   3,919

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

   46,477   —     —     —     46,477

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)

   2,822   —     —     —     2,822

Other commitments(4)

   1,988   4   1   —     1,993
                    

Total

  $67,463  $11,747  $23,108  $2,560  $104,878
                    

(1)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 3).
(2)This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $571 million as of November 30, 2008, of which $563 million have maturities of less than one year and $8 million of which have maturities of three to five years.
(3)The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to November 30, 2008 and settle subsequent to year-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days, and as of November 30, 2008, $45.5 billion of the $46.5 billion settled within three business days.
(4)This amount includes binding commitments to enter into margin-lending transactions of $1.0 billion as of November 30, 2008 in connection with the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment.

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Obtained to Satisfy Collateral Requirements.    The Company has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Company’s counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

Investment Corporation Ltd. (“CIC”) for approximately $5,579 million.Activities.    The Company enters into commitments associated with its real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.

 

 143149 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14.    Capital Units.

The Company had Capital Units outstanding that were issuedLending Commitments.    Primary lending commitments are those which are originated by the Company whereas secondary lending commitments are purchased from third parties in the market. The commitments include lending commitments that are made to investment grade and Morgan Stanley Finance plc (“MSF”), a U.K. subsidiary. A Capital Unit consisted of (a) a Subordinated Debenture of MSF guaranteed by the Companynon-investment grade companies in connection with corporate lending and maturing in 2017 and (b) a related Purchase Contract issued by the Company, which may have been accelerated by the Company, requiring the holder to purchase one Depositary Share representing shares of the Company’s Cumulative Preferred Stock. The aggregate amount of Capital Units outstanding was $66 million at November 30, 2006.

The Company redeemed all $66 million of the outstanding Capital Units on February 28, 2007.

15.    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.other business activities.

 

Commitments.Commitments for Secured Lending Transactions.

The Company’s    Secured lending commitments asare extended by the Company to companies and are secured by real estate or other physical assets of November 30, 2007the borrower. Loans made under these arrangements typically are summarized below by periodat variable rates and generally provide for over-collateralization based upon the creditworthiness of expiration. Since commitments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

   Years to Maturity  Total
   Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  
   (dollars in millions)

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees(1)

  $10,790  $4  $4  $—    $10,798

Letters of credit issued by subsidiaries that are guaranteed by the Company

   197   1,186   194   3,674   5,251

Investment activities(2)

   318   238   108   647   1,311

Investment grade primary lending commitments(3)(4)

   19,656   5,791   23,323   1,421   50,191

Non-investment grade primary lending commitments(3)(4)

   789   1,072   3,931   14,220   20,012

Investment grade secondary lending commitments(4)(5)

   —     —     —     1,406   1,406

Non-investment grade secondary lending commitments(4)(5)

   81   27   151   2,090   2,349

Commitments for secured lending transactions(6)

   3,824   4,095   1,073   2,628   11,620

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(7)

   5,680   —     —     —     5,680

Other commitments(8)

   964   19   5   —     988
                    

Total

  $42,299  $12,432  $28,789  $26,086  $109,606
                    

(1)This amount primarily represents the Company’s outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Company’s counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to satisfy various collateral and margin requirements.
(2)This amount represents commitments associated with the Company’s real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.
(3)The Company’s investment grade and non-investment grade primary lending commitments are made in connection with corporate lending and other business activities. Credit ratings for commitments are determined by the Company’s Institutional Credit Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. Obligor credit ratings of BB+ or lower are considered non-investment grade.
(4)The Company records these commitments at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statement of financial condition (see Note 3).
(5)This amount represents commitments associated with the Company’s Institutional Securities sales and trading activities.

144


MORGAN STANLEYborrower.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)Forward Starting Reverse Repurchase Agreements.    The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as of or prior to November 30, 2008 and settle subsequent to fiscal year-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

 

(6)This amount represents lending commitments extended by the Company to companies that are secured by real estate assets of the borrower. Loans made under these arrangements typically are at variable rates and generally provide for over-collateralization based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower. This amount also includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $1,246 million, which have maturities of less than four years.
(7)These amounts represent the Company’s forward purchase contracts involving mortgage loans, residential mortgage loan commitments to individuals and residential home equity lines of credit.
(8)This amount includes commercial loan commitments to small businesses and commitments related to securities-based lending activities in connection with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group business.

Commercial and Residential Mortgage-Related Commitments.    The Company enters into forward purchase contracts involving residential mortgage loans, residential mortgage lending commitments to individuals and residential home equity lines of credit. In addition, the Company enters into commitments to originate commercial and residential mortgage loans.

 

At November 30, 2007, the Company hadOther Commitments.    Other commitments generally include binding commitments to enter into reverse repurchasemargin-lending transactions and repurchase agreementscommitments to issue letters of approximately $107 billioncredit on behalf of clients in connection with the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment. Other commitments also include commercial lending commitments to small businesses and $26 billion, respectively.commitments related to securities-based lending activities in connection with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

 

Premises and Equipment.    The Company has non-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment.equipment (excluding commodities operating leases, shown separately). At November 30, 2007,2008, future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of subleases, principally on office rentals) were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Fiscal Year

      

2008

  $549

2009

   504  $568

2010

   403   530

2011

   348   461

2012

   328   421

2013

   354

Thereafter

   2,732   2,651

 

The total of minimum rentals to be received in the future under non-cancelable subleases as of November 30, 20072008 was $96$98 million.

150


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense, net of sublease rental income, was $623 million, $604 million $470 million and $571$470 million in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively. The net rent expense for fiscal 2005 included $105 million related to the lease adjustment charge recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 (see Note 26).

 

In connection with its commodities business, the Company enters into operating leases for both crude oil and refined products storage and for vessel charters. These operating leases are integral parts of the Company’s commodities risk management business. At November 30, 2007,2008, future minimum rental commitments under such leases were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Fiscal Year

      

2008

  $650

2009

   357  $452

2010

   212   319

2011

   117   121

2012

   93   103

2013

   70

Thereafter

   123   74

 

Guarantees.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements as of November 30, 2008:

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
 Collateral/
Recourse
  Years to Maturity    

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  
  (dollars in millions)

Notional amount of derivative contracts(1)

 $985,276 $1,098,775 $1,915,444 $1,563,384 $5,562,879 $659,296 $—  

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)

  1,102  1,813  1,977  4,445  9,337  98  4,794

Market value guarantees

  —    —    —    658  658  35  144

Liquidity facilities

  3,445  658  192  376  4,671  24  3,415

General partner guarantees

  18  236  66  137  457  26  —  

Auction rate security guarantees

  2,572  —    —    —    2,572  193  —  

(1)Fair value amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Approximately $2.2 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments.

The Company has certain obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based

145


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others. The Company’s use of guarantees is described below by type of guarantee:

 

Derivative Contracts.    Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps.swaps (see further discussion below regarding credit derivatives in which the Company has sold credit protection to the counterparty). Although the

151


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company’s derivative arrangements do not specifically identify whether the derivative counterparty retains the underlying asset, liability or equity security, the Company has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. The maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options, cannot be estimated, as increases in interest or foreign exchange rates in the future could possibly be unlimited. Therefore, in order to provide information regarding the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under certain derivative contracts, the notional amount of the contracts has been disclosed. In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Company for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Company sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Therefore, the collateral amount disclosed in the table above includes only contracts where the specific collateral can be identified. Also, the Company may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Company under the derivative contract.

 

The Company records all derivative contracts at fair value. For this reason, the Company does not monitor its risk exposure to such derivative contracts based on derivative notional amounts; rather, the Company manages its risk exposure on a fair value basis. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Company believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

 

Standby Letters of Credit and other Financial Guarantees.Guarantees Issued.    In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Company provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Company’s standby letters of credit is provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade.

 

Market Value Guarantees.    Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee return of principal invested to fund investors associated with certain European equity funds and to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. TheThese guarantees associated with certain European equity funds are designed to provide for any shortfall between the market value of the underlying fund assets and invested principal and a stipulated return amount. The guarantees provided to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the Company may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

 

Liquidity Facilities.The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Company acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Company on specified dates at a specified price. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors.

146


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes certain information regarding these guarantees at November 30, 2007:

   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
 Collateral/
Recourse
   Years to Maturity    

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  
  (dollars in millions)

Notional amount of derivative contracts

 $999,552 $1,004,069 $2,546,374 $2,570,385 $7,120,380 $131,678 $59

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees(1)

  5,133  1,824  1,107  6,712  14,776  802  2,396

Market value guarantees

  97  106  —    655  858  44  145

Liquidity facilities

  18,043  1,026  444  1,652  21,165  —    20,281

(1)Approximately $14 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in the investment grade and non-investment grade primary and secondary lending commitments and in the letters of credit issued by subsidiaries that are guaranteed by the Company.

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment Primarily all of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liabilityunderlying assets in the consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., nonperformance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 13 for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

Indemnities.    In the normal course of its business, the Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. In addition, any such guarantee obligation would be apportioned among the other non-defaulting members of the exchange or clearinghouse. Any potential contingent liability under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

147


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)SPEs are investment grade.

 

General Partner Guarantees.    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives distributions from the partnerships according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company may, from time to time, be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these provisions at November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006 was $472 million and $320 million, respectively. As of November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006, the Company’s accrued liability for distributions that the Company has determined is probable it will be required to refund based on the applicable refund criteria specified in the various partnership agreements was $20 million and $25 million, respectively.

 

Securitized AssetAuction Rate Security Guarantees.    As partUnder the terms of various agreements entered into with government agencies and the terms of the Company’s Institutional Securities securitization activities,announced offer to repurchase, the Company has agreed to repurchase at par certain ARS held by retail clients that were purchased through the Company. In addition, the Company has agreed to reimburse retail clients who have sold certain ARS purchased through the Company at a loss. The

152


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company’s maximum exposure as it relates to these repurchase obligations is based on the Company’s best estimate of the outstanding ARS eligible under the repurchase program, which may change as and when more information about retail client auction rate security holdings becomes available. The Company has recorded a liability at fair value related to these auction rate security purchase obligations.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides representationsguarantees and warranties that certain securitized assets conform to specified guidelines. The Company may be required to repurchase such assets or indemnify the purchaser against losses if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualificationsindemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are met,standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and to the extent the Company has acquired such assets to be securitized from other parties, the Company seeks to obtain its own representations and warranties regarding the assets. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of all assets subject to such securitization activities. indemnifications are described below.

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 11 for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. Any potential contingent liability under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

Guarantees on Securitized Asset and Whole Loan Sales.    As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities securitization and related activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions or sold as whole loans conform to specified guidelines. The Company may be required to repurchase such assets or indemnify the purchaser against losses if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met, and, to the extent the Company has acquired such assets from other parties, the Company seeks to obtain its own representations and warranties regarding the assets. In many securitization transactions, some, but not all, of the original asset

153


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

sellers provide the representations and warranties directly to the purchaser, and the Company makes representations and warranties only with respect to other assets. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of assets transferred by the Company that are subject to its representations and warranties. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these representations and warranties and reimbursement agreements and believes that the probability of any payments under these arrangements is remote.

Also, in connection with originations of residential mortgage loans under the Company’s FlexSource® program, the Company may permit borrowers to pledge marketable securities as collateral instead of requiring cash down payments for the purchase of the underlying residential property. Upon sale of the residential mortgage loans, the Company may provide a surety bond that reimburses the purchasers for shortfalls in the borrowers’ securities accounts up to certain limits if the collateral maintained in the securities accounts (along with the associated real estate collateral) is insufficient to cover losses that purchasers experience as a result of defaults by borrowers on the underlying residential mortgage loans. The Company requires the borrowers to meet daily collateral calls to ensure the marketable securities pledged in lieu of a cash down payment are sufficient. At November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 2006,2007, the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company may be required to make under its surety bond was $122$114 million and $121$122 million, respectively. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these representations and warranties and reimbursement agreements and believes that the probability of any payments under these arrangements is remote.

 

Other.

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 148154 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Credit Derivatives

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it provides counterparties protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers. The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and credit-linked notes as of November 30, 2008:

   Protection Sold 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability(1)
 
   Years to Maturity  

Credit Ratings of the Reference
Obligation

  Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total  
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

            

AAA

  $1,954  $4,077  $10,762  $38,942  $55,735  $4,480 

AA

   13,283   26,697   56,350   50,075   146,405   5,624 

A

   38,234   81,790   151,300   87,003   358,327   21,599 

BBB

  ��47,193   131,277   245,199   138,357   562,026   50,236 

Non-investment grade

   45,736   123,363   254,715   100,846   524,660   129,011 
                         

Total

   146,400   367,204   718,326   415,223   1,647,153   210,950 
                         

Index and basket credit default swaps:

            

AAA

   —     —     —     41,457   41,457   15,025 

AA

   —     —     —     3,363   3,363   1,205 

A

   596   883   16,213   8,949   26,641   1,392 

BBB

   10,783   78,338   487,008   391,214   967,343   58,414 

Non-investment grade

   23,200   107,047   292,097   140,605   562,949   81,017 

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   22,395   106,305   208,734   291,475   628,909   127,768 
                         

Total

   56,974   292,573   1,004,052   877,063   2,230,662   284,821 
                         

Total credit default swaps sold

  $203,374  $659,777  $1,722,378  $1,292,286  $3,877,815  $495,771 
                         

Credit-linked notes(2)

  $631  $694  $2,067  $2,369  $5,761  $(1,427)
                         

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (typically quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

155


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Typically, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

Tranched Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure. A majority of the Company’s tranched index and basket credit default swaps are investment grade. As external credit ratings are not always available for tranched indices and baskets, investment grade status was determined based upon internal groupings.

Credit-Linked Notes (“CLNs”).    The Company has invested in CLNs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the CLN, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

Purchased Credit Protection.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $3.0 trillion, compared with a notional amount of approximately $3.2 trillion of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations. The Company may also purchase credit protection to economically hedge loans and lending commitments. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $4.0 trillion with a positive fair value of $528 billion compared with $3.9 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $496 billion.

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

 

Contingencies.

 

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.

156


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if any, related to such matters,matters; how or if such matters will be resolved,resolved; when they will ultimately be resolved,resolved; or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such matters could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period, depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues, income or incomecash flows for such period. Legal reserves have been established in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”). Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

 

Coleman Litigation.Auction Rate Securities Matters.    In May 2003, Coleman (Parent) Holdings Inc. (“CPH”) filed a complaint against Morgan StanleyOn August 13, 2008, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the Circuit CourtOffice of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit for Palm Beach County, FloridaNew York State Attorney General and the Office of the Illinois Secretary of State, Securities Department (on behalf of a task force of other states under the auspices of the North American Securities Administrators Association) in connection with the proposed settlement of their investigations relating to the 1998 mergersale of ARS. The Company agreed to, among other things: (1) repurchase at par illiquid ARS that were purchased by certain retail clients prior to February 13, 2008; (2) pay certain retail clients that sold ARS below par the difference between The Coleman Company, Inc.par and Sunbeam, Inc. In June 2005, the trial court issuedprice at which the clients sold the securities; (3) arbitrate, under special procedures, claims for consequential damages by certain retail clients; (4) refund refinancing fees to certain municipal issuers of ARS; and (5) pay a final judgment in favortotal penalty of CPH in$35 million. A separate investigation of these matters by the amount of $1,578 million, which included prejudgment interestSecurities and excluded certain payments received by CPH in settlement of related claims against others. In June 2005, Morgan Stanley filed a notice of appeal with the District Court of Appeal for the Fourth District of Florida (the “Court of Appeal”Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and posted a supersedeas bond, which automatically stayed execution of the judgment pending appeal.remains ongoing.

 

10.    Regulatory Requirements.

Morgan Stanley.In March 2007,September 2008, the Court of Appeal issued an opinion reversing the trial court’s award for compensatory and punitive damages and remanding the matterCompany became a financial holding company subject to the trial court for entryregulation and oversight of judgment for Morgan Stanley.the Fed (see Note 1). In June 2007,granting financial holding company status, the Court of Appeal’s opinion became final whenFed will evaluate the Court of Appeal issued an order denying CPH’s motions for rehearing, rehearingen banc and for certification of certain questions for reviewCompany’s compliance with well-capitalized standards prospectively. Prior to September 2008, the Company was a consolidated supervised entity (“CSE”) as defined by the Florida Supreme Court (the “Supreme Court”). In June 2007,SEC.

During fiscal 2008 and as of November 30, 2008, the trial court issued an order cancelling the supersedeas bond that Morgan Stanley had posted. In July 2007, CPH filedCompany calculated capital requirements on a petitionconsolidated basis in accordance with the Supreme Court asking that courtBasel II Accord as interpreted by the SEC. The Basel II Accord is designed to reviewbe a risk-based capital adequacy approach, which allows for the Courtuse of Appeal’s decisioninternal estimates of risk components to calculate regulatory capital. As of November 30, 2008, the Company was in compliance with Basel II capital requirements with a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (“Petition for Review”RWAs”) of 26.8%. On December 12, 2007, the Supreme Court issued an order denying CPH’s Petition for Review.

The Company believes, after consultation with outside counsel, that the Supreme Court’s decisionseeks to deny the Petition for Review has effectively ended CPH’s civil claim against the Company. Effectivemaintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of at least 6%. This ratio as of November 30, 2007,2008 was 17.9%.

In addition to the above ratios, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using month-end balances for the fiscal quarter. This ratio as of November 30, 2008 was 6.6%.

For March 31, 2009 and future dates, the Company reversedexpects to calculate its capital ratios and RWAs in accordance with the $360 million reserve previously establishedcapital adequacy standards for bank holding companies adopted by the Coleman litigation under SFAS No. 5.Fed. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I.

 

 149157 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16.    Shareholders’ Equity.The Company’s Significant U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries.    The Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

 

Common Stock.    Changes in sharesThe Company’s management believes, as of common stock outstanding for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were as follows (share data in millions):November 30, 2008, that the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

    Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
 

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

  1,049  1,058 

Net impact of stock option exercises and other share issuances

  59  43 

Treasury stock purchases

  (52) (52)
       

Shares outstanding at end of period

  1,056  1,049 
       

Treasury Shares.    During fiscal 2007, the Company purchased $3.8 billion of its common stock through open market purchases at an average cost of $72.65 per share. During fiscal 2006, the Company purchased $3.4 billion of its common stock through open market purchases at an average cost of $65.43 per share. In December 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This share repurchase authorization considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. As of November 30, 2007,2008, the Company had approximately $2.3 billion remaining under its current share repurchase authorization.Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries exceeded all regulatorily mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ category.

 

Rabbi Trusts.The Company has established rabbi trusts (the “Rabbi Trusts”) to provide common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding restricted stock units. The numbertable below sets forth the U.S. bank subsidiaries capital as of shares of common stock outstanding in the Rabbi Trusts was approximately 107 million at November 30, 2007 and approximately 81 million at November 30, 2006. The assets of the Rabbi Trusts are consolidated with those of the Company, and the value of the Company’s stock held in the Rabbi Trusts is classified in Shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock.2008.

 

Preferred Stock.    In July 2006, the Company issued 44,000,000 Depositary Shares, in an aggregate of $1,100 million. Each Depositary Share represents 1/1,000th of a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share). The Series A Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. Subsequent to fiscal year-end, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $379.66 per share of Series A Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2008 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2007.

Regulatory Requirements.    On April 1, 2007, the Company merged MSDWI into MS&Co. Upon completion of the merger, the surviving entity, MS&Co., became the Company’s principal U.S. broker-dealer. MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated in excess of these requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $6,673 million at November 30, 2007, which exceeded the amount required by $4,950 million. MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSJS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

150


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   Amount  Ratio 

At November 30, 2008

  (dollars in millions) 

Total Capital (to RWAs):

    

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $7,585  15.3%

Morgan Stanley Trust

  $356  34.1%

Tier I Capital (to RWAs):

    

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $6,067  12.2%

Morgan Stanley Trust

  $356  34.1%

Leverage Ratio:

    

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $6,067  14.0%

Morgan Stanley Trust

  $356  7.37%

 

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”)FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies, FDIC-insured financial institutions must maintain (a) 3% to 4% of Tier 1 capital, as defined, to average assets (“leverage ratio”), (b) 4% of Tier 1 capital, as defined, to risk-weighted assets (“Tier 1 risk-weighted capital ratio”) and (c) 8% of total capital, as defined, to risk-weighted assets (“total risk-weighted capital ratio”). At November 30, 2007,2008, the leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-weighted capital ratio and total risk-weighted capital ratio of each of the Company’s FDIC-insured financial institutions exceeded these regulatory minimums.

 

Certain other U.S.MS&Co. and non-U.S. subsidiaries areOther Broker-Dealers.    MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, andthe minimum net capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countriesSEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated in excess of these requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $8,284 million at November 30, 2008, which they operate. These subsidiaries haveexceeded the amount required by $7,362 million. MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSJS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS consistently operated in excess of their localrespective regulatory capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”) and Cournot Financial Products LLC (“Cournot”), which are triple-A rated derivative products subsidiaries, maintain certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by various rating agencies. Both entities are operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on either the assets of Cournot or the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations of such entity to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of Cournot or MSDP, respectively, should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of Cournot or MSDP.

The Company is a consolidated supervised entity (“CSE”) as defined by the SEC. As such, the Company is subject to group-wide supervision and examination by the SEC and to minimum capital requirements on a consolidated basis. As of November 2007, the Company was in compliance with the CSE capital requirements.

 

MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of November 30, 2007,2008, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

158


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.    Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), which is a triple-A rated derivative products subsidiary, maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by various rating agencies. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2008, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (“MSSF”), which provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected corporate clients, transferred certain loans to Ascension Loan Vehicle, LLC (“Ascension”). MSSF and Ascension are both wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. MSSF transferred such loans so that they could be securitized and, in turn, made eligible to be pledged with the Fed. Certain of the securitized interests in Ascension were transferred to Morgan Stanley Darica Funding, LLC (“MSDF”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, during the third quarter of fiscal 2008. Ascension and MSDF, which are special purpose vehicle subsidiaries of the Company, maintain certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by various rating agencies. Ascension and MSDF are structured as separate legal entities and operated such that creditors of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, including MSSF, but excluding Ascension and MSDF, should not reasonably expect to have any claims on the assets of Ascension and MSDF, respectively. Such assets include loans that have been sold, and participation interests that have been granted, by MSSF to Ascension in an aggregate approximate amount of $2.0 billion as of November 30, 2008. Such amounts may increase or decrease. Securitized interests in Ascension were transferred to MSDF in the aggregate approximate amount of $460 million during fiscal 2008. Creditors of Ascension and MSDF should not reasonably expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, including MSSF, other than the assets of Ascension and MSDF, respectively.

 

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Company, may restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. At November 30, 2007,2008, approximately $14.2$13.8 billion of net assets of consolidated subsidiaries may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the Company.parent company.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).    As of November 30, 2007, the components of the Company’s Accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

   At
November 30,

2007
  At
November 30,

2006
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $114  $49 

Net change in cash flow hedges, net of tax

   (58)  (77)

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax

   (47)  (7)

SFAS No. 158 pension adjustment, net of tax

   (208)  —   
         

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  $(199) $(35)
         

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments.    Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective

151


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Company uses foreign currency contracts and designates certain non-U.S. dollar currency debt as hedges to manage the currency exposure relating to its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. Increases or decreases in the value of the Company’s net foreign investments generally are tax deferred for U.S. purposes, but the related hedge gains and losses are taxable currently. The Company attempts to protect its net book value from the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar subsidiaries by selling the appropriate non-U.S. dollar currency in the forward market. However, under some circumstances, the Company may elect not to hedge its net monetary investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information relating to the hedging of the Company’s net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries and their effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments is summarized below:

    At November 30, 
    2007  2006 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries

  $9,534  $6,195 
         

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency

  $1,290  $741 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from realized or unrealized losses on hedges, net of tax

   (1,176)  (692)
         

Total cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $114  $49 
         

17.    Earnings per Common Share.

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

    Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005

Basic EPS:

    

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  $2,563  $6,335  $4,532

Gain on discontinued operations, net

   646   1,137   358

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     49

Preferred stock dividend requirements

   (68)  (19)  —  
            

Net income applicable to common shareholders

  $3,141  $7,453  $4,939
            

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,002   1,010   1,050
            

Earnings per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $2.49  $6.25  $4.32

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.64   1.13   0.33

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     0.05
            

Earnings per basic common share

  $3.13  $7.38  $4.70
            

152


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005

Diluted EPS:

      

Net income applicable to common shareholders

  $3,141  $7,453  $4,939
            

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,002   1,010   1,050

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Stock options and restricted stock units

   52   45   30
            

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,054   1,055   1,080
            

Earnings per diluted common share:

      

Income from continuing operations

  $2.37  $5.99  $4.19

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.61   1.08   0.33

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

   —     —     0.05
            

Earnings per diluted common share

  $2.98  $7.07  $4.57
            

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

    Fiscal
2007
  Fiscal
2006
  Fiscal
2005
   (shares in millions)

Number of antidilutive securities (including stock options and restricted stock units) outstanding at end of period

  19  38  93

18.    Employee Stock-Based Compensation Plans.

As of December 1, 2004, the Company early adopted SFAS No. 123R using the modified prospective method. SFAS No. 123R requires measurement of compensation cost for equity-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures.

The components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense (net of cancellations and a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in fiscal 2005 associated with the adoption of SFAS No. 123R) are presented below:

    Fiscal 2007(1)  Fiscal 2006(1)  Fiscal 2005
   (dollars in millions)

Deferred stock

  $1,592  $1,763  $589

Stock options

   241   152   143

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   9   8   8
            

Total

  $1,842  $1,923  $740
            

(1)Amounts for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 include $345 million and $457 million, respectively, of accrued stock-based compensation expense primarily related to fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 year-end equity awards granted in December 2007 and December 2006, respectively, to employees who are retirement-eligible under the plan terms.

The table above excludes stock-based compensation expense included in discontinued operations, which was approximately $17 million, $32 million and $16 million, for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.

153


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense related to deferred stock and stock options was $722 million, $737 million and $255 million for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense included in discontinued operations in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $6 million, $11 million and $5 million, respectively.

At November 30, 2007, the Company had approximately $1,376 million of compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards not yet recognized (excluding fiscal 2007 year-end awards granted in December 2007 to nonretirement-eligible employees, which will begin to be amortized in fiscal 2008). The unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested stock-based awards expected to vest will primarily be recognized over the next two years.

In connection with awards under its equity-based compensation and benefit plans, the Company is authorized to issue shares of its common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares. At November 30, 2007, approximately 166 million shares were available for future grant under these plans.

The Company generally uses treasury shares to deliver shares to employees and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards granted under its equity-based compensation plans.

As a result of the Discover Spin-off effective June 30, 2007, all outstanding options to purchase the Company’s common stock held by employees of Discover were canceled and replaced with options to purchase Discover common stock. Outstanding options to purchase Morgan Stanley common stock held by directors and employees who remained with the Company after the Discover Spin-off were adjusted to preserve the intrinsic value of the award immediately prior to the spin-off using an adjustment ratio based on the Morgan Stanley closing market stock price immediately prior to the spin-off date and the beginning market stock price at the date of the spin-off. Additional compensation cost recognized as a result of this modification was not material.

Similarly, restricted stock units awarded pursuant to equity incentive plans and held by employees of Discover were canceled and replaced with restricted units of Discover stock. Outstanding deferred shares held by Morgan Stanley directors and employees who remained with the Company after the Discover Spin-off were adjusted by multiplying the number of shares by an adjustment ratio in order to account for the impact of the spin-off on the value of the Company’s shares at the time the spin-off was completed. No additional compensation cost was recognized as a result of this modification. Cash paid to the holders of deferred shares in lieu of fractional shares was not material.

Deferred Stock Awards.    The Company has made deferred stock awards pursuant to several equity-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionary compensation with awards made in the form of restricted common stock or in the right to receive unrestricted shares of common stock in the future (“restricted stock units”). Awards under these plans are generally subject to vesting over time contingent upon continued employment and to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until the end of a specified period, generally two to five years from date of grant. All or a portion of an award may be canceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant restriction period. All or a portion of a vested award also may be canceled in certain limited situations, including termination for cause during the relevant restriction period. Recipients of deferred stock awards generally receive dividend equivalents that are not subject to vesting and have voting rights.

154


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s vested and unvested restricted stock units (share data in millions):

    Fiscal 2007(1)  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 

Restricted stock units at beginning of year

  95  60  78 

Granted

  31  38  4 

Conversions to common stock

  (12) (12) (18)

Canceled(2)

  (6) (5) (4)
          

Restricted stock units at end of year(3)

  108  81  60 
          

(1)For fiscal 2007, the number of restricted stock units was adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off.
(2)Amount includes approximately 1 million awards held by Discover employees that were canceled as a result of the Discover Spin-off.
(3)Approximately 104 million awards were vested or expected to vest at the end of fiscal 2007.

The weighted average price of restricted stock units at the beginning and end of fiscal 2007 was $45.59 (as adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off) and $51.95, respectively. During fiscal 2007, the weighted average price for granted, converted and canceled restricted stock units was $66.68, $40.22 and $52.24, respectively (adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off). The weighted average price for restricted stock units granted during fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was $57.86 and $53.10, respectively (unadjusted for the Discover Spin-off).

The total fair value of restricted stock units converted to common stock during fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was $817 million, $768 million and $986 million, respectively.

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s unvested restricted stock units (share data in millions):

    Fiscal 2007
    Number
of
Shares(1)
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value(1)

Unvested restricted stock units at beginning of period

  60  $46.55

Granted

  31   66.68

Vested

  (27)  51.33

Canceled(2)

  (5)  54.21
     

Unvested restricted stock units at end of period(3)

  59  $54.29
       

(1)The number of shares and weighted average grant date fair value have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off based on the adjustment ratio discussed above.
(2)Amount includes approximately 1 million awards held by Discover employees that were canceled due to the Discover Spin-off.
(3)Unvested restricted stock units represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. Approximately 56 million unvested restricted stock units, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $53.81, were expected to vest at the end of fiscal 2007.

155


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)11.    Shareholders’ Equity.

 

Stock Option Awards.Common Stock.    The Company has granted stock option awards pursuant to several equity-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferralChanges in shares of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionary compensation with awards made in the form of stock options generally having an exercise price not less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Such stock option awards generally become exercisable over a three-year periodoutstanding for fiscal 2008 and expire 10 years from the date of grant, subject to accelerated expiration upon termination of employment. Stock option awards have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in deferred stock awards.

The weighted average fair values of the Company’s options granted during fiscal 2007 fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were $18.55 (as adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off), $14.15 and $12.77 (unadjusted for the Discover Spin-off), respectively, utilizing the following weighted average assumptions:

    Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 

Risk-free interest rate

  4.4% 4.8% 3.7%

Expected option life in years

  6.0  3.3  3.1 

Expected stock price volatility

  23.8% 28.6% 34.3%

Expected dividend yield

  1.4% 1.7% 2.0%

The Company’s expected option life has been determined based upon historical experience. Beginning on December 1, 2006, the expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using the implied volatility of exchange-traded options, consistent with the guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107, “Share-Based Payment” (“SAB 107”). Prior to December 1, 2006, the expected stock price volatility was determined based upon the Company’s historical stock price data over a time period similar to the expected option life. The Company believes that implied volatility is more reflective of market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than historical volatility or a combined method of determining volatility.

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s stock optionsas follows (share data in millions):

 

    Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005
   Number
of
Options(1)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price(1)
  Number
of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options outstanding at beginning of period

  128.6  $44.15  125.8  $51.01  152.2  $47.09

Granted

  18.9   66.90  2.1   64.05  0.9   54.73

Exercised

  (24.7)  39.86  (14.5)  44.60  (19.5)  18.13

Canceled(2)

  (4.7)  55.19  (4.0)  57.41  (7.8)  57.01
                     

Options outstanding at end of period(3)

  118.1  $48.22  109.4  $51.88  125.8  $51.01
                     

Options exercisable at end of period

  96.7  $45.22  92.6  $51.65  95.4  $50.10
                     

   Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
 

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

  1,056  1,049 

Net impact of stock option exercises and other share issuances

  57  59 

Treasury stock purchases(1)

  (65) (52)
       

Shares outstanding at end of period

  1,048  1,056 
       
(1)For fiscal 2007, the number and weighted average exercise price have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off based on the adjustment ratio discussed above.
(2)Includes approximately 2 million awards held by DFS employees that were canceled due to the Discover Spin-off.
(3)(1)116.8 million awards, with a weighted average exercise priceTreasury stock purchases includes repurchases of $48.01, were vested or expected to vest at the end of fiscal 2007.common stock for employee tax withholding.

 

The total intrinsic valueTreasury Shares.    During fiscal 2008, the Company repurchased $711 million of its common stock options exercised duringas part of its capital management share repurchase program at an average cost of $18.14 per share. During fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was $707 million, $326 million and $722 million, respectively.

156


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Asthe Company purchased $3.8 billion of November 30, 2007, the intrinsic value of in-the-money exercisable stock options was $826 million.

The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at November 30, 2007 (number of options outstanding data in millions):

    Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price(1)
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price(1)
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)

$22.00 – $29.99

  5.3  $22.91  0.1  5.3  $22.91  0.1

$30.00 – $39.99

  23.6   34.20  3.5  23.6   34.20  3.5

$40.00 – $49.99

  44.3   47.14  5.1  39.3   47.32  5.0

$50.00 – $59.99

  24.9   53.66  2.7  24.8   53.66  2.7

$60.00 – $69.99

  18.9   66.56  8.1  2.7   65.57  2.5

$70.00 – $79.99

  0.7   72.89  3.2  0.6   73.12  1.9

$80.00 – $91.99

  0.4   87.45  1.6  0.4   87.45  1.6
              

Total

  118.1      96.7    
              

(1)The weighted average exercise price has been adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off based on the adjustment ratio discussed above.

In November 2007, in connection with its initial public offering, MSCI Inc., a majority-owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley, made a founders’ grant in the form of restricted stock units (representing shares of MSCI Inc. common stock) and options to purchase MSCI Inc. common stock (such awards are not reflected in the above disclosures). The aggregate valuethrough open market purchases at an average cost of the founders’ grant was $68 million of restricted stock units and options, subject to two- to four-year vesting periods.

19.    Employee Benefit Plans.

The Company sponsors various pension plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits other than pension and postretirement benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

The Company’s defined benefit pension, postretirement and postemployment plans are accounted for in accordance with SFAS Nos. 87, 88, 106 and 112. The Company adopted the provision of SFAS No. 158 to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of the Company’s defined benefit and postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the consolidated statement of financial condition at November 30, 2007. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge of $347 million ($208 million after-tax) to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Shareholders’ equity (see Note 2).

Prior to its adoption of SFAS No. 158, but after taking into account the effects of the Discover Spin-off, the Company recognized a final net minimum pension liability of $68 million ($47 million after-tax) at November 30, 2007 and $13 million ($7 million after-tax with recognition of a $1 million intangible asset) at November 30, 2006 for defined benefit pension plans whose accumulated benefit obligations exceeded plan assets.

157


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table illustrates the incremental effect of the application of SFAS No. 158:

   Before
Application of
SFAS No. 158
  SFAS No. 158
Adjustments
  After
Application of
SFAS No. 158
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Other assets

  $9,153  $(302) $8,851 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   24,561   45   24,606 

Net deferred tax assets

   5,454   139   5,593 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   9   (208)  (199)

Total shareholders’ equity

   31,477   (208)  31,269 

The Accumulated other comprehensive loss of $415 million pre-tax was composed of $(74) million in prior-year service credits and $489 million in net actuarial losses. The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over fiscal 2008 is approximately $32 million. The estimated prior-service credit that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over fiscal 2008 is approximately $(8) million for defined benefit pension plans and $(2) million for postretirement plans.

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.    Substantially all of the U.S. employees of the Company hired before July 1, 2007 and its U.S. affiliates are covered by a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Qualified Plan”). Unfunded supplementary plans (the “Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. In addition, certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries also have pension plans covering substantially all of their employees. These pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax regulations. Liabilities for benefits payable under its Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the beneficiaries. The Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan was closed to new participants effective July 1, 2007. In lieu of a defined benefit pension plan, eligible employees who were first hired, rehired or transferred to a U.S. benefits eligible position will receive a retirement contribution into their 401(k) plan. The amount of the retirement contribution is included in the Company’s 401(k) cost and will be equal to between 2% to 5% of eligible pay based on years of service as of December 31.

The Company also has unfunded postretirement benefit plans that provide medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and their dependents.

The Company uses a measurement date of September 30 to calculate obligations under its pension and postretirement plans. The Company expects to early adopt a fiscal year-end measurement date for the fiscal year ending November 30, 2008.

In connection with the Discover Spin-off, the Company transferred assets and liabilities relating to certain current and former DFS employees to a new defined benefit pension plan established by DFS. The Company remeasured the assets and projected benefit obligation of the separated pension plans as of December 31, 2006. The impact of the remeasurement results on continuing operations for fiscal 2007 was not material.

158


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following tables present information for the Company’s pension and postretirement plans on an aggregate basis:

Net Periodic Benefit Expense.

The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit expense:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 
   (dollars in millions) 

Service cost, benefits earned during the year

  $109  $111  $101  $7  $8  $7 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

   125   119   110   8   10   9 

Expected return on plan assets

   (124)  (116)  (107)  —     —     —   

Net amortization—prior-service cost

   (8)  (7)  (8)  (1)  (2)  (1)

Net amortization—actuarial loss

   41   51   41   —     2   2 

Special termination benefits

   2   2   —     —     —     —   
                         

Net periodic benefit expense

  $145  $160  $137  $14  $18  $17 
                         

 

 159 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for fiscal 2007 and fiscal$72.65 per share. In December 2006, as well as a summary of the funded status at November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 
   (dollars in millions) 

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

     

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $2,563  $2,524  $168  $196 

Service cost(1)

   109   133   7   10 

Interest cost(2)

   125   139   8   11 

Plan amendments

   (9)  2   (4)  —   

Actuarial (gain) loss

   (46)  (88)  14   (40)

Benefits paid

   (102)  (169)  (8)  (9)

Plan settlements

   (1)  (21)  —     —   

Special termination benefits

   2   2   —     —   

Transfers/divestitures(3)

   (400)  —     (23)  —   

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   22   41   —     —   
                 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $2,263  $2,563  $162  $168 
                 

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

     

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $2,312  $2,217  $—    $—   

Actual return on plan assets

   161   144   —     —   

Employer contributions

   131   114   8   9 

Benefits paid

   (102)  (169)  (8)  (9)

Plan settlements

   (1)  (21)  —     —   

Transfers/divestitures(3)

   (405)  —     —     —   

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   17   27   —     —   
                 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $2,113  $2,312  $—    $—   
                 

Funded status:

     

Unfunded status

  $(150) $(251) $(162) $(168)

Amount contributed to plan after measurement date

   24   4   —     —   

Unrecognized prior-service cost

   —     (113)  —     (6)

Unrecognized loss

   —     708   —     9 
                 

Net amount recognized

  $(126) $348  $(162) $(165)
                 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of:

     

Assets

  $162  $598  $—    $—   

Liabilities

   (288)  (263)  (162)  (165)

Intangible asset

   —     1   —     —   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   —     12   —     —   
                 

Net amount recognized

  $(126) $348  $(162) $(165)
                 

(1)The pension amount related to the Discover Spin-off and the sale of Quilter was $22 million during fiscal 2006. The postretirement amount related to the Discover Spin-off was $2 million during fiscal 2006. These amounts are included in discontinued operations (see Note 22).
(2)The pension amount related to the Discover Spin-off and the sale of Quilter was $20 million during fiscal 2006. The postretirement amount related to DFS was $1 million during fiscal 2006. These amounts are included in discontinued operations (see Note 22).
(3)Transfers and divestitures primarily relate to the impact of the Discover Spin-off and non-U.S. subsidiary plans.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $2,147 million and $2,385 million at November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006, respectively.

160


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table contains information for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets as of fiscal year-end:

   November 30,
2007
  November 30,
2006
   (dollars in millions)

Projected benefit obligation

  $511  $338

Fair value of plan assets

   216   36

The following table contains information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets as of fiscal year-end:

   November 30,
2007
  November 30,
2006
   (dollars in millions)

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $474  $287

Fair value of plan assets

   216��  36

Assumptions.

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at fiscal year-end:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 

Discount rate

  6.17% 5.79% 6.34% 5.97%

Rate of future compensation increases

  5.08  4.40  n/a  n/a 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 

Discount rate

  5.79% 5.60% 5.90% 5.97% 5.75% 6.05%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

  6.65  6.65  6.95  n/a  n/a  n/a 

Rate of future compensation increases

  4.40  4.35  4.45  n/a  n/a  n/a 

The expected long-term rate of return on assets represents the Company’s best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets and generally was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the different asset classes, based on the target asset allocations. For plans where there is no established target asset allocation, actual asset allocations were used. The expected long-term return on assets is a long-term assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions.

161


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table presents assumed health care cost trend rates used to determine the postretirement benefit obligations at fiscal year-end:

   November 30,
2007
  November 30,
2006
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

   

Medical

  8.33-8.61% 9.00-9.33%

Prescription

  11.11% 12.33%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

  5.00% 5.00%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

  2012  2012 

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

   One-Percentage
Point Increase
  One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Effect on total postretirement service and interest cost

  $3  $(2)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   26   (21)

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was enacted in December 2003. For 2008, Morgan Stanley elected not to apply for the Medicare Retiree Drug Subsidy or take any other action related to the Act since Medicare prescription drug coverage was deemed to have no material effect on the Company’s retiree medical program. No impact of the Act has been reflected in the Company’s results.

U.S. Qualified Plan Assets.

The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represent 90% of the Company’s total pension plan assets. The weighted average asset allocations for the U.S. Qualified Plan at November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006 and the targeted asset allocation for fiscal 2008 by asset class were as follows:

   Fiscal 2008
Targeted
  November 30,
2007
  November 30,
2006
 

Equity securities

  30% 31% 44%

Fixed income securities

  70  68  51 

Other—primarily cash

  —    1  5 
          

Total

  100% 100% 100%
          

U.S. Qualified Pension Plan Asset Allocation.    The Company, in consultation with its independent investment consultants and actuaries, determined the asset allocation targets for its U.S. Qualified Plan based on its assessment of business and financial conditions, demographic and actuarial data, funding characteristics and related risk factors. Other relevant factors, including industry practices and long-term historical and prospective capital market returns, were considered as well. The expected long-term rate of return on U.S. Qualified Plan assets is 6.75% for fiscal 2007.

The U.S. Qualified Plan return objectives provide long-term measures for monitoring the investment performance against growth in the pension obligations. The overall allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status while generating sufficiently stable real returns (net of inflation) to help cover current and future benefit payments. Total U.S. Qualified Plan portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual returns with relevant benchmarks, such as the S&P 500 Index, the Russell 2000 Index, the MSCI EAFE Index and, in the case of the fixed income portfolio, the U.S. Qualified Plan’s liability profile.

162


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Both the equity and fixed income portions of the asset allocation use a combination of active and passive investment strategies and different investment styles. The fixed income asset allocation consists of longer duration fixed income securities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better correlate assets with obligations. The longer duration fixed income allocation is expected to help maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run.

The asset mix of the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan is reviewed by the Morgan Stanley Retirement Plan Investment Committee on a regular basis. When asset class exposure reaches a minimum or maximum level, an asset allocation review process is initiated, and the portfolio is automatically rebalanced back to target allocation levels unless the Investment Committee determines otherwise.

Under the current Investment Committee policy, no more than 10% of the U.S. Qualified Plan assets can be allocated to non-traditional “alternative” asset classes and only to the extent that those alternatives provide attractive diversification benefits, absolute return enhancement and/or other potential benefit to the plan. Allocations to alternative asset classes will be made based upon an evaluation of particular attributes and relevant considerations of each asset class.

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

Derivatives may be used only if the vehicle is deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market or if the vehicle is being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

Derivatives may not be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio under any circumstances.

Derivatives may not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the U.S. Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment rather than short-term trading.

Derivatives may only be used in the management of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio when their possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio, and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives will be used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Cash Flows.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $115 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans (U.S. and non-U.S.) in fiscal 2008 based upon their current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for fiscal 2008, as applicable.

Expected benefit payments associated with the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the next five fiscal years and in aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter are as follows:

   Pension  Postretirement
   (dollars in millions)

Fiscal 2008

  $109  $8

Fiscal 2009

   109   8

Fiscal 2010

   108   8

Fiscal 2011

   109   9

Fiscal 2012

   119   9

Fiscal 2013-2017

   654   47

163


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Morgan Stanley 401(k) and Profit Sharing Awards.    Eligible U.S. employees receive 401(k) matching contributions that are invested in the Company’s common stock. The retirement contribution granted in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan is included in the Company’s 401(k) expense. The Company also provides discretionary profit sharing to certain Non-U.S. employees. The pre-tax expense associated with the 401(k) match and profit sharing for fiscal 2007 was $128 million and $117 million for both fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. The impact of the Discover Spin-off and Quilter disposal on pre-tax 401(k) match and profit sharing expense in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $8 million, $15 million and $15 million, respectively. The impact was reflected in discontinued operations (see Note 22).

Defined Contribution Pension Plans.

The Company maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements. In fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, the Company’s expense related to these plans was $115 million, $87 million and $71 million, respectively.

Other Postemployment Benefits.    Postemployment benefits include, but are not limited to, salary continuation, severance benefits, disability-related benefits, and continuation of health care and life insurance coverage provided to former employees or inactive employees after employment but before retirement. The postemployment benefit obligations were not material as of November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006.

20.    Income Taxes.

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consisted of:

   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 
   (dollars in millions) 

Current:

    

U.S. federal

  $302  $1,084  $1,252 

U.S. state and local

   147   254   198 

Non-U.S.

   2,428   1,279   1,022 
             
   2,877   2,617   2,472 
             

Deferred:

    

U.S. federal

   (1,861)  126   (873)

U.S. state and local

   (69)  (20)  (68)

Non-U.S.

   (116)  5   (58)
             
   (2,046)  111   (999)
             

Provision for income taxes from continuing operations

  $831  $2,728  $1,473 
             

Provision for income taxes from discontinued operations

  $378  $529  $201 
             

164


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table reconciles the provision for (benefit from) income taxes to the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:

   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2005 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

  35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

  1.5  1.6  1.4 

Lower tax rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings

  (2.0) (2.4) (5.5)

Domestic tax credits

  (6.0) (2.3) (6.4)

Tax exempt income

  (3.3) (0.9) (0.8)

Other

  (0.7) (0.9) 0.8 
          

Effective income tax rate(1)

  24.5% 30.1% 24.5%
          

(1)The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate includes the impact of a $242 million income tax benefit, or $0.23 per diluted share, related to the resolution of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) examination of years 1994-1998. The fiscal 2005 effective tax rate includes the impact of a $309 million income tax benefit resulting from repatriation of foreign earnings under the provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.

As of November 30, 2007, the Company had approximately $5.8 billion of earnings attributable to foreign subsidiaries for which no provisions have been recorded for income tax that could occur upon repatriation. Except to the extent such earnings can be repatriated tax efficiently, they are permanently invested abroad. It is not practicable to determine the amount of income taxes payable in the event all such foreign earnings are repatriated.

The American Jobs Creation Act, adopted on October 22, 2004, provided for a special one-time tax deduction, or dividend received deduction, of 85% of qualifying foreign earnings that are repatriated in either a company’s last tax year that began before the enactment date or the first tax year that begins during the one-year period beginning on the enactment date. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $309 million, or $0.29 per diluted share, resulting from the Company’s repatriation of approximately $4.0 billion of qualifying foreign earnings under the provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act. The $309 million tax benefit resulted from the reversal of net deferred tax liabilities previously provided under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”), net of additional taxes associated with these qualifying earnings.

165


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006 were as follows:

   November 30,
2007
  November 30,
2006
   (dollars in millions)

Deferred tax assets:

    

Employee compensation and benefit plans

  $4,789  $2,965

Loan loss allowance

   —     321

Valuation and liability allowances

   498   553

Deferred expenses

   38   26

Tax credit and loss carryforward

   1,729   —  

Other

   851   806
        

Total deferred tax assets

   7,905   4,671

Valuation allowance(1)

   19   —  
        

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

   7,886   4,671
        

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   787   20

Prepaid commissions

   52   91

Fixed assets

   283   368

Other

   1,171   1,076
        

Total deferred tax liabilities

   2,293   1,555
        

Net deferred tax assets

  $5,593  $3,116
        

(1)The valuation allowance reduces the benefit of certain state net operating loss carryforwards to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

During fiscal 2007, the valuation allowance was increased by $19 million related to the ability to utilize state net operating losses.

The Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for which a deferred tax asset of $724 million and zero was recorded as of November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations and will expire in 2027.

The Company had tax credit carryforwards for which a related deferred tax asset of $1,005 million and zero was recorded as of November 30, 2007 and November 30, 2006, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations on utilization and will expire in 2017.

The Company believes that the realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset of $5,593 million (after valuation allowance) is more likely than not based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

The Company recorded income tax benefits to Paid-in capital of $280 million, $72 million and $317 million related to employee stock compensation transactions in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. Such benefits were credited to Paid-in capital.

166


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Cash paid for income taxes was $3,404 million, $3,115 million and $1,536 million in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. The Company has requested a refund of $1,200 million for estimated taxes paid during fiscal 2007.

Income Tax Examinations.    The Company is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. The tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction; for example, the current IRS examination covers 1999-2005. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from these and subsequent years’ examinations. The Company has established tax reserves that the Company believes are adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts tax reserves only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change to the reserves. The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

21.    Segment and Geographic Information.

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. For further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining their operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by Asset Management to the Global Wealth Management Group associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group’s global representatives.

167


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

Fiscal 2007

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations(1)
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Net revenues excluding net interest

  $14,085  $5,915  $5,531  $(286) $25,245

Net interest

   2,064   710   (38)  45   2,781
                    

Net revenues

  $16,149  $6,625  $5,493  $(241) $28,026
                    

Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees and income taxes

  $817  $1,155  $1,467  $2  $3,441

Losses from unconsolidated investees

   47   —     —     —     47

Income tax (benefit) provision

   (170)  459   541   1   831
                    

Income from continuing operations(2)

  $940  $696  $926  $1  $2,563
                    

Fiscal 2006(3)

  Institutional
Securities(2)
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations(1)
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Net revenues excluding net interest

  $19,758  $5,027  $3,432  $(257) $27,960

Net interest

   1,352   485   21   21   1,879
                    

Net revenues

  $21,110  $5,512  $3,453  $(236) $29,839
                    

Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees and income taxes

  $7,721  $508  $851  $23  $9,103

Losses from unconsolidated investees

   40   —     —     —     40

Provision for income taxes

   2,212   167   340   9   2,728
                    

Income from continuing operations(2)

  $5,469  $341  $511  $14  $6,335
                    

Fiscal 2005(3)

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Net revenues excluding net interest

  $13,416  $4,729  $3,183  $(238) $21,090

Net interest

   2,081   318   36   —     2,435
                    

Net revenues

  $15,497  $5,047  $3,219  $(238) $23,525
                    

Income from continuing operations before losses from unconsolidated investees, income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  $4,609  $591  $1,030  $86  $6,316

Losses from unconsolidated investees

   311   —     —     —     311

Provision for income taxes

   852   199   391   31   1,473
                    

Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change, net(2)(4)

  $3,446  $392  $639  $55  $4,532
                    

168


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net Interest

  Institutional
Securities
  Global
Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations(1)
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Fiscal 2007

        

Interest and dividends

  $59,131  $1,221  $74  $(343) $60,083

Interest expense

   57,067   511   112   (388)  57,302
                    

Net interest

  $2,064  $710  $(38) $45  $2,781
                    

Fiscal 2006(3)

        

Interest and dividends

  $42,106  $1,004  $48  $(382) $42,776

Interest expense

   40,754   519   27   (403)  40,897
                    

Net interest

  $1,352  $485  $21  $21  $1,879
                    

Fiscal 2005(3)

        

Interest and dividends

  $25,439  $650  $87  $(189) $25,987

Interest expense

   23,358   332   51   (189)  23,552
                    

Net interest

  $2,081  $318  $36  $—    $2,435
                    

Total Assets(5)

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Total
   (dollars in millions)

At November 30, 2007

  $1,005,452  $27,518  $12,439  $—    $1,045,409
                    

At November 30, 2006(3)

  $1,063,985  $21,232  $6,908  $29,067  $1,121,192
                    

At November 30, 2005(3)

  $848,555  $19,290  $4,046  $26,944  $898,835
                    

(1)The results of the Institutional Securities business segment for fiscal 2007 included a $25 million advisory fee related to the Discover Spin-off that was eliminated in consolidation. The results of the Institutional Securities business segment for fiscal 2006 included a $30 million advisory fee related to the Company’s sale of the aircraft leasing business that was eliminated in consolidation.
(2)See Note 22 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(3)Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.
(4)See Note 2 for a discussion of the cumulative effect of accounting change, net.
(5)Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European and Asian locations. The following table presents selected income statement information and the total assets of the Company’s operations by geographic area. The net revenues and total assets disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues and total assets, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

Institutional Securities: investment banking—client location, equity capital markets—client location, debt capital markets—revenue recording location, sales & trading—trading desk location.

Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location.

Asset Management: client location, except for merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.

169


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net Revenues

  Americas  Europe,
Middle
East and
Africa
  Asia  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Fiscal 2007

  $12,150  $10,008  $5,868  $28,026

Fiscal 2006(1)

   18,803   7,762   3,274   29,839

Fiscal 2005(1)

   15,375   5,711   2,439   23,525

Total Assets

  Americas  Europe,
Middle
East and
Africa
  Asia  Eliminations  Total
   (dollars in millions)

At November 30, 2007

  $705,728  $269,753  $83,328  $(13,400) $1,045,409

At November 30, 2006(1)

   708,129   347,379   83,315   (17,631)  1,121,192

At November 30, 2005(1)

   613,361   240,467   66,527   (21,520)  898,835

(1)Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-year amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.

22.    Discontinued Operations.

Fiscal 2007.

Discover.On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the Discover Spin-off. The Company distributed all of the outstanding shares of DFS common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to the Company’s stockholders of record as of June 18, 2007. The Company’s stockholders received one share of DFS common stock for every two shares of the Company’s common stock. Stockholders received cash in lieu of fractional shares for amounts less than one full DFS share. The Company received a tax ruling from the IRS that, based on customary representations and qualifications, the distribution was tax-free to the Company’s stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The Discover Spin-off allows the Company to focus its efforts on more closely aligned firm-wide strategic priorities within its Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management business segments.

The results of DFS prior to the Discover Spin-off are included within discontinued operations for all periods presented.

170


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities associated with DFS as of November 30, 2006 (dollars in millions):

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $869

Financial instruments owned—U.S. government and agency securities

   65

Financial instruments owned—Derivative contracts

   33

Consumer loans

   22,915

Fees, interest and other

   166

Office facilities and other equipment, at cost, net

   661

Goodwill and net intangible assets

   735

Other assets

   3,623
    

Total

  $29,067
    

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $3,100

Deposits

   13,277

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative contracts

   28

Interest and dividends payables

   129

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   6,508

Long-term borrowings

   250
    

Total

   23,292
    

Net assets

  $5,775
    

The net assets that were distributed to shareholders on the date of the Discover Spin-off were $5,558 million, which was recorded as a reduction to the Company’s retained earnings.

Net revenues included in discontinued operations related to DFS were $2,392 million, $4,290 million and $3,452 million in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.

The results of discontinued operations include interest expense that was allocated based upon borrowings that were specifically attributable to DFS’ operations through intercompany transactions existing prior to the Discover Spin-off. For fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, the amount of interest expense reclassified to discontinued operations was approximately $159 million, $247 million and $145 million, respectively.

Quilter.    On February 28, 2007, the Company sold Quilter, its standalone U.K. mass affluent business, which was formerly included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. The results of Quilter are included within discontinued operations for all periods presented. The results for discontinued operations in fiscal 2007 also included a pre-tax gain of $168 million ($109 million after-tax) on disposition.

Fiscal 2006 and Fiscal 2005.

Aircraft Leasing.    On August 17, 2005, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved management’s recommendationauthorized the repurchase of up to sell$6 billion of the Company’s non-core aircraft leasing business. In connection with this action, the aircraft leasingoutstanding common stock. This share repurchase authorization considers, among other things, business was classifiedsegment capital needs, as “held for sale”well as equity-based compensation and reported as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In addition, in the third quarterbenefit plan requirements. As of fiscal 2005,November 30, 2008, the Company recognized a charge ofhad approximately $1.7$1.6 billion ($1.0 billion after-tax) to reflect the writedown of the aircraft

171


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

leasing business toremaining under its estimated fair value of approximately $2.0 billion. In determining the charge that was recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company estimated the value to be realized in selling the aircraft leasing business as a whole. The estimated value of the business was based on the appraised values of the aircraft portfolio, an evaluation of then current market conditions, recent transactions involving the sales of similar aircraft leasing businesses, a detailed assessment of the portfolio and additional valuation analyses.

On January 30, 2006, the Company announced that it had signed a definitive agreement under which it would sell its aircraft leasing business to Terra Firma, a European private equity group, for approximately $2.5 billion in cash and the assumption of liabilities. Based on the terms of the agreement and in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”), the Company revised its estimate of the fair value (less selling costs) of the aircraft leasing business and, as a result, in the fourth quarter, reduced the pre-tax charge recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2005 by approximately $1.1 billion. Full year results for fiscal 2005 reflected a charge of $509 million ($316 million after-tax).

The sale was completed on March 24, 2006. The results for discontinued operations in fiscal 2006 included a loss of $125 million ($75 million after-tax) related to the impact of the finalization of the sales proceeds and balance sheet adjustments related to the closing. Gross revenues from the aircraft leasing business included in discontinued operations was $137 million and $417 million in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.share repurchase authorization.

 

Summarized financial information for the Company’s discontinued operations for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

The table below provides information regarding amounts included within discontinued operations (dollars in millions):

   Fiscal Year 
   2007  2006  2005 

Pre-tax gain (loss) on discontinued operations

     

DFS

  $850  $1,681  $1,025 

Quilter

   174   27   20 

Aircraft leasing

   —     (42)  (486)
             
  $1,024  $1,666  $559 
             

23.    Business and Other Acquisitions and Dispositions and Sale of Minority Interest.

Subsequent to Fiscal 2007.

Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U.    On January 28, 2008, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement to sell Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM”), its Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business. The transaction is expected to close during the first half of fiscal 2008 subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals. The results of MSWM have been included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

Fiscal 2007.

MSCI.    On July 31, 2007, the Company announced that it would sell a minority interest in its subsidiary, MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”) in an initial public offering (“IPO”). MSCI is a provider of investment decision support tools to investment institutions worldwide. MSCI is included within the Institutional Securities business segment. In November 2007, MSCI completed its IPO of 16.1 million shares and received net proceeds of approximately $265 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses. As the IPO was part of a

172


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

broader corporate reorganization, contemplated by the Company at the IPO date, the increase in the carrying amount of the Company’s investment in MSCI was recorded in Paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition and the Company’s consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity at November 30, 2007. Subsequent to the IPO, the Company maintains approximately 81% ownership of MSCI and consolidates MSCI for financial reporting purposes.

JM Financial.    In October 2007, the Company dissolved its India joint ventures with JM Financial. The Company purchased the joint venture’s institutional equities sales, trading and research platform by acquiring JM Financial’s 49% interest and sold the Company’s 49% interest in the joint venture’s investment banking, fixed income and retail operation to JM Financial.

CityMortgage Bank.    On December 21, 2006, the Company acquired CityMortgage Bank (“CityMortgage”), a Moscow-based mortgage bank that specializes in originating, servicing and securitizing residential mortgage loans in the Russian Federation. Since the acquisition date, the results of CityMortgage have been included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Olco Petroleum Group Inc.    On December 15, 2006, the Company acquired a 60% equity stake in Olco Petroleum Group Inc. (“Olco”), a petroleum products marketer and distributor based in eastern Canada. Since the acquisition date, the results of Olco have been included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Saxon Capital, Inc.    On December 4, 2006, the Company acquired Saxon Capital, Inc. (“Saxon”), a servicer and originator of residential mortgages. Since the acquisition date, the results of Saxon have been included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

FrontPoint Partners.    On December 4, 2006, the Company acquired FrontPoint Partners (“FrontPoint”), a provider of absolute return investment strategies. Since the acquisition date, the results of FrontPoint have been included within the Asset Management business segment.

Fiscal 2006.

Goldfish.    On February 17, 2006, the Company acquired the Goldfish credit card business in the U.K. As a result of the Discover Spin-off, the results of Goldfish have been included within discontinued operations (see Note 22). The acquisition price was $1,676 million, which was paid in cash in February 2006. The Company recorded goodwill and other intangible assets of approximately $370 million in connection with the acquisition.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:

   At February 17, 2006
   (dollars in millions)

Consumer loans

  $1,316

Goodwill

   247

Amortizable intangible assets

   123

Other assets

   20
    

Total assets acquired

   1,706

Total liabilities assumed

   30
    

Net assets acquired

  $1,676
    

The $123 million of acquired amortizable intangible assets includes customer relationships of $54 million (15-year estimated useful life) and trademarks of $69 million (25-year estimated useful life).

173


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Lansdowne Partners.    On November 1, 2006, the Company acquired a 19% stake in Lansdowne Partners (“Lansdowne”), a London-based investment manager. The investment in Lansdowne is accounted for under the equity method of accounting within the Asset Management business segment.

Avenue Capital Group.    On October 30, 2006, the Company formed a strategic alliance with Avenue Capital Group (“Avenue”), a New York-based investment manager with approximately $12 billion in assets under management. The Company acquired a minority interest in Avenue. The investment in Avenue is accounted for under the equity method of accounting within the Asset Management business segment.

Morgan Stanley Bank International (China) Limited.    On September 29, 2006, the Company acquired Morgan Stanley Bank International (China) Limited (“China Bank”) (formerly Nan Tung Bank Ltd. Zhuhai), a bank in the People’s Republic of China. The acquisition enabled the Company to strengthen its platform in China. Since the acquisition date, the results of China Bank have been included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

TransMontaigne Inc.    On September 1, 2006, the Company acquired TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries (“TransMontaigne”), a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business. The acquisition enabled the Company to expand its supply and distribution of oil and refined oil products across a broader range of clients and regions across the U.S., as well as increase its oil storage capacity across the U.S. Since the acquisition date, the results of TransMontaigne and its subsidiaries have been included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Heidmar Group.    On September 1, 2006, the Company acquired the Heidmar Group of companies that provides international shipping and U.S. marine logistics services. The acquisition enabled the Company to expand its physical freight business across multiple vessel classes and geographies and provided an opportunity to expand into international shipping and services. Since the acquisition date, the results of the Heidmar Group of companies have been included within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Office Building.    On June 19, 2006, the Company purchased a majority interest in a joint venture that indirectly owned title to 522 Fifth Avenue, a 23-floor office building in New York City (the “Building”), for approximately $420 million. On July 10, 2007, the Company purchased the balance of the interest in the joint venture for approximately $37 million.

The pro forma impact of each of the above business acquisitions individually and in the aggregate was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

24.    Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108.

In September 2006, the SEC released SAB 108. SAB 108 permits the Company to adjust for the cumulative effect of errors relating to prior years in the carrying amount of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the 2006 fiscal year, with an offsetting adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of adoption. SAB 108 also requires the adjustment of any prior quarterly financial statements within the fiscal year of adoption for the effects of such errors on the quarters when the information is next presented. Such adjustments do not require previously filed reports with the SEC to be amended. Effective August 31, 2006, the Company elected early application of SAB 108. In accordance with SAB 108, the Company adjusted its opening retained earnings for fiscal 2006 and its financial results for the first two quarters of fiscal 2006 for the items described below. The Company considers these adjustments to be immaterial to prior annual periods.

174


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company adjusted its opening retained earnings for fiscal 2006 and its financial results for the first two quarters of fiscal 2006 to reflect a change in its hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133. The change is being made following a clarification by the SEC of its interpretation of SFAS No. 133 related to the accounting for fair value hedges of fixed-rate trust preferred securities.

Since January 2005, the Company entered into various interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in its trust preferred securities. The terms of the interest rate swaps and the corresponding trust preferred securities mirrored one another, and the Company determined in the past that the changes in the fair value of the swaps and hedged instruments were the same. The Company applied the commonly used “short-cut method” in accounting for these fair value hedges and, therefore, did not reflect any gains or losses during the relevant periods. Based upon the SEC’s clarification of SFAS No. 133, the Company determined that since it has the ability at its election to defer interest payments on its trust preferred securities, these swaps did not qualify for the short-cut method. These swaps performed as expected as effective economic hedges of interest rate risk. The Company ended hedging of the interest rate risk on these trust preferred securities effective August 2006 and adjusted its financial results as if hedge accounting was never applied. The Company currently manages the interest rate risk on these securities as part of its overall asset liability management.

Compensation and Benefits.    The Company also adjusted its opening retained earnings for fiscal 2006 and its financial results for the first two quarters of fiscal 2006 for two compensation and benefits accruals. Such accruals are related to (i) the overaccrual of certain payroll taxes in certain non-U.S. locations, primarily in the U.K., which arose in fiscal 2000 through fiscal 2006 and (ii) an adjustment to the amortization expense associated with stock-based compensation awards, which arose in fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004.

Impact of Adjustments.    The impact of each of the items noted above on fiscal 2006 opening Shareholders’ equity and Retained earnings and on Net income for the first and second quarters of fiscal 2006 is presented below (dollars in millions):

   Trust
Preferred

Securities
  Non-U.S.
Payroll
Taxes
  Amortization
of Stock-
Based
Compensation
Awards
  Total 

Cumulative effect on Shareholders’ equity as of December 1, 2005

  $(84) $38  $12  $(34)

Cumulative effect on Retained earnings as of December 1, 2005

  $(84) $38  $(22) $(68)

Effect on:

      

Net income for the three months ended February 28, 2006

  $(1) $14  $ —    $13 

Net income for the three months ended May 31, 2006

  $(116) $ —    $—    $(116)

Net income for the six months ended May 31, 2006

  $(117) $14  $—    $(103)

175


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The aggregate impact of these adjustments is summarized below (dollars in millions, except per share data):

As of and for the Three Months Ended February 28, 2006

  Previously
Reported
  Adjustment  As
Adjusted

Other assets

  $15,988  $12  $16,000

Other liabilities

  $14,984  $(98) $14,886

Long-term borrowings

  $121,395  $131  $121,526

Shareholders’ equity

  $30,124  $(21) $30,103

Principal transactions trading revenue

  $3,073  $13  $3,086

Compensation and benefits expense

  $4,032  $(22) $4,010

Interest expense

  $9,216  $15  $9,231

Net income

  $1,561  $13  $1,574

Diluted EPS

  $1.47  $0.01  $1.48

As of and for the Three Months Ended May 31, 2006

  Previously
Reported
  Adjustment  As
Adjusted

Other assets

  $17,651  $12  $17,663

Other liabilities

  $18,159  $(162) $17,997

Long-term borrowings

  $127,985  $311  $128,296

Shareholders’ equity

  $32,255  $(137) $32,118

Principal transactions trading revenue

  $3,729  $(170) $3,559

Compensation and benefits expense

  $3,587  $—    $3,587

Interest expense

  $9,735  $9  $9,744

Net income

  $1,957  $(116) $1,841

Diluted EPS

  $1.86  $(0.11) $1.75

For the Six Months Ended May 31, 2006

  Previously
Reported
  Adjustment  As
Adjusted

Principal transactions trading revenue

  $6,802  $(157) $6,645

Compensation and benefits expense

  $7,619  $(22) $7,597

Interest expense

  $18,951  $24  $18,975

Net income

  $3,518  $(103) $3,415

Diluted EPS

  $3.33  $(0.10) $3.23

25.    Insurance Settlement.

On September 11, 2001, the U.S. experienced terrorist attacks targeted against New York City and Washington, D.C. The attacks in New York resulted in the destruction of the World Trade Center complex, where approximately 3,700 of the Company’s employees were located, and the temporary closing of the debt and equity financial markets in the U.S. Through the implementation of its business recovery plans, the Company relocated its displaced employees to other facilities.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company settled its claim with its insurance carriers related to the events of September 11, 2001. The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $251 million as the insurance recovery was in excess of previously recognized costs related to the terrorist attacks (primarily write-offs of leasehold improvements and destroyed technology and telecommunications equipment in the World Trade Center complex, employee relocation and certain other employee-related expenditures).

The pre-tax gain was recorded as a reduction to non-interest expenses and is included within the Global Wealth Management Group ($198 million), Asset Management ($43 million) and Institutional Securities ($10 million) business segments. The insurance settlement was allocated to the respective segments in accordance with the relative damages sustained by each segment.

176


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

26.    Lease Adjustment.

Prior to the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company did not record the effects of scheduled rent increases and rent-free periods for certain real estate leases on a straight-line basis. In addition, the Company had been accounting for certain tenant improvement allowances as reductions to the related leasehold improvements instead of recording funds received as deferred rent and amortizing them as reductions to lease expense over the lease term. In the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company changed its method of accounting for these rent escalation clauses, rent-free periods and tenant improvement allowances to properly reflect lease expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis. The impact of this correction resulted in the Company recording $105 million of additional rent expense in the first quarter of fiscal 2005. The impact of this change was included within non-interest expenses and reduced income before taxes within the Institutional Securities ($71 million), Global Wealth Management Group ($29 million) and Asset Management ($5 million) business segments. The impact of this correction was not material to the pre-tax income of each of the segments or to the Company.

177


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

27.    Quarterly Results (unaudited).

   2007 Fiscal Quarter  2006 Fiscal Quarter 
   First  Second  Third  Fourth(1)  First(2)  Second(2)  Third  Fourth 
   (dollars in millions, except per share data) 

Total revenues

  $23,192  $26,195  $21,230  $14,711  $16,644  $17,257  $18,613  $18,222 

Interest expense

   13,198   15,671   13,272   15,161   9,231   9,744   11,549   10,373 
                                 

Net revenues

   9,994   10,524   7,958   (450)  7,413   7,513   7,064   7,849 
                                 

Total non-interest expenses

   6,538   7,000   5,693   5,354   5,503   5,212   4,820   5,201 
                                 

Income (losses) from continuing operations before (losses) gains from unconsolidated investees and income taxes

   3,456   3,524   2,265   (5,804)  1,910   2,301   2,244   2,648 

(Losses) gains from unconsolidated investees

   (26)  (20)  (19)  18   (19)  24   20   (65)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   1,116   1,141   772   (2,198)  603   848   676   601 
                                 

Income (losses) from continuing operations

   2,314   2,363   1,474   (3,588)  1,288   1,477   1,588   1,982 

Discontinued operations(3):

         

Gain from discontinued operations

   564   349   111   —     453   583   399   231 

Provision for income taxes

   (206)  (130)  (42)  —     (167)  (219)  (136)  (7)
                                 

Gain on discontinued operations

   358   219   69   —     286   364   263   224 
                                 

Net income

  $2,672  $2,582  $1,543  $(3,588) $1,574  $1,841  $1,851  $2,206 
                                 

Preferred stock dividend requirements

  $17  $17  $17  $17  $—    $—    $—    $19 
                                 

Earnings applicable to common shareholders

  $2,655  $2,565  $1,526  $(3,605) $1,574  $1,841  $1,851  $2,187 
                                 

Earnings per basic common share(4):

         

Income (losses) from continuing operations

  $2.28  $2.35  $1.45  $(3.61) $1.26  $1.46  $1.57  $1.97 

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.35   0.22   0.07   —     0.28   0.36   0.26   0.22 
                                 

Earnings per basic common share

  $2.63  $2.57  $1.52  $(3.61) $1.54  $1.82  $1.83  $2.19 
                                 

Earnings per diluted common share(4):

         

Income (losses) from continuing operations

  $2.17  $2.24  $1.38  $(3.61) $1.21  $1.40  $1.50  $1.87 

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.34   0.21   0.06   —     0.27   0.35   0.25   0.21 
                                 

Earnings per diluted common share

  $2.51  $2.45  $1.44  $(3.61) $1.48  $1.75  $1.75  $2.08 
                                 

Dividends to common shareholders

  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27 

Book value

  $34.71  $36.52  $32.14  $28.56  $28.12  $29.97  $31.24  $32.67 

(1)Results for the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 included $9.4 billion in mortgage-related writedowns.
(2)Results for the Company for the first two quarters of fiscal 2006 were adjusted (see Note 24).
(3)See Note 22 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(4)Summation of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

28.    Subsequent Event.

China Investment Corporation Investment.

In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units which includethat included contracts to purchase Company common stock (see “Stock Purchase Contracts” herein) to a wholly owned subsidiary of the CIC for approximately $5,579 million. CIC’s ownership in the Company’s common stock, including the maximum number of shares of common stock to be received by CIC upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts, will be 9.9% or less of the Company’s total shares outstanding based on the total shares that were outstanding on November 30, 2007. CIC will beis a

178


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

passive financial investor and will havehas no special rights of ownership nor a role in the management of the Company. A substantial portion of the investment proceeds will bewas treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

Each stock purchase contract mandatorily settles in Company common stock at prices between $48.0700 and $57.6840. The maximum number of shares to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contracts included in the Equity Units is approximately 116,063,000. The stock purchase contracts settle for Company common stock on August 17, 2010, subject to adjustment. Each Equity Unit will pay a fixed annual payment rate of 9% payable quarterly.

 

As described below, the Equity Units consist of interests in trust preferred securities issued by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust A (“Series A Trust”), Morgan Stanley Capital Trust B (“Series B Trust”) or Morgan Stanley Capital Trust C (“Series C Trust”) (each a “Morgan Stanley Trust” and, collectively, the “Trusts”) and stock purchase contracts issued by the Company. The only assets held by the Series A Trust, Series B Trust and Series C Trust are junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company.parent company.

 

Equity Units.

 

Each Equity Unit has a stated amount of $1,000 per unit consisting of:

 

(i)an undivided beneficial ownership interest in a trust preferred security of Series A Trust, Series B Trust or Series C Trust with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000; and

 

(ii)a stock purchase contract relating to the common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures Issued to Support Trust Common and Trust Preferred Securities.

 

In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company issued junior subordinated debt securities due no later than February 17, 2042 for a total of $5,579,173,000 in exchange for $5,579,143,000 in aggregate proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities by the Trusts and $30,000 in trust common securities issued equally by the Trusts. The Company elected to fair value the junior subordinated debentures pursuant to SFAS No. 159. The common and trust preferred securities of the Trusts, totaling approximately $5,579 million, represent undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trusts, have no stated maturity and must be redeemed upon the redemption or maturity of the corresponding series of junior subordinated debt securities—the sole assets of the respective Trusts. The Series A Trust, Series B Trust and Series C Trust will make quarterly distributions on the trust common and trust preferred securities at an annual rate of 6%.

 

The trust common securities, which are held by the Company, represent an interest in the Trusts and are recorded as an equity method investment in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. The Trusts are VIEs in accordance with FIN 46R, and the Company does not consolidate its interests in the Trusts as it is not the primary beneficiary of any of the Trusts.

 

The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that there are funds available in the Trusts. If the Company does not make payments on the junior subordinated debentures owned by a Morgan Stanley Trust, such Morgan Stanley Trust will not be able to pay

160


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

any amounts payable in respect of the trust preferred securities issued by it and will not have funds legally available for that purpose. In that event, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The guarantee will remain in place until the redemption price of all of the trust preferred securities is paid, the amounts payable with respect to the trust preferred

179


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

securities upon liquidation of the Morgan Stanley Trusts are paid or the junior subordinated debentures are distributed to the holders of all the trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities held by the Equity Unit holders are pledged to the Company to collateralize the obligations of the Equity Unit holders under the related stock purchase contracts. The Equity Unit holders may substitute certain zero-coupon treasury securities in place of the trust preferred securities as collateral under the stock purchase contracts.

 

Stock Purchase Contracts.

 

Each stock purchase contract requires the holder to purchase, and the Company to sell, on the stock purchase date a number of newly issued or treasury shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, equal to the settlement rate. The settlement rate at

On October 13, 2008, the respectiveCompany sold to Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc (“MUFG”) certain preferred stock for an aggregate purchase date will be calculated based onprice of $9 billion (see below for further discussion). As a result of this transaction, and as contractually required by the arithmetic averageterms of the volume-weighted average pricessecurities purchase agreement for the sale of the common stock during a specified 20-day period ending three days immediately preceding the applicable stock purchase date (“applicable market value”). If the applicable market value of the Company’s common stock is less thanEquity Units to CIC, the threshold appreciation price of $57.6840 but greater than $48.0700, the reference price, the settlement rate will be a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the applicable market value. If the applicable market value is less than or equalwas reduced to the reference price the settlement rate will be the number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the reference price. If the applicable market value is greater than or equal to the threshold appreciation price, the settlement rate will be the number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to $1,000 divided by the threshold appreciation price. Accordingly, upon settlement in the aggregate,$48.07 (see Note 12). As a result, the Company will receive proceeds of approximately $5,579 million and issue up to approximately 116,063,000116,062,911 shares of its common stock. Thestock (subject to adjustment for certain anti-dilution provisions and participation in certain dividends as described below) upon settlement of the stock purchase contract may be settled early at the option of the holder at any time prior to the second business day immediately preceding the beginning of the first remarketing period. However, upon early settlement, the holder will receive the minimum settlement rate, subject to adjustment.contracts on August 17, 2010.

 

The initial quarterly distributions on the Series A, Series B and Series C trust preferred securities of 6%, combined with the contract adjustment payments on the stock purchase contracts of 3%, result in thea 9% yield on the Equity Units.

If the Company defers any of the contract adjustment payments on the stock purchase contracts, then it will accrue additional amounts on the deferred amounts at the annual rate of 9% until paid, to the extent permitted by law.

 

The present value of the future contract adjustment payments due under the stock purchase contracts was approximately $400 million and was recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses with a corresponding decrease recorded in Paid-in capital, a component of Shareholders’ equity in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of financial condition in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. The other liability balance related to the stock purchase contracts will accrete over the term of the stock purchase contract using the effective yield method with a corresponding charge to Interest expense. When the contract adjustment payments are made under the stock purchase contracts, they will reduce the other liability balance.

 

Calculation of Impact on Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding Prior to Settlement of Stock Purchase Contract.Earnings per Share.

 

Prior to the issuance of common stock upon settlement of the stock purchase contract,October 13, 2008, the impact of the Equity Units will bewas reflected in the Company’s earnings per diluted common share using the treasury stock method, as defined by SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.”Share” (“SFAS No. 128”). Under the treasury stock method, the number of shares of common stock included in the calculation of earnings per diluted common share will bewas calculated as the excess, if any, of the number of shares expected to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contract based on the

180


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

average market price for the last 20 days of the reporting period, less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company with the proceeds to be received upon settlement of the contract at the average closing price for the reporting period.

 

161


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Dilution of net income per share will occuroccurred (i) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares iswas over $57.6840 per share or (ii) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares for a reporting period iswas between $48.0700 and $57.6840 and iswas greater than the average market price for the last 20 days ending three days prior to the end of such reporting period.

 

UponEffective October 13, 2008, as a result of the adjustment to the Equity Units as described above, the Equity Units are now deemed to be “participating securities” in accordance with EITF Issue 03-6, “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share” in that the Equity Units have the ability to participate in any dividends the Company declares on common shares above $0.27 per share during any quarterly reporting period via an increase in the number of common shares to be delivered upon settlement of the Stockstock purchase contracts. The Equity Units will be reflected, prospectively from October 13, 2008, in the Company’s earnings per share calculation using the two-class method. During fiscal 2008, no dividends above $0.27 per share were declared during any quarterly reporting period.

The Equity Units do not share in any losses of the Company for purposes of calculating earnings per share. Therefore, if the Company incurs a loss in any reporting period, losses will not be allocated to the Equity Units in the earnings per share calculation.

In addition, as required by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s (the “U.S. Treasury”) Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) and Capital Purchase Contract,Program (“CPP”) (see below for further discussion), the amountCompany may not declare or pay any cash dividends on its common stock other than regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than $0.27 without the consent of the U.S. Treasury.

See Note 2 for further discussion on the two-class method and Note 12 for the dilutive impact for fiscal 2008.

Rabbi Trusts.    The Company has established rabbi trusts (the “Rabbi Trusts”) to provide common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding restricted stock units. The number of shares of common shares issuedstock outstanding in settlementthe Rabbi Trusts was approximately 74 million at November 30, 2008 and approximately 107 million at November 30, 2007. The assets of the contractRabbi Trusts are consolidated with those of the Company, and the value of the Company’s stock held in the Rabbi Trusts is classified in Shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock.

Preferred Stock and Warrants.

Series A Preferred Stock.    In July 2006, the Company issued 44,000,000 Depositary Shares, in an aggregate of $1,100 million. Each Depositary Share represents 1/1,000th of a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share). The Series A Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. Subsequent to fiscal year-end, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $348.35 per share of Series A Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2009 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2008.

Series B and Series C Preferred Stock.    On October 13, 2008, the Company issued to MUFG 7,839,209 shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and 1,160,791 shares of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) for an aggregate purchase price of $9 billion. The Series B Preferred Stock is convertible at MUFG’s option (at a conversion price of $25.25) into 310,464,033 shares of the Company’s common shares, subject to

162


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

certain anti-dilution adjustments. Subject to any applicable New York Stock Exchange stockholder approval requirements, one-half of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert into the Company’s common shares when, at any time on or after October 13, 2009, the market price of the Company’s common shares exceeds 150% of the then-applicable conversion price (initially $25.25) for twenty trading days within any period of thirty consecutive trading days beginning after October 13, 2009 (subject to certain ownership limits on MUFG and its affiliates). The remainder of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert on the same basis on or after October 13, 2010.

The Series B Preferred Stock pays a non-cumulative dividend, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum (provided, that, if stockholder approval, as noted above, has not been received by February 17, 2009, the per annum rate shall increase to 13% on and including February 17, 2009 and shall remain in effect until the date upon which stockholder approval is received or no longer required) of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, except under certain circumstances (as set forth in the securities purchase agreement for the sale of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG). Subsequent to fiscal year-end, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $25.56 per share of Series B Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2009 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2008.

The Series C Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, on or after October 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $1,100 per share. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Subsequent to fiscal year-end, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $25.56 per share of Series C Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2009 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2008.

The $9 billion in proceeds was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock based on their relative fair values at issuance (approximately $8.1 billion was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and approximately $0.9 billion to the Series C Preferred Stock). Upon redemption by the Company, the excess of the redemption value of $1,100 per share over the carrying value of the Series C Preferred Stock ($0.9 billion allocated at inception or approximately $784 per share) will be includedcharged to Retained earnings (i.e., treated in a manner similar to the treatment of dividends paid). The amount charged to Retained earnings will be deducted from the numerator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share calculationduring the related reporting period in which the Series C Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Company (See Note 12 for additional details).

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrants.    On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (initially introduced as TARP) was enacted. On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced its intention to inject capital into nine large U.S. financial institutions, including the Company, under the CPP and since has injected capital into many other financial institutions. The Company was part of the initial group of financial institutions participating in the CPP, and on October 26, 2008 entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which, among other things, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $10 billion, 10 million shares of Series D Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Series D Preferred Stock”) and warrants to purchase up to 65,245,759 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Warrants”), of the Company. As a condition under the CPP, the Company’s share repurchases are currently limited to purchases in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan, consistent with past practices, including purchases to offset share dilution in connection with any such plans. This restriction is effective until October 2011 or until the U.S. Treasury no longer owns any of the Company’s preferred shares issued under the CPP.

163


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Series D Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common shares andpari passu, which is at an equal level in the capital structure, with existing preferred shares, other than preferred shares which by their terms rank junior to any other existing preferred shares. The Series D Preferred Stock pays a compounding cumulative dividend, in cash, at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The Company is prohibited from paying any dividend with respect to shares of common stock, other junior securities or preferred stock rankingpari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock or repurchasing or redeeming any shares of the Company’s common shares, other junior securities or preferred stock rankingpari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock in any quarter unless all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on the Series D Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods (including the latest completed dividend period), subject to certain limited exceptions. The Series D Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Series D Preferred Stock. The Series D Preferred Stock is callable at par after three years. Prior to the end of three years, the Series D Preferred Stock may be redeemed with the proceeds from one or more qualified equity offerings of any Tier 1 perpetual preferred or common stock of at least $250 million (each a “Qualified Equity Offering”). The U.S. Treasury may also transfer the Series D Preferred Stock to a third party at any time. Subsequent to fiscal year-end, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $10.69 per share that was paid on January 15, 2009 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2008.

The Company’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 10).

Warrants.    The Warrants have a term of 10 years and are exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, at an exercise price of $22.99 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments). The U.S. Treasury may not exercise the Warrants for, or transfer the Warrants with respect to, more than half of the initial shares of common stock underlying the Warrants prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $10 billion from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings and (ii) December 31, 2009. The number of shares to be delivered upon settlement of the warrant will be reduced by 50% if the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least 100% of the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the Series D Preferred Stock ($10 billion) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings prior to December 31, 2009.

The $10 billion in proceeds was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock and the Warrants based on their relative fair values at issuance (approximately $9 billion was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock and approximately $1 billion to the Warrants). The difference between the initial value allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock of approximately $9 billion and the liquidation value of $10 billion will be charged to Retained earnings over the first five years of the contract as an adjustment to the dividend yield using the effective yield method. The amount charged to Retained earnings will be deducted from the numerator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share during the related reporting period (see Note 12).

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.    As of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, the components of the Company’s Accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

   At November 30, 
   2008  2007 
   (dollars in millions) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $(46) $114 

Net change in cash flow hedges, net of tax

   (42)  (58)

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax

   —     (47)

SFAS No. 158 pension adjustment, net of tax

   (37)  (208)
         

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  $(125) $(199)
         

164


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments.    Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Company uses foreign currency contracts and designates certain non-U.S. dollar currency debt as hedges to manage the currency exposure relating to its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. Increases or decreases in the value of the Company’s net foreign investments generally are tax deferred for U.S. purposes, but the related hedge gains and losses are taxable currently. The Company attempts to protect its net book value from the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar subsidiaries by selling the appropriate non-U.S. dollar currency in the forward market. Under some circumstances, however, the Company may elect not to hedge its net monetary investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information relating to the hedging of the Company’s net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries and their effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments is summarized below:

  At November 30, 
  2008  2007 
  (dollars in millions) 

Net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries

 $7,549  $9,534 
        

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency

 $(352) $1,290 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from realized or unrealized losses on hedges, net of tax

  306   (1,176)
        

Total cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

 $(46) $114 
        

165


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

12.    Earnings per Common Share.

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awards where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method as defined in EITF 03-6 (see Note 2). The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 

Basic EPS:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1,807  $2,563  $6,335 

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (100)  646   1,137 
             

Net income

   1,707   3,209   7,472 

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

   (53)  (68)  (19)

Less: Preferred dividends (Series D Preferred Stock)

   (44)  —     —   

Less: Amortization of issuance discount for Series D Preferred Stock

   (15)  —     —   

Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to Equity Units

   (7)  —     —   
             

Net income applicable to common shareholders

  $1,588  $3,141  $7,453 
             

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,028   1,002   1,010 
             

Earnings per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.64  $2.49  $6.25 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (0.10)  0.64   1.13 
             

Earnings per basic common share

  $1.54  $3.13  $7.38 
             

Diluted EPS:

    

Net income applicable to common shareholders

  $1,588  $3,141  $7,453 
             

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,028   1,002   1,010 

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Stock options and restricted stock units

   26   52   45 

Series B Preferred Stock

   42   —     —   
             

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,096   1,054   1,055 
             

Earnings per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.54  $2.37  $5.99 

(Loss) gain on discontinued operations

   (0.09)  0.61   1.08 
             

Earnings per diluted common share

  $1.45  $2.98  $7.07 
             

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006
   (shares in millions)

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

         

Stock options and restricted stock units

  81  19  38

Equity Units

  116  —    —  

CPP Warrants

  65  —    —  
         

Total

  262  19  38
         

166


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

13.    Interest and Dividends and Interest Expense.

Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows (in millions):

   Fiscal Year
2008

Interest and dividends(1):

  

Financial instruments owned(2)

  $9,971

Receivables from other loans

   784

Other(3)

   29,970
    

Total Interest and dividends revenues

  $40,725
    

Interest expense(1):

  

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $663

Deposits

   740

Long-term debt

   7,793

Other(3)

   28,327
    

Total Interest expense

  $37,523
    

Net interest and dividends revenues

  $3,202
    

(1)Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest and dividends are included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest and dividends are included within Principal transactions—trading revenues or Principal transactions—investment revenues. Otherwise, they are included within Interest and dividends income or Interest expense.
(2)Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction of Interest and dividends revenues.
(3)Amounts primarily related to securities financing transactions, which include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loan transactions, customer receivables/payables and segregated customer cash. The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses and is therefore unable to further breakout Interest and dividends and Interest expense (see Note 1).

14. Other Revenues.

Details of Other revenues were as follows (in millions):

   Fiscal Year
2008

Repurchase of long-term debt (see Note 8)

  $2,252

MSCI Inc. secondary offerings (see Note 20)

   1,489

Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U (see Note 20)

   743

Other

   1,578
    

Total

  $6,062
    

15.    Employee Stock-Based Compensation Plans.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R (see Note 2). SFAS No. 123R requires measurement of compensation cost for equity-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures.

167


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:

   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006
   (dollars in millions)

Deferred stock

  $1,695  $1,592  $1,763

Stock options

   87   241   152

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   10   9   8
            

Total(1)

  $1,792  $1,842  $1,923
            

(1)Amounts include $94 million, $345 million and $457 million of accrued stock-based compensation expense primarily related to year-end equity awards granted in December 2008, December 2007 and December 2006, respectively, to employees who are retirement-eligible under the award terms.

The table above excludes stock-based compensation expense recorded in discontinued operations, which was approximately $17 million and $32 million for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. No stock-based compensation expense was recorded in discontinued operations in fiscal 2008.

The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense related to deferred stock and stock options was $572 million, $722 million and $737 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense included in discontinued operations in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 was approximately $6 million and $11 million, respectively. No tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense was recorded in discontinued operations in fiscal 2008.

At November 30, 2008, the Company had approximately $1,400 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards (excluding fiscal 2008 year-end awards granted in December 2008 to nonretirement-eligible employees, which will begin to be amortized in 2009). The unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested stock-based awards expected to vest will primarily be recognized over the next two years.

In connection with awards under its equity-based compensation plans, the Company is authorized to issue shares of its common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares. At November 30, 2008, approximately 110 million shares were available for future grant under these plans.

The Company generally uses treasury shares to deliver shares to employees and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards granted under its equity-based compensation plans.

As a result of the Discover Spin-off effective June 30, 2007, all outstanding options to purchase the Company’s common stock held by employees of Discover were canceled and replaced with options to purchase Discover common stock. Outstanding options to purchase Morgan Stanley common stock held by directors and employees who remained with the Company after the Discover Spin-off were adjusted to preserve the intrinsic value of the award immediately prior to the spin-off using an adjustment ratio based on the Morgan Stanley closing market stock price immediately prior to the spin-off date and the beginning market stock price at the date of the spin-off. Additional compensation cost recognized as a result of this modification was not material.

Similarly, restricted stock units awarded pursuant to equity incentive plans and held by employees of Discover were canceled and replaced with restricted units of Discover stock. Outstanding deferred shares held by Morgan

168


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Stanley directors and employees who remained with the Company after the Discover Spin-off were adjusted by multiplying the number of shares by an adjustment ratio in order to account for the impact of the spin-off on the value of the Company’s shares at the time the spin-off was completed. No additional compensation cost was recognized as a result of this modification. Cash paid to the holders of deferred shares in lieu of fractional shares was not material.

Deferred Stock Awards.    The Company has made deferred stock awards pursuant to several equity-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionary compensation with awards made in the form of restricted common stock or in the right to receive unrestricted shares of common stock in the future (“restricted stock units”). Awards under these plans are generally subject to vesting over time contingent upon continued employment and to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until the end of a specified period, generally two to five years from date of grant. All or a portion of an award may be canceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant restriction period. All or a portion of a vested award also may be canceled in certain limited situations, including termination for cause during the relevant restriction period. Recipients of deferred stock awards generally have voting rights and receive dividend equivalents that are not subject to vesting.

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s vested and unvested restricted stock units (share data in millions):

   Fiscal 2008
   Number
of Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Restricted stock units at beginning of year

  108  $51.95

Granted

  46   48.71

Conversions to common stock

  (75)  49.10

Canceled

  (5)  53.92
     

Restricted stock units at end of year(1)

  74  $50.57
       

(1)At November 30, 2008, approximately 69 million awards were vested or expected to vest.

The weighted average price for restricted stock units granted during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 was $66.68 (adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off) and $57.86, respectively (unadjusted for the Discover Spin-off). As of November 30, 2008, the weighted-average remaining term for the Company’s outstanding restricted stock units was approximately 1.8 years.

The total fair market value of restricted stock units converted to common stock during fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 was $3,209 million, $817 million and $768 million, respectively. The value of restricted stock units converting to common stock in fiscal 2008 increased from prior fiscal years, primarily as a result of a modification in fiscal 2008 to accelerate the conversion of certain restricted stock unit awards. Additional compensation cost recognized as a result of this modification was not material.

169


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s unvested restricted stock units (share data in millions):

   Fiscal 2008
   Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Unvested restricted stock units at beginning of period

  59  $54.29

Granted

  46   48.71

Vested

  (50)  51.27

Canceled

  (5)  53.99
       

Unvested restricted stock units at end of period(1)

  50  $52.21
       

(1)Unvested restricted stock units represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. At November 30, 2008, approximately 45 million unvested restricted stock units, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $52.28, were expected to vest.

Stock Option Awards.    The Company has granted stock option awards pursuant to several equity-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionary compensation with awards made in the form of stock options generally having an exercise price not less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Such stock option awards generally become exercisable over a three-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant, subject to accelerated expiration upon termination of employment. Stock option awards have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in deferred stock awards.

The weighted average fair values of options granted during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were $18.55 (adjusted to reflect the impact of the Discover Spin-off) and $14.15 (unadjusted for the Discover Spin-off), respectively, utilizing the following weighted average assumptions. No options were granted in fiscal 2008.

   Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 

Risk-free interest rate

  4.4% 4.8%

Expected option life in years

  6.0  3.3 

Expected stock price volatility

  23.8% 28.6%

Expected dividend yield

  1.4% 1.7%

The Company’s expected option life has been determined based upon historical experience. Beginning on December 1, 2006, the expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using the implied volatility of exchange-traded options, consistent with the guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107, “Share-Based Payment” (“SAB 107”).

170


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s stock options (share data in millions):

   Fiscal 2008
   Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options outstanding at beginning of period

  118  $48.22

Exercised

  (10)  30.53

Canceled

  (8)  51.78
     

Options outstanding at end of period(1)

  100  $49.88
       

Options exercisable at end of period

  87  $47.53
       

(1)At November 30, 2008, 99 million awards, with a weighted average exercise price of $49.77, were vested or expected to vest.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 was $211 million, $707 million and $326 million, respectively.

As of November 30, 2008, there were no exercisable in-the-money stock options.

The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at November 30, 2008 (number of options outstanding data in millions):

   Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)

$22.00 – $39.99

  19  34.25  2.6  19  34.25  2.6

$40.00 – $49.99

  39  47.17  4.1  39  47.20  4.1

$50.00 – $59.99

  23  53.65  1.8  23  53.65  1.8

$60.00 – $69.99

  18  66.60  6.8  5  66.30  3.9

$70.00 – $91.99

  1  80.46  1.7  1  81.04  1.3
              

Total

  100      87    
              

MSCI Inc., a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, has issued equity-based awards in the form of restricted stock units (representing shares of MSCI Inc. common stock) and options to purchase MSCI Inc. common stock (except for expense amounts, such awards are not reflected in the above disclosures). Stock-based compensation expense (net of cancellations) for fiscal 2008 for awards of MSCI equity was $30 million, including $4 million of accrued stock-based compensation related to year-end equity awards granted in December 2008 to employees of MSCI Inc. who were retirement-eligible under the award terms. For fiscal 2007, stock-based compensation expense for awards of MSCI equity was $1 million; there were no equity awards granted in December 2007 to employees of MSCI Inc. who were retirement-eligible under the award terms.

16.    Employee Benefit Plans.

The Company sponsors various pension plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

171


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company’s defined benefit pension, postretirement and postemployment plans are accounted for in accordance with SFAS Nos. 87, 88, 106, 112 and 158. The Company adopted the provision of SFAS No. 158 to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of the Company’s defined benefit and postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the consolidated statement of financial condition at November 30, 2007. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge of $347 million ($208 million after-tax) to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Shareholders’ equity.

Prior to its adoption of SFAS No. 158, but after taking into account the effects of the Discover Spin-off, the Company recognized a final net minimum pension liability of $68 million ($47 million after-tax) at November 30, 2007 and $13 million ($7 million after-tax with recognition of a $1 million intangible asset) at November 30, 2006 for defined benefit pension plans whose accumulated benefit obligations exceeded plan assets.

The following table illustrates the incremental effect of the application of SFAS No. 158 as of November 30, 2007:

   Before
Application of
SFAS No. 158
  SFAS No. 158
Adjustments
  After
Application of
SFAS No. 158
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Other assets

  $9,153  $(302) $8,851 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   24,561   45   24,606 

Net deferred tax assets

   5,454   139   5,593 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   9   (208)  (199)

Total shareholders’ equity

   31,477   (208)  31,269 

For fiscal 2008, the Company adopted the measurement date provision of SFAS No. 158 under the alternative transition method, which requires the measurement date to coincide with the fiscal year-end date. The Company recorded an after-tax charge of approximately $13 million to Shareholders’ equity ($21 million before tax) upon adoption of this requirement.

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.    Substantially all of the U.S. employees of the Company hired before July 1, 2007 and its U.S. affiliates are covered by a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Qualified Plan”). Unfunded supplementary plans (the “Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. In addition, certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries also have pension plans covering substantially all of their employees. These pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax regulations. Liabilities for benefits payable under its Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the beneficiaries. The Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan was closed to new hires effective July 1, 2007. In lieu of a defined benefit pension plan, eligible employees who were first hired, rehired or transferred to a U.S. benefits eligible position on or after July 1, 2007 will receive a retirement contribution under the 401(k) plan. The amount of the retirement contribution is included in the Company’s 401(k) cost and will be equal to between 2% and 5% of eligible pay based on years of service as of December 31.

The Company also has unfunded postretirement benefit plans that provide medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and their dependents.

172


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following tables present information for the Company’s pension and postretirement plans on an aggregate basis:

Net Periodic Benefit Expense.

The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit expense:

  Pension  Postretirement 
  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 
  (dollars in millions) 

Service cost, benefits earned during the year

 $104  $109  $111  $8  $7  $8 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

  136   125   119   10   8   10 

Expected return on plan assets

  (129)  (124)  (116)  —     —     —   

Net amortization of prior service credit

  (8)  (8)  (7)  (2)  (1)  (2)

Net amortization of actuarial loss

  31   41   51   1   —     2 

Special termination benefits

  —     2   2   —     —     —   
                        

Net periodic benefit expense

 $134  $145  $160  $17  $14  $18 
                        

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income on a pre-tax basis in fiscal 2008 are as follows:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2008 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net gain.

  $(330) $(11)

Amortization of prior service credit

   8   2 

Amortization of net loss

   (31)  (1)
         

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

  $(353) $(10)
         

The Company amortizes (as a component of pension expense) unrecognized net gains and losses over the average future service of active participants (5 to 20 years depending upon the plan) to the extent that the gain/loss exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets.

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 

Discount rate

  6.17% 5.79% 5.60% 6.34% 5.97% 5.75%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

  6.46  6.65  6.65  n/a  n/a  n/a 

Rate of future compensation increases

  5.08  4.40  4.35  n/a  n/a  n/a 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets represents the Company’s best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets and generally was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the different asset classes, based on the target asset allocations. For plans where there is no established target asset allocation, actual asset allocations were used. The expected long-term return on assets is a long-term assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions. In fiscal 2008, the weighted average assumed expected long-term rate of return on assets changed from 6.65% to 6.46%, primarily due to the change in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s asset allocation. To better align the duration of plan assets with the duration of plan liabilities, in fiscal 2007, the U.S. Qualified Plan’s target asset allocation policy was

173


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

changed from 45%/55% equity/fixed income to 30%/70% equity/fixed income. In late fiscal 2008, the U.S. Qualified Plan transitioned to 100% investment in fixed income securities and related derivative securities, including interest rate swap contracts. This asset allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and limit volatility of required contributions. Total U.S. Qualified Plan portfolio performance will be evaluated by comparing the Plan’s investment performance with an estimate of the change in the Plan’s liability.

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 as well as a summary of the funded status at November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007:

  Pension  Postretirement 
  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007 
  (dollars in millions) 

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 $2,263  $2,563  $162  $168 

Adjustments due to adoption of SFAS No. 158 measurement date provisions:

    

Service cost and interest cost

  40   —     3   —   

Gap period benefits paid

  (10)  —     —     —   

Service cost

  104   109   8   7 

Interest cost

  136   125   10   8 

Plan amendments

  —     (9)  —     (4)

Actuarial (gain) loss

  (268)  (46)  (11)  14 

Benefits paid

  (122)  (102)  (8)  (8)

Plan settlements

  —     (1)  —     —   

Special termination benefits

  —     2   —     —   

Transfers/divestitures(1)

  —     (400)  —     (23)

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

  (51)  22   —     —   
                

Benefit obligation at end of year

 $2,092  $2,263  $164  $162 
                

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 $2,113  $2,312  $—    $—   

Adjustments due to adoption of SFAS No. 158 measurement date provisions:

    

Gap period benefits paid, net of contributions

  (9)  —     —     —   

Actual return on plan assets

  215   161   —     —   

Employer contributions

  326   131   8   8 

Benefits paid

  (122)  (102)  (8)  (8)

Plan settlements

  —     (1)  —     —   

Transfers/divestitures(1)

  —     (405)  —     —   

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

  (50)  17   —     —   
                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 $2,473  $2,113  $—    $—   
                

Funded status:

    

Funded/(Unfunded status)

 $381  $(150) $(164) $(162)

Amount contributed to plan after measurement date

  —     24   —     —   
                

Net amount recognized

 $381  $(126) $(164) $(162)
                

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of:

    

Assets

 $666  $162  $—    $—   

Liabilities

  (285)  (288)  (164)  (162)
                

Net amount recognized

 $381  $(126) $(164) $(162)
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

    

Prior service credit

 $(56) $(66) $(6) $(8)

Net loss

  100   467   11   22 
                

Net loss recognized

 $44  $401  $5  $14 
                

(1)Transfers and divestitures primarily relate to the impact of the Discover Spin-off and non-U.S. subsidiary plans.

174


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Changes in actuarial gain under benefit obligation are primarily attributed to an increase in the discount rates as of November 30, 2008.

The estimated prior-service credit that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over 2009 is approximately $(9) million for defined benefit pension plans and $(1) million for postretirement plans. The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over 2009 is approximately $3 million.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,993 million and $2,147 million at November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively.

The following table contains information for pension plans with projected benefit obligations or accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets as of fiscal year-end:

   November 30,
2008
  November 30,
2007
   (dollars in millions)

Projected benefit obligation

  $325  $511

Accumulated benefit obligation

   295   474

Fair value of plan assets

   41   216

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at fiscal year-end:

   Pension  Postretirement 
   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007 

Discount rate

  7.23% 6.17% 7.47% 6.34%

Rate of future compensation increases

  5.09  5.08  n/a  n/a 

The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation for the U.S. Qualified Pension Plan and postretirement plans was selected by the Company, in consultation with its independent actuaries, using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the U.S. Qualified Plan and postretirement liabilities, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad based Aa corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. As of November 30, 2008, the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan represented 82% of the total liabilities of its U.S. pension and postretirement plans combined. The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation for the defined benefit portion of its U.K. pension plan was selected by the Company using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the U.K. defined benefit pension liabilities. For all other non-U.S. pension plans, the Company set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

The following table presents assumed health care cost trend rates used to determine the postretirement benefit obligations at fiscal year-end:

   November 30,
2008
  November 30,
2007
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

   

Medical

  7.25-9.50% 8.33-8.61%

Prescription

  10.50% 11.11%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

  5.00% 5.00%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

  2018  2012 

175


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

   One-Percentage
Point Increase
  One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Effect on total postretirement service and interest cost

  $4  $(3)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   26   (21)

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was enacted in December 2003. For 2008, Morgan Stanley elected not to apply for the Medicare Retiree Drug Subsidy or take any other action related to the Act since Medicare prescription drug coverage was deemed to have no material effect on the Company’s retiree medical program. No impact of the Act has been reflected in the Company’s results.

U.S. Qualified Plan Assets.    The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represent 92% of the Company’s total pension plan assets. The weighted average asset allocations for the U.S. Qualified Plan at November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007 and the targeted asset allocation for 2009 by asset class were as follows:

   Fiscal 2009
Targeted
  November 30,
2008
  November 30,
2007
 

Equity securities

  —  % —  % 31%

Fixed income securities

  100  99  68 

Other—primarily cash

  —    1  1 
          

Total

  100% 100% 100%
          

U.S. Qualified Pension Plan Asset Allocation.    The Company, in consultation with its independent investment consultants and actuaries, determined the asset allocation targets for its U.S. Qualified Plan based on its assessment of business and financial conditions, demographic and actuarial data, funding characteristics and related risk factors. Other relevant factors, including industry practices and long-term historical and prospective capital market returns, were considered as well. The expected long-term rate of return on U.S. Qualified Plan assets is 6.50% for fiscal 2008.

The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of longer-duration fixed income securities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with obligations. The longer duration fixed income allocation is expected to help maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run.

The allocation by the investment manager of the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan is reviewed by the Morgan Stanley Retirement Plan Investment Committee on a regular basis. When the exposure to an asset class or a given investment manager reaches a minimum or maximum level, a review process is initiated, and the allocation is automatically rebalanced back toward target allocation levels unless the Investment Committee determines otherwise.

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

Derivatives may be used only if they are deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market or if the derivatives are being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

176


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Derivatives may not be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio under any circumstances.

Derivatives may not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the U.S. Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment rather than short-term trading.

Derivatives may only be used in the management of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio when their possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio, and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives will be used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Cash Flows.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $300 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans in 2009 based upon their current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2009, as applicable.

Expected benefit payments associated with the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the next five fiscal years and in aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter are as follows:

   Pension  Postretirement
   (dollars in millions)

Fiscal 2009

  $120  $9

Fiscal 2010

   119   9

Fiscal 2011

   118   9

Fiscal 2012

   121   9

Fiscal 2013

   127   9

Fiscal 2014-2018

   696   48

Morgan Stanley 401(k) and Profit Sharing Awards.    Eligible U.S. employees receive 401(k) matching contributions that are invested in the Company’s common stock. The retirement contribution granted in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan is included in the Company’s 401(k) expense. The Company also provides discretionary profit sharing to certain Non-U.S. employees. The pre-tax expense associated with the 401(k) match and profit sharing for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 was $106 million, $128 million and $117 million, respectively.

Defined Contribution Pension Plans.    The Company maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements. In fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, the Company’s expense related to these plans was $128 million, $115 million and $87 million, respectively.

Other Postemployment Benefits.    Postemployment benefits include, but are not limited to, salary continuation, severance benefits, disability-related benefits, and continuation of health care and life insurance coverage provided to former employees or inactive employees after employment but before retirement. The postemployment benefit obligations were not material as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007.

177


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

17.    Income Taxes.

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consisted of:

   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 
   (dollars in millions) 

Current:

    

U.S. federal

  $445  $302  $1,084 

U.S. state and local

   78   147   254 

Non-U.S.

   1,181   2,428   1,280 
             
   1,704   2,877   2,618 
             

Deferred:

    

U.S. federal

   (1,025)  (1,861)  126 

U.S. state and local

   4   (69)  (20)

Non-U.S.

   (203)  (116)  5 
             
   (1,224)  (2,046)  111 
             

Provision for income taxes from continuing operations

  $480  $831  $2,729 
             

Provision for income taxes from discontinued operations

  $—    $378  $529 
             

The following table reconciles the provision for (benefit from) income taxes to the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:

   Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

  35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

  2.3  1.5  1.6 

Lower tax rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings

  (10.8) (2.0) (2.4)

Goodwill

  10.1  —    —   

Domestic tax credits

  (9.9) (6.0) (2.3)

Tax exempt income

  (7.8) (3.3) (0.9)

Other

  2.1  (0.7) (0.9)
          

Effective income tax rate(1)

  21.0% 24.5% 30.1%
          

(1)The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate includes the impact of a $242 million income tax benefit, or $0.23 per diluted share, related to the resolution of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) examination of years 1994-1998.

As of November 30, 2008, the Company had approximately $6.0 billion of earnings attributable to foreign subsidiaries for which no provisions have been recorded for income tax that could occur upon repatriation. Except to the extent such earnings can be repatriated tax efficiently, they are permanently invested abroad. It is not practicable to determine the amount of income taxes payable in the event all such foreign earnings are repatriated.

178


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting period.and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007 were as follows:

   November 30,
2008
  November 30,
2007
   (dollars in millions)

Deferred tax assets:

    

Employee compensation and benefit plans

  $3,433  $4,789

Valuation and liability allowances

   474   498

Deferred expenses

   60   38

Tax credit and loss carryforward

   4,411   1,729

Other

   864   851
        

Total deferred tax assets

   9,242   7,905

Valuation allowance(1)

   201   19
        

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $9,041  $7,886
        

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

  $1,581  $787

Prepaid commissions

   24   52

Fixed assets

   270   283

Other

   884   1,171
        

Total deferred tax liabilities

   2,759   2,293
        

Net deferred tax assets

  $6,282  $5,593
        

(1)The valuation allowance reduces the benefit of certain separate Company federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and book writedowns to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

During fiscal 2008, the valuation allowance was increased by $182 million related to the ability to utilize certain separate federal and state net operating losses.

The Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for which a deferred tax asset of $2,550 million and $724 million was recorded as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations and will expire in 2026. The deferred tax asset for federal net operating loss carryforwards does not include approximately $75 million related to excess tax benefits from the exercise or conversion of stock-based compensation awards for which a tax benefit will be recorded in Paid-in capital when realized.

The Company had tax credit carryforwards for which a related deferred tax asset of $1,861 million and $1,005 million was recorded as of November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations on utilization and will expire in 2016.

The Company believes that the realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset of $6,282 million (after valuation allowance) is more likely than not based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

The Company recorded net income tax (provision for) benefits to Paid-in capital of $(131) million, $280 million and $72 million related to employee stock compensation transactions in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. Such amounts were recorded to Paid-in capital.

179


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Cash paid for income taxes was $1,406 million, $3,404 million and $3,115 million in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. During fiscal 2008, the Company received a refund of $1,200 million for overpayment of estimated taxes remitted during fiscal 2007.

The Company adopted FIN 48 on December 1, 2007 and recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $92 million as a decrease to the opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2007.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption of FIN 48 was approximately $3.4 billion and $2.7 billion as of November 30, 2008 and December 1, 2007, respectively. Of this total, approximately $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, (net of federal benefit of state issues, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) represent the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.

The Company recognizes the accrual of interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in Provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of income. The Company recognizes the accrual of penalties (if any) related to unrecognized tax benefits in Income before income taxes. For fiscal 2008, the Company recognized $76 million of interest (net of federal and state income tax benefits) in the consolidated statement of income. Interest expense accrued as of November 30, 2008 and December 1, 2007 was approximately $306 million and $223 million, respectively, net of federal and state income tax benefits. The amount of penalties accrued was immaterial.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal 2008 (dollars in millions):

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

    

Balance at December 1, 2007

  $2,722 

Increases based on tax positions related to the current period

   856 

Decreases based on tax positions related to the current period

   —   

Increases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   5 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (124)

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   —   

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (34)
     

Balance at November 30, 2008

  $3,425 
     

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”), and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. The IRS and Japanese tax authorities are expected to conclude the field work portion of their respective examinations during 2009. During 2009, the Company expects to come to conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on issues through tax year 2007, including those in appeals. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from these and subsequent years’ examinations. The Company has established unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes are adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change. The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

180


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and impact on the effective tax rate over the next twelve months.

The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:

Jurisdiction

Tax Year

United States

1999

New York State and City

2002

Hong Kong

2002

United Kingdom

2004

Japan

2004

18.    Segment and Geographic Information.

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. For further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining their operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives.

 

 181 


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

Fiscal 2008

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Total non-interest revenues

  $14,219  $6,085  $1,491  $(258) $21,537

Net interest

   2,403   934   (199)  64   3,202
                    

Net revenues

  $16,622  $7,019  $1,292  $(194) $24,739
                    

Income from continuing operations
before income taxes

  $2,925  $1,154  $(1,807) $15  $2,287

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   724   440   (690)  6   480
                    

Income from continuing operations(1)

  $2,201  $714  $(1,117) $9  $1,807
                    

Fiscal 2007

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations(2)
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Total non-interest revenues

  $14,038  $5,915  $5,531  $(286) $25,198

Net interest

   2,064   710   (38)  45   2,781
                    

Net revenues

  $16,102  $6,625  $5,493  $(241) $27,979
                    

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $770  $1,155  $1,467  $2  $3,394

Income tax (benefit) provision

   (170)  459   541   1   831
                    

Income from continuing operations(1)

  $940  $696  $926  $1  $2,563
                    

Fiscal 2006

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations(2)
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Total non-interest revenues

  $19,718  $5,027  $3,432  $(257) $27,920

Net interest

   1,352   485   21   21   1,879
                    

Net revenues

  $21,070  $5,512  $3,453  $(236) $29,799
                    

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $7,682  $508  $851  $23  $9,064

Provision for income taxes

   2,213   167   340   9   2,729
                    

Income from continuing operations(1)

  $5,469  $341  $511  $14  $6,335
                    

182


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net Interest

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Fiscal 2008

        

Interest and dividends

  $39,359  $1,239  $170  $(43) $40,725

Interest expense

   36,956   305   369   (107)  37,523
                    

Net interest

  $2,403  $934  $(199) $64  $3,202
                    

Fiscal 2007

        

Interest and dividends

  $59,131  $1,221  $74  $(343) $60,083

Interest expense

   57,067   511   112   (388)  57,302
                    

Net interest

  $2,064  $710  $(38) $45  $2,781
                    

Fiscal 2006

        

Interest and dividends

  $42,106  $1,004  $48  $(382) $42,776

Interest expense

   40,754   519   27   (403)  40,897
                    

Net interest

  $1,352  $485  $21  $21  $1,879
                    

Total Assets(3)

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Total
   (dollars in millions)

At November 30, 2008

  $623,076  $22,586  $13,150  $—    $658,812
                    

At November 30, 2007

  $1,005,452  $27,518  $12,439  $—    $1,045,409
                    

At November 30, 2006

  $1,063,985  $21,232  $6,908  $29,067  $1,121,192
                    

(1)See Note 19 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(2)The results of the Institutional Securities business segment for fiscal 2007 included a $25 million advisory fee related to the Discover Spin-off that was eliminated in consolidation. The results of the Institutional Securities business segment for fiscal 2006 included a $30 million advisory fee related to the Company’s sale of its former aircraft leasing business that was eliminated in consolidation.
(3)Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European and Asian locations. The following table presents selected income statement information and the total assets of the Company’s operations by geographic area. The net revenues and total assets disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues and total assets, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location.

Asset Management: client location, except for merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.

183


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net Revenues

  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007(1)  Fiscal 2006(1)
   (dollars in millions)

Americas

  $13,317  $12,026  $18,577

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   8,971   10,085   7,948

Asia

   2,451   5,868   3,274
            

Total

  $24,739  $27,979  $29,799
            

Total Assets

  At
November 30,
2008
  At
November 30,
2007(1)
  At
November 30,
2006(1)
   (dollars in millions)

Americas

  $461,596  $692,328  $690,498

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   143,683   269,753   347,379

Asia

   53,533   83,328   83,315
            

Total

  $658,812  $1,045,409  $1,121,192
            

(1)Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-year amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.

19.    Discontinued Operations.

Fiscal 2008.

Discover.    During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, DFS announced the settlement of its lawsuit with Visa and MasterCard. At the time of the spin-off of DFS, the Company and DFS negotiated an agreement that entitled the Company to receive approximately $1.3 billion pre-tax in connection with this settlement; however, DFS contends that the Company is in breach of the agreement. The Company has filed a lawsuit to enforce this agreement and this revenue has not yet been included in the Company’s results of operations.

The results for discontinued operations in fiscal 2008 included costs related to a legal settlement between DFS, Visa and MasterCard.

Fiscal 2007.

Discover.On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the Discover Spin-off. The Company distributed all of the outstanding shares of DFS common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to the Company’s stockholders of record as of June 18, 2007. The results of DFS are included within discontinued operations for all periods through the date of the Discover Spin-off.

The net assets that were distributed to shareholders on the date of the Discover Spin-off were $5,558 million, which was recorded as a reduction to the Company’s retained earnings.

Net revenues included in discontinued operations related to DFS were $2,392 million and $4,290 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively.

The results of discontinued operations include interest expense that was allocated based upon borrowings that were specifically attributable to DFS’ operations through intercompany transactions existing prior to the Discover Spin-off. For fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, the amount of interest expense reclassified to discontinued operations was approximately $159 million and $247 million, respectively.

Quilter Holdings Ltd.    On February 28, 2007, the Company sold Quilter Holdings Ltd., its standalone U.K. mass affluent business that was formerly included within the Global Wealth Management Group business

184


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

segment. The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. are included within discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of sale. The results for discontinued operations in fiscal 2007 also included a pre-tax gain of $168 million ($109 million after-tax) on disposition.

Fiscal 2006.

Aircraft Leasing.    On March 24, 2006, the Company completed the sale of its aircraft leasing business to Terra Firma, a European private equity group.

The results for discontinued operations in fiscal 2006 included a loss of $125 million ($75 million after-tax) related to the impact of the finalization of the sales proceeds and balance sheet adjustments related to the closing. Gross revenues from the aircraft leasing business included in discontinued operations was $137 million in fiscal 2006.

Summarized financial information for the Company’s discontinued operations for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006:

The table below provides information regarding amounts included within discontinued operations (dollars in millions):

   Fiscal Year 
   2008  2007  2006 

Pre-tax (loss) gain on discontinued operations

     

DFS

  $(100) $850  $1,681 

Quilter Holdings Ltd.

   —     174   27 

Aircraft leasing

   —     —     (42)
             
  $(100) $1,024  $1,666 
             

20.    Business Acquisitions and Dispositions and Sale of Minority Interest.

The Company’s significant business acquisitions, dispositions and sale of minority interest are described below.

Fiscal 2008.

MSCI.    MSCI is a provider of investment decision support tools to investment institutions worldwide and is included within the Institutional Securities business segment. In fiscal 2008, the Company sold approximately 53 million of its MSCI shares in two secondary offerings. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $1.6 billion and recognized pre-tax gains of $1.5 billion, net of professional fee expenses of approximately $26 million in conjunction with the sales of this investment. As of November 30, 2008, the Company owned approximately 28 million shares of MSCI’s class B common stock, representing approximately 66% of the combined voting power of all classes of MSCI’s voting stock.

The Company consolidates MSCI for financial reporting purposes. The Company may ultimately divest its entire interest in MSCI.

185


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below provides information regarding the MSCI secondary offerings for fiscal 2008 (in millions):

Number of MSCI shares sold

  $53

Net proceeds

  $1,560

Revenues

  $1,489

Professional fee expenses

  $26

Pre-tax gain

  $1,463

Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U.    In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company sold Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM S.V.”), its Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $687 million, net of transaction-related charges of approximately $50 million. The results of MSWM S.V. are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment through the date of sale.

Fiscal 2007.

MSCI.    On July 31, 2007, the Company announced that it would sell a minority interest in its subsidiary, MSCI in an initial public offering (“IPO”). In November 2007, MSCI completed its IPO of 16.1 million shares and received net proceeds of approximately $265 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses. As the IPO was part of a broader corporate reorganization, contemplated by the Company at the IPO date, the increase in the carrying amount of the Company’s investment in MSCI was recorded in Paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition and the Company’s consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity at November 30, 2007.

Fiscal 2006.

Goldfish.    On February 17, 2006, the Company acquired the Goldfish credit card business in the U.K. As a result of the Discover Spin-off, the results of Goldfish have been included within discontinued operations. The acquisition price was $1,676 million, which was paid in cash in February 2006. The Company recorded goodwill and other intangible assets of approximately $370 million in connection with the acquisition.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition:

   At February 17, 2006
   (dollars in millions)

Consumer loans

  $1,316

Goodwill

   247

Amortizable intangible assets

   123

Other assets

   20
    

Total assets acquired

   1,706

Total liabilities assumed

   30
    

Net assets acquired

  $1,676
    

The $123 million of acquired amortizable intangible assets includes customer relationships of $54 million (15-year estimated useful life) and trademarks of $69 million (25-year estimated useful life).

The pro forma impact of business acquisitions individually and in the aggregate in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

186


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

21.    Quarterly Results (unaudited).

  2008 Fiscal Quarter  2007 Fiscal Quarter 
  First Second(1) Third Fourth(2)  First  Second  Third  Fourth(2) 
  (dollars in millions, except per share data) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $7,221 $6,425 $6,915 $976  $8,995  $10,775  $6,806  $(1,378)

Net interest

  1,103  104  1,142  853   973   (271)  1,133   946 
                             

Net revenues

  8,324  6,529  8,057  1,829   9,968   10,504   7,939   (432)
                             

Total non-interest expenses

  6,108  5,064  6,101  5,179   6,538   7,000   5,693   5,354 
                             

Income (losses) from continuing operations before income taxes

  2,216  1,465  1,956  (3,350)  3,430   3,504   2,246   (5,786)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  665  439  531  (1,155)  1,116   1,141   772   (2,198)
                             

Income (losses) from continuing operations

  1,551  1,026  1,425  (2,195)  2,314   2,363   1,474   (3,588)
                             

Discontinued operations(3):

        

Net (loss) gain from discontinued operations

  —    —    —    (100)  564   349   111   —   

Provision for income taxes

  —    —    —    —     (206)  (130)  (42)  —   
                             

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

  —    —    —    (100)  358   219   69   —   
                             

Net income

 $1,551 $1,026 $1,425 $(2,295) $2,672  $2,582  $1,543  $(3,588)
                             

Earnings applicable to common shareholders(4)

 $1,534 $1,012 $1,414 $(2,365) $2,655  $2,565  $1,526  $(3,605)
                             

Earnings per basic common share(5):

        

Income (losses) from continuing operations

 $1.50 $0.97 $1.36 $(2.24) $2.28  $2.35  $1.45  $(3.61)

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

  —    —    —    (0.10)  0.35   0.22   0.07   —   
                             

Earnings per basic common share

 $1.50 $0.97 $1.36 $(2.34) $2.63  $2.57  $1.52  $(3.61)
                             

Earnings per diluted common share(5):

        

Income (losses) from continuing operations

 $1.45 $0.95 $1.32 $(2.24) $2.17  $2.24  $1.38  $(3.61)

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

  —    —    —    (0.10)  0.34   0.21   0.06   —   
                             

Earnings per diluted common share

 $1.45 $0.95 $1.32 $(2.34) $2.51  $2.45  $1.44  $(3.61)
                             

Dividends to common shareholders

 $0.27 $0.27 $0.27 $0.27  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27  $0.27 

Book value

 $29.11 $30.11 $31.25 $30.24  $34.71  $36.52  $32.14  $28.56 

(1)Income from continuing operations includes $120 million ($171 million pre-tax), $0.11 per diluted share, due to the reversal of valuation adjustments related to interest rate derivatives, and a cumulative negative adjustment of $84 million ($120 million pre-tax), $0.08 per diluted share, resulting from incorrect valuations of a London-based trader’s positions related to prior quarters. These amounts are included in the Institutional Securities business segment.
(2)Results for the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 included gains of approximately $3.0 billion from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings, gains of approximately $2.3 billion from repurchasing of Company debt, net losses of approximately $1.7 billion associated with loans and lending commitments, mortgage-related writedowns of $1.2 billion, mark-to-market gains of approximately $1.4 billion after the de-designation of hedges against certain of the Company’s debt and charges of $725 million related to the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. Results for the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 included mortgage-related writedowns of $9.4 billion.
(3)See Note 19 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(4)No losses were allocated to the Equity Units in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 (see Note 2 and Note 12).
(5)Summation of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

187


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

22.     Subsequent Event.

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Joint Venture.

On January 13, 2009, the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) announced they had reached a definitive agreement to combine the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group and Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter in the U.K., and Smith Barney Australia into a new joint venture to be called Morgan Stanley Smith Barney. The Company will own 51%, and Citi will own 49% of the joint venture, after the contribution of the respective businesses to the joint venture and the Company’s payment of $2.7 billion to Citi. The Company will appoint four directors to the joint venture’s board and Citi will appoint two directors. After year three, the Company and Citi will have various purchase and sales rights for the joint venture. The transaction is expected to close in the third quarter of 2009 and is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. The Company expects to consolidate this joint venture upon closing.

23.    Parent Company.

See pages F-2 through F-8 for condensed financial information of Morgan Stanley (Parent Company Only).

188


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Revenue

   Fiscal Year 2008 
   Average
Month-End
Balance
  Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Interest earning assets:

      

Financial instruments owned(1)

  $288,639  $9,971  3.5%

Receivables from other loans

   12,463   784  6.3 

Other interest earning assets(2):

      

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   80,273   —    —   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

   134,452   —    —   

Securities borrowed

   223,037   —    —   

Receivables from customers

   58,903   —    —   
        

Total other interest earning assets

   496,665   29,970  6.0 
          

Total interest earning assets

   797,767   40,725  5.1%
          

Non-interest earning assets

   208,841    
        

Total assets

  $1,006,608    
        

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

      

Interest bearing liabilities:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $21,249  $663  3.1%

Interest bearing deposits

   35,311   740  2.1 

Long-term debt

   194,028   7,793  4.0 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1)

   80,166   —    — �� 

Other interest bearing liabilities(2):

      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   168,659   —    —   

Securities loaned

   58,754   —    —   

Payables to customers

   238,088   —    —   
        

Total other interest bearing liabilities

   465,501   28,327  6.1 
          

Total interest bearing liabilities

  $796,255   37,523  4.7%
          

Non-interest bearing liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   210,353    
        

Totalliabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $1,006,608    
        

Net interest revenues and net interest rate spread

    $3,202  0.4%
          

(1)Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction of Interest and dividends revenues.
(2)Amounts primarily relate to securities financing transaction, which include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, customer receivables/payables and segregated customer cash. The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses and is therefore unable to further breakout Interest and dividends and Interest expense (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements).

189


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Deposits

   Average Deposits(1) 
   Fiscal Year 
   2008  2007  2006 
   Average
Amount(1)
  Average
Rate
  Average
Amount(1)
  Average
Rate
  Average
Amount(1)
  Average
Rate
 
   (in millions)  (%)  (in millions)  (%)  (in millions)  (%) 

Interest bearing deposits(2):

          

Savings deposits

  $33,756  2.0% $17,732  3.8% $8,329  3.8%

Time deposits

   1,555  4.0%  4,280  4.9%  1,021  4.3%
                

Total

  $35,311  2.1% $22,012  4.0% $9,350  3.9%
                

(1)Average balances are calculated based upon month-end balances.
(2)Deposits are primarily located in U.S. offices.

Ratios

   Fiscal Year 
       2008          2007          2006     

Net income to average assets

  0.2% 0.3% 0.7%

Return on common shareholders’ equity(1)

  4.7% 8.9% 23.5%

Return on total shareholders’ equity(2)

  4.6% 8.8% 23.2%

Dividend payout ratio(3)

  74.5% 36.2% 15.3%

Total average common shareholders’ equity to average assets

  3.3
%
 2.9
%
 3.1%

Total average shareholders’ equity to average assets

  3.7% 3.0% 3.1%

(1)Based on net income applicable to common shareholders as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity.
(2)Based on net income as a percentage of average total shareholders’ equity.
(3)Dividends declared per common share as a percentage of net income per diluted share.

Short-term Borrowings

   Fiscal Year 
   2008  2007  2006 
   (dollars in millions) 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements(1):

    

Year-end balance

  $102,401  $162,840  $267,566 

Average month-end balance(2)

   168,659   274,959   266,057 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   272,126   335,522   298,549 

Securities loaned(1):

    

Year-end balance

  $14,821  $110,423  $150,257 

Average month-end balance(2)

   58,754   153,008   138,587 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   110,446   209,592   165,070 

Commercial paper:

    

Year-end balance

  $6,744  $22,596  $22,433 

Average month-end balance(2)

   12,397   25,362   23,962 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   19,895   31,442   31,284 

Weighted average interest rate during the year

   4.2%  5.1%  4.2%

Weighted average interest rate on year-end balance

   2.6%  4.8%  4.6%

(1)The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses and is therefore unable to provide weighted average interest rates for Securities sold under repurchase agreements and Securities loaned. See Note 1 and Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for further information.
(2)Average balances are calculated based upon month-end balances.

190


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.

 

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Morgan Stanley’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Morgan Stanley;

 

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Morgan Stanley’s management and directors; and

 

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of Morgan Stanley’s internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2007.2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) inInternal Control-Integrated Framework.Framework. Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that Morgan Stanley maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2007.2008.

 

Morgan Stanley’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on Morgan Stanley’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

 

 182191 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of November 30, 2007,2008, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Control — Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2007,2008, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Control — Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of November 30, 20072008 and the related consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for the year ended November 30, 20072008 and our report dated January 28, 2008 expressed2009 expresses an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph, in fiscal 2007, concerning the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting StandardsFASB Interpretation No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option48, “Accounting for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—IncludingUncertainty in Income Taxes, an amendmentinterpretation of FASB Statement No. 115” and, an explanatory paragraph, in fiscal

2007, concerning the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).109.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

January 28, 2008

2009

192


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

No change in Morgan Stanley’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 20072008 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Morgan Stanley’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.    OtherOther Information.

 

Not applicable.

 

185

193


Part III

 

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

Information relating to Morgan Stanley’s directors and nominees under the following captions in Morgan Stanley’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s Proxy StatementStatement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors”

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Board Meetings and Committees”

 

Information relating to Morgan Stanley’s executive officers is contained in Part I, Item 1 of this report under “Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.”Stanley” and to certain of Morgan Stanley’s officers under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer and its Controller and Principal Accounting Officer. You can find our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on our internet site,www.morganstanley.comwww.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance/ethics.html. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the NYSE, on our internet site.

 

Because Morgan Stanley’s common stock is listed on the NYSE, its Chief Executive Officer made his annual certification to the NYSE on May 4, 2007April 30, 2008 stating that he was not aware of any violation by Morgan Stanley of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards. In addition, Morgan Stanley has filed, as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the certifications of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to be filed with the SEC regarding the quality of Morgan Stanley’s public disclosure.

 

Item 11.Executive Compensation.

 

Information relating to director and executive officer compensation under the following captions in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Director Compensation”

 

Item 1—Election of Directors—Executive Compensation”

 

 186194 


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information.

 

The following table provides information about stock options outstanding and shares of common stock available for future awards under all of Morgan Stanley’s equity compensation plans as of November 30, 2007.2008. Morgan Stanley has not made any grants of common stock outside of its equity compensation plans.

 

  (a)  (b)  (c)   (a)  (b)  (c) 

Plan Category

  Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of

outstanding options, warrants
and rights
  Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under

equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))(1)
   Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of

outstanding options, warrants
and rights
  Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under

equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

  118,130,600  $48.2201  149,206,247(2)  99,644,469  $49.8785  109,672,508(1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

  —     —    4,993,329(3)  —     —    37,654(2)
          

Total

  118,130,600  $48.2201  154,199,576   99,644,469  $49.8785  109,710,162(3)

 

(1)

This column does not include 11,694,388

Includes the following:

(a)40,782,233 shares available under the 401(k) Plan.Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees may purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction.
(2)Includes(b)62,658,524 shares available under the following:2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (“EICP”). Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee.
42,582,283 shares available under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees may purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction.

100,000,000 shares available under the 2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (EICP). Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee.

5,621,592 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan (EEAP). Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee.

415,716 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan (TDEPP). Awards consist of restricted stock units which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

586,656 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan (DECAP). This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units to non-employee directors and also allows non-employee directors to defer the fees they earn from services as a director in the form of stock units.

(3)(c)5,508,975 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan (“EEAP”), which includes 276,603 shares available for awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee.
(d)202,103 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan (“TDEPP”). Awards consist of restricted stock units which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.
(e)520,673 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan. This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units to non-employee directors and also allows non-employee directors to defer the fees they earn from services as a director in the form of stock units.

(2)

22,957 shares available under the Branch Manager Compensation Plan (BMCP)(“BMCP”) and 4,970,37214,697 shares available under the Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan (FAIRCP)(“FAIRCP”). The material features of these plans are described below.

(3)

As of November 30, 2008, approximately 68 million shares were available under the Company’s plans that can be used for the purpose of granting annual employee equity awards (EICP, EEAP, TDEPP, BMCP and FAIRCP). Approximately 28 million shares were granted in December 2008 as part of fiscal 2008 employee incentive compensation.

 

195


The material features of Morgan Stanley’s equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders under SEC rules (BMCP and FAIRCP) are described below. The following descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the plan documents. All plans through which awards may currently be granted are included as exhibits to this report.

 

BMCP.Branch managers in the Global Wealth Management Group are eligible to receive awards under BMCP. Awards under BMCP may consist of cash awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

 

187


FAIRCP.Financial advisors and investment representatives in the Global Wealth Management Group are eligible to receive awards under FAIRCP. Awards under FAIRCP may consist of cash awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

 

* * *

 

Other information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock” in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Other Matters—Certain Transactions”

 

Information relating to director independence is set forth under the caption “Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Director Independence” in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

Information regarding principal accountant fees and services under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 2—Ratification of Appointment of Morgan Stanley’s Independent Auditor” (excluding the information under the subheading “Audit Committee Report”)

 

 188196 


Part IV

 

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Documents filed as part of this report.

 

The financial statements required to be filed hereunder are listed on page S-1.

 

The financial statement schedules required to be filed hereunder are listed on page S-1.

 

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this report beginning on page E-1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

189

197


Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on January 28, 2008.2009.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(REGISTRANT)

By: 

/S/s/    JOHN J. MACK        

 

(John J. Mack)

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

 

Power of Attorney

 

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Colm Kelleher, Gary G. Lynch, and Martin M. Cohen, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 28th day of January, 2008.2009.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    JOHN J. MACK        

(John J. Mack)

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    COLM KELLEHER        

(Colm Kelleher)

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/    PAUL C. WIRTH        

(Paul C. Wirth)

  

Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/    ROY J. BOSTOCK        

(Roy J. Bostock)

  

Director

/s/    ERSKINE B. BOWLES        

(Erskine B. Bowles)

  Director

/s/    HOWARD J. DAVIES        

(Howard J. Davies)

  Director

/s/    C. ROBERT KIDDER        

(C. Robert Kidder)

  Director

/s/    DONALD T. NICOLAISEN        

(Donald T. Nicolaisen)

  Director

 

190

S-1


Signature

  

Title

/s/    CHARLES H. NOSKI        

(Charles H. Noski)

  Director

/s/    HUTHAM S. OLAYAN        

(Hutham S. Olayan)

  Director

/s/    CHARLES E. PHILLIPS, JR.        

(Charles E. Phillips, Jr.)

  Director

/s/    O. GRIFFITH SEXTON        

(O. Griffith Sexton)

  Director

/s/    LAURA D’ANDREA TYSON        

(Laura D’Andrea Tyson)

  Director

/s/    KLAUS ZUMWINKEL        

(Klaus Zumwinkel)

 DirectorS-2

191


MORGAN STANLEY

INDEX TOINDEXTO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

ITEMS (15)(a)(1) AND (15)(a)(2)

 

   Page

Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  100106

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at November 30, 20072008 and November 30, 20062007

  101107-108

Consolidated Statements of Income for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006 and Fiscal 2005

  103109

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006 and Fiscal 2005

  104110

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and Fiscal 2006 and Fiscal 2005

  105111

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for Fiscal 2008, Fiscal 2007 and
Fiscal 2006 and Fiscal 2005

  106112

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  107113

Financial Statement Schedules

  

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Morgan Stanley (Parent Company Only) at November  30, 20072008 and November 30, 20062007 and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended November 30, 20072008

  S-2F-2 - S-6F-8

 

S-1F-1


SCHEDULE I

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Parent Company Only)

 

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

  November 30,
2007
 November 30,
2006
   November 30,
2008
 November 30,
2007
 

Assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

  $10,224  $6,879 

Cash and due from banks

  $16,118  $106 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   39,137   10,118 

Financial instruments owned

   8,551   14,823    5,711   8,551 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

   54,137   40,353    6,000   54,137 

Advances to subsidiaries

   156,446   145,550 

Investment in subsidiaries, at equity

   34,946   36,966 

Advances to subsidiaries:

   

Bank and bank holding company

   2,841   861 

Non-bank

   171,433   155,584 

Investment in subsidiaries, at equity:

   

Bank and bank holding company

   10,152   6,276 

Non-bank

   25,771   28,670 

Other assets

   4,149   4,629    5,387   4,150 
              

Total assets

  $268,453  $249,200   $282,550  $268,453 
              

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $20,615  $14,255   $6,390  $20,615 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   253   9,359    414   253 

Payables to subsidiaries

   32,523   48,105    55,031   32,523 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   1,037   2,969    4,062   1,037 

Long-term borrowings

   182,756   139,148    165,822   182,756 
              
   237,184   213,836    231,719   237,184 
              

Commitments and contingencies

      

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock

   1,100   1,100    19,155   1,100 

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

      

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2007 and 2006;

   

Shares issued: 1,211,701,522 in 2007 and 2006;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,056,289,659 in 2007 and 1,048,877,006 in 2006

   12   12 

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2008 and 2007;

   

Shares issued: 1,211,701,522 in 2008 and 2007;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,047,598,394 in 2008 and 1,056,289,659 in 2007

   12   12 

Paid-in capital

   1,902   2,213    1,619   1,902 

Retained earnings

   38,045   41,422    38,096   38,045 

Employee stock trust

   5,569   4,315    3,901   5,569 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (199)  (35)   (125)  (199)

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 155,411,893 shares in 2007 and 162,824,546 shares in 2006

   (9,591)  (9,348)

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 164,103,158 shares in 2008 and 155,411,893 shares in 2007

   (7,926)  (9,591)

Common stock issued to employee trust

   (5,569)  (4,315)   (3,901)  (5,569)
              

Total shareholders’ equity

   31,269   35,364    50,831   31,269 
              

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $268,453  $249,200   $282,550  $268,453 
              

 

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

 

S-2F-2


SCHEDULE I

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Parent Company Only)

 

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

  Fiscal Year 
  Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
 Fiscal
2005
   2008 2007 2006 

Revenues:

        

Interest and dividends

  $9,211  $6,036  $3,698 

Dividends from bank subsidiary

  $—    $6  $53 

Dividends from non-bank subsidiary

   4,209   6,969   1,785 

Undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries

   (6,844)  (3,500)  6,345 

Principal transactions

   613   (156)  159    7,547   613   (156)

Other

   (2)  3   6    1,451   (2)  3 
                    

Total revenues

   9,822   5,883   3,863 

Total non-interest revenues

   6,363   4,086   8,030 
                    

Expenses:

    

Interest and dividends

   11,098   9,211   6,036 

Interest expense

   9,834   6,744   3,126    12,167   9,834   6,744 
          

Net interest

   (1,069)  (623)  (708)
          

Net revenues

   5,294   3,463   7,322 

Non-interest expenses:

    

Non-interest expenses

   427   146   106    767   427   146 
                    

Total expenses

   10,261   6,890   3,232 
          

(Loss) income before income tax benefit (provision) and equity in earnings of subsidiaries

   (439)  (1,007)  631 

Income tax benefit (provision)

   173   296   (143)
          

(Loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

   (266)  (711)  488 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries, net of tax (including a cumulative effect of accounting change of $49 in fiscal 2005)

   3,475   8,183   4,451 

Income before income tax (provision) benefit

   4,527   3,036   7,176 

Income tax (provision) benefit

   (2,820)  173   296 
                    

Net income

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939   $1,707  $3,209  $7,472 
                    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

    

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   65   104   (89)   (160)  65   104 

Net change in cash flow hedges

   19   53   (70)   16   19   53 

Minimum pension liability adjustment

   (40)  (2)  25    —     (40)  (2)

Net gain related to pension and other postretirement adjustments

   203   —     —   

Amortization of net loss related to pension and postretirement benefits

   19   —     —   

Amortization of prior service credit related to pension and postretirement benefits

   (6)  —     —   
                    

Comprehensive income

  $3,253  $7,627  $4,805   $1,779  $3,253  $7,627 
                    

Net income

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939   $1,707  $3,209  $7,472 
                    

Preferred stock dividend requirements

  $68  $19  $—   
          

Earnings applicable to common shareholders

  $3,141  $7,453  $4,939   $1,588  $3,141  $7,453 
                    

 

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

 

S-3F-3


SCHEDULE I

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(Parent Company Only)

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

 

  Fiscal Year 
  Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
 Fiscal
2005
   2008 2007 2006 

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income

  $3,209  $7,472  $4,939   $1,707  $3,209  $7,472 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Cumulative effect of accounting change of subsidiaries

   —     —     (49)

Compensation payable in common stock and stock options

   1,941   1,955   836    1,878   1,941   1,955 

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings, net of dividends

   3,500   (6,345)  1,269    6,844   3,500   (6,345)

Gains on business dispositions

   (1,464)  —     —   

Change in assets and liabilities:

        

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   (2,625)  (1,857)  554    (2,568)  2,796   1,802 

Other assets

   6,346   7,091   (4,123)   (1,584)  6,346   7,091 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   (23,855)  10,064   1,255    25,377   (29,080)  6,342 
                    

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   (11,484)  18,380   4,681 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   30,190   (11,288)  18,317 
                    

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries

   (12,376)  (32,837)  1,044    (25,651)  (12,376)  (32,837)

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

   (13,784)  (16,055)  (14,297)   48,137   (13,784)  (16,055)

Business dispositions

   1,560   —     —   
                    

Net cash used for investing activities

   (26,160)  (48,892)  (13,253)

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

   24,046   (26,160)  (48,892)
                    

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Net proceeds from (payments for) short-term borrowings

   6,360   (3,375)  (11,179)

Net (payments for) proceeds from short-term borrowings

   (14,224)  6,360   (3,375)

MSCI Inc. initial public offering

   265   —     —      —     265   —   

Tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   281   144   355 

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   47   281   144 

Net proceeds from:

        

Issuance of preferred stock

   —     1,097   —   

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants

   18,997   —     1,097 

Issuance of common stock

   927   643   327    397   927   643 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   60,651   44,009   31,304    35,420   60,651   44,009 

Payments for:

        

Repurchases of common stock

   (3,753)  (3,376)  (3,693)

Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

   (711)  (3,753)  (3,376)

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

   (1,117)  (438)  (355)

Repayments of long-term borrowings

   (22,523)  (14,363)  (14,579)   (44,412)  (22,523)  (14,363)

Cash dividends

   (1,219)  (1,167)  (1,180)   (1,227)  (1,219)  (1,167)
                    

Net cash provided by financing activities

   40,989   23,612   1,355    (6,830)  40,551   23,257 
          

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (2,375)  242   418 
                    

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   3,345   (6,900)  (7,217)   45,031   3,345   (6,900)

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   6,879   13,779   20,996    10,224   6,879   13,779 
                    

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $10,224  $6,879  $13,779   $55,255  $10,224  $6,879 
                    

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

Cash payments for interest were $8,174 million, $8,590 million $6,230 million and $2,928$6,230 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively.

 

Cash (refund) payments for income taxes were $(688) million, $847 million $1,517 million and $867$1,517 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively.

 

See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements.

 

S-4F-4


MORGAN STANLEY

(Parent Company Only)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.    Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

 

Basis of Financial Information. The accompanying condensed financial statements (the “Parent Company Financial Statements”), including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Morgan Stanley (the “Company”) and the notes thereto found on pages 101113 to 181188 in this Form 10-K.

 

The Parent Company Financial Statements for the 12 months ended November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”), November 30, 2007 (“fiscal 2007”), and November 30, 2006 (“fiscal 2006”) and November 30, 2005 (“fiscal 2005”) are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding valuations of certain financial instruments, the potential outcome of litigation and other matters that affect the Parent Company Financial Statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the Parent Company Financial Statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

 

Accounting Developments.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.    In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48 on December 1, 2007, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $92 million as a decrease to the opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2007.

Employee Benefit Plans.    In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). In fiscal 2007, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158’s requirement to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit and postretirement plans as an asset or liability. In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an after-tax charge of approximately $13 million ($21 million pre-tax) to Shareholders’ equity upon early adoption of SFAS No. 158’s other requirement to use the fiscal year-end date as the measurement date.

Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts.    In April 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FIN 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39”, (“FSP FIN 39-1”). FSP FIN 39-1 amends certain provisions of FIN 39, “Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts,” and permits companies to offset fair value amounts recognized for cash collateral receivables or payables against fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement. In accordance with the provisions of FSP FIN 39-1, the Company offset cash collateral receivables and payables against net derivative positions as of November 30, 2008. The adoption of FSP FIN 39-1 on December 1, 2007 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards.    In June 2007, the EITF reached consensus on Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (“EITF No. 06-11”). EITF No. 06-11 requires that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units that are expected to vest be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company currently accounts for this tax benefit as a reduction to its income tax provision. EITF No. 06-11 is to be applied prospectively for tax

F-5


benefits on dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within these years. The Company does not expect the adoption of EITF No. 06-11 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Business Combinations.    In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requires expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) applies to all transactions or other events in which the Company obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration, for example, by contract alone or through the lapse of minority veto rights. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.

Noncontrolling Interests.    In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires reporting entities to present noncontrolling (minority) interests as equity (as opposed to as a liability or mezzanine equity) and provides guidance on the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests. SFAS No. 160 applies prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The presentation and disclosure requirements, however, are to be applied retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting SFAS No. 160.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions.    In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions” (“FSP FAS No. 140-3”). The objective of FSP FAS No. 140-3 is to provide implementation guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing. Under the guidance in FSP FAS No. 140-3, there is a presumption that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (i.e., a linked transaction) for purposes of evaluation under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 140”). If certain criteria are met, however, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately under SFAS No. 140. FSP FAS No. 140-3 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.    In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and requires entities to provide enhanced qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair values and amounts of gains and losses on derivative contracts, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.    In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 removes the requirement of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”) for an entity to consider, when determining the useful life of an acquired intangible asset, whether the intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions associated with the intangible asset. FSP FAS 142-3 replaces the previous useful-life assessment criteria with a requirement that an entity shall

F-6


consider its own experience in renewing similar arrangements. If the entity has no relevant experience, it would consider market participant assumptions regarding renewal. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Earnings Per Share.    In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). FSP EITF 03-6-1 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share under the two-class method as described in SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share.” Under the guidance in FSP EITF 03-6-1, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. All prior-period earnings per share data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively. The Company currently expects the adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 to reduce basic earnings per share by $0.09, $0.16 and $0.42 for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively, and to reduce diluted earnings per share by $0.06, $0.08 and $0.22 for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively.

Instruments Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock.    In June 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF on Issue No. 07-5, “Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock” (“EITF No. 07-5”). EITF No. 07-5 provides guidance for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. EITF No. 07-5 applies to any freestanding financial instrument or embedded feature that has all of the characteristics of a derivative or freestanding instrument that is potentially settled in an entity’s own stock (with the exception of share-based payment awards within the scope of SFAS 123(R)). To meet the definition of “indexed to own stock,” an instrument’s contingent exercise provisions must not be based on (a) an observable market, other than the market for the issuer’s stock (if applicable), or (b) an observable index, other than an index calculated or measured solely by reference to the issuer’s own operations, and the variables that could affect the settlement amount must be inputs to the fair value of a “fixed-for-fixed” forward or option on equity shares. EITF No. 07-5 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of EITF No. 07-5 to change the classification or measurement of its financial instruments.

Fair Value Measurements.    On October 10, 2008 the FASB issued FSP FAS 157–3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active” (FSP FAS 157–3). FSP FAS 157–3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial instrument when the market for that financial asset is not active. The FSP was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. The adoption of FSP FAS 157–3 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.    In September 2008, the FASB issued for comment revisions to SFAS No. 140 and FASB Interpretation No. 46, as revised (“FIN 46R”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” The changes proposed include a removal of the scope exemption from FIN 46R for QSPEs, a revision of the current risks and rewards-based FIN 46R consolidation model to a qualitative model based on control and a requirement that consolidation of VIEs be reevaluated on an ongoing basis. Although the revised standards have not yet been finalized, these changes may have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the Company may be required to consolidate QSPEs to which the Company has previously sold assets. In addition, the Company may also be required to consolidate other VIEs that are not currently consolidated based on an analysis under the current FIN 46R consolidation model. The proposed revisions would be effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2009.

Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.    In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employer’s Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (FSP FAS 132(R)-1). FSP FAS 132(R)-1

F-7


amends SFAS No. 132 (Revised 2003), “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits”, to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. The disclosures about plan assets required by this FSP shall be provided for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009.

Disclosures about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities.    In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities” (“FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8”). FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 amends FAS 140 and FIN 46(R) to require additional disclosures regarding transfers of financial assets and interest in variable interest entities. FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 is effective for interim or annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008.

2.    Transactions with Subsidiaries.

 

The Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations of certain of its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

The Company received cash dividends from its consolidated subsidiaries totaling $4,209 million, $6,975 million $1,838 million and $5,720$1,838 million in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, and fiscal 2005, respectively.

 

3.    Guarantees.

 

In the normal course of its business, the Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations under derivative and other financial arrangements. The Company records all derivative contracts and Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased at fair value on its consolidated statements of financial condition. For a discussion of the Company’s risk management activities, see Note 6 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company also, in the normal course of its business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions and certain annuity products. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

 

The Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements is remote.

 

S-5


The Company guarantees certain debt instruments and warrants issued by subsidiaries. The debt instruments totaled $11.8$5.6 billion and the warrants totaled $0.1$0.3 billion at November 30, 2007.2008. In connection with subsidiary lease obligations, the Company has issued guarantees to various lessors. At November 30, 2007,2008, the Company had $2.2$1.6 billion outstanding under subsidiary lease obligations, primarily in the United Kingdom.

 

4.    Commitments and Contingencies.

 

For a discussion of the Company’s commitments and contingencies, see Note 159 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

5.    Shareholders’ Equity.

S-6

For a discussion of shareholders’ equity, including preferred stock issued in fiscal 2008, see Note 11 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-8


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of November 30, 20072008 and 2006,2007, and for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 20072008 and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of November 30, 2007,2008, and have issued our reports thereon dated January 28, 20082009 (such report on the consolidated financial statements expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph, in fiscal 2005, concerning the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”) and, effective December 1, 2005, the change in accounting policy for recognition of equity awards granted to retirement-eligible employees and, an explanatory paragraph, in fiscal 2006, concerning the application of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB No. 108”) and, an explanatory paragraph, in fiscal 2007, concerning the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement” (“SFAS No. 157”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities–Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”) and, an explanatory paragraph, in fiscal 2007, concerning the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”) and, an explanatory paragraph, concerning the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”)); such consolidated financial statements and reports are included in this 20072008 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our audits also included Schedule I listed in the Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

In fiscal 2005,As discussed in Note 1 to the condensed financial statements, the Company adopted SFASStatement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R).157, “Fair Value Measurement” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities–Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.”

 

In fiscal 2006,As discussed in Note 1 to the Company changed its accounting policy for recognition of equity awards granted to retirement eligible employees and the Company elected application of SAB No. 108.

In fiscal 2007,condensed financial statements, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, SFASStatement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and SFASOther Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 159.87, 88, 106, and 132(R).”

 

Also, as discussed in Note 1 to the condensed financial statements, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB statement No. 109.”

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

January 28, 20082009

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

EXHIBITS TO FORM 10-K

 

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 20072008

Commission File No. 1-11758

 

 


Exhibit Index

 

Certain of the following exhibits, as indicated parenthetically, were previously filed as exhibits to registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Securities Act or to reports or registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Exchange Act, respectively, and are hereby incorporated by reference to such statements or reports. Morgan Stanley’s Exchange Act file number is 1-11758. The Exchange Act file number of Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a predecessor company (“MSG”), was 1-9085.1

 

Exhibit
No.
  

Description

3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2007).
3.2Certificate of Elimination of the 8.03% Cumulative Preferred Stock dated as of March 23, 2007 (Exhibit 33.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 23, 2007)April 8, 2008).
3.2Amended Certificate of Designations of Preferences and Rights of the 10% Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008).
3.3  Certificate of Designations of Preferences and Rights of the 10% Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008).
By-Laws
3.4Certificate of Designations of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2008).
3.5Amended and Restated Bylaws of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 19, 2007)September 16, 2008).
4.1  Indenture dated as of February 24, 1993 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-57202)).
4.2  Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-e to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289)).
4.3* as amended by Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of October 8, 2007 between(Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York as trustee (Supplemental to Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999)Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
4.44.3  Senior Indenture dated as of November 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).
4.5*, as amended by First Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 4, 2007 between(Exhibit 4.5 to Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Supplemental to Senior Indenture dated as ofStanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 1, 2004).
4.630, 2007), Second Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 4, 2008 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan StanleyStanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2008).
4.7Amended and Restated Subordinated, Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trusteeSeptember 10, 2008 (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289)).
4.8Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).
4.9Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.14 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998)August 31, 2008) and Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of December 1, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2008).
4.4The Unit Agreement Without Holders’ Obligations, dated as of August 29, 2008, between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Unit Agent, as Trustee and Paying Agent under the Senior Indenture referred to therein and as Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement referred to therein (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008).

 

(1)For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

 

E-1


Exhibit
No.
  

Description

4.104.5Amended and Restated Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289)).
4.6Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).
4.7Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998).
4.8  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-ww to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).
4.114.9  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006).
4.12Certificate representing the Series A Preferred Stock (Exhibit 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
4.134.10  Deposit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
4.144.11  Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (included in Exhibit 4.134.12 hereto).
4.154.12  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III dated as of February 27, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee, and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2003).
4.164.13  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV dated as of April 21, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2003).
4.174.14  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V dated as of July 16, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2003).
4.184.15  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI dated as of January 26, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006).
4.194.16  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII dated as of October 12, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006).
4.204.17  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII dated as of April 26, 2007 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2007).

E-2


4.21Exhibit
No.

Description

4.18  Instruments defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures—Except as set forth in Exhibits 4.1 through 4.204.17 above, the instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Section (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Morgan Stanley hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.
10.1  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of November 30, 2000 between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit T to Amendment No. 5 to the Schedule 13D dated as of November 30, 2000 filed by certain senior officers of Morgan Stanley) as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 30, 2000 between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company, effective January 1, 2002 (Exhibit 10.10 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2001), Amendment No. 2 dated as of November 30, 2000 between Morgan Stanley and State

E-2


Exhibit
No.

Description

Street Bank and Trust Company, effective January 1, 2003 (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002), Amendment No. 3 dated as of November 30, 2000 between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company, effective September 15, 2003 (Exhibit 10.11 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment No. 4 dated as of March 21, 2006 between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006) and Amendment No. 5 dated as of June 25, 2007 between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2007).
10.2  Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of June 29, 2007 by and between Morgan Stanley and Discover Financial Services (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 29, 2007).
10.3  Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of December 19, 2007 between Morgan Stanley and Best Investment Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2007) as amended by Amendment dated as of October 27, 2008 (Exhibit 99.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2008).
10.4†10.4Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc., and the first amendment thereto entered into on October 3, 2008, the second amendment thereto entered into on October 8, 2008 and the third amendment thereto entered into on October 13, 2008 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008).
10.5Investor Agreement dated as of October 13, 2008 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008) as amended by Amendment dated as of October 27, 2008 (Exhibit 99.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2008).
10.6Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 13, 2008 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008).
10.7Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2008).
10.8Warrant dated as of October 28, 2008 issued by Morgan Stanley to the U.S. Treasury (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2008).
10.9Joint Venture Contribution and Formation Agreement dated as of January 13, 2009 by and between Citigroup Inc. and Morgan Stanley (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2009).

E-3


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.10†    Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-63024)).
10.5†10.11†    Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan (f/k/a the Morgan Stanley DPSP/START Plan) amended and restated effective as of October 1, 2002 (Exhibit 10.17 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.18 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002), Amendment (Exhibit 10.18 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2004), Amendment (Exhibit 10.16 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2004), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2007) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2007), Amendment (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.6†10.12†*  Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of November 20, 2007.December 22, 2008.
10.7†10.13†    1993 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-63024)) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.37 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2007) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.8†10.14†    1994 Omnibus Equity Plan as amended and restated (Exhibit 10.23 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.11 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.9†*10.15†    Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007.2007 (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.10†10.16†    Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended through March 19,and restated as of December 11, 2007 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2007).

E-3


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.11†Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004)2008).
10.12†10.17†  *Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program as amended and restated as of May 7, 2008 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2008).
10.18†  Form of Term Sheet under the Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.19†    Employees’ Equity Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007.
10.13†Employee Stock Purchase Plan amended as of November 27, 20062007 (Exhibit 10.1610.12 to Morgan Stanley’s CurrentAnnual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006)2007).

E-4


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.20†*Employee Stock Purchase Plan amended and restated as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2007).of February 1, 2009.
10.14†10.21†    Form of Agreement under the Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Owners’ and Select Earners’ Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.15†10.22†    Form of Agreement under the Officers’ and Select Earners’ Plan (Exhibit 10.2 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.16†10.23†    Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Excess Benefit Plan (Exhibit 10.31 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1998) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.32 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2002), Amendment (Exhibit 10.32 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002), Amendment (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment (Exhibit 10.33 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2004) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.20 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.17 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.17†*Amendment to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Excess Benefit Plan, dated as of November 20, 2007.
10.18†10.24†    Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Exhibit 10.32 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1998) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.37 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1999), Amendment (Exhibit 10.35 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2002), Amendment (Exhibit 10.37 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002), Amendment (Exhibit 10.40 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008).
10.19†*Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated as of November 20, 2007.
10.20†10.25†    1988 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan as amended (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended January 31, 1993) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.21†10.26†    1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (Annex A to MSG’s Proxy Statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.22†*Amendment to 1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, dated as of November 26, 2007.
10.23†10.27†    Form of Equity Incentive Compensation Plan Award Certificate (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2004).

E-4


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.24†10.28†    Form of Equity Incentive Compensation Plan Award Certificate (Exhibit 10.10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005).

E-5


10.25†Exhibit
No.

Description

10.29†    Form of Chief Executive Officer Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units under the EICP (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2005).
10.26†10.30†    Form of Chief Executive Officer Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.28 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.27†10.31†    Form of Management Committee Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units under the EICP (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2005).
10.28†10.32†    Form of Management Committee Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.30 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.29†10.33†    1988 Capital Accumulation Plan as amended (Exhibit 10.13 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.30†10.34†    Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1994).
10.31†10.35†    Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program 2 (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996).
10.32†10.36†    Key Employee Private Equity Recognition Plan (Exhibit 10.43 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000).
10.33†*10.37†    Morgan Stanley Branch Manager Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007.2007 (Exhibit 10.33 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.34†*10.38†    Morgan Stanley Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007.2007 (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.35†10.39†    Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-146954)).
10.36†10.40†    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of September 20, 2005 between Morgan Stanley and Mr. John J. Mack (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2005) as amended by Amendment dated December 13, 2005 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2005) and Amendment dated February 14, 2006 (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006).
10.37†10.41†  Agreement dated as of July 21, 2005 between Morgan Stanley and Thomas R. Nides and amendment to agreement, dated as of February 8, 2008 (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.42†  Agreement dated as of July 15, 2005 between Morgan Stanley and Gary G. Lynch and amendment to agreement, dated as of February 8, 2008 (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.43†  Memorandum dated as of February 16, 2006 to Colm Kelleher regarding Expatriate Relocation Policy and European Tax Equalisation Policy (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.44†    Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005).

E-6


10.38†

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

10.45†  

  Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
10.39†*

10.46†  

  2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007.2007 (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.40†

10.47†*

  Morgan Stanley 20072006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan as amended and restated as of November 28, 2008.

10.48†  

Form of Award Certificate under the 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan (Exhibit 10.110.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2007)February 29, 2008).
10.41†

10.49†*

*Morgan Stanley 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan as amended and restated as of November 28, 2008.

10.50†  

Form of Award Certificate under the 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan for Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).

10.51†  

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units to Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).

10.52†  

  Governmental Service Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards (replacing and superseding in its entirety Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2007) (Exhibit 10.41 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

E-5


Exhibit
No.

10.53†*

  

Description

Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards.

10.54†*

Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan.

10.55†*

Form of Executive Waiver.

10.56†*

Form of Executive Letter Agreement.

11

  Statement Re: Computation of Earnings Per Common Share (The calculation of per share earnings is in Part II, Item 8, Note 1012 to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Earnings per Share) and is omitted in accordance with Section (b)(11) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K).

12*

  Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

21*

  Subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley.

23.1*

  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

24

  Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

31.1**

  Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2**

  Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1**

  Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

32.2**

  Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).

 

E-6

E-7